Use these links to rapidly review the document
UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP. TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 20-F

o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                        to                         

OR

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 001-35216

UTStarcom Holdings Corp.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/A
(Translation of Registrant's name into English)

Cayman Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Room 303, Building H, Phoenix Place,
No. A5 Shuguangxili, Chaoyang District,
Beijing, P.R. China, 100028

(Address of principal executive offices)

Jing Ou-Yang
Room 303, Building H, Phoenix Place,
No. A5 Shuguangxili, Chaoyang District,
Beijing, P.R. China, 100028
Phone (86 10) 5638-3675)
Facsimile (86 10) 5638-3649
jouyang@utstar.com

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of Each Class   Name of Exchange on which Registered
Ordinary Shares, $0.00375 par value   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

NONE
(Title of Class)

           Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 47,656,092 ordinary shares, par value US$0.00375 per share.

           Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  o  Yes     ý  No

           If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or (15)(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  o  Yes     ý  No

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  ý  Yes     o  No

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  ý  Yes     o  No

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer  o   Accelerated Filer  ý   Non-Accelerated Filer  o

           Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ý   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board o
  Other o

           If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:  o  Item 17     o  Item 18

           If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  o  Yes     ý  No

           (APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.  o  Yes     o  No

   


Table of Contents


UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page  

INTRODUCTION

    1  

PART I.

           

Item 1.

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

   
2
 

Item 2.

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

    2  

Item 3.

 

Key Information

    2  

Item 4.

 

Information on the Company

    38  

Item 4A.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

    51  

Item 5.

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

    51  

Item 6.

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

    87  

Item 7.

 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

    96  

Item 8.

 

Financial Information

    97  

Item 9.

 

The Offer and Listing

    99  

Item 10.

 

Additional Information

    100  

Item 11.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    105  

Item 12.

 

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

    107  

PART II.

           

Item 13.

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

   
108
 

Item 14.

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

    108  

Item 15.

 

Controls and Procedures

    108  

Item 16A.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

    109  

Item 16B.

 

Code of Ethics

    109  

Item 16C.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    110  

Item 16D.

 

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

    111  

Item 16E.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

    111  

Item 16F.

 

Change in Registrants' Certifying Accountant

    112  

Item 16G.

 

Corporate Governance

    112  

Item 16H.

 

Mine Safety Disclosure

    112  

PART III.

           

Item 17.

 

Financial Statements

   
113
 

Item 18.

 

Financial Statements

    113  

Item 19.

 

Exhibits

    113  

i


Table of Contents


INTRODUCTION

        Unless the context otherwise requires, in this annual report on Form 20-F:

        Names of certain PRC companies provided in this annual report are translated or transliterated from their original PRC legal names.

        Discrepancies in any table between the amounts identified as total amounts and the sum of the amounts listed therein are due to rounding.

        This annual report on Form 20-F includes our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

        This annual report contains translations of certain Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollars at the rate of RMB6.2370 to $1.00, the noon buying rate on December 31, 2012 as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this annual report could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. See "Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—Fluctuation in the value of the Renminbi may have a material adverse effect on your investment."

        This annual report also contains translations of certain Japanese Yen amounts into U.S. dollars at the rate of JPY86.7264 to $1.00, the noon buying rate on December 31, 2012 as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board. We make no representation that the Japanese Yen or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this annual report could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Japanese Yen, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. Fluctuation in the value of the Japanese Yen may have a material adverse effect on your investment. See "Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Currency rate fluctuations may adversely affect our cash flow and operating results."

        Our ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol "UTSI." On March 21, 2013, we effected a one-for-three reverse share split of our ordinary shares. Unless otherwise specified, all share and per share information in this annual report has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse share split.

        On June 24, 2011, we effected a merger, or the Merger, to reorganize the corporate structure of UTStarcom, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1991, and its subsidiaries. The Merger resulted in shares of the common stock of UTStarcom, Inc. being converted into the right to receive an equal number of ordinary shares in our capital, which were issued by us in connection with the Merger. Following the Merger, UTStarcom, Inc. became our wholly-owned subsidiary and we became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. See Part I, Item 4.C for a list of our subsidiaries. We, together with our subsidiaries, continue to conduct our business in substantially the same manner as

1


Table of Contents

was conducted by UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The transaction was accounted for as a legal re-organization of entities under common control. Accordingly, we have prepared our consolidated financial statements as if the current corporate structure had been in existence throughout all relevant periods. Our consolidated financial statements prior to the Merger reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 reflect our financial position, results of operation and cash flows.

PART I

ITEM 1—Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

        Not applicable.

ITEM 2—Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

        Not applicable.

ITEM 3—Key Information

A.
Selected Financial Data

        The following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with those financial statements and the accompanying notes and "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" below. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate our results expected for any future periods.

        Our selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this annual report.

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Net sales(1)

  $ 186,728   $ 320,576   $ 291,535   $ 386,344   $ 1,640,449  

Gross profit

  $ 68,158   $ 114,334   $ 70,238   $ 64,979   $ 261,242  

Operating income (loss)(2)

  $ (32,586 ) $ 20,799   $ (73,722 ) $ (218,688 ) $ (176,216 )

Net income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.(3)

  $ (34,385 ) $ 13,387   $ (65,129 ) $ (225,688 ) $ (150,316 )

Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.—Basic and Diluted.(4)

  $ (0.71 ) $ 0.26   $ (1.43 ) $ (5.31 ) $ (3.66 )

2


Table of Contents


 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 179,880   $ 301,626   $ 351,507   $ 265,843   $ 309,603  

Working capital

  $ 196,372   $ 280,010   $ 213,736   $ 94,591   $ 312,072  

Total assets

  $ 488,091   $ 600,940   $ 784,283   $ 929,111   $ 1,310,806  

Total short-term debt

  $   $   $   $   $  

Long-term debt

  $   $   $   $   $  

Total UTStarcom Holdings Corp. shareholders' equity

  $ 215,842   $ 264,638   $ 240,929   $ 255,359   $ 466,834  

(1)
On July 1, 2008, we completed our divestiture of UTStarcom Personal Communications LLC, or PCD. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 related to PCD was $880 million. In July 2009, we sold our Korean operations and as of December 31, 2009, we had substantially completed the wind-down of our worldwide handset operations. As a result of this wind-down, net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. During 2011, driven by the increased sales of our Packet Transport Network, or PTN, products in Japan and RollingStream™ infrastructure products in India and Thailand, net sales in 2011 increased compared to 2010. On August 31, 2012, the Company completed the divestiture of its IPTV business. Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 related to divested IPTV business was $29.5 million and $141.4 million, respectively, which partially contributed the net sales decrease in 2012. The net sales decrease in 2012 was primary due to the completion of amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales in 2011. The net sales from the amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales was $95.3 million in 2011

In July 2012, we announced a number of strategic initiatives, including the divestiture of our IPTV business, which accounted for 44.1% and 15.8% of our total revenues in 2011 and 2012, respectively. The divestiture was closed in August 2012, which partially contributed the net sales decrease in 2012. The divested IPTV business became a privately-held standalone company led by Mr. Jack Lu, our former chief executive officer. As part of the transaction, we invested in the IPTV business through a $20 million convertible bond that will be convertible into 33% of the new IPTV business's common stock in five years. The new IPTV business entered into a brand licensing arrangement with us to ensure business continuity for its customers and business partners. The divestiture served as a means of redeploying capital to support higher return opportunities, particularly in the value-added services area, and accelerated our ongoing transition into a higher growth business

(2)
Operating income (loss) includes the following items:


 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Bad debt expense (recovery)

  $ (1,154 ) $ 2,212   $ 5,513   $ (6,757 ) $ (5,227 )

Impairment of goodwill, other long-lived assets and long-term investments(5)

  $ 3,043   $ 476   $   $ 33,287   $ 27,220  

Restructuring

  $ 358   $ 2,386   $ 16,018   $ 46,495   $ 13,059  

Net gain (Loss) on divestitures

  $ (16,239 ) $ 4,546   $ 5,548   $ 100   $ 7,782  
(3)
Net income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 included no significant non-operating income or expense items. In addition to the

3


Table of Contents

    items included in the operating losses discussed above, net loss attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. for the year ended December 31, 2008 included a $47.9 million gain from sale of certain investments and liquidation of investment in a variable interest entity. We incurred foreign exchange losses of $4.7 million, $8.9 million and $9.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2008, respectively, and foreign exchange gains of $8.0 million and $6.3 million and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
    In the fourth quarter of 2012, we performed the impairment assessment based on the information then available to us for the fair value of GCT Semiconductor, or GCT, one of the companies in which we invested, and recorded an impairment charge of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. On Apr 4, 2013, we received an official invitation from GCT to participate in its next round of financing in its preferred stock. However the value of GCT based on the latest information from such official financing invitation is lower than the value we previously assessed in the fourth quarter of 2012. Therefore, we recorded an additional $1.2 million expense of impairment provision for long term investments for the year ended December 31, 2012 and as a result the total impairment provision for long term investments on our investment in GCT totaled $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
    Net income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. for the years ended December 31, 2011 included $8.9 million of foreign exchange loss mainly attributed to the depreciation of the INR against USD in the first nine months of 2011.
    Net income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. for the years ended December 31, 2012 included income of $1.5 million resulting from the release of a portion of the reserve related to a tax liability warranty provided to the buyers of UTStarcom's subsidiary in Korea due to the expiration of the statute of limitation and $4.7 million of foreign exchange loss as a result of depreciation of JPY against USD in 2012.

(4)
On March 21, 2013, we effected a one-for-three reverse share split of our ordinary shares. As a result, our authorized share capital was amended by the consolidation of the 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each prior to the reverse share split into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each after the reverse share split. The Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holding Corp basic and diluted for 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were recomputed to reflect retroactively the one-for-three reverse share split.

(5)
In fourth quarter of 2012, we performed the impairment assessment based on the information then available to us for the fair value of GCT, one of the companies in which we invested, and recorded an impairment charge of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. On Apr 4, 2013, we received an official invitation from GCT to participate in its next round of financing in its preferred stock. However the value of GCT based on the latest information from such official financing invitation is lower than the value we previously assessed in the fourth quarter of 2012. Therefore, we recorded an additional $1.2 million expense of impairment provision for long term investments for the year ended December 31, 2012 and as a result the total impairment provision for long term investments on our investment in GCT totaled $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

B.
Capitalization and Indebtedness

        Not applicable.

C.
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

        Not applicable.

4


Table of Contents

D.
Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of operating losses and may not have sufficient liquidity to execute our business plan or to continue our operations without obtaining additional funding or selling additional securities. We may not be able to obtain additional funding under commercially reasonable terms or issue additional securities.

        We reported net loss attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. of $34.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to net income of $13.4 million and net loss of $65.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, we had an accumulated deficit of $1,153.3 million, and we used $25.6 million of cash in operations during the year ended December 31, 2012.

        Our management has developed liquidity plans and implemented such plans, among other actions, through the sale of our facility in Hangzhou, China for approximately $138.8 million in December 2009. As of May 31, 2010, the Company had received all of the sales proceeds and met all criteria for consummation of sale of the Hangzhou facility. In the third quarter of 2012, the company divested its loss-making IPTV equipment business through a one-time payment of $30 million, which effectively helped the company to redeploy capital to support higher return opportunities. As of December 31, 2012 we had $179.6 million in cash or cash equivalents. See Notes 3 and 7 to our consolidated financial statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our management believes that we will have sufficient liquidity in 2013 to finance our anticipated operations, capital expenditure requirements and new business acquisitions and investments, as well as achieve projected cash collections from customers and contain expenses and cash used in operations. However, we may not achieve such operating performance and our management expects to continue to implement our liquidity plans, including reducing operating expenses and improving cash collections and receivable turnover. However, if we cannot successfully implement our liquidity plans, it may be necessary for us to make significant changes to our business plans and strategy to maintain adequate liquidity. In addition, various other factors may negatively impact our liquidity, such as:

    our inability to achieve planned operating results, which may increase liquidity requirements beyond those considered in our business plans;

    our growth initiatives, which may increase liquidity requirements beyond those considered in our business plans;

    changes in our business conditions or the financial markets that could limit our access to existing credit facilities or make new sources of financing more costly or commercially unviable; and

    changes in China's currency exchange control regulations, which could limit our ability to access cash outside of China to meet liquidity requirements for our operations in China, or vice-versa.

        Although our management has developed liquidity plans, we may have difficulty maintaining existing relationships or developing new relationships with suppliers or vendors as a result of our current financial condition. Our suppliers or vendors may choose to provide products or services to us on more stringent payment terms than those currently in place, such as requiring advance payment or payment upon delivery, which may have a negative impact on our short-term cash flows, and in turn materially and adversely affect our ability to retain current customers, attract new customers and maintain contracts that are critical to our operations.

        If we cannot meet our liquidity needs through improved operating results, we may need to obtain additional financing from financial institutions or other third parties. However, we may not be able to obtain financing under commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Additionally, we may not be able to

5


Table of Contents

sell additional securities to meet our liquidity needs, and any such sale of securities would dilute the ownership of our shareholders.

Our new strategic plan may not be successful, which may materially and adversely affect our financial results.

        On November 15, 2012, we announced a new strategic plan to build on our past transition initiatives and focus our business on media operational support services and broadband equipment products and services, with the aim to become a next generation media company and participate in new and higher-margin business areas. We expect that the adoption of this new strategic plan will in time result in a more predictable, recurring revenue stream based on a large number of sources. However, we may not be successful in the redirection of the focus of our business or in the markets where we expect to focus our growth efforts. If our current or future strategic plans for the business of our company are not as successful as originally anticipated, or at all, our business, financial prospects and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Our cost-reduction initiatives and restructuring plans may not result in anticipated savings or more efficient operations. Our restructuring may disrupt our operations and adversely affect our operations and financial results.

        On June 11, 2009, we announced a restructuring of our worldwide operations in an effort to accelerate our return to profitability, strategically align our cost structure with expected revenues and reallocate resources into areas of our business that we believe have more growth potential. In February 2010, we announced that we would move our headquarters from California to Beijing, China, and also moved certain key functions such as finance management to China in order to eliminate functional duplication and reduce operating expenses. Throughout 2010 and 2011, we continued to execute our restructuring strategies. On June 24, 2011, we completed the Merger, which changed our place of incorporation from the United States to the Cayman Islands. By redomiciling to a jurisdiction outside the United States, we qualified as a "foreign private issuer" under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and thereby reduced our operational, administrative, legal and accounting costs. We substantially completed our 2009 restructuring plan as of the end of 2011. On August 31, 2012, we completed the divestiture of our IPTV business to redeploy capital to support higher return opportunities and reduce the operating expenses. On March 29, 2013, we completed to dispose our Next Generation Network, or NGN, related assets. On April 9, 2013, we completed the disposal of our DOCSIS-EOC related assets. However, our restructuring may not improve our results of operations and cash flows as we anticipated. Our inability to realize the benefits of our cost-reduction initiatives and restructuring plans may result in an ineffective business structure that could negatively impact our results of operations. In addition to severance and other employee-related costs, our restructuring plans may also subject us to litigation risks and expenses.

        Our restructuring may also have other adverse consequences, such as employee attrition beyond our planned reduction in workforce, the loss of employees with valuable knowledge or expertise, a negative impact on employee morale and gains in competitive advantages by our competitors. Our restructuring may also place increased demands on our personnel and could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain talent, develop and enhance our products and services, service our existing customers, achieve our sales and marketing objectives and perform our accounting, finance and administrative functions.

        We may undertake future cost-reduction initiatives and restructuring plans that may materially and adversely impact our operations. If we do not realize the anticipated benefits of any future restructurings, our operations and financial results could be adversely affected.

6


Table of Contents

Market turmoil may negatively impact our business.

        Disruptions to worldwide financial markets in recent years resulting from, among other factors, severely diminished liquidity, credit availability and volatile and declining valuations of securities and other investments, have caused business and consumer confidence to fluctuate, business activities to slow down and unemployment to increase globally. These factors, along with the interconnectivity and interdependency of international economies, have created a global downturn in economic activity.

        We are unable to predict how long the economic downturn will last. A continuing economic downturn may adversely impact our business in a number of ways, such as:

    Reduced demand for our products and services.   In a period of economic uncertainty, customers may adopt a strategy of deferring purchases to upgrade existing systems or deployment of new systems until the recoverability of their investment would be more assured. In addition, customers who must finance their capital expenditures by issuance of debt or equity securities may find capital markets unavailable to them.

    Increased pricing pressure and lower margins.   Our competitors include a number of global enterprises of relatively greater size in terms of revenues, working capital, financial resources and number of employees, and our customers are telecommunication service providers who typically are owned, controlled or sponsored by governments. If the size of our potential markets contract due to the global economic downturn, competition for available contracts may become more intense, which could require us to offer or accept pricing, payment or local content terms with worse commercial terms. In certain cases, we may be unwilling or unable to compete for business where competitive pressures make a potential opportunity unprofitable to us.

    Greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable.   Many of our telecommunication carrier customers are either owned or controlled by governments and any changes in such governments' policies concerning the authorization or funding of payments for capital expenditures in response to global economic conditions could lengthen our cash collection cycle and thereby cause our liquidity to deteriorate. Additionally, while the vast majority of our net sales are to such large, well-capitalized telecommunication carriers, certain sales are made to distributors or other customers who have less stable financial resources, which could expose us to decreasing sales, delaying revenue recognition or accepting greater collection risks due to credit quality issues.

    Greater difficulty in obtaining purchased goods and services.   We expect that many of our suppliers will face the same or more challenging circumstances as we face in the current economic downturn, which could result in an adverse effect on our cash flows and liquidity. Some suppliers or vendors could choose to provide products or services to us on more stringent payment terms than those currently in place, such as requiring advance payment or payment upon delivery. Additionally, certain suppliers may experience worsening financial conditions, causing them to either withdraw from the market or be unable to deliver goods that we have ordered on a timely basis, either of which could in turn adversely affect our ability to serve our customers and lengthen our production cycle. Additionally, if we need to seek alternative supply sources, our costs, production cycle and customer satisfaction may be materially and adversely affected.

    Additional restructuring and asset impairment charges.   If we are unable to generate the level of new contract bookings, sales and cash flow contemplated by our business plans, our management will be forced to take further action to focus our business activities and align our cost structure with anticipated revenues. These actions, if necessary, could result in additional restructuring charges and/or asset impairment charges being recognized in 2013 and beyond.

7


Table of Contents

Changes in our management may cause uncertainty in, or be disruptive to, our business. Certain of our directors and management team members have been with us in those capacities for only a short time.

        We have experienced significant changes in our management and our Board of Directors. For example, in August 2012, we appointed Mr. William Wong as our Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Xiaoping Li as our chairman of the Board of Directors. In addition, Ms. Jin Jiang resigned as Chief Financial Officer in October 2012, and we appointed Mr. Tianruo Pu, the former chairman of our Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, as our Chief Financial Officer. In the same month, we appointed Mr. Sean Shao as an independent director and the chairman of the Audit Committee. Although we have endeavored to implement any director and management transition in as non-disruptive a manner as possible, any such transition might impact our business, and give rise to uncertainty among our customers, investors, vendors, employees and others concerning our future direction and performance, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and our ability to execute our business model.

        In addition, because certain members of our management and board of directors have served in their respective capacities for only limited durations, we face the additional risks that these persons:

    have limited familiarity with our past practices;

    lack experience in communicating effectively within our team and with other employees and directors;

    lack settled areas of responsibility; and

    lack established track records in managing our business strategy.

We have a rapidly evolving business model, and if our new product and service offerings fail to attract or retain customers or generate revenue, our growth and operating results could be harmed.

        We have a rapidly evolving business model and are regularly exploring entry into new market segments and introduction of new products, features and services with respect to which we may have limited experience. In the past, we have added additional types of services and product offerings, and in some cases, we have modified or discontinued those offerings. For example, as part of our transition to being a provider of media operation support services, we launched our next generation video service cloud platform and several commercial applications associated with this platform in 2012. However, due to limited resources, we decided to discontinue the offering of these products and services in the same year. We may continue to offer additional types of products or services in the future, but these products and services may not be successful. The additions and modifications to our business have increased its complexity and may present new and significant technological challenges, as well as strains on our management, personnel, operations, systems, technical performance, financial resources, and internal financial control and reporting functions. The future viability of our business will depend on the success of our new business model and product and service offerings, and if they fail to attract or retain customers or generate revenue, our growth and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

Our overall financial performance continues to depend in large part on our China subsidiaries but is increasingly dependent on our sales to a related party in Japan.

        Approximately 20.6% of our sales were generated in China in 2012, as compared to approximately 49% and 57% of our sales in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Subsequent to the divestiture of our IPTV business in August 2012, Japan accounted for a larger portion of our overall sales. In 2012, 53.2% of our sales were generated in Japan, with 92.7% of those sales being to SOFTBANK CORP. and its related entities, or collectively, Softbank. See "—We rely on a Japanese customer, which is a related party to us, for a significant portion of our net sales. Any deterioration of our relationship or any

8


Table of Contents

interruption to our ongoing collaboration with this customer may significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations." Therefore, our business, financial condition and results of operations, in addition to being subject to the risk of changes in our relationship with Softbank, are to a significant degree subject to economic, political, legal and social developments and other events in Japan. If our business in Japan declines, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be significantly harmed.

We may be unable or unwilling to accept additional purchase orders from existing customers, which could damage our relationships with such customers and lead to legal and financial consequences which could harm our business.

        Due to commercial considerations or other strategic factors, we may from time to time be unable or unwilling to accept additional purchase orders from existing customers. If an existing customer places a purchase order with us that we subsequently refuse to accept, our relationship with such customer may be harmed. Moreover, any refusal or inability by us to accept additional purchase orders placed by an existing customer based on any standing contract may result in legal claims by our customers, reduced collections from previous purchase orders and financial penalties, which could distract our management and harm our business. Certain of our contracts have significant performance bank guarantees that, subject to the terms in the contracts, may be paid to the customer in the event of a default by us in addition to any other remedies it may have.

Adverse resolution of pending civil litigation may harm our operating results or financial condition.

        We are a party to lawsuits in the normal course of our business. These lawsuits and any future litigation could be time consuming and expensive and divert our management's attention away from our regular business. Additionally, the adverse resolution of litigation against us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and reputation. Moreover, the results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict. For additional information regarding certain matters in which we are involved, see "Item 8. Financial Information—Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Legal Proceedings".

Our future product sales are unpredictable and our operating results are likely to fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result.

        Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control. Factors that may affect our future operating results include:

    the timing and size of the orders for our products;

    consumer acceptance of new products we may introduce to market;

    changes in the growth rate of customer purchases of communications services;

    lengthy and unpredictable sales cycles associated with sales of our products;

    unpredictable revenue recognition timing, which is based primarily on customer acceptance of delivered products;

    cancellation, deferment or delay in implementation of large contracts;

    quality issues resulting from the design or manufacture of the products, or from the software used in the products;

    cash collection cycles in China, Japan and other emerging markets;

9


Table of Contents

    reliance on product, software and component suppliers which may constitute a sole source of supply or may have going concern issues;

    the decline in business activity we typically experience during the Lunar New Year holiday in China, which leads to decreased sales and collections during our first fiscal quarter;

    issues that might arise from divestiture of non-core assets or operations or the integration of acquired entities and the inability to achieve expected results from such divestitures or acquisitions;

    shifts in our product mix or market focus; and

    availability of adequate liquidity to implement our business plan.

        As a result of these and other factors, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful or indicative of future performance. In addition, the factors noted above may make it difficult for us to forecast our future financial performance. Furthermore, it is possible that in some future quarters our operating results will fall below our internal forecasts, public guidance or the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which may adversely affect the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Competition in our markets may lead to reduced prices, revenues and market share.

        We currently face and will continue to face intense competition from both domestic and international companies in our target markets, many of which may operate under lower cost structures and have much larger sales forces than we do. Additionally, other companies not presently offering competing products may also enter our target markets. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, product development, sales, marketing and other resources than we do. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in service provider requirements. Our competitors may also be able to devote greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of new products. These competitors may be able to offer significant financing arrangements to service providers, which may give them a competitive advantage in selling systems to service providers with limited financial resources. In many of the developing markets in which we operate or intend to operate, relationships with local governmental telecommunications agencies are important to establish and maintain through permissible means. In many such markets, our competitors may have or be able to establish better relationships with local governmental telecommunications agencies than we have, which could result in their ability to influence governmental policy formation and interpretation to their advantage. Additionally, our competitors might have better relationships with their third party suppliers and obtain component parts at reduced rates, allowing them to offer their end products at reduced prices. Moreover, the telecommunications and data transmission industries have experienced significant consolidation, and we expect this trend to continue. Increased customer concentration may increase our reliance on larger customers and our bargaining position and profit margins may suffer.

        Increased competition is likely to result in price reductions, reduced profit margin and loss of market share, any one of which could materially harm our business, cash flows and financial condition. In order to remain competitive, we must continually reduce the cost of manufacturing our products through design and engineering changes and other cost control measures. We may not be successful in these efforts or in delivering our products to market in a timely manner. In addition, any redesign may not result in sufficient cost reductions to allow us to reduce the prices of our products to remain competitive or to improve or maintain our profit margin, which would cause our financial results to suffer.

        To remain competitive, we may enter into contracts with low profitability or even anticipated losses if we believe it is necessary to establish a relationship with a customer or a presence in a market that

10


Table of Contents

we consider important to our strategy. Entering into a contract with an anticipated loss requires us to recognize a provision for the entire loss in the period in which it becomes evident rather than in later periods in which contract performance occurs. Entering into contracts with low gross margins adversely affects our reported results when the revenues from such contracts are recognized; in some cases revenue recognition must be deferred until all revenue recognition criteria have been met, which would result in the adverse effects of low gross margin contracts being reflected in periods subsequent to when contract performance occurred.

The average selling prices of our products may decrease, which may reduce our revenues and our gross profit.

        The average selling prices for communications access and switching systems and handsets have historically declined as a result of a number of factors, including:

    increased competition;

    aggressive price reductions by competitors;

    rapid technological change; and

    constant change in customer buying behavior and market trends.

        The average selling prices of our products may continue to decrease in the future in response to product introductions by us or our competitors or other factors, including price pressures from customers. Certain of our products, including Multi-service Access Network, or MSAN, Gigabit Ethernet Passive Optical Network, or GPON or commonly referred to as Ethernet PON, or EPON, etc., historically have had low gross profit margins, and any further deterioration of our profit margins on such products could result in losses with respect to such products. Therefore, we must continue to develop, source and introduce new products and enhancements to existing products that incorporate features that can be sold at higher average selling prices. Failure to do so, or the failure of consumers or our direct customers to accept such new products, could cause our revenues and gross profit to decline.

Our market is subject to rapid technological change and we must continually introduce new products and product enhancements that achieve market acceptance to compete effectively.

        The market for communications equipment is characterized by rapid technological developments, frequent new product introductions, changes in consumer preferences and evolving industry and regulatory standards. Our success will depend in large part on our ability to enhance our technologies and develop and introduce new products and product enhancements that anticipate changing service provider requirements, technological developments and evolving consumer preferences. We may need to make substantial capital expenditures and incur significant R&D expenses to develop and introduce new products and enhancements. If we fail to develop and introduce new products or enhancements to existing products that effectively respond to technological change on a timely basis, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

        Certain of our products are subject to rapid changes in standards, applications and technologies. Moreover, from time to time, we or our competitors may announce new products or product enhancements, technologies or services that have the potential to replace or shorten the life cycles of our products and that may cause customers to defer purchasing our existing products, resulting in charges for inventory obsolescence reserves. Future technological advances in the communications industry may diminish or inhibit market acceptance of our existing or future products or render our

11


Table of Contents

products obsolete. Even if we are able to develop and introduce new products, they may not gain market acceptance. Market acceptance of our products will depend on various factors, including:

    our ability to obtain necessary approvals from regulatory organizations within the countries in which we operate and for any new technologies that we introduce;

    the length of time it takes service providers to evaluate our products, causing the timing of purchases to be unpredictable;

    the compatibility of our products with legacy technologies and standards existing in previously deployed network equipment;

    our ability to attract customers who may have pre-existing relationships with our competitors;

    product pricing relative to performance;

    the level of customer service available to support new products; and

    the timing of new product introductions meeting demand patterns.

        If our products fail to obtain market acceptance in a timely manner, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We purchase certain key components and materials used in our products from authorized distributors of sole source suppliers. If we cannot secure adequate supplies of high quality products at competitive prices or in a timely manner, our competitive position, reputation and business could be harmed.

        We purchase certain key components and materials, such as chipsets, used in our products from authorized distributors of sole source suppliers. We do not have direct contractual arrangements with the sole source suppliers of chipsets used in our products. If we are unable to obtain high-quality components and materials in the quantities required and at the costs specified by us, we may not be able to find alternative sources on favorable terms, in a timely manner, or at all. Our inability to obtain or to develop alternative sources if and as required could result in delays or reductions in manufacturing or product shipments. From time to time, there may be shortages of certain products or components. Moreover, the components and materials we purchase may be inferior quality products. If an inferior quality product supplied by a third party is used in our end product and causes a problem, our end product may be deemed responsible and our competitive position, reputation and business could suffer.

        Our ability to source a sufficient quantity of high-quality, cost-effective components used in our products may also be limited by import restrictions and duties in the foreign countries where we manufacture our products. We require a significant number of imported components to manufacture our products, and these imported components may be limited by a variety of permit requirements, approval procedures, patent infringement claims, import duties and licensing requirements. Moreover, import duties on such components increase the cost of our products and may make them less competitive.

Our multinational operations may strain our resources and subject us to various economic, political, regulatory and legal risks.

        We market and sell our products globally. Our existing multinational operations require significant management attention and financial resources. To continue to manage our global business, we will need to continue to take various actions, including:

    enhancing management information systems, including forecasting procedures;

    further developing our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls;

12


Table of Contents

    managing our working capital and sources of financing;

    maintaining close coordination among our engineering, accounting, finance, marketing, sales and operations organizations;

    successfully consolidating a number of functions in China to eliminate functional duplication;

    retaining, training and managing our employee base;

    reorganizing our business structure to allocate and utilize our internal resources more effectively;

    improving and sustaining our supply chain capability; and

    managing both our direct and indirect sales channels in a cost-efficient and competitive manner.

        If we fail to implement or improve systems or controls or to manage any future growth and transformation effectively, our business could suffer.

        Furthermore, our multinational operations are subject to a variety of risks, such as:

    the complexity of complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate;

    the complexity of complying with anti-corruption laws in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including United States regulations for foreign operations such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act as well as the anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws of China and India where we conduct substantial operations. There is rigorous enforcement of anti-corruption laws in the United States and in China, and the violation of these laws may result in substantial monetary and even criminal sanctions;

    difficulty complying with continually evolving and changing global product and communications standards and regulations for both our end products and their component technology;

    market acceptance of our new products, including longer product acceptance periods in new markets into which we enter;

    reliance on local original equipment manufacturers, third party distributors, resellers and agents to effectively market and sell our products;

    unusual contract terms required by customers in developing markets;

    changes to import and export regulations, including quotas, tariffs, licensing restrictions and other trade barriers;

    the complexity of compliance with the varying taxation requirements of multiple jurisdictions;

    evolving and unpredictable nature of the economic, regulatory, competitive and political environments;

    reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

    longer accounts receivable collection periods; and

    difficulties and costs of staffing, monitoring and managing multinational operations, including but not limited to internal controls and compliance.

        In addition, many of the global markets are less developed, presenting additional economic, political, regulatory and legal risks unique to developing economies, such as the following:

    customers that may be unable to pay for our products in a timely manner or at all;

13


Table of Contents

    new and unproven markets for our products and the telecommunications services that our products enable;

    lack of a large, highly trained workforce;

    difficulty in controlling local operations from our headquarters;

    variable ethical standards and an increased potential for fraud;

    unstable political and economic environments; and

    lack of a secure environment for our personnel, facilities and equipment.

        In particular, these factors create the potential for physical loss of inventory and misappropriation of operating assets. We have in the past experienced cases of vandalism and armed theft of our equipment that had been or was being installed in the field. If disruptions for any of these reasons become too severe in any particular market, it may become necessary for us to terminate contracts and withdraw from that market and suffer the associated costs and lost revenue.

Our success depends on our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel, including senior managers. If we are not successful in attracting and retaining these personnel and in managing key employee turnover, our business will suffer.

        The success of our business depends in significant part upon the continued contributions of key technical and senior management personnel, many of whom would be difficult to replace. The loss of a key employee, the failure of a key employee to perform satisfactorily in his or her current position or our failure to attract and retain other key technical and senior management employees could have a significant negative impact on our operations.

        Notwithstanding our recent workforce restructurings, to effectively manage our operations, we will need to recruit, train, assimilate, motivate and retain qualified employees, especially in China. Competition for qualified employees is intense, and the process of recruiting personnel in all fields, including technology, R&D, sales and marketing, finance and accounting, administration and management with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business strategy can be difficult, time-consuming and expensive. We must continue to implement hiring and training processes that are capable of quickly deploying qualified local residents to support our products and services knowledgeably. Alternatively, if there is an insufficient number of qualified local residents available, we might incur substantial costs importing expatriates to service new global markets. For example, we have historically experienced and continue to experience difficulty finding qualified accounting personnel knowledgeable in both U.S. and PRC accounting standards who are PRC residents. In addition, we made changes within our senior management team in China. If our current senior management in China cannot maintain and/or establish key relationships with customers, governmental entities and other relevant parties in China, our business may decline significantly. If we fail to attract, hire, assimilate or retain qualified personnel, our business would be harmed. Our recent layoffs also have an adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain critical staff. Competitors and others have in the past, and may in the future, attempt to recruit our employees. In addition, companies in the telecommunications industry whose employees accept positions with competitors frequently claim that the competitors have engaged in unfair hiring practices. We may be the subject of these types of claims in the future as we seek to hire qualified personnel. Some of these claims may result in material litigation and disruption to our operations. We could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against these claims, regardless of their merit.

14


Table of Contents

Currency rate fluctuations may adversely affect our cash flow and operating results.

        Our business is subject to risk from changing foreign exchange rates because we conduct a substantial part of our business in a variety of currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Historically, a substantial portion of our sales have been made in China and denominated in Renminbi, or RMB. In 2012, a substantial portion of our sales have been made in Japan and denominated in Japanese Yen. We also have made significant sales denominated in Euros and Indian Rupees. Additionally, we have exposures to emerging market currencies, which can have extreme currency volatility. Adverse movements in currency exchange rates may negatively affect our cash flow and operating results. For example, during 2008, we incurred an approximately $9.9 million net foreign currency loss attributed to adverse movements in currency exchange rates. Although we recognized a net foreign currency gain of $6.3 million and $8.0 million in 2009 and 2010, respectively, we recorded a $8.9 million net foreign currency loss in 2011 and a $4.7 million net foreign currency loss in 2012. We currently do not use forward and option contracts to hedge against the risk of foreign currency rate fluctuation in the eventual net cash inflows and outflows resulting from foreign currency denominated transactions with customers, suppliers, and non-U.S. subsidiaries. Furthermore, we would be limited in our ability to hedge our exposure to rate fluctuations in certain currencies, including the RMB, due to governmental currency exchange control regulations that restrict currency conversion and remittance. Even if we engage in hedging activities in the future, we may not be successful in minimizing the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currencies may have a material impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities or achieve the anticipated benefits of completed acquisitions.

        We have in the past acquired certain businesses, products and technologies. We will continue to evaluate acquisition prospects that would complement our existing product offerings, augment our market coverage, enhance our technological capabilities, or that may otherwise offer growth opportunities. To the extent we may desire to raise additional funds for purposes not currently included in our business plan, such as to take advantage of acquisition opportunities or otherwise develop new or enhanced products, respond to competitive pressures or raise capital for strategic purposes, additional financing for these or other purposes may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity securities, our shareholders will experience dilution of their ownership interest, and the newly issued securities may have rights superior to those of ordinary shares. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt, our ability to meet our debt service obligations will be dependent upon our future performance, which will be subject to financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. Additionally, debt obligations may subject us to limitations on our operations and increased leverage. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired company; failures in realizing anticipated synergies; diversion of management's attention from other business concerns; adverse effects on existing business relationships with customers; difficulties in retaining business relationships with suppliers and customers of the acquired company; risks of entering markets in which we have no direct or limited prior experience; the potential loss of key employees of the acquired company; unanticipated costs; difficulty in maintaining controls, procedures and policies during the transition and integration process; failure of our due diligence process to identify significant issues, including issues with respect to product quality, product architecture and legal and financial contingencies; product development; significant exit charges as impairment charges if products or businesses acquired are unsuccessful or do not perform as expected; potential future impairment of our acquisitions or investments; potential full or partial write-offs of acquired assets or investments and associated goodwill; potential expenses related to the amortization of intangible assets; and, in the case of the acquisition of financially troubled businesses, challenges as to the validity of such acquisitions from third party creditors of such businesses.

15


Table of Contents

We may be unable to adequately protect against the loss or misappropriation of our intellectual property, which could substantially harm our business.

        We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws and contractual obligations to protect our technology. We have patents issued in the United States and internationally and have pending patent applications internationally. Additional patents may not be issued from our pending patent applications, and our issued patents may not be upheld. In addition, we have, from time to time, chosen to abandon previously filed patent and trademark applications. Moreover, we may face difficulties in registering our existing trademarks in new jurisdictions in which we operate, and we may be forced to abandon or change product or service trademarks because of the unavailability of our existing trademarks or because of oppositions filed or legal challenges to our trademark filings. The intellectual property protection measures that we have taken may not be sufficient to prevent misappropriation of our technology or trademarks and our competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to ours. In addition, the legal systems of many foreign countries do not protect or honor intellectual property rights to the same extent as the legal system of the United States. For example, in China, the legal system in general, and the intellectual property regime in particular, are still in the development stage. It may be very difficult, time-consuming and costly for us to attempt to enforce our intellectual property rights in these jurisdictions.

We may be subject to claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which could substantially harm our business.

        The industry in which we compete is moving towards aggressive assertion, licensing and litigation of patents and other intellectual property rights. From time to time, we have become aware of the possibility or have been notified that we may be infringing certain patents or other intellectual property rights of others. Regardless of their merit, responding to such claims could be time consuming, divert management's attention and resources and cause us to incur significant expenses. In addition, although some of our supplier contracts provide for indemnification from the supplier with respect to losses or expenses incurred in connection with any infringement claim, certain contracts with our key suppliers do not provide for such protection. Moreover, certain of our sales contracts provide that we must indemnify our customers against claims by third parties for intellectual property rights infringement related to our products. There are no limitations on the maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. Therefore, we may incur substantial costs related to any infringement claim, which may substantially harm our results of operations and financial condition.

        We have been and may in the future become subject to litigation to defend against claimed infringements of the rights of others or to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Future litigation may also be necessary to enforce and protect our patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. Any intellectual property litigation or threatened intellectual property litigation could be costly, and adverse determinations or settlements could result in the loss of our proprietary rights, subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses from or pay royalties to third parties which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, and/or prevent us from manufacturing or selling our products, which could cause disruptions to our operations.

        In the event that there is a successful claim of infringement against us and we fail to develop non-infringing technology or license the proprietary rights on commercially reasonable terms and conditions, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely impacted.

16


Table of Contents

We are subject to risks related to our financial and strategic investments in third party businesses.

        From time to time we make financial and/or strategic investments in third party businesses. We cannot be certain that such investments will be successful. In certain instances we have lost part or all of the value of such investments, resulting in a financial loss and/or the loss of potential strategic opportunities. We recognize an impairment charge on our investment when a decline in the fair value of such investment below the cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. In making this determination, we review several factors to determine whether the losses are other-than-temporary, including but not limited to: (i) the length of time the investment was in an unrealized loss position, (ii) the extent to which fair value was less than cost, (iii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (iv) our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded impairment charges of $3.0 million related to long-term investment. If we have to write-down or write-off our investments, or if potential strategic opportunities do not develop as planned, our financial performance may suffer. Moreover, these investments are often illiquid, such that it may be difficult or impossible for us to monetize such investments.

We could incur asset impairment charges for goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets or long-term investemens, which could negatively affect our future operating results and financial condition.

        Historically, we had goodwill, intangible assets, other long-lived assets and long-term investments, the value of which may decrease, or be impaired, over time. As of December 31, 2012, we had no goodwill and intangible assets, but had other long-lived assets and long-term investments, and we may have goodwill and intangible assets in the future. We are required to perform periodic assessments for any possible impairment of our goodwill, intangible assets, other long-lived assets and long-term investments for accounting purposes. We test goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying amount. These events or circumstances include unfavorable variances from established business plans, significant changes in forecasted results or volatility inherent in external markets and industries. We review the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets held and used and long-lived assets to be disposed of whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. For example, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded impairment charges of $33.3 million related to long-lived assets. Any such charge may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

        When determining whether an asset impairment has occurred or calculating such impairment for goodwill, an intangible asset or other long-lived asset, fair value is determined using the present value of estimated cash flows or comparable market values. Our valuation methodology requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on projected future cash flows, the timing of such cash flows, discount rates reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flows, perpetual growth rates, the determination of appropriate comparable entities and the determination of whether a premium or discount should be applied to these comparable entities. Projections of future operating results and cash flows may vary significantly from actual results. Changes in estimates and/or revised assumptions impacting the present value of estimated future cash flows or comparable market values may result in a decrease in fair value of a reporting unit, where goodwill is tested for impairment, or a decrease in fair value of intangible assets, long-lived assets or asset groups, our acquisitions or investments. The decrease in fair value could result in a non-cash impairment charge.

17


Table of Contents

Wireless handset products previously sold by us are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws, and may expose us to potential health and environmental liability claims.

        Wireless handset products previously sold by us are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws, including laws relating to the use, disposal and clean up of, and human exposure to, hazardous substances. There have been claims made alleging a link between the use of wireless handsets and the development or aggravation of certain cancers, including brain cancer. The scientific community is divided on whether there is a risk from wireless handset use, and if so, the magnitude of the risk. Even if there is no link established between wireless handset use and cancer, the negative publicity and possible litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business. In the past, several plaintiffs' groups have brought class actions against wireless handset manufacturers and distributors, alleging that wireless handsets have caused cancer. To date, we have not been named in any of these actions and none of these actions have been successful. In the future we could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against similar claims, regardless of their merit. Also, claims may be successful in the future and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

        Furthermore, there have been claims made alleging a link between the use of Bluetooth enabled mobile phone handsets and noise induced hearing loss. To date, we have not been named in any of these actions. In the future we could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against similar claims, regardless of their merit. Also, claims may be successful in the future and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We are subject to a wide range of environmental, health and safety laws and efforts to comply with such laws may be costly and may adversely impact our financial performance.

        Our operations and the products we manufacture and/or sell are subject to a wide range of global environmental, health and safety laws. Compliance with existing or future environmental, health and safety laws could subject us to future costs, liabilities, impact our production capabilities, constrict our ability to sell, expand or acquire facilities and generally impact our financial performance. Some of these laws relate to the use, disposal, clean up of, and exposure to, hazardous substances. Over the last several years, the European Union, or the EU, countries have enacted environmental laws regulating electronic products. For example, beginning July 1, 2006, our products have been subject to laws that mandate the recycling of waste in electronic products sold in the EU and that limit or prohibit the use of certain substances in electronic products. Other countries outside of Europe are expected to adopt similar laws. We may incur additional expenses to comply with these laws.

Product defect or quality issues may divert management's attention from our business and/or result in costs and expenses that could adversely affect our operating results.

        Product defects or performance quality issues could cause us to lose customers and revenue or to incur unexpected expenses. Many of our products are highly complex and may have quality deficiencies resulting from the design or manufacture of such product, or from the software or components used in the product. Often these issues are identified prior to the shipment of the products and may cause delays in market acceptance of our products, delays in shipping products to customers, or the cancellation of orders. In other cases, we may identify the quality issues after the shipment of products. In such cases, we may incur unexpected expenses and diversion of resources to replace defective products or correct problems. Such pre-shipment and post-shipment quality issues could result in delays in the recognition of revenue, loss of revenue or future orders, and damage to our reputation and customer relationships. In addition, we may be required to pay damages for failed performance under certain customer contracts, and may receive claims from customers related to the performance of our products.

18


Table of Contents

Business interruptions could adversely affect our business.

        Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure, external interference with our information technology systems, incidents of terrorism and other events beyond our control that affect us, either directly or indirectly through one or more of our key suppliers. Also, our operations and markets in China and Japan are located in areas prone to earthquakes. We do not have a detailed disaster recovery plan, and the occurrence of any events like these that disrupt our business could harm our business and operating results.

We may suffer losses with respect to equipment held at customer sites, which could harm our business.

        We face the risk of loss relating to our equipment held at customer sites. In some cases, our equipment held at customer sites is under contract, pending final acceptance by the customer. We generally do not hold title or risk of loss on such equipment, as title and risk of loss are typically transferred to the customer upon delivery of our equipment. However, we do not recognize revenue and accounts receivable with respect to the sale of such equipment until we obtain acceptance from the customer. If we do not obtain final acceptance, we may not be able to collect the contract price or recover this equipment or its associated costs. In other cases, particularly in China, where governmental approval is required to finalize certain contracts, inventory not under contract may be held at customer sites. We hold title and risk of loss on this inventory until the contracts are finalized and, as such, are subject to any losses incurred resulting from any damage to or loss of this inventory.

        If our contract negotiations fail or if the government of China otherwise delays approving contracts, we may not recover or receive payment for this inventory. Moreover, our insurance may not cover all losses incurred if our inventory at customer sites not under contract is damaged or misappropriated prior to contract finalization. If we incur a loss relating to inventory for any of the above reasons, our financial condition, cash flows, and operating results could be harmed.

The failure of our enhanced version of our enterprise resource planning system to operate appropriately could result in material financial misstatements and/or cause delays in our filings.

        Since 2009, we have continued to implement and enhance modules of our enterprise resource planning system. We depend on this system in order to timely and accurately process and report key components of our results of operations, financial position and cash flows. We and our shareholders are subject to the risks associated with late filings, material misstatements to the quarterly and annual consolidated financial statements and/or financial restatements, any of which could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and lead to a decline in our share price, if the enterprise planning system fails to operate appropriately.

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.

        We are subject to reporting obligations under the United States securities laws. The SEC, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that we establish and maintain an effective internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting and include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report. Our Annual Report on Form 20-F must contain an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that we have identified. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

        We have in the past and as of December 31, 2010 identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and have concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were not effective as of December 31, 2010. The material weaknesses were successfully remediated in

19


Table of Contents

2011. As of December 31, 2012, we have identified a material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and have concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were not effective as of December 31, 2012. The requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes—Oxley Act are ongoing and also apply to future years. We expect that our internal control over financial reporting will continue to evolve as we continue in our efforts to transform our business. Although we are committed to continue to improve our internal control processes and we will continue to diligently and vigorously review our internal control over financial reporting in order to ensure compliance with the Section 404 requirements, any control system, regardless of how well designed, operated and evaluated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives will be met. In addition, successful remediation of the control deficiencies identified as of December 31, 2012 is dependent on our ability to hire and retain qualified employees and consultants. Therefore, we cannot be certain that in the future additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not exist or otherwise be discovered.

We rely on a Japanese customer, which is a related party to us, for a significant portion of our net sales. Any deterioration of our relationship or any interruption to our ongoing collaboration with this customer may significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        A significant portion of our net sales is derived from a Japanese customer, SOFTBANK CORP. and its related entities, or collectively, Softbank, which is also one of our principal shareholders and beneficially owned approximately 10.2% of our outstanding shares as of December 31 2012. In 2012, our net sales to Softbank totaled approximately $92.0 million, representing approximately 49.3% of our total net sales. We anticipate that our dependence on Softbank will continue for the foreseeable future. Consequently, any one of the following events may cause material fluctuations or declines in our net sales or liquidity position and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations:

    changes in the regulating environment in Japan that adversely affect the Softbank businesses that we supply;

    changes in the commercial environment in Japan that adversely affect the Softbank businesses we supply;

    Softbank's collaborations with our competitors;

    reduction, delay or cancellation of contracts from Softbank;

    the success of Softbank's business utilizing our products; and

    failure of Softbank to make timely payment for our products and services.

        Although we have continued our collaboration with Softbank since 2008, there can be no assurance that this customer will continue working with us in the future, whether due to changes in management preferences, business strategy, corporate structure or other factors. Our failure to continue our collaboration with this customer may adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

        In addition, the relationship between China and Japan, which is often strained due to historical reasons, in 2012 reached reportedly the lowest point since the end of World War II due to territorial disputes surrounding what are called by China as the Diaoyu Islands but known in Japan as the Senkaku Islands. If the tension between the two countries further escalates or even results in regional military conflicts, the demand for our products from Softbank may decrease and the shipment of our products manufactured in China to Softbank may be disrupted. As a result, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

20


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Conducting Business in China

Uncertainties with respect to China's economic, political and social condition, as well as government policies, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        A significant portion of our business operations are conducted in China. Accordingly, our results of operations, financial condition and prospects are subject to a significant degree to economic, political and legal developments in China. China's economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including with respect to the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange, and allocation of resources. While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past 20 years, growth has been uneven across different regions and among various economic sectors of China. The PRC government has implemented various economic and political policies and laws and regulations to encourage economic development and guide the allocation of resources. Any adverse changes to these policies of the PRC government or the laws and regulations of the PRC, or other factors detrimental to China's economic development, could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business. For example, from time to time, the PRC government implements monetary, credit and other policies or otherwise makes efforts to slow the pace of growth of the PRC economy, which could result in decreased capital expenditures by our end customers in China, reduce their demand for our products, and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our business is subject to government regulation and benefits from certain government incentives, and changes in these regulations or incentives could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        The PRC government has broad discretion and authority to regulate the technology industry in China. China's government has also implemented policies from time to time to regulate economic expansion in China. In addition, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industrial development. It also exercises significant control over China's economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. New regulations or the readjustment of previously implemented regulations could require us to change our business model, increase our costs or limit our ability to sell products and conduct activities in China, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        In addition, the PRC government and provincial and municipal governments and other similar authorities have provided and may from time to time in the future provide various incentives to domestic companies in the semiconductor industry, including our Company, in order to encourage development of the industry. Such incentives include tax rebates, reduced tax rates, favorable lending policies and other measures. Any of these incentives could be reduced or eliminated by governmental authorities at any time in the future. Any such reduction or elimination of incentives currently provided to us could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

China's governmental and regulatory reforms may impact our ability to do business in China.

        Since 1978, the PRC government has been in a state of evolution and reform. The reforms have resulted in and are expected to continue to result in significant economic and social development in China. Many of the reforms are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to change or readjustment due to a variety of political, economic and social factors. Multiple government bodies are involved in regulating and administering affairs in the telecommunications and information technology industries, among which the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology and Telecommunications Administration, or the MIIT, the National Development and Reform Commission, or NDRC, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, or SASAC, and the State Administration of Radio, Film and Television, or SARFT, play the leading roles. These government agencies have broad

21


Table of Contents

discretion and authority over all aspects of the telecommunications and information technology industry in China, including but not limited to, setting the telecommunications tariff structure, granting carrier licenses and frequencies, approving equipment and products, granting product licenses, approving the form and content of transmitted data, specifying technological standards as well as appointing carrier executives, all of which may impact our ability to do business in China.

        Any of the following changes in China's political and economic conditions and governmental policies could have a substantial impact on our business:

    the promulgation of new laws and regulations and the interpretation of those laws and regulations;

    inconsistent enforcement and application of the telecommunications industry's rules and regulations by the PRC government between foreign and domestic companies;

    the restructuring of telecommunications carriers in China, including policy making governing next generation network infrastructure and licensing;

    restrictions on IPTV license grants, which could limit the potential market for our products;

    the introduction of measures to control inflation or stimulate growth;

    the introduction of new guidelines for tariffs and service rates, which affect our ability to competitively price our products and services;

    changes in the rate or method of taxation;

    the imposition of laws, rules or regulations affecting the direct or indirect nationalization of assets controlled by non-governmental persons or entities;

    the imposition of additional restrictions on currency conversion and remittances abroad; or

    any actions that limit our ability to develop, manufacture, import or sell our products in China, or to finance and operate our business in China.

        In addition to modifying the existing telecommunications regulatory framework, the PRC government is currently preparing a draft of a standard, national telecommunications law, or Telecommunications Law, to provide a uniform regulatory framework for the telecommunications industry. Currently, Telecommunications Law has been included in the law legislation plan of the Standing Committee of the 11 th  National People's Congress. We do not yet know the final nature or scope of the regulations that would be created if the Telecommunications Law is passed. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether it will have a positive or negative effect on us or on some or all aspects of our business.

        Under China's current regulatory structure, the communications products that we offer in China must meet government and industry standards. In addition, a network access license for the equipment must be obtained. Without a license, telecommunications equipment is not allowed to be connected to public telecommunications networks or sold in China. Moreover, we must ensure that the quality of the telecommunications equipment for which we have obtained a network access license is stable and reliable, and will not negatively affect the quality or performance of other installed licensed products.

China's currency exchange control and government restrictions on dividends may impact our ability to transfer funds outside of China.

        A significant portion of our business is conducted in China where the currency is the RMB. Regulations in China permit foreign owned entities to freely convert the RMB into foreign currency for transactions that fall under the "current account," which includes trade related receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Accordingly, our PRC subsidiaries may use RMB to purchase foreign exchange

22


Table of Contents

for settlement of such "current account" transactions without pre-approval. However, pursuant to applicable regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In calculating accumulated profits, foreign investment enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds, including mandated employee benefits funds, unless these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises.

        Transactions other than those that fall under the "current account" and that involve conversion of RMB into foreign currency are classified as "capital account" transactions; examples of "capital account" transactions include repatriations of investment by or loans to foreign owners, or direct equity investments in a foreign entity by a China domiciled entity. "Capital account" transactions require prior approval from China's State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its provincial branch to convert a remittance into a foreign currency, such as U.S. Dollars, and transmit the foreign currency outside of China.

        This system could be changed at any time and any such change may affect the ability of us or our subsidiaries in China to repatriate capital or profits, if any, outside China. Furthermore, SAFE has a significant degree of administrative discretion in implementing the laws and has used this discretion to limit convertibility of current account payments out of China. Whether as a result of a deterioration in the PRC balance of payments, a shift in the PRC macroeconomic prospects or any number of other reasons, China could impose additional restrictions on capital remittances abroad. As a result of these and other restrictions under the laws and regulations of the PRC, our China subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the parent. We have no assurance that the relevant PRC governmental authorities in the future will not limit further or eliminate the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to purchase foreign currencies and transfer such funds to us to meet our liquidity or other business needs. Any inability to access funds in China, if and when needed for use by us outside of China, could have a material and adverse effect on our liquidity and our business.

Fluctuations in the value of the RMB relative to the U.S. Dollar could affect our operating results and may have a material adverse effect on your investment.

        We prepare our financial statements in U.S. Dollars, while we conduct a significant portion of our operations in China primarily in RMB. The conversion of financial information using a functional currency of RMB will be subject to risks related to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The value of RMB against the U.S. Dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in China's political and economic conditions and supply and demand in local markets. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. Dollar. Under the new policy, the RMB is permitted to fluctuate within a managed band based on market supply and demand and by reference to a basket of certain foreign currencies. This change in policy has resulted in a significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. Dollar. While the international reaction to the RMB revaluation has generally been positive, there remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which may result in a further and more significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. Dollar. As we have significant operations in China, any significant revaluation of the RMB may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenue, earnings and financial position, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our ordinary shares in U.S. Dollars. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. Dollars into RMB for our operations, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. Dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our RMB into U.S. Dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. Dollar against the RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. Dollar amount available to us.

23


Table of Contents

If China imposes economic restrictions to reduce inflation, future economic growth in China could be severely curtailed, reducing the profitability of our operations in China.

        Rapid economic growth can lead to growth in the supply of money and rising inflation. If prices for any products or services in China are unable, for any reason, to increase at a rate that is sufficient to compensate for any increase in the costs of supplies, materials or labor, it may have an adverse effect on our operations in China. In order to control inflation in the past, China has imposed controls on bank credits, limits on loans for fixed assets and restrictions on state bank lending and could adopt additional measures to further combat inflation. Such measures could harm the economy generally and hurt our business by (i) limiting the income of our customers available to spend on our products and services, (ii) forcing us to lower our profit margins, and (iii) limiting our ability to obtain credit or other financing to pursue our expansion plans or maintain our business. We cannot predict with any certainty the degree to which our business will be adversely affected by slower economic growth in China.

China's changing economic environment may impact our ability to do business in China.

        Since 1978, the PRC government has been reforming the economic system in China to increase the emphasis placed on decentralization and the utilization of market forces in the development of China's economy. These reforms have resulted in significant economic growth. However, any economic reform policies or measures in China may from time to time be modified or revised by the PRC government. While we may be able to benefit from the effects of some of these policies, these policies and other measures taken by the PRC government to regulate the economy could also have a significant negative impact on economic conditions in China, which would result in a negative impact on our business.

China's entry into the World Trade Organization and relaxation of trade restrictions have led to increased foreign investment in China's telecommunications industry and may lead to increased competition in our markets which may have an adverse impact on our business.

        China's economic environment has been changing as a result of China's entry, in December of 2001, into the World Trade Organization, or WTO. Foreign investment in the telecommunications sector is regulated by the "Provisions on Administration of Foreign Invested Telecommunications Enterprises" promulgated by the State Council in December 2001 and effective as of January 1, 2002, which was amended on September 10, 2008. The provisions brought foreign equity limits into conformity with China's WTO commitments, allowing foreign investors to own equity generally up to 49% for basic telecom services enterprises and up to 50% for value-added telecom services enterprises.

        As the existing international vendors increase their investment in China, and more vendors enter the China market, the competition in the telecommunication equipment market may increase, and as a result, our business may suffer. If China's entry into the WTO results in increased competition or has a negative impact on China's economy, our business could suffer. In addition, although China is increasingly according foreign companies and foreign investment enterprises established in China the same rights and privileges as PRC domestic companies as a result of its admission into the WTO, special laws, administrative rules and regulations governing foreign companies and foreign investment enterprises in China may still place foreign companies at a disadvantage in relation to PRC domestic companies and may adversely affect our competitive position.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system may adversely affect us.

        We conduct our business in China primarily through our wholly owned subsidiaries incorporated in China. Our subsidiaries are generally subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China. Accordingly, our business might be affected by China's developing legal system. Since 1978, many new laws and regulations covering general economic matters have been promulgated in China,

24


Table of Contents

and the overall effect of legislation over the past 30 years has enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investment in China. However, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new laws, frequent changes to existing laws (or interpretations thereof) and preemption of provincial or local regulations by national laws or regulations. In addition, certain government policies and internal rules promulgated by governmental agencies may not be published in time, or at all. As a result, we may operate our business in violation of new rules and policies without having any knowledge of their existence. The PRC legal system is based on written statutes, and prior court decisions have limited precedential value. Because many laws, rules and policies in China are relatively new and the PRC legal system is still evolving, the interpretation and enforcement of laws, rules and policies in China are not always uniform and involve uncertainties. The PRC government has broad discretion in dealing with violations of laws, rules and policies, including levying fines, revoking business and other licenses and requiring actions necessary for compliance, and enforcement of existing laws or contracts based on existing law may be sporadic; therefore, it may be difficult to predict the effect of existing or new PRC laws, rules or policies on our businesses and it may be difficult to obtain swift and equitable enforcement, or to obtain enforcement of a judgment by a court of another jurisdiction. Any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management's attention.

        The PRC government has enacted laws and regulations dealing with matters such as corporate organization and governance, foreign investment, commerce, taxation and trade. However, the PRC government's experience in implementing, interpreting and enforcing these laws and regulations is limited, and our ability to enforce commercial claims or to resolve commercial disputes is unpredictable. The resolution of these matters may be subject to the exercise of considerable discretion by agencies of the PRC government, and forces unrelated to the legal merits of a particular matter or dispute may influence their determination. Any rights we may have to specific performance or to seek an injunction under PRC law are severely limited, and without a means of recourse by virtue of the PRC legal system, we may be unable to prevent these situations from occurring. The occurrence of any such events could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our assets is located in the PRC, and all of our executive officers and all of our directors reside outside of the United States. As a result, investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

        A substantial portion of our assets is located in the PRC and all of our executive officers and all of our directors reside outside of the United States. The PRC does not have treaties with the United States and many other countries providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts. As a result, it may be difficult for investors in the U.S. to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon certain of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties against our directors and officers located outside of the U.S.

If tax benefits available to our subsidiaries located in China are reduced or repealed, our business could suffer.

        On March 16, 2007, China's top legislature, the National People's Congress, passed the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law or the EIT Law. The EIT Law became effective on January 1, 2008. Under the EIT Law, China's dual tax system for domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises, or FIEs, are effectively replaced by a unified system. The new law establishes a tax rate of 25% for most enterprises and a reduced tax rate of 15% for certain qualified high technology enterprises.

25


Table of Contents

        Prior to this change in tax law, certain subsidiaries and joint ventures located in China enjoyed tax benefits in China which were generally available to FIEs. The tax holidays/incentives for FIEs were applicable or potentially applicable to UTStarcom Chong Qing Telecom Co. Ltd. or CUTS and UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd., or HUTS, our active subsidiaries in China, because these entities may have qualified as accredited technologically advanced enterprises.

        The EIT Law provides the reduced 15% enterprise income tax rate for qualified high and new technology enterprises. One of UTStarcom's China subsidiaries, HUTS, through which the majority of our business in China is conducted, obtained its High and New Technology Enterprise Certificate, or High-tech Certificate, from the relevant approval authority on September 19, 2008, and thereafter was approved to pay EIT at the reduced tax rate of 15%. The approval for the reduced 15% tax rate is valid for three years and applies retroactively from January 1, 2008, subject to possible re-assessment by the approval authorities. During the re-assessment, the tax authority may suspend the implementation of the reduced 15% rate. HUTS's High-tech Certificate renewal was extended for three years on October 14, 2011. However, since HUTS is in significant loss position, the change in tax rate will not have a material adverse impact on the business or liquidity until it begins to generate profit and deplete all the net operating loss carry forwards.

        The PRC central government may review and audit tax benefits granted by local or provincial authorities and could determine to disallow such benefits. Certain of our subsidiaries and joint ventures located in China enjoy tax benefits in China that are generally available to foreign investment enterprises. If these tax benefits are reduced, disallowed or repealed due to changes in tax laws or determination by the PRC government, our business could suffer.

        Moreover, unlike the tax regulations effective before 2008, which specifically exempted withholding taxes on dividends payable to non-PRC investors from foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC, the EIT Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding income tax rate of 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by PRC companies to non-PRC-resident enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and the governments of other countries or regions. While the Arrangement between Mainland and Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion With Respect to Taxes on Income provides that dividends paid by a foreign-invested enterprise in the PRC to its corporate shareholder, which is a Hong Kong tax resident and directly holds at least 25% of the equity interest in such foreign-invested enterprise, will be subject to withholding tax at the rate of 5%, this is limited to instances where the corporate shareholder directly holds at least 25% of the equity interest of the foreign-invested enterprise for at least twelve consecutive months immediately prior to receiving the dividends and meets certain other criteria prescribed by the relevant tax circulars issued by the PRC State Administration of Taxation, or SAT. Entitlement to a lower withholding tax rate on dividends according to tax treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions is further subject to approval of the competent PRC tax authority pursuant to the Circular on Printing and Distributing the Tentative Administrative Measures on Tax Convention Treatments for Non-Residents issued by SAT on August 24, 2009 and effective on October 1, 2009.

        Furthermore, the SAT promulgated the Notice on How to Understand and Determine the "Beneficial Owners" under Tax Treaties on October 27, 2009, or Circular 601, which provides guidance for determining whether a resident of a contracting state is the "beneficial owner" of an item of income under China's tax treaties or tax arrangements with other jurisdictions when such resident applies for the treaty benefits with respect to dividends, interest or royalties. According to Circular 601, a beneficial owner generally must be engaged in substantive business activities; an agent or conduit company will not be regarded as a beneficial owner and, therefore, will not be qualified for treaty benefits. A conduit company normally refers to a company that is set up for the purpose of avoiding or reducing taxes or transferring or accumulating profits. On June 29, 2012, SAT issued the

26


Table of Contents

Announcement on the Determination of "Beneficial Owners" under Tax Treaties, providing further guidance on the identification of beneficial owner. The PRC tax authorities could challenge the eligibility for the treaty benefits or use of treaty jurisdictions pursuant to the above-mentioned tax circulars and other relevant tax regulations issued by the SAT, general anti-tax avoidance provisions in the EIT Law and anti-treaty shopping provisions under applicable treaties. We cannot assure you that any dividends to be distributed by our subsidiaries to us or by us to our non-PRC shareholders, whose jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China providing a different withholding arrangement, will be entitled to the benefits under the relevant withholding arrangement.

Under the EIT Law, we may be classified as a "resident enterprise" of the PRC, which could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and to non-PRC shareholders.

        Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China with "de facto management bodies" within China is considered a "resident enterprise," meaning that it can be treated in a manner similar to a PRC enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. The implementing rules of the EIT Law define de facto management as "substantial and overall management and control over the production and operations, personnel, accounting, and properties" of the enterprise. In April 2009, the SAT released Notice on Issues Relating to Determination of PRC-Controlled Offshore Enterprises as PRC Resident Enterprises Based on "De Facto Management Bodies" Test, or Circular 82. Under Circular 82, a foreign enterprise "controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group" will be considered as a resident enterprise if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the senior management personnel responsible for its daily operations and the place where the senior management departments discharge their responsibilities are located primarily in the PRC; (ii) its finance and human resources related decisions are made by or are subject to the approval of institutions or personnel located in the PRC; (iii) its major assets, books and records, company seals and minutes of its board of directors and shareholder meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (iv) senior management personnel or 50% or more of the members of its board of directors with voting power of the enterprise reside in the PRC. On September 1, 2011, the SAT issued the Announcement on Printing and Issuing the Provisional Administrative Regulations of Enterprise Income Taxation of a Foreign Enterprise Controlled by a PRC Enterprise or a PRC Enterprise Group, or Circular 45, to further prescribe the rules concerning the recognition, administration and taxation of a foreign enterprise "controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group." Because the above-mentioned two circulars were issued to regulate identification of PRC tax resident among companies established overseas and controlled by PRC companies, the criteria set forth in such circulars can only be used for reference purposes in our case. The PRC tax authorities can determine whether or not certain offshore companies shall be deemed as resident enterprises for PRC tax purposes.

        If the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a "resident enterprise" for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, the PRC tax authorities could impose a 10% PRC enterprise income tax on dividends we pay to our non-PRC shareholders and gains derived by our non-PRC shareholders from transferring our shares, if the non-PRC shareholders are deemed as "non-resident enterprises" and their income is considered PRC-sourced income by the relevant PRC authorities. Under the applicable tax regulations of the PRC, "non-resident enterprises" means the non-PRC enterprises which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or which have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business in the PRC. Circular 45 clarifies that the capital gains derived by the non-resident enterprises from alienation of shares of the foreign-incorporated resident enterprise are considered as China-sourced income. If we were considered a PRC "resident enterprise", non-resident enterprise holders of our ordinary shares may be subject to enterprise income tax in China at a rate of 10% on the capital gains derived from the transfer of our ordinary shares. It is not clear, however, whether the capital gains derived by the non-resident individuals from the transfer of our ordinary shares will be considered as China-sourced and whether we are obliged to withhold the dividends distributed to our

27


Table of Contents

non-resident individual shareholders. In practice, we understand that the PRC tax authorities have not collected the individual income tax from the non-resident individuals.

        In addition, if the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a "resident enterprise" for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, we could be subject to a number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences, including: (a) we could be subject to enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on our worldwide taxable income, as well as PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations; under Circular 45, we would be required to file provisional enterprise income tax returns quarterly and complete an annual settlement before May 31 of each year for the preceding year at the in-charge tax bureau; and (b) although under the EIT Law and its implementing rules, dividends paid to us from our PRC subsidiaries through our sub-holding companies may qualify as "tax-exempt income," we cannot guarantee that such dividends will not be subject to withholding tax. Any increase in the taxation of our PRC-based revenues could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

PRC regulations establish more complex procedures for acquisitions conducted by foreign investors which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

        On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the PRC Ministry of Commerce, the SASAC, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the CSRC, and SAFE, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rule, which became effective on September 8, 2006. The M&A Rule established new procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex, including requirements in some instances that the Ministry of Commerce be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise. On February 3, 2011, the General Office of the State Council promulgated the Notice on Launching the Security Review System for Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Security Review Notice, which became effective on March 6, 2011. The M&A Security Review Notice provides for certain circumstances under which foreign investors' acquisition of domestic enterprises shall be subject to the security review of the PRC governments. The security review assesses such acquisition's impact on national security, stable operation of national economy, basic living of the people, and R&D capacity for key technologies related to national security. On August 25, 2011, the Ministry of Commerce of PRC promulgated the Regulation of Ministry of Commerce on Implementation of the Security Review System for Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Security Review Regulation, which became effective on September 1, 2011. The M&A Security Review Regulation stipulates the requirements of application documents and security review procedures of the Ministry of Commerce. In the future, we may grow our business in part by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the M&A Rule, the M&A Security Review Notice and the M&A Security Review Regulation to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the Ministry of Commerce, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.

Recent value-added tax, or VAT reform pilot program introduced in Shanghai and other major cities and provinces in China may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        On November 16, 2011, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT jointly issued the Circular on the Pilot Program for Replacing Business Tax with Value-Added Tax, or Circular 110, and the Circular on the Pilot Program for Replacing Business Tax with Value-Added Tax in the Transportation and Certain Modern Service Sectors in Shanghai, or Circular 111, both of which became effective on January 1, 2012. Pursuant to Circular 110 and Circular 111, a tax reform pilot program came into effect in

28


Table of Contents

Shanghai, which was chosen by the PRC government as the first pilot city for such reform. Starting from January 1, 2012, companies located in Shanghai are subject to VAT in lieu of business tax when they provide transportation and certain specified services. The pilot program is currently implemented in a number of major cities and provinces, including Shanghai, Beijing, Tianjin, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Fujian, Hubei and Guangdong, and will be implemented nationwide on August 1, 2013. As a result of the VAT reform, we may be subject to unfavorable tax treatment with respect to our business operations, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We face uncertainty from PRC's Circular on Strengthening the Administration of Enterprise Income Tax on Non-Resident Enterprises' Equity Transfer, or Circular 698.

        The SAT released a circular on December 10, 2009, retroactively effective as of January 1, 2008, that addresses the PRC enterprise income tax treatment with respect to transfer of equity of PRC resident enterprises by non-PRC tax resident enterprises. Under Circular 698, the overseas controlling party that effectively controls a PRC resident enterprise through an overseas intermediate holding company, and "indirectly transfers" the equity interest in such PRC resident enterprise by selling shares of the intermediate holding company, is required to report such transfer to the PRC tax authority within thirty days after the execution of the offshore share transfer agreement if the intermediate holding company is located in a foreign jurisdiction that has an effective tax rate of less than 12.5% or does not levy tax on such foreign-sourced capital gains of its residents. If the intermediate holding company mainly serves as tax avoidance vehicle and does not have any reasonable commercial purpose, the PRC in-charge tax authority may, upon verification of the SAT, disregard the intermediate holding company and re-characterize the equity transfer by referring to its economic essence, and as a result, the overseas controlling party may be subject to a 10% PRC withholding tax for the capital gains realized from the equity transfer.

        There is still uncertainty as to the interpretation and application of Circular 698 by PRC tax authorities in practice. As a result, we may be subject to tax under Circular 698 with respect to indirect transfers of the equity interest in our PRC tax resident enterprises and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with Circular 698 or to establish that we should not be taxed under Circular 698, any of which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Restrictions on direct foreign investments in certain business sectors, such as IPTV, Interactive Digital TV, or iDTV, and Internet TV service businesses, may require that we enter into contractual arrangements with our PRC business partners, which are subject to potential risks and uncertainties.

        We anticipate that providing value-added support services to businesses in the telecom, cable and/or media sectors, such as Internet TV and related services businesses, will be a significant component of our future business model. We will provide operators engaging in these businesses with services, including equipment installation, system installation and maintenance, technical services and other value-added services, in return for long-term income. We anticipate that these value-added support services will play an important role in the growth of our business.

        Direct foreign investments are subject to certain restrictions with respect to the operating of telecom, cable and media businesses. Under the "Telecommunications Regulations" issued by the State Council on September 25, 2000 and the "Provisions on Administration of Foreign Invested Telecommunications Enterprises" issued by the State Council on December 11, 2001, amended on September 10, 2008, the shareholding of foreign investors is limited to up to 49% for basic telecom business and is limited to up to 50% for value-added telecom business. Under the "Measures on Administration of Publication of Audio-Visual Programs through Internet or Other Information Network" issued by SARFT on July 6, 2004, the "Administration Measures on Transmitting Business of

29


Table of Contents

Radio and Television Programs" issued by SARFT on July 6, 2004, the "Administration Measures on Wireless Transmitting Web of Radio and Television Programs" issued by SARFT on November 15, 2004, the "Administrative Provisions on Internet Audio-visual Program Service" jointly issued by SARFT and MIIT on December 20, 2007, and the related implementing rules of these regulations, foreign investors are prohibited from holding any equity interest in enterprises operating IPTV, iDTV and Internet TV business in the PRC.

        Because of the regulatory restrictions on direct foreign investments in the telecom, cable and/or media sectors, we may conduct business through contractual relationships with PRC business partners that are licensed or qualified to operate such businesses, or the Operating Companies. Our PRC subsidiaries may directly or indirectly provide certain technology services to the Operating Companies through an arrangement of technology service agreements and will receive service fees directly or indirectly form the Operating Companies. To ensure the payment of the service fee by the Operating Companies, the shareholders of the Operating Companies may pledge their equity interests in the Operating Companies to our PRC subsidiaries or affiliates. There may also be a call option arrangement so that our PRC subsidiaries may purchase the equity interests in the Operating Companies if permitted by the laws of the PRC.

        The contractual arrangements are subject to potential risks and uncertainties and may not be as effective in providing operational control and economic benefits as direct equity ownership. If the PRC authorities determine that the contractual arrangements are designed with a view to circumvent PRC foreign investment restrictions and do not comply with PRC regulations, the validity and enforceability of the contractual arrangements may be of question. PRC tax authorities may scrutinize the contractual arrangements for whether the technology service fee paid by the Operating Companies to our PRC subsidiaries or affiliates will substantially reduce the income tax and business tax payable by the Operating Companies. Additionally, there is uncertainty with respect to the attitude of judicial authorities on the enforceability of the contractual arrangements in the event the Operating Companies or their shareholders breach the contracts. The inability to participate in the telecom, cable and/or media sectors as presently expected through the contractual arrangements or the inability to enforce our rights under such contractual arrangements could result in a negative impact on our business.

PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents and employee stock options granted by overseas-listed companies may increase our administrative burden. If our shareholders who are PRC residents, or our PRC employees who are granted or exercise stock options, fail to make any required registrations or filings, we may be unable to distribute profits and may become subject to liability under PRC laws.

        SAFE has promulgated regulations that require PRC residents and PRC corporate entities to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. On October 21, 2005, SAFE issued the Circular on Issues Relating to Foreign Exchange Administration of Financings and Return Investments by Onshore Residents Utilizing Offshore Special Purpose Companies, or SAFE Circular 75, which became effective on November 1, 2005. On May 20, 2011, SAFE issued the Circular on Issuance of Foreign Exchange Administration Guidelines of Financings and Return Investments by Onshore Residents Utilizing Offshore Special Purpose Companies, which became effective on July 1, 2011 and further specified the procedures and document requirements as provided under SAFE Circular 75. Under the SAFE regulations, PRC residents who make, or have previously made, direct or indirect investments in offshore companies will be required to register those investments. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an offshore company is required to file or update the registration with the local branch of SAFE with respect to that offshore company any material change involving its round-trip investment, capital variation, such as an increase or decrease in capital, transfer or swap of shares, merger, division, long-term equity or debt investment or creation of any security interest. If any PRC shareholder fails to

30


Table of Contents

make the required SAFE registration or file or update the registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that offshore parent company may be prohibited from distributing their profits and the proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to their offshore parent company, and the offshore parent company may also be prohibited from injecting additional capital into its PRC subsidiaries. Moreover, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions.

        Certain of our shareholders who are PRC residents may not make or obtain any applicable registrations or approvals required by these SAFE regulations. The failure or inability of our PRC resident shareholders to comply with the registration procedures set forth therein may subject us to fines and legal sanctions, restrict our cross-border investment activities, or limit our PRC subsidiaries' ability to distribute dividends or obtain foreign-exchange denominated loans to our company.

        On March 28, 2007, SAFE promulgated the Application Procedure of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Holding Plan or Stock Option Plan of Overseas Listed Company, or the or Stock Option Rule, to regulate foreign exchange procedures for PRC individuals participating in employee stock holding and stock option plans of overseas companies. Under the Stock Option Rule, a PRC domestic individual must comply with various foreign exchange procedures through a domestic agent institution when participating in any employee stock holding plan or stock option plan of an overseas listed company. Certain domestic agent institutions, such as the PRC subsidiaries of an overseas listed company, a labor union of such company that is a legal person or a qualified financial institution, among others things, shall file with SAFE and be responsible for completing relevant foreign exchange procedures on behalf of PRC domestic individuals, such as applying to obtain SAFE approval for exchanging foreign currency in connection with owning stock or stock option exercises. Concurrent with the filing of such applications with SAFE, the PRC subsidiary, as a domestic agent, must obtain approval from SAFE to open a special foreign exchange account at a PRC domestic bank to hold the funds in connection with the stock purchase or option exercise, any returns based on stock sales, any stock dividends issued and any other income or expenditures approved by SAFE. The PRC subsidiary also is required to obtain approval from SAFE to open an overseas special foreign exchange account at an overseas trust bank to hold overseas funds used in connection with any stock purchase. The domestic agent institution is required to make a quarterly filing with SAFE to update SAFE with relevant information, including the exercise of options by employees, the holding of shares by employees and the funds in the special foreign exchange account and the overseas special foreign exchange account.

        Under the Stock Option Rule, all proceeds obtained by PRC domestic individuals from sales of stock shall be fully remitted back to China after relevant overseas expenses are deducted. The foreign exchange proceeds from these sales can be converted into RMB or transferred to the individual's foreign exchange savings account after the proceeds have been remitted back to the special foreign exchange account opened at the PRC domestic bank. If the stock option is exercised in a cashless exercise, the PRC domestic individuals are required to remit the proceeds to the special foreign exchange account. The Stock Option Rule does not provide for specific forms of penalties for noncompliance but provides that SAFE may impose penalties in accordance with the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulation, Implementing Rules for Individual Foreign Exchange Regulation and other related PRC regulations under which the penalties for noncompliance with foreign exchange administration rules include fines against the both the company and its implicated employees.

        On February 15, 2012, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Certain Foreign Exchange Issues Relating to Domestic Individuals' Participation in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Listed Company, or the New Stock Option Rule. Upon the effectiveness of the New Stock Option Rule on February 15, 2012, the Stock Option Rule became void, although the basic requirements and procedures provided under the Stock Option Rule are kept unchanged in the New Stock Option Rule, i.e., the domestic employees participating in a stock incentive plan of an overseas listed company shall appoint the PRC

31


Table of Contents

subsidiary of the overseas listed company or a domestic qualified agent to make the registration of the stock incentive plan with SAFE and handle all foreign exchange-related matters of the stock incentive plan through the special bank account approved by SAFE. The New Stock Option Rule clarifies that the domestic subsidiary of an overseas listed company shall include the limited liability company, partnership and the representative office directly or indirectly established by such overseas listed company in China and the domestic employees shall include the directors, supervisors, senior management and other employees of the domestic subsidiary, including the foreign employees of the domestic subsidiary who continuously reside in China for no less than one year.

        Similar to the Stock Option Rule, the New Stock Option Rule requires that the annual allowance with respect to the purchase of foreign exchange in connection with stock holding or stock option exercises shall be subject to the approval of SAFE. The New Stock Option Rule further requires that the material amendments of the stock incentive plan shall be filed with SAFE within three months following the occurrence of the material amendments. The domestic agent shall also make a quarterly update to SAFE to disclose the information with respect to the stock option exercises, the stock holding and foreign exchange matters. If the domestic employees or the domestic agent fails to comply with the requirements of the New Stock Option Rule, SAFE may require a remedy and even impose administrative penalties that SAFE deems appropriate.

        We and our PRC employees who have been granted stock options are subject to the Stock Option Rule and the New Stock Option Rule. In May 2008, UTSC, our former PRC subsidiary, made a filing with SAFE's Beijing branch as required by the Stock Option Rule for UTSC's PRC employees who participate in our employee stock option plans and UTSC obtained approval to open a special foreign exchange account at a PRC domestic bank. Subject to the Stock Option Rule, UTSC submitted material amendments of the stock incentive plan for its PRC employees in June 2011. Along with this submission, UTSC, as the domestic subsidiary of our overseas listed company, submitted on behalf of HUTS and CUTS, the materials for the necessary filings for their PRC employees who participate in our employee stock option plan, which was officially accepted by SAFE's Beijing branch in December 2011, but the final approval was not issued until March 31, 2012 when the New Stock Option Rule became effective. After the effectiveness of the New Stock Option Rule, we do not need to make a new registration for UTSC, HUTS and CUTS, but as required by SAFE, the application materials will have to be adjusted. Before we submitted the adjusted application material to SAFE, we divested our IPTV equipment business in August 2012, and as a result, UTSC is no longer our subsidiary. Therefore, we are required and are currently in the process of making adjustments to the filings with SAFE for HUTS, CUTS and UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd, or UTST, another PRC subsidiary of our company. We also shall comply with the requirements applicable to the companies which have completed the registration, including a quarterly update to SAFE, the registration of material amendments to our stock incentive plan and the registration for the foreign employees of our PRC subsidiaries when they continuously reside in China for no less than one year.

The enforcement of the laws on Employment Contracts and other labor-related regulations in the PRC may adversely affect our business and our results of operations.

        On June 29, 2007, the National People's Congress of China enacted the laws on Employment Contracts, or the Employment Contract Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008. The Employment Contract Law established new restrictions and increased costs for employers to dismiss employees, including specific provisions related to fixed-term employment contracts, temporary employment, probation, consultation with the labor union and employee assembly, employment without a contract, dismissal of employees, compensation upon termination and overtime work, and collective bargaining. According to the Employment Contract Law, an employer is obliged to sign a labor contract with an unlimited term with an employee if the employer continues to hire the employee after the expiration of two consecutive fixed-term labor contracts subject to certain conditions or after the

32


Table of Contents

employee has worked for the employer for ten consecutive years. The employer also has to pay compensation to an employee if the employer terminates an unlimited-term labor contract. Such compensation is also required when the employer refuses to renew a labor contract that has expired, unless it is the employee who refuses to extend the expired contract or resign. In addition, under the Regulations on Paid Annual Leave for Employees, which became effective on January 1, 2008 and its Implementation Rules on Paid Annual Leave for Employees, which became effective on September 18, 2008, employees who have served more than one year for an employer are entitled to a paid vacation ranging from 5 to 15 days, depending on their accumulative total length of service. Employers who fail to allow for such vacation time must compensate their employees three times their regular salaries for each vacation day disallowed, unless such employers can provide evidence, such as a copy of a written notice provided to their employees, that suggests the employers made arrangements for their employees to take such annual leaves, but such employees voluntarily waived taking their leaves or such employees waived their right to such vacation days in writing.

The audit report included in this Annual Report is prepared by an auditor who is not inspected by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and, as such, you are deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

        Auditors of companies that are registered with the SEC and traded publicly in the United States, including our independent registered public accounting firm, must be registered with the US Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or the PCAOB, and are required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess their compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards. Because our auditors are located in the PRC, a jurisdiction where the PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the PRC authorities, our auditors are not currently inspected by the PCAOB.

        This lack of PCAOB inspections in China prevents the PCAOB from regularly evaluating audits and quality control procedures of any auditors operating in China, including our auditors. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

        The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor's audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to PCAOB inspections. Investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information and procedures and the quality of our financial statements.

Proceedings instituted recently by the SEC against five PRC-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, could result in financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        In December 2012, the SEC instituted administrative proceedings against five PRC-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, alleging that these firms had violated U.S. securities laws and the SEC's rules and regulations thereunder by failing to provide to the SEC the firms' work papers related to their audits of certain PRC-based companies that are publicly traded in the United States and which are the subject of certain ongoing SEC investigations. We were not and are not the subject of any SEC investigations nor are we involved in the proceedings brought by the SEC against the accounting firms. If the SEC is successful in the proceedings, it could result in the accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm losing temporarily or permanently, the ability to practice before the SEC. While we cannot predict the outcome of the SEC's proceedings, if the accounting firms including our independent registered public accounting firm were denied, temporarily or permanently, the ability to practice before the SEC, and we are unable to find timely another registered public accounting firm which can audit and issue a report on our financial statements, our financial statements could be determined to not be in compliance with the requirements for financial statements of public companies registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Such a determination could

33


Table of Contents

ultimately lead to the delisting of our common stock from NASDAQ or deregistration from the SEC, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of our common stock in the United States.

Risks Related to the Performance of Our Ordinary Shares

Our share price is highly volatile. Our shareholders may not be able to resell their ordinary shares at or above the price they initially paid for our shares, or at all.

        The trading price of our shares has fluctuated significantly since our initial public offering in March 2000. Our share price could be subject to wide fluctuations in the future in response to many events or factors, including those discussed in the preceding risk factors relating to our operations, as well as:

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in operating results, actual or anticipated gross profit as a percentage of net sales, levels of inventory, our actual or anticipated rate of growth and our actual or anticipated earnings per share;

    changes in expectations as to future financial performance or changes in financial estimates or buy/sell recommendations of securities analysts;

    changes in governmental regulations or policies in China and other developing countries in which we do business;

    our, or a competitor's, announcement of new products, services or technological innovations;

    changes in our senior management;

    the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

    news and commentary emanating from the media, securities analysts or government bodies in China relating to us and to our industry in general;

    fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar;

    the operating and share price performance of other comparable companies; and

    sales or anticipated sales of additional ordinary shares.

        General market conditions and domestic or international macroeconomic factors unrelated to our performance may also affect our share price. For these reasons, investors should not rely on recent trends to predict future share prices or financial results. Furthermore, following periods of volatility in a company's securities, securities class action litigation against a company is sometimes instituted. We have experienced substantial costs and the diversion of management's time and resources on this type of litigation and may do so in the future.

        In addition, public announcements by China Telecom, China Mobile, and China Unicom, each of which exert significant influence over many of our major customers in China, may contribute to volatility in the price of our shares.

34


Table of Contents

Some of our shareholders have significant influence over our management and affairs, which they could exercise against the best interests of our shareholders.

        Entities affiliated with Shah Capital Management, or collectively, Shah Capital, SOFTBANK CORP. and its related entities, including SOFTBANK America Inc., or collectively, Softbank, and E-Town International Holding (Hong Kong) Co. Limited, or E-Town, beneficially owned approximately 17.4%, 12.4% and 9.6%, respectively, of our outstanding shares as of March 31, 2013. E-Town also has the right to designate a member of our board of directors. As a result, Shah Capital, Softbank and E-Town have the ability to influence all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. Matters that could require shareholder approval include:

    election and removal of directors;

    our merger or consolidation with or into another entity; and

    sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

        This concentration of ownership may delay or prevent a change of control or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which could decrease the market price of our ordinary shares.

Our charter documents contain provisions that could discourage or prevent a potential takeover, even if the transaction would benefit our shareholders.

        Other companies may seek to acquire or merge with us. Our acquisition or merger could result in benefits to our shareholders, including an increase in the value of our ordinary shares. Some provisions of our Articles of Association may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that a shareholder may consider favorable. These provisions include:

    authorizing the board of directors to issue additional preference shares;

    prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

    limiting the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders;

    prohibiting shareholder action by written consent other than a special resolution effected by a unanimous written resolution of shareholders;

    creating a classified board of directors pursuant to which our directors are elected for staggered three year terms;

    establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at shareholder meetings; and

    requiring for-cause removal of directors.

We may need additional capital, and the sale of additional ordinary shares or other equity securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders.

        We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the foreseeable future. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. It is uncertain whether financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

35


Table of Contents

We are a "foreign private issuer," and our disclosure obligations differ from those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. As a result, we may not provide you the same information as U.S. domestic reporting companies or we may provide information at different times, which may make it more difficult for you to evaluate our performance and prospects.

        As a result of the Merger on June 24, 2011, we ceased to be a US-incorporated issuer and became a foreign private issuer. As such, we are no longer subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we as a foreign private issuer are subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we are not required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements. We are not required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers are not required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and are not subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime.

        As a foreign private issuer, we are also exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. However, we are still subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations imposed on us as a foreign private issuer differ from those imposed on U.S. domestic reporting companies, you should not expect to receive the same information about us and at the same time as the information provided by U.S. domestic reporting companies.

We are a Cayman Islands company and, because judicial precedent regarding the rights of shareholders may be more limited under Cayman Islands law than under U.S. law, you may have less protection of your shareholder rights than you would under U.S. law.

        Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Cayman Islands Companies Law and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, the rights of minority shareholders to institute actions and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to our shareholders are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the latter of which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law may not be as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities law than the United States. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action before the federal courts of the United States. As a result, our public shareholders may encounter more difficulty in protecting their interests against actions taken by the management, the board of directors or the controlling shareholders of our company than they would as shareholders of a public company incorporated in the United States.

You may have difficulty enforcing judgments obtained against us.

        We are a Cayman Islands company, and we conduct a significant portion of our operations in the PRC. Substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, all of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to bring an action against our directors and officers in the United States. Even if you are successful in bringing an action, it may still be difficult for you to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors.

36


Table of Contents

        Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments other than, in certain circumstances, Australian judgments), a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment (a) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction, (b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given, (c) is final, (d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and (e) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

We have incurred additional costs as a result of being a public company, which could negatively impact our net income and liquidity.

        We are a public company listed in the United States and as such, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules and regulations implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ require significantly heightened corporate governance practices for public companies. As a result, we have incurred additional legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and many of our corporate activities have become time-consuming and costly. If we fail to comply with these rules and regulations, we could become the subject of a governmental enforcement action, investors may lose confidence in us and the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.

Our failure to timely file periodic reports with the SEC or satisfy the ongoing NASDAQ listing requirements could result in the delisting of our shares from the NASDAQ Stock Market, affect the liquidity of our shares and cause us to default on covenants contained in contractual arrangements.

        If we are unable to maintain compliance with the conditions for continued listing required by NASDAQ, then our ordinary shares may be subject to delisting from NASDAQ. For example, prior to the Merger on June 24, 2011 when we were still a US-incorporated issuer, as a result of our failure to timely file with the SEC our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 30, 2006, March 31, 2007, June 30, 2007 and March 31, 2008 and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, we were not in full compliance with NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5250(c)(1), which requires us to make, on a timely basis, all filings with the SEC required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. While we returned to full compliance with NASDAQ's listing requirements on May 15, 2008, we are required to remain in compliance with NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5250(c)(1) as a condition for our ordinary shares to continue to be listed on NASDAQ. In addition, NASDAQ requires that our shares trade above $1.00 per share. Our shares traded below $1.00 for periods in 2012 and may do so again in the future. If our ordinary shares are delisted from NASDAQ, our ordinary shares may not be eligible to trade on any national securities exchange or the over-the-counter market. If our ordinary shares are no longer traded through a market system, their liquidity may be greatly reduced, which could negatively affect their price. In addition, we may be unable to obtain future equity financing, or use our ordinary shares as consideration for mergers or other business combinations. A delisting from NASDAQ may also have other negative implications, including the potential loss of confidence by suppliers, customers and employees, the loss of institutional investor interest, and fewer business development opportunities and could lead to a default under certain of our contractual arrangements.

37


Table of Contents


ITEM 4—Information on the Company

A.
History and Development of the Company

        We were originally incorporated in 1991 as a Delaware corporation under the name UTStarcom, Inc. We design and sell IP-based telecommunications infrastructure products to telecommunications service providers or operators throughout the world and provide telecommunications infrastructure installation, operations and maintenance services. We enable our customers to rapidly deploy revenue-generating access services using their existing infrastructure, while providing a migration path to cost-efficient end-to-end IP networks. Our business began in China, which historically generated a significant portion of our total revenues. Our success in China encouraged us to target other market such as Japan, India and other Asia Pacific countries. Recently the percentage of our revenue generated in China has been declining with Japan becoming an important market. In 2012, approximately 20.6% of our total revenue was generated from our business in China, approximately 53.2% was generated from our business in Japan and the remaining 26.2% was from the rest of the world.

        On February 1, 2010, we entered into agreements for a strategic relationship with Beijing E-town International Investment and Development Co., Ltd., or BEIID, which included an investment in UTStarcom, Inc.'s common stock by BEIID, and two unrelated investment funds, Elite Noble Limited and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP. The investment by BEIID gave us access to and a deeper understanding of the PRC government agencies that make decisions about cable and telecom network spending, which has further strengthened our leadership and market position in China. In connection with BEIID's investment, we also moved our operational headquarters from California to Beijing, China in September 2010.

        In April 2011, we were incorporated as UTStarcom Holdings Corp. as an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands. On June 24, 2011, we effected the Merger to reorganize the corporate structure of UTStarcom, Inc., and its subsidiaries. The Merger resulted in the shares of common stock of UTStarcom, Inc. being converted into the right to receive an equal number of ordinary shares in our capital, which were issued by us in connection with the Merger. Following the Merger, UTStarcom, Inc. became our wholly-owned subsidiary and we became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The transaction was accounted for as a legal re-organization of entities under common control. See Item 4.C for a listing of our subsidiaries. We, together with our subsidiaries, continue to conduct our business in substantially the same manner as was conducted by UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

        In July 2012, we announced a number of strategic initiatives, including the divestiture of our IPTV business, which accounted for 44.1% and 15.8% of our total revenues in 2011 and 2012, respectively. The divestiture was closed in August 2012. The divested IPTV business became a privately-held standalone company led by Mr. Jack Lu, our former chief executive officer. As part of the transaction, we invested in the IPTV business through a $20 million convertible bond that will be convertible into 33% of the new IPTV business's common stock in five years. The new IPTV business entered into a brand licensing arrangement with us to ensure business continuity for its customers and business partners. The divestiture served as a means of redeploying capital to support higher return opportunities, particularly in the value-added services area, and accelerated our ongoing transition into a higher growth business.

        In November 2012, we announced a strategic plan to transform the Company into a higher growth, more profitable business focused on providing next generation media services. The new plan is expected to result in overall improvement in UTStarcom's business performance and we anticipate it will lead to accelerated rates of growth and profit margins.

38


Table of Contents

        In order to be well-placed to evolve and meet this market demand for new technology to exchange and distribute content in an environment of "on demand media", we have identified three primary strategies and will:

    Deploy a TV over IP Services Platform: We will build a major business line around TV over IP services, which offer fast-growing and high-margin opportunities. Through TV over IP services, we aim to become a provider of high-in-demand digital content, such as local content, premium licensed content, and other value-added services over a variety of platforms to the mainstream consumers. We will offer a cloud based, integrated platform to support the entire workflow of broadband and cable service providers' TV over IP operations, such as encoding and transcoding, program planning, media distribution, content publication, and product management.

    Pursue Internal Product Development and Strategic Acquisitions to Build Out New Services: We will leverage our technical expertise to develop solutions in-house that will support the new TV over IP platform. Importantly, we also seek to acquire or take significant stakes in companies that have market-leading technology that we can use to augment our services platform and then deploy commercially, quickly and efficiently.

    Design an Optimal Operating Structure to Maximize the Potential of Business Units and Foster Innovation, Collaboration and Efficiency: we will structure our business in a way that aggregates and maximizes the potential of our existing and to-expand business units by providing them the flexibility to pursue opportunities while also aligning their interests with broader corporate goals and those of shareholders. We also aim to maximize efficiency in operations and minimize fixed costs in order to keep the underlying business strong.

        On November 30, 2012, we announced the commencement of a tender offer to purchase up to 8,333,333 of our ordinary shares at a price of $3.60 per share (number of shares and price per share have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split), representing a 30.4% premium to the November 29, 2012 closing price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market of $2.76 per share. On January 10, 2013, we announced that 21,119,182 ordinary shares were properly tendered and we accepted for purchase 8,333,333 of our ordinary shares at a price of $3.60 per share, for an aggregate cost of $30,000,000 excluding fees and expenses relating to the tender offer. Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the depositary for the tender offer, has made all payment for shares validly tendered and accepted for purchase and returned all other shares tendered. The tender offer was completed in the first quarter of 2013.

        We effected a one-for-three reverse share split of our ordinary shares on March 21, 2013. Unless otherwise specified, all share and per share information in this annual report has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse share split.

        On March 27, 2013, we received a preliminary non-binding proposal letter dated March 27, 2013 from one of our Directors, Mr. Hong Liang Lu, and entities affiliated with him, or collectively, Mr. Lu, and Shah Capital to acquire all of our outstanding shares not currently owned by Mr. Lu or Shah Capital in a going private transaction for $3.20 per ordinary share in cash, subject to certain conditions. Our board of directors formed a special committee of independent directors consisting of three independent directors, Baichuan Du, Sean Shao and Linzhen Xie, to consider this proposal.

        Our ordinary shares are traded on NASDAQ under the same ticker symbol "UTSI," under which UTStarcom, Inc.'s common stock had previously traded. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Our telephone number at this address is +1 (345) 949 8066. Our agent for service of process in the United States is C T Corporation System and its address is 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10011, USA. Our principal executive offices for operations are

39


Table of Contents

located at Room 303, Building H, Phoenix Place, No. A5 Shuguangxili, Chaoyang District, Beijing, P.R. China. We can be reached by telephone at +86 (10) 5638-3675.

B.
Business Overview

        We are focusing on providing next generation media operational support services in the rapidly growing markets for TV over IP services and broadband equipment products and services. We are committed to meeting the evolving needs of cable and broadband service providers to enable a more personalized entertainment experience. We sell media operational support services and broadband equipment products and services to operators in both emerging and established broadband and cable markets around the world.

OUR OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGY

        Our objective is to leverage our extensive experience, technical expertise, and customer relationships while repositioning the Company for long-term growth by tapping into major shifts in behavior and technologies that will change the way people consume entertainment for generations to come. We expect this plan to result in overall improvement in UTStarcom's business performance and the Company anticipates it will lead to accelerated rates of growth and profit margins.

        The past few years have seen a proliferation of media industry "disruptors" like Netflix and Hulu. They are capitalizing on two major trends: 1) consumers' greater desire to view content on demand; and 2) improvements in technology that allow consumers to watch high quality video content on laptops, tablets and mobile phones and devices.

        Viewers today are increasingly seeking a "pull" approach to entertainment, paying for selected content when and where they want it, rather than being subject to the schedule set by broadcast and cable companies.

        For their part, the cable service companies and broadcasters need new technology to exchange and distribute content in an environment of "on demand media" while also managing digital rights, developing attractive subscription packages, generating user information and pairing content with advertising.

        In order to be well-placed to evolve and meet this market demand, we identified three primary strategies:

    Deploy a TV over IP Services Platform: We will build a major business line around TV over IP services, which offer fast-growing and high-margin opportunities. Through TV over IP services, we aim to be a leading provider of high-in-demand digital content, such as local content, premium licensed content, and other value-added services over a variety of platforms to the mainstream consumers. We will offer a cloud based, integrated platform to support the entire workflow of broadband and cable service providers' TV over IP operations, such as encoding and transcoding, program planning, media distribution, content publication, and product management.

    Pursue Internal Product Development and Strategic Acquisitions to Build Out New Services: We will leverage our technical expertise to develop solutions in-house that will support the new TV over IP platform. Importantly, we also seek to acquire or take significant stakes in companies that have market-leading technology that we can use to augment our services platform and then deploy commercially, quickly and efficiently.

    Design an Optimal Operating Structure to Maximize the Potential of Business Units and Foster Innovation, Collaboration and Efficiency: We will structure our business in a way that aggregates and maximizes the potential of its existing and to-expand business units by providing them the flexibility to pursue opportunities while also aligning their interests with broader corporate goals

40


Table of Contents

      and those of shareholders. We also aim to maximize efficiency in operations and minimize fixed costs in order to keep the underlying business strong.

        We expect the adoption of this new strategic plan will in time result in a more predictable, recurring revenue stream based on an array of sources, including subscription fees, platform licensing fees, and fees on value-added services as well as higher margins due to the increased profitability of these revenues. We will be focusing our growth efforts in China and across Asia and based on current plans, we expect to invest in and launch our TV over IP services in multiple countries during 2013. We anticipate revenue from the new TV over IP services to become our majority revenue contributor by 2015, with gross margins in that line of the business exceeding 50% in that same timeframe.

Maintain our existing broadband equipment market position in Japan and India while solidifying our presence in selective geographical markets in the Asia Pacific market. In addition, use reseller partners to manage selective markets in Latin America and Europe.

        Markets in Japan and India are characterized as having large populations, a growing base of wealth, and high acceptance rates for new technology. Additionally, carriers in these regions are relatively unencumbered by established legacy networks leading them to invest high capital expenditure budgets in order to modernize and expand their networks. Over time these regions are expected to have higher rates of growth than the North American market.

        In October 2012, we expanded our partnership with Chunghwa Telecom to further strengthenour broadband services in Taiwan. During 2011, we held a leadership position in IPTV market share in China and India, as well as a leading position in India's broadband market. We were also able to maintain and expand our market in IPTV, iDTV, Internet TV and broadband sectors in China and also around the world in 2011. Additionally, we held a leadership position in integrated control platform market share as a result of our participation in the "Three Networks Convergence" in China. While we continue to maintain dedicated direct sales teams in China, Japan and India, we also started working with strategic partners to maintain our coverage in Latin America and Europe. Although our management decided to downsize our sales team in India in the fourth quarter of 2011 for cost structure optimization purposes, we continue to serve the Indian market as one of our key markets. On February 1, 2010, we entered into agreements for a strategic relationship with BEIID which included an investment in the UTStarcom, Inc. common stock by BEIID and two unrelated investment funds, Elite Noble Limited and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP. The investment by BEIID gave us access to and a deeper understanding of the PRC government agencies that make decisions about cable and telecom network spending which has further strengthened our leadership and market position in China.

        During 2009, we increased our effort in the Japanese market and won the first Transport Network, or TN, commercial contract with Softbank. In 2010, we were selected as the preferred PTN supplier of next generation IP transmission equipment for Softbank. In 2011, we continued to expand our business with Softbank and Softbank contributed approximately 29% of our net sales. In 2012 our business with Softbank contributed approximately 49.3% of our net sales. We also have an important presence across key markets in the rest of Asia.

Improve our financial position by continuing to execute announced restructuring initiatives and reducing operating expense levels.

        We recognized the urgency for us to improve our financial model in order to return us to profitability. We divested a number of non-core businesses to allow us to better concentrate our resources and management attention on our strategic priorities. In 2010, we completed a sale of our Packet Data Services Node, or PDSN, assets in China, North America, Caribbean, and Latin America regions. The divested assets were part of our multimedia communications segment. We also divested our Europe, Middle East and Africa, or EMEA, operations which were part of our broadband segment.

41


Table of Contents

Since 2009, we have continuously implemented a series of corporate initiatives targeted at returning us to profitability. These actions included optimizing our R&D spending by focusing on selective IP products, and continued aggressive rationalization of our facility locations and general administrative costs. As a result we reduced our year-over-year selling, general and administrative and R&D operating expenses by approximately 14.25% in 2012 as compared to 2011, and reduced our headcount from 1,900 in 2010 to approximately 1,560 in 2011 and further to approximately 822 in 2012. We have also realigned our product focus, R&D and sales efforts to more effectively target the most desired customers in our selected regions. We are also seeking to establish sales partnerships and sales channels that will improve our ability to obtain and execute contracts in certain geographic regions.

TECHNOLOGY AND PRODUCTS

        We focus on two core categories of products: Interactive Multimedia Communications and Broadband Infrastructure. These products leverage the high growth that is driven by the IP-based technologies, particularly in the world's developing economies. Our Interactive Multimedia Communications products include our IPTV, iDTV, and Internet TV solution, and our broadband products include PTN, MSTP, GPON/EPON and MSAN. We also provide mSwitch™ and Wi-Fi products. In addition to our product offerings, we provide a broad range of service offerings, including technical support services. Our service offerings complement our products with a range of consulting, technical, project, quality and maintenance support-level services including 24-hour support through technical assistance centers. Technical support services are designed to help ensure that our products operate efficiently, remain highly reliable, and benefit from the most up-to-date system software. These services enable customers to protect their network investments and minimize downtime for systems running mission-critical applications.

Interactive Multimedia Communications

IPTV Solution

        Video content is increasingly becoming a new source of revenue for telecommunications providers. Our IPTV system, RollingStream™, includes both central office and customer premises equipment for delivering television and multimedia over carrier networks based on IP technology. Our RollingStream™ products and services enable a service provider to deliver broadcast television and on-demand video services to residential and commercial premises over a switched network architecture. It is a carrier-class product that is designed to scale to support millions of users and hundreds of thousands of content hours. We believe RollingStream™ is one of the first solutions designed to enable carriers to deploy very large-scale streaming video content over a switched network.

        The RollingStream™ product family includes a storage and streaming device, a device for combining different video signals onto a unified distribution system, a device residing at the user's home or place of business, and a network management system that enables system wide operation. RollingStream™ products have been designed to function over standard copper telephone lines as well as cable or optical transmission lines.

        RollingStream™ is designed to allow carriers to offer new revenue generating television and multi-media services. The system is also designed to help providers attract customers of cable and satellite operators by offering a more comprehensive and interactive suite of services.

        On August 31, 2012, we completed the divestiture of our IPTV business and discontinued providing IPTV solutions relating to RollingStream™ products after the divestiture.

42


Table of Contents

iDTV Solution

        By integrating with HFC and DVB and the technology of cable network operators, we expanded our IPTV technology and RollingStream™ platform to support our iDTV solution which can provide rich, interactive video and audio services and value-added services, broadcast degree quality of service and carrier-class operation and management capabilities.

        RollingStream™ iDTV takes full account of China's existing DVB over HFC infrastructure and absorbs the successful experience of IPTV, delivers high-bit rate video and audio services, such as live, on demand, time shifting over HFC channels, and provides a return signal and interactive value-added services by using various forms of low-cost two-way IP networks. The platform also supports interactive TV and value-added service over a pure IP network.

        RollingStream™ iDTV not only has seamless access to multi-CP and SP, but also supports importation of additional channels, traffic and program management, coding, trans-coding, program monitoring, and other professional functions to meet broadcasting industry needs. RollingStream™ iDTV is suitable for widespread application in China's domestic broadcasting industry.

        RollingStream™ iDTV has the advantages of IPTV systems including advanced technology and system architecture, mature products and stable system to provide end-to-end data, voice, and multimedia (Triple-play) business. "One platform for multiple applications", RollingStream™ iDTV provides industry-leading, open, multi-service support, multi-terminal support, co-existing HFC and IP, and large-scale commercial multimedia communication.

        On August 31, 2012, we completed the divestiture of our IPTV business and discontinued providing iDTV solutions relating to RollingStream™ products after the divestiture.

Internet TV Solution

        Internet TV is the digital distribution of television content via the Internet. Internet TV is a generic term that covers the delivery of television shows and other video content over the Internet by video streaming technology, typically by major traditional television broadcasters. In 2011, we launched the RollingStream™ Internet TV solution as an end-to-end Internet TV solution, which integrates integrated control platform, CDN and terminals with set-top boxes.

        RollingStream™ integrated control platform solution provides control over aspects such as the content of IPTV, iDTV, internet TV and mobile TV including unified CMS, Content Editor, broadcast control management, SMP, EPG service system, AAA services, NMS, and DRM.

        On August 31, 2012, we completed the divestiture of our IPTV business and discontinued providing internet TV solutions relating to RollingStream™ products after the divestiture.

mSwitch™—NGN & Softswitch Solution

        Our mSwitch is a flexible IP-based platform designed to provide voice communications over an IP network. The mSwitch product family supports three primary solutions:

    IP-based Personal Access System, or iPAS, Wireless Local Service;

    NGN VoIP; and

    Fixed Mobile Convergence.

        mSwitch enables service providers to migrate from existing circuit platforms to a next generation IP-based switch architecture, or to launch new applications in "Greenfield" or new deployment

43


Table of Contents

environments that have no legacy infrastructure. Our mSwitch portfolio is a carrier-class next generation switching product family that enables service providers to:

    Deploy a converged core switching network that supports both wire line and wireless endpoints;

    Enable application delivery across diverse access points;

    Maintain consistent end user experience regardless of method of access to the applications;

    Protect investment in their core infrastructure;

    Deploy a scalable, modular system; and

    Enjoy the benefits of an Operation Support System /Network Management System suite designed to integrate with the service provider's existing network.

        On March 29, 2013, we completed the disposal of our NGN related assets and discontinued providing mSwitch products.

Broadband Infrastructure

        Our Broadband Infrastructure products are designed to satisfy customer demand for high speed and cost-effective wireline-based data, voice and multimedia services. Our wire line technology enables high-speed voice, video and data transmissions over broadband IP-based networks. Broadband Infrastructure includes digital subscriber line products, multi-service access node products and fiber optics products as well as corresponding service offerings, including technical support services.

Optical Transport Products

        Our optical products include transport products based upon internationally defined optical transmission standards and access products. Our products convert and translate data, video, voice or other traffic into an optical signal that is transmitted over glass fiber. The product platform includes a multi-service management system that simultaneously processes multiple speeds ranging from 155 Megabits per second for traditional voice service to 40 Gigabits per second for data intensive services.

        PTN.     In October 2009, we announced the debut of our expanded NetRing™ Transport Network, or NetRing™ TN, product portfolio, which includes new MPLS-TP solutions specifically designed to overhaul existing mobile backhaul networks, provide Ethernet services and deliver broadband aggregation applications in significantly improved efficiency, capacity, and flexibility.

        Our NetRing™ TN packet-based optical transport system is based on the latest MPLS-TP technology pre-standard being jointly defined by ITU-T and IETF. It is highly flexible, reliable, scalable and cost-effective and can be deployed for key applications such as carrier mobile backhaul, metro Ethernet services for enterprise and DSLAM and X-version of passive optical network aggregation. It is capable of carryingTDM, asynchronous transfer mode, synchronous digital hierarchy/synchronous optical network and Ethernet seamlessly over a reliable and scalable network, with resiliency at par with TDM networks. It also enables legacy enterprise services over Ethernet, providing 'wholesale' connectivity and an alternative for leased lines.

        MSTP.     We introduced our NetRing™ MSTP optical product line in December 2003. While our GEPON product is designed to provide services to individual customers, our NetRing™ products are designed for the high bandwidth needs of a service area. Our NetRing™ 600 products provide voice and data services for multi-tenant buildings, office buildings and enterprise campus applications. Our mid-range NetRing™ 2500 products offer voice and data transport when more bandwidth and greater capacity is required. Our high-end NetRing™ 10000 products provide service for regional transport applications, when maximum bandwidth and capacity is required. In each application, the optical fiber

44


Table of Contents

is looped through the service area and connected back upon itself, providing full redundancy in the event that the fiber is severed. NetRing™ provides a broad range of functions for carriers to manage voice, data and video traffic with network management functions previously available only on multiple, independent platforms. In late 2008, we introduced our new state-of-art 40G product—NetRing™ 40K which has been successfully deployed to certain key customers.

        EPON/GPON.     In 2004, we introduced our GEPON product. A passive optical network is a system configuration that brings optical fiber all the way to the end user using unpowered optical splitters which enable a single optical fiber to serve multiple premises. Our GEPON platform is designed to provide high subscriber density and low cost of entry, making it a compelling alternative to traditional telephone or broadband solutions.

        Our GEPON family includes both the telecommunications provider's central office and CPE which handle speeds of up to one Gigabit per second of bandwidth to residential and business customers. By integrating more functionality into the product, we have eliminated the need for carriers to deploy additional switching and routing equipment. Following the global trend of PON technology, our GPON family succeeds to GEPON mature technology and platform, strong NMS and various Optical Network Units, or ONU, by simply changing the PON uplink from EPON to GPON. In 2010, with the introduction of GEPON+EOC products, we can provide a high-speed broadband access solution for the cable market. This allows cable operators to provide voice, data services to existing CATV subscribers by utilizing last mile cable access infrastructure.

        In 2011, we introduced a series of new solutions that we anticipate will better serve the cable market. The new products included our DOCSIS-EOC application. With mature DOCSIS 2.0 and 3.0 technologies, our PON+EOC solution will utilize cable network's existing HFC wire line to the end subscriber, enabling cable operators to provide faster and smoother video and voice data to end users. On April 9, 2013, we completed the disposal of our DOCSIS-EOC related assets.

MSAN

        MSAN offers a wide range of services including IPTV, High-Speed Internet Access, POTS, ISDN, VoIP, over twisted pair copper and optical fiber. UTStarcom's iAN8K B1000 Multimedia Network Edge is a leading MSAN platform with over 40 million lines installed as of December 31, 2010. iAN8K B1000 offers access-gateway function for NGN Migration application by providing connectivity to existing legacy network and state-of-the-art IP-based voice network. NGN migration is the most important target market for MSAN, which is evolving into a very large global opportunity. iAN8K B1000 also offers IP-based DSLAM function based on ADSL2+ and VDSL2 standards for the still-growing broadband access market. iAN8K B1000 is based on next-generation Gigabit Ethernet architecture, in-line with our commitment to offer end-to-end IP connectivity. We continue to enrich our MSAN product by expanding the MSAN product line—including iAN B1200 which was introduced in 2008. We are continuing to expand this product to have xPON capability to support FTTC applications in 2010. This new product is available in compact form factors and extends the coverage of our iAN8K B1000 MSAN product. iAN B1200 is targeted on FTTB/FTTC applications. iAN B1205 is the first product from this series; it offers very high-density in a small form factor and is well suited for FTTC application. In 2009, we released iAN B1202; this product has smaller form factor and is designed to address FTTB applications.

Wi-Fi Product

        Our Wi-Fi products include the UAP1200 series smart antenna and the UAC8000 series wireless controller launched in September 2011. These new Wi-Fi applications enable telecom operators to establish outdoor wireless networks that are simpler to manage and maintain. The UAP1200 product implements the 802.11n technology standard.

45


Table of Contents

MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS

        The table below describes net sales by geographic region for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 
  2012   % of net
sales
  2011   % of net
sales
  2010   % of net
sales
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Net Sales by Region

                                     

China

  $ 38,544     21%   $ 157,564     49%   $ 166,621     57%  

Japan

    99,367     53%     96,257     30%     48,217     17%  

India

    23,992     13%     30,789     10%     31,426     11%  

Other

    24,825     13%     35,966     11%     39,368     13%  

United States

                    5,903     2%  
                           

Total

    186,728     100%   $ 320,576     100%   $ 291,535     100%  
                           

        Our products and services are deployed and implemented in regions throughout the world including Asia, Latin America and Europe. China has been our largest market in 2011 and 2010, representing 49% and 57% of our net sales in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our net sales in China decreased in 2012 primary due to the completion of amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales in 2011. The net sales from the amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales was $95.3 million in 2011. On August 31, 2012, we completed a sale of our IPTV business to an entity founded by our former chief executive officer, which also contributed to the decrease in net sales in China in 2012. We expect the net sales from China region to continue decreasing in 2013 due to the divestiture of our IPTV business. Japan has been our second largest market for the years 2011 and 2010, representing 30% and 17% or our net sales in 2011 and 2010, respectively. In 2012, Japan became our largest market, representing 53.2% of our net sales in 2012. In 2008, we started to develop our commercial collaboration with Softbank. During 2009, we increased our effort in the Japanese market and won the first TN commercial contract with Softbank. In 2010, we were selected as the preferred PTN supplier of next generation IP transmission equipment for Softbank. In 2011, we continued to expand our business with Softbank and Softbank contributed approximately 29% of our net sales.

        Our largest geographical market for Interactive Multimedia Communications products, which included IPTV, iDTV and internet TV solutions and related RollingStream™ products had historically been China. Sales of our multimedia communications systems in China were $17.6 million, $35.3 million and $37.7 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. On August 31, 2012, we completed the divestiture of our IPTV business and discontinued providing IPTV, iDTV, and internet TV solutions related RollingStream™ products after the divestiture.

        Our key target geographical markets for the deployment of our Broadband Infrastructure products are Japan, Taiwan and other Asia Pacific regions. We believe these geographical markets provide a significant amount of opportunity going forward given their relatively low broadband penetration rates and strong consumer demand for new broadband services. In China, the "Three Networks Convergence" is driven by the PRC central government's policy directed at improving the capabilities and effectiveness of voice, video and data communication services across all of the major communications networks: telecom, cable TV and broadband internet. It is targeted for completion by 2015.

        According to the India Statistics' official report, India's current population is approximately 1.2 billion. We currently offer our MSAN, IPDSLAM, MSTP and GEPON, as well as a host of products and services in India.

46


Table of Contents

        Our customers, typically telecommunications and cable service providers, enable delivery of wireless, wire line and broadband access services including data, voice, and/or television to their subscribers. They include, but are not limited to, local, regional, national and international telecommunications carriers, including broadband, cable, internet, wire line and wireless providers. Telecommunications and cable service providers typically require extensive proposal review, product certification, test and evaluation and network design and, in most cases, are associated with long sales cycles. Our customers' networking requirements are influenced by numerous variables, including their size, the number and types of subscribers that they serve, the relative teledensity (the number of phone lines per 100 persons) of the geography served, their subscriber demand for IP communications and access services in the served geography. A significant portion of our net sales is derived from a Japanese customer, SOFTBANK CORP. and its related entities, or collectively, Softbank, which is also one of our principal shareholders and beneficially owned approximately 10.2% of our outstanding shares as of December 31 2012. In 2012, our net sales to Softbank totaled approximately $92.0 million, representing approximately 49.3% of our total net sales. We anticipate that our dependence on Softbank will continue for the foreseeable future. See "Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We rely on a Japanese customer for a significant portion of our net sales. Any deterioration of our relationship or any interruption to our ongoing collaboration with this customer may significantly harm our business, financial condition and results of operations."

COMPETITION

        We compete in the telecommunications equipment market, providing IP-based core infrastructure products, and services for transporting data, voice and television traffic across IP-based networks. The markets in which we compete are characterized by rapid change, converging technologies, and a migration to IP-based networking and communications solutions that offer relative advantages to our customers and their subscribers. These market factors represent a competitive threat to UTStarcom. We compete with numerous vendors in each product and market category. The overall number of our competitors providing new products and solutions may increase. Also, the composition of competitors may change as we increase our activity in various technology markets. In particular, we have experienced price-focused competition from competitors in Asia, and we anticipate this will continue.

        We believe our competitive strengths are derived from three main factors: our ability to introduce and deploy well developed IP-based technologies and products; our reputation for providing a customer-centric business model and solving complex problems; and our market leadership position in China and India along with an important presence in selective key markets across Asia Pacific. By contrast, our competitive disadvantages include our relatively smaller size in terms of revenues, working capital, and financial resources and number of employees as compared to many of our competitors, our lack of history and experience in selling to many of the largest carriers in well-established markets and our lack of consumer brand recognition in markets outside of China and India.

        The Multimedia Communications market is marked by intense competition worldwide from numerous global and regional competitors, including some of the world's largest companies. Pricing, payment terms and brand recognition are key considerations for our customers. Specific competitors in this segment include Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco Systems, Inc., Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Sonus Networks, Inc., and ZTE Corporation, Inc.

        The Broadband Infrastructure market is subject to intense competition worldwide from numerous global and regional competitors, including some of the world's largest companies. These companies leverage pricing, payment terms and their pre-existing customer relationships. Specific competitors in this segment include Alcatel-Lucent, ECI Telecom, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Nokia Siemens Networks, Inc. and ZTE Corporation, Inc.

47


Table of Contents

OPERATIONS

Sales, Marketing and Customer Support

        We pursue a direct sales and marketing strategy in China, Japan and Taiwan, targeting sales to telecommunications operators and equipment distributors with closely associated customers. We maintain sales and customer support sites in all major cities in China, Japan and Taiwan. Our customer service operation in Hangzhou, China, serves as both a technical resource and liaison to our product development organization.

        Across the rest of Asia, Latin America and Europe, we have a combined approach that uses direct sales, original equipment manufacturers, distributors, resellers, agents and licensees.

        We maintain sales and customer support offices in several countries covering the U.S., Europe, India, Japan and the Asia-Pacific regions.

Manufacturing, Assembly and Testing

        The manufacturing operations consist of circuit board assembly, final system assembly, software installation and testing. We assembled circuit boards primarily using surface mount technology. Assembled boards were individually tested prior to final assembly and tested again at the system level prior to system shipment. We used internally developed functional and parametric tests for quality management and process control and have developed an internal system to track quality statistics at a serial number level. System final testing and packaging were conducted at our own facilities as well as contracted to third parties.

        In January 2010, we signed a Manufacturing Agreement with a contract manufacturer, effective as of December 31, 2009. The Manufacturing Agreement has an initial term of one year, with automatic renewals of one year terms unless notice is provided 90 days prior to the end of the then-current term. The Manufacturing Agreement may be terminated for cause and either party may terminate the agreement for convenience with prior notice of six months. Under the Manufacturing Agreement, the contract manufacturer provides full electronics manufacturing services, including manufacturing, assembly and support, for our broadband, IPTV and NGN solutions products previously manufactured through our Hangzhou, China facility. Under the Manufacturing Agreement, the contract manufacturer also provides us new product introduction support, material sourcing and procurement, printed circuit board assembly, system integration and testing, final pack-out and delivery of products. The Manufacturing Agreement was terminated in early 2012, and we currently manufacture our products through our Hangzhou, China facility.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

        We believe it is essential to continue to develop and introduce new and enhanced products if we are to maintain our competitive position. While we use competitive analyses and technology trends as factors in our product development plans, the primary input for new products and product enhancements comes from soliciting and analyzing information about service providers' needs. Our relationships with the MIIT and individual telecommunications bureaus and our full-service post-sale customer support in China provide our R&D organization with insight into trends and developments in the marketplace. The insights provided from these relationships allow us to develop market-driven products such as MSAN, IPTV and TN. We have been able to cost-effectively hire highly skilled technical employees from a large pool of qualified candidates in China. We also have a development center in India to take advantage of the talent pool available there, and to support our operations in India. Our R&D centers are ISO 9001-2000 certified.

        In the past we have made, and expect to continue to make, significant investments in research and development. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, our R&D expenditures totaled

48


Table of Contents

$28.1 million, $30.1 million and $38.0 million, respectively. The decrease in R&D expenditures is primarily due to reduced spending in non-core business units and cost reductions resulting from streamlined operations.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

        Our ability to compete depends in part on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. In addition, we have, from time to time, chosen to abandon previously filed applications. Patents may not be issued and any patents issued may not cover the scope of the claims sought in the applications. Additionally, issued patents may be found to be invalid or unenforceable in the courts of those countries where we hold or have filed for such patents or patent applications. Our U.S. patents do not afford any intellectual property protection in China or other international jurisdictions. Additionally, patents that we hold in countries other than the United States do not afford any intellectual property protection in the United States. Please refer to the discussion of risks associated with our intellectual property in Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Factors Affecting Future Operating Results."

SEASONALITY

        Although we experience some seasonality typical of the telecommunications industry, such as seasonally weak first quarters, our revenues and earnings have not demonstrated consistent seasonal characteristics. In contrast, our results of operation are generally impacted more significantly by factors such as customer concentration and the timing of revenue recognition.

RAW MATERIALS

        We source and purchase components comprising of active and passive electronic parts, mechanical and electrical parts, OEM and third party parts in the open markets from China and overseas. Prices for these component parts typically vary with the global and local supply and demand dynamics as well as raw material price fluctuations. Component part price volatility is also affected by one-off events such as the earthquake in Japan and flooding in Thailand resulting in short-term electronic component and hard drive shortages respectively. See Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business."

REGULATIONS

        Multiple government bodies are involved in regulating and administering affairs in the telecommunications and information technology industries in China, among which the MIIT, NDRC, SASAC and SARFT play the leading roles. These government agencies have broad discretion and authority over all aspects of the telecommunications and information technology industry in China, including but not limited to, setting the telecommunications tariff structure, granting carrier licenses and frequencies, approving equipment and products, granting product licenses, approving of the form and content of transmitted data, specifying technological standards as well as appointing carrier executives, all of which may impact our ability to do business in China. See Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Conducting Business in China."

C.
Organizational Structure

        We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands.

49


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth our subsidiaries, including their country of incorporation or residence and our ownership interest in such subsidiaries.

Name
  Place of
Incorporation or
Organization
  Proportion of
Ownership Interest
 

UTStarcom, Inc.(1)

  U.S.A     100 %

UTStarcom International Products, Inc. 

  U.S.A     100 %

UTStarcom International Services, Inc. 

  U.S.A     100 %

IssanniCommunications, Inc

  U.S.A     100 %

UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd(1)

  China     100 %

UTStarcom (Chongqing) Telecom Co., Ltd. 

  China     90 %

Baide Wei Information Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 

  China     100 %

UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd(1)

  Hong Kong SAR     100 %

UTStarcom Japan KK(1)

  Japan     100 %

UTStarcom, S.A. de C.V. 

  Mexico     100 %

UTStarcom Ireland Limited(1)

  Ireland     100 %

UTStarcom Taiwan Ltd(1)

  Taiwan     100 %

UTStarcom Network Solutions—Redes de Nova Geração Ltda. 

  Brazil     100 %

UTStarcom Korea Limited. 

  Korea     100 %

UTStarcom Argentina S.R.L. 

  Argentina     100 %

UTStarcom India Telecom Pvt(1)

  India     100 %

UTStarcom (Thailand) Limited

  Thailand     100 %

MyTV Corporation

  Cayman Island     100 %

UTStarcom (Philippines), Inc. 

  Philippines     100 %

UTStarcom Hong Kong Investment Holding ltd

  Hong Kong     100 %

UTStarcom (Beijing) Technologies Co., Ltd. 

  China     100 %

(1)
Our significant subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.
D.
Property, Plants and Equipment

        Our headquarters are currently located on a leased site in Beijing, China. Additionally, we operate facilities in the United States, other parts of China and globally consisting of office, R&D, warehousing and manufacturing sites primarily used jointly by our reporting segments.

        The headquarters for our China operations are located in Hangzhou. In 2001, we purchased the rights to use 49 acres of land located in Zhejiang Science and Technology Industry Garden of Hangzhou Hi-tech Industry Development Zone and built a 2.7 million square foot facility on this site. The facility was occupied in October 2004 and was used for manufacturing operations, R&D and administrative offices. In December 2009, we entered into a Property Transfer and Leaseback Agreement, or the Sale Leaseback Agreement, for the sale of our manufacturing, R&D and administrative offices facility in Hangzhou, China, or the Hangzhou facility, to a third party with leaseback of approximately 83,027 square meters (approximately 0.9 million square feet), or approximately one-third of the facility, through June 1, 2016. On December 8, 2010, we notified the landlord of our decision to terminate the Hangzhou facility lease in June 2011, in accordance with the termination clause in the lease agreement. In March 2011, we entered into a non-cancellable lease agreement for a R&D and administrative office in Hangzhou, China. Under the terms of this lease agreement, we have leased 35,425 square meters (approximately 0.4 million square feet) of gross floor area above ground of the buildings, including common areas, through July 15, 2016.

50


Table of Contents

        We lease approximately 0.7 million square feet of property, of which 0.5 million square feet are properties in China and 0.1 million square feet are properties in North America. We maintain ten sales and customer support offices in six countries covering the United States, Europe, India, and the Asia-Pacific region. We currently lease sales offices in 2 locations in China.

        We believe our facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs.

ITEM 4A—Unresolved Staff Comments

        None.

ITEM 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

        The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements for the periods specified and their related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, as well as Item 3.A "Key Information—Selected Financial Data." This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, including, without limitation, statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or future strategies that are signified by the words "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "believe," or similar language. All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report are based on information available to us on the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. In evaluating our business, you should carefully consider the information provided under Item 3.D. "Risk Factors." Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. We caution you that our businesses and financial performance are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties.

A.
Operating Results

OVERVIEW

        On June 24, 2011, we effected the Merger to reorganize the corporate structure of UTStarcom, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1991, and its subsidiaries. The Merger resulted in the shares of common stock of UTStarcom, Inc. being converted into the right to receive an equal number of ordinary shares in our capital, which were issued by us in connection with the Merger. Following the Merger, UTStarcom, Inc. became our wholly-owned subsidiary and we became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. See Item 4.C for a listing of our subsidiaries. We, together with our subsidiaries, continue to conduct our business in substantially the same manner as was conducted by UTStarcom, Inc. The transaction was accounted for as a legal re-organization of entities under common control. Accordingly, we prepared our consolidated financial statements with the assumption that the current corporate structure had been in existence throughout all relevant periods. Our consolidated financial statements prior to the Merger reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 reflect our financial position, results of operation and cash flows for the company.

        The following discussions of our financial condition and results of operations and cash flows are based upon the information as described above.

        We are a leading provider of media operational support services and broadband equipment products and services. Our focus is to deploy a TV over IP Services Platform, pursue internal product development and strategic acquisitions to build out these new services, and design an optimal operating structure to maximize the potential of business units and foster innovation, collaboration and efficiency,

51


Table of Contents

and design and sell broadband solutions along with the ongoing services relating to the installation, operation and maintenance of these products. Collectively our range of solutions is designed to expand and modernize telecommunications networks through smooth network system integration, lower operating costs and increased broadband access. We also provide the carriers with increased revenue opportunities by enhancing their subscribers' user experience. The majority of our business is based in Japan, China, Taiwan, India and other Asian markets.

        We differentiate ourselves with products designed to reduce network complexity, integrate high performance capabilities and allow a simple transition to next generation networks. We design our products to facilitate cost-effective and efficient deployment, maintenance and upgrades.

        Our customers can easily integrate our products, which are IP-based, with other industry standard hardware and software. Additionally, we believe we can introduce new features and enhancements that can be cost-effectively added to our customers' existing networks. IP-based devices can be changed or upgraded in modules, saving our customers the expense of replacing their entire system installation. Our strategic priorities are summarized as follows:

    Focus primarily on providing a suite of IP-based solutions and broadband products and related services;

    Maintain our leadership position in Taiwan and Japan while solidifying our presence in selective geographical markets in Asia;

    Leverage our strong reputation with telecom carriers and cable operators and our ability to solve complex network problems; and

    Improve our financial position by executing announced restructuring initiatives and reducing operating expense levels.

        In 2010, we were selected as the preferred PTN supplier of next generation IP transmission equipment for Softbank. In 2012, we have continued to expand our business in PRC and Asia, especially in Japan, to achieve sustainable growth of IP-based telecommunications infrastructure products and broadband infrastructure products.

        On July 27, 2012, we announced strategic initiatives to advance our efforts to transition into higher growth, more profitable areas and enhance the value of the business. As part of this strategy, we completed a sale of our IPTV equipment business to an entity founded by Mr. Jack Lu, who was our former Chief Executive Officer, and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million related to the net liabilities transferred. The divestiture transaction was closed on August 31, 2012. Upon closing of the divestiture transaction, Mr. Jack Lu started to lead the new IPTV equipment business, and left his position as our Chief Executive Officer. The divestiture was a means of effectively redeploying capital to support higher return opportunities, particularly in the value-added services area. It accelerated our ongoing transition into a higher growth business and was expected to have a positive effect on our margin structure and profitability profile. Prior to the divestiture, the IPTV business accounted for 15.8% of our revenue in 2012 and had negatively contributed to the overall results of our operations. This strategic initiative was expected to significantly reduce our expenses going forward. At the same time, the divested IPTV equipment business entered into a brand licensing arrangement with us to ensure business continuity for customers and business partners. Moreover, on August 31, 2012, UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. which was one of our subsidiaries prior to our disposal to the buyer as part of the sale of the IPTV business, issued a convertible bond, or Convertible Bond, to UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd., in the principal amount of $20.0 million, which was paid by our company in cash. According to the terms of the Convertible Bond, the Convertible Bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and will be mature on August 31, 2017, or the Maturity Date. On or prior to the Maturity Date, upon UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. achieving breakeven on its statement of operations, or P&L run-rate breakeven, $5.0 million of principal of the Convertible Bond will automatically be

52


Table of Contents

converted into 8% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd. At the Maturity Date, we may convert the outstanding principle amount of the Convertible Bond and all accrued and unpaid interest into fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd. equal to 25% (if 8% of shares specified above are issued) or 33% (if 8% of shares specified above are not issued) of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd or may elect repayment in cash.

        In November 2012, we announced a strategic plan to transform UTStarcom into a higher growth, more profitable business focused on providing next generation media services. The new plan is expected to result in significant overall improvement in our business performance and we anticipate it will lead to accelerated rates of growth and profit margins.

        We identified three primary strategies:

    Deploy a TV over IP Services Platform: We will build a major business line around TV over IP services, which offer fast-growing and high-margin opportunities in the marketplace. Through TV over IP services, we aim to be a leading provider of high-in-demand digital content, such as local content, premium licensed content, and other value-added services over a variety of platforms to the mainstream consumers. We will offer a cloud based, integrated platform to support the entire workflow of broadband and cable service providers' TV over IP operations, such as encoding and transcoding, program planning, media distribution, content publication, and product management.

    Pursue Internal Product Development and Strategic Acquisitions to Build Out New Services: We will leverage our technical expertise to develop solutions in-house that will support the new TV over IP platform. Importantly, we will also seek to acquire or take significant stakes in companies that have market-leading technology that we can use to augment our services platform and then deploy commercially, quickly and efficiently.

    Design an Optimal Operating Structure to Maximize the Potential of Business Units and Foster Innovation, Collaboration and Efficiency: we will structure our business in a way that aggregates and maximizes the potential of its existing and to-expand business units by providing them the flexibility to pursue opportunities while also aligning their interests with broader corporate goals and those of shareholders. We also aim to maximize efficiency in operations and minimize fixed costs in order to keep the underlying business strong.

In the last several months, we have invested in and expanded strategic partnerships as part of the roll-out of our new strategy. These investments are intended to build momentum in 2013 as well as accelerate our ongoing transition into a higher growth business and becoming a next generation media service provider.

    We acquired a 44% stake in aioTV Inc., a company engaged in international cloud-based video aggregation and distribution platform business, and became its largest investor. The transaction is expected to help us develop and build up our subscription-based value added media services.

    We made significant progress in the introduction of media operational support services. As our partner, iTV Media Inc., or iTV Media, of which we are the single largest investor, launched new ventures in Thailand and Spain.

    iTV Media deployed its IPTV and video on demand (VOD) services in Spain in January 2013 through a strategic partnership with Mira TV.

    iTV Media launched the MeTV IPTV service in Thailand in October 2012 through a strategic partnership with a leading national telecommunications services provider.

53


Table of Contents

Sale Leaseback Transaction and Early Termination of Hangzhou Building

        In December 2009, we entered into the Sale Leaseback Agreement for the sale of the Hangzhou facility to a third party for proceeds of approximately $138.8 million and the leaseback of approximately one-third of the property through 2016. As of May 31, 2010, we had received all of the sales proceeds and met all criteria for consummation of sale of the Hangzhou facility. On May 31, 2010, the buyer and we agreed that all conditions precedent to the closing had been met and the leaseback commenced on June 1, 2010. On December 8, we formally notified the landlord of our decision to terminate the lease in June 2011. The termination clause required us to pay total penalties of $9.5 million. A termination penalty charge of $1.3 million was recorded in December 2010 as a result of the full termination penalty off set by the release of the deferred gain and deferred rental liabilities other than the portion that would have been normally amortized in the next six month period to June 8, 2011 if there were no early termination. As of December 31, 2010, we had a net balance of $4.0 million related to the early termination penalty recorded in Other Liabilities which consisted of the $9.5 million total penalty less the prepaid rent and security deposit paid in the second quarter of 2010. In June 2011, we recorded an additional penalty of $0.3 million and released the deferred rental liabilities. In July 2011, we made the final payment of $4.4 million and completed the termination. See Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Divestitures

        On July 31, 2009, we completed a sale of our Korea operations to an entity founded by a former employee and received total consideration of approximately $2.0 million. In January 2010, we completed a sale of certain assets and liabilities related to our Remote Access Server, or RAS, product line and received total consideration of approximately $1.5 million. In June 2010, we completed a sale of our IP Messaging and US PDSN assets which were located in North America, Caribbean, and Latin America regions and were part of the Multimedia Communications segment. We received consideration of approximately $0.9 million as of December 31, 2010. In September 2010, we entered into an agreement to transfer our Europe, Middle East and Africa, or EMEA operations, for no consideration. In the third quarter of 2010, we recognized expenses of approximately $0.9 million as a divestiture loss for our obligations primarily arising out of local statutory requirements such as severance fund for transferred employees and other miscellaneous operational costs. In the third quarter of 2010, we completed a sale of our China PDSN assets and recorded a gain of $1.6 million. In the third and fourth quarters of 2011, we entered into a three-party assignment agreement to transfer and release all of the remaining obligations in connection with the sale of China PDSN assets in 2010, and recognized a gain on divestiture of approximately $4.3 million. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we recorded an additional gain of $0.2 million which was contingent on the collection by the buyer of certain IP Messaging and U.S. PDSN assets sold in 2010. In the first half year of 2012, we recognized a gain of $0.8 million associated with the China PDSN as we successfully assigned all the remaining obligations and released the related deferred gain. In the second quarter of 2012, we received $0.1 million of contingent consideration associated with the US PDSN assets which was recognized as additional gain on the divestiture. Regarding to the divestiture for EMEA operations, on September 17, 2012, the High Court of Ireland accepted the Notice of Discontinuance submitted by the buyer and settled with the payment of approximately $0.6 million paid by us to the buyer, which was recorded as offset to the remaining $1.0 million payable balance of proceeds receivable and resulted in an additional gain on the divestiture recorded in 2012, the matter was officially closed.

        On August 31, 2012, we completed a sale of our IPTV business to an entity founded by Mr. Jack Lu, our former Chief Executive Officer, and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million to the buyer entity related to the net liabilities transferred. In connection with the transaction, we transferred approximately $41.4 million in current assets, $1.2 million in property, plant and equipment and other long term assets and $74.1 million in liabilities, and as a result, we recorded a net loss of

54


Table of Contents

$17.5 million during 2012 related to the transaction, which primarily consists of $13.4 million of severance payment for termination of employees related to IPTV business or transfer of IPTV business related employees to the buyer, write-off of $3.8 million of prepaid VAT no longer receivable due to the disposition, $1.7 million transaction costs, partially offset by a gain of $1.5 million from the net liability release. As of December 31, 2012, the remaining unpaid balance related to the divestiture was approximately $0.6 million, which was paid in April 2013. Due to the delay of customer contract assignments, we are still the primary obligor for most of the contracts related to IPTV equipment business as they were not legally assigned to the buyer. Therefore, we were not able to derecognize the related liabilities of those un-assigned contracts. Since all of the economic risks and benefits of the un-assigned contracts had been transferred to the buyer of the IPTV business, we recorded a portion of the payment made to the buyer at the time of the divestiture as the deferred service cost to offset such liabilities related to those un-assigned contracts. As of December 31, 2012, we had liabilities and deferred costs of $47.3 million related to those un-assigned contracts. We will continue to recognize revenue for those unassigned contracts when they meet the revenue recognition criteria. At the same time, we will recognize an equal amount of deferred costs associated with those contracts. Therefore, there will be no gross margin impact from the revenue recognition of those contracts. Moreover, on August 31, 2012, UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. issued a Convertible Bond to UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd., one of our subsidiaries, in the principal amount of $20.0 million, which was paid by our company in cash. According to the terms of the Convertible Bond, the Convertible Bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and will be mature on August 31, 2017. On or prior to the Maturity Date, upon UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd achieving P&L run-rate breakeven, $5.0 million of principal of the Convertible Bond will be converted into 8% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd. At the Maturity Date, we may convert the outstanding principle amount of the Convertible Bond and all accrued and unpaid interest into fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd. equal to 25% (if 8% of shares specified above are issued) or 33% (if 8% of shares specified above are not issued) of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd. or may elect cash payment. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, IPTV business accounted for $29.5 million, $141.4 million and $152.6 million, respectively, of our revenues. We determined that the divestiture of IPTV business did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation due to our significant continuing involvement in the IPTV equipment business. The Convertible Bond was classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting. See Note 3 and 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Restructuring Programs

        On June 9, 2009, our board of directors approved a restructuring plan, or the 2009 Restructuring Plan, designed to reduce our operating costs. The 2009 Restructuring Plan includes a worldwide reduction in force of approximately 50% of our headcount, or approximately 2,300 employees located primarily in China and the United States and, to a lesser degree, other international locations. During 2010, we recorded restructuring costs of approximately $15.7 million related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan and prior year restructuring plans. During 2012 and 2011, we recorded restructuring costs of approximately $0.4 million and $2.4 million related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan. The 2009 Restructuring Plan was completed as of December 31, 2012. See Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Investments

        In September 2004, the Company invested $2.0 million in Series A preferred stock of ImmenStar, Inc., or ImmenStar. ImmenStar was a development stage company that designed a chip that was used in the Company's product. This investment was accounted for under the cost method. In February 2007, ImmenStar was acquired by Cortina Systems, Inc., or Cortina. In exchange for our

55


Table of Contents

investment in ImmenStar, we received 3.6 million shares of Series D Preferred Convertible Stock of Cortina at $0.837 per share and $1.8 million cash in March 2007, and an additional 0.4 million shares of Series D Preferred Convertible Stock of Cortina at $0.837 per share and $0.2 million cash from escrow during 2008. As a result of the acquisition, we recorded a gain on investment of $2.8 million in other income, net in 2007 and $0.5 million in 2008. We owned approximately 1% interest in Cortina as of December 31, 2012.

        In October 2004, we invested $3.0 million in Series D preferred convertible stock of GCT Semiconductor, Inc., or GCT, which designs, develops and markets integrated circuit products for the wireless communications industry. This investment represents approximately a 2% interest in GCT., This investment is accounted for under the cost method. In the first quarter of 2013, we reviewed the carrying value of our investment in GCT Semiconductor including reviewing its cash position, recent financing activities, financing needs, earnings/revenue outlook, operational performance, and competition. Based on this review, we determined that there had been other-than-temporary decline in GCT's fair value and recorded an impairment charge of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. On Apr 4, 2013, we received an official invitation from GCT, to participate in the next round of financing in their preferred stock. However the fair value of GCT based on the pricing information included in their official financing invitation was lower than the previous assessed fair value. Therefore, we recorded an additional $1.2 million impairment provision against our investment in GCT in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.

        In May 2005 and August 2005, we invested $2.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively, in Xalted Networks, or Xalted. In March 2006, we invested an additional $0.3 million in Xalted. Xalted is a development stage company providing telecommunication operator customers with a comprehensive set of network systems, software solutions and service offerings. We had less than 10% ownership interest in Xalted on a fully diluted basis as of December 31, 2012 and accounts for the investment using the cost method. During the third quarter of 2009, we re-evaluated the carrying value of this investment, including reviewing Xalted's cash position, recent financing activities, financing needs, earnings/revenue outlook, operational performance, and competition. Based on this review, we determined that the decline in Xalted's fair value was other-than-temporary and recorded a $1.7 million impairment charge for this investment in other income, net in the third quarter of 2009. In the second quarter of 2011, Xalted completed a share exchange transaction with Kranem Corporation, or Kranem, a public company listed in Over the Counter Bulletin Board. This transaction was recorded as a reverse recapitalization. As a result of this transaction, Xalted became a holding company which did not have any operations other than owning 35% of the issued and outstanding shares of Kranem. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we reassessed the fair value of our investment in Xalted (level 2 within the fair value hierarchy) based on the share price of Kranem, and as a result recorded a $0.5 million impairment charge in other income (expense), net due to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of Xalted. In the third quarter of 2012, we reassessed the fair value of our investment in Xalted (level 2 within the fair value hierarchy) based on the share price of Kranem, and as a result recorded a $0.8 million impairment charge in impairment of goodwill other long-lived assets and long-term investments, net due to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of Xalted.

        In December 2010, we invested $2.1 million into ACELAND Investments Limited, or ACELAND. ACELAND is a joint venture entity we formed with ZTE H.K. Limited. The entity's investment objective is to participate in the investment in Wireless City Planning operated by Softbank to develop XGP business. Pursuant to the investment agreement, in the second quarter of 2011, we extended a shareholder loan to ACELAND in the amount of $7.1 million which could be used by ACELAND to subscribe for Class B Wireless City Planning shares. The shareholder loan was made by all shareholders of ACELAND in proportion to their equity interests in ACELAND. Based on the terms of the loan which make repayment contingent on certain events, we accounted for it as an equity investment. We owned approximately 35% interest in ACELAND as of December 31, 2012 and accounts for the

56


Table of Contents

investment in ACELAND using the equity method. ACELAND did not incur any significant income or losses in 2012 and 2011.

        In December 2011, we invested $0.6 million into Beijing Bodashutong Technology Development Co. Ltd., or Bodashutong, through the agreement between our subsidiary, UTStarcom (Beijing) Technologies Co., Ltd., and Shidazhibo (Beijing) Culture and Media Co. Ltd. The investment objective is to provide broadband solutions and comprehensive telecom technology services for a new affordable housing development in Beijing. We owned 30% interest in Bodashutong as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and account for this investment using the equity method. In March 2013, Shidazhibo (Beijing) Culture and Media Co. Ltd. transferred our equity interest in Bodashutong to three other shareholders of Bodashutong equally at the initial investment amount of $0.6 million.

        In 2008, we invested $0.5 million into SBI NEO Technology, or SBI, in exchange for approximately 2% of the partnership interest in SBI. The partnership's investment objective is to invest in unlisted or listed companies in Japan and overseas that are engaged in high growth businesses, including businesses focused on information technology and the environment. In the first quarter of 2010 and 2011 and the fourth quarter of 2012, we contributed an additional $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million into SBI, respectively, and maintained a partnership interest of approximately 2% as of December 31, 2012. We concluded that we do not have a controlling interest in SBI as we do not have the power to direct the activities of SBI that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance, nor do we have any significant influence over SBI We account for the investment in SBI using the cost method.

        On August 31, 2012, we completed a sale of our IPTV business to UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd., which is a former subsidiary or our Company and currently owned by Jack Lu, our former Chief Executive Officer, and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a net loss of $17.5 million during 2012. On the same day, UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. issued the Convertible Bond to UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd., one of our subsidiaries, in the principal amount of $20.0 million. According to the terms of the Convertible Bond, the Convertible Bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and will be mature on August 31, 2017. On or prior to the maturity date, if UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. achieves P&L run-rate breakeven, the $5.0 million of principal of the Convertible Bond will be converted into 8% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. At the maturity date, we may convert the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Bond and all accrued and unpaid interest into fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. equal to 25% (if 8% of shares specified above are issued) or 33% (if 8% of shares specified above are not issued) of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. or may elect cash payment. The Convertible Bond was classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting. As of December 31, 2012, the fair value of the Convertible Bond approximates $20 million.

        In November 2012, we invested $8 million in Series B Preferred Stocks of AioTV Inc, or AioTV, at $0.320937 per share. AioTV stands for "all-in-one TV" and the company is a leading international cloud-based video aggregation and distribution platform. Our investment objective is to obtain access to technology that will support our rollout of subscription-based, value-added media services. We owned 44% equity interest of AioTV as of December 31, 2012. The preferred stock were classified as available-for-sale securities. As of December 31, 2012, we determined that there was no material change to the fair value of the preferred stock since there were no significant changes in the AioTV's business and financial conditions given the relatively short period since the investment was made in November 2012.

        On April 15, 2012, we entered into a Share Exchange Agreement with the shareholders of iTV Media for the exercising of the repurchase right. The transaction was effective on June 4, 2012 and the transfer was completed on June 21, 2012. Upon the excise of the Share Exchange Agreement, 1,491,091 UTStarcom ordinary shares (after taking into account the reverse share split) previously held

57


Table of Contents

by Smart Frontier Holdings Limited, or Smart Frontier, was transferred back to our company as treasury shares. Accordingly, the 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart Limited previously held by UTStarcom were transferred back to Smart Frontier based on the same schedule. After the repurchase, we decreased our ownership in iTV Media from 75% to approximately 49% and the number of directors we are entitled to elect to the iTV Media's board of directors decreased from three to two out of a total of five directors, which triggered deconsolidation of iTV Media from our consolidated financial statements in 2012. As a result of the repurchase, we measured the fair value of our retained interests in the Series A Preference Shares of iTV Media at the date of losing control, which amounted $14.9 million. Upon the deconsolidation, we derecognized the assets (including an appropriate allocation of goodwill) and liabilities of iTV Media at their carrying amounts on the date control was lost, and derecognized the carrying amount of any non-controlling interest at the date control was lost (including any components of accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to it), and recognized the fair value of the proceeds from the transaction. There was no material gain or loss resulting from the transaction. Since the remaining Series A Preference Shares of iTV Media we invested are not qualified as the in-substance common stock due to their substantive liquidation preference, we use the cost method to account the iTV Media investment after the deconsolidation. On December 3, 2012, iTV Media issued a convertible bond to us for cash in the principal amount of $3.0 million, which is convertible to the preference shares issued in a qualified financing, if a qualified financing has been completed prior to such conversion or iTV Media's Series A Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share equals to the lesser of (i) a price per share equal to 85% of the per share price paid to the other purchaser of preference shares sold in the qualified financing and (ii) the price per share of the Series A Preferred Stock which was initially issued to us. According to the terms of the convertible bond, the convertible bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and will be mature on December 31, 2013. The convertible bond was classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting. As of December 31, 2012, we determined that there was no material change to the fair value of the convertible bond since there was no significant change in the business and financial conditions of iTV Media during the relatively short period since the convertible bond was purchased in December 2012. As a result of our investment in the convertible bond, we have reassessed our investment in the Series A Preference Shares. We continue to account for them using the cost method as at December 31, 2012 as they still do not qualify as in-substance-common stock due to their substantive liquidation preference.

Acquisition

        We have in the past acquired certain businesses, products and technologies. We will continue to evaluate acquisition prospects that would complement our existing product offerings, augment our market coverage, enhance our technological capabilities, or that may otherwise offer growth opportunities. However, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including potential future impairment of our acquisitions or investment. We may face a risk of potential impairment in 2013 and beyond if we fail to achieve our financial forecasts with respect to our acquisitions or investments. See Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not be able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities or achieve the anticipated benefits of completed acquisitions."

        On October 16, 2010, we entered into an Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV Media, (formerly Stage Smart Limited), and Smart Frontier Holdings Limited, or Smart Frontier, the sole shareholder of iTV Media, to enable us to launch an Internet TV platform to generate revenue through subscription, advertising and value-added services in the coming years. We purchased from Smart Frontier 5,100,000 ordinary shares of iTV Media held by Smart Frontier, or the Purchase Shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million paid in the form of shares of UTStarcom, Inc. common stock calculated by dividing $10.0 million by the average closing price per share of the UTStarcom, Inc. common stock quoted on the NASDAQ stock market for the thirty-day period immediately preceding the date of closing of the transaction which closely approximated the market

58


Table of Contents

value on the day of issuance. The shares of UTStarcom, Inc. common stock were converted into the right to receive an equal number of our ordinary shares, which we issued in connection with the Merger. Pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, we have the right to repurchase our shares issued in exchange for iTV Media's ordinary shares currently held by us if, by the one year anniversary of the closing date, regulatory approvals have not been obtained as outlined in the post-closing covenants of the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement. Concurrent with entering into the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, we also entered into a Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV Media and its affiliated entity, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Smart Frontier. Pursuant to the Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement, we purchased 9,600,000 Series A Preference Shares of iTV Media for an aggregate consideration of $20.0 million in cash. The Purchase Shares and the Series A Preference Shares together constitute 75% of the total shares of iTV Media which gave us control over iTV Media. On October 16, 2011, we and the iTV Media shareholders agreed to extend the date of exercising our repurchase right from the original date of October 16, 2011 to April 16, 2012. Since November 8, 2010, the date we acquired the Purchase Shares, iTV Media and its affiliated entity and its wholly owned subsidiary have been consolidated into our results of operations. We recorded intangible assets and goodwill of $5.0 million and $13.8 million as of December 31, 2010, respectively, in connection with our acquisition of the Purchase Shares of iTV Media. On April 15, 2012, we entered into the Share Exchange Agreement with iTV Media and Smart Frontier for exercising the repurchase right. The transaction was effective on June 4, 2012 and was completed on June 21, 2012. Upon the excise of the Share Exchange Agreement, 1,491,091 UTStarcom ordinary shares (after taking into account the reverse share split) of our ordinary shares previously held by Smart Frontier were transferred back to us as treasury shares. Accordingly, 5,100,000 ordinary shares of iTV Media previously held by us were transferred back to Smart Frontier. After the repurchase, our ownership in iTV Media decreased from 75% to below approximately 49% and the number of directors we are entitled to elect to the iTV Media's board of directors decreased from three to two out of a total of five directors, which triggered deconsolidation of iTV Media from our consolidated financial statements in 2012. As a result of the repurchase, we measured the fair value of our retained interests in the Series A Preference Shares of iTV Media at the date of losing control, which amounted $14.9 million. There was no material gain/loss recorded as a result of the deconsolidation on June 21, 2012. Since the remaining Series A Preference Shares of iTV Media invested by the Company are not qualified as the in-substance common stock due to their substantive liquidation preference, we uses the cost method to account the investment in iTV Media after the deconsolidation. On December 3, 2012, we purchased from iTV Media a convertible bond with a principal amount of $3.0 million, which is convertible into the preference shares issued in a qualified financing, if a qualified financing has completed prior to such conversion, or iTV Media's Series A Preferred Shares. The conversion price per share equals to the lesser of (i) a price per share equal to 85% of the per share price paid to the other purchaser of preference shares sold in the qualified financing and (ii) the price per share of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock was initially issued. The convertible bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and will be mature on December 31, 2013. The convertible bond was classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting. As of December 31, 2012, we determined that there was no material change to the fair value of the convertible bond given that there was no significant changes in the business and financial conditions of iTV during the relatively short period since the convertible bond was purchased in December 2012. As a result of our investment in the convertible bond, we have reassessed our investment in the Series A Preference Shares. We continue to account for them using the cost method as at December 31, 2012 as they still do not qualify as in-substance-common stock due to their substantive liquidation preference. See Note 6 and Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

59


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

        Our financial condition and results of operations are based on certain critical accounting policies and estimates, which include judgments, estimates and assumptions on the part of management. Estimates are based on historical experience, knowledge of economic and market factors and various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates. The following summary of critical accounting policies and estimates highlights those areas of significant judgment in the application of our accounting policies that affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

        We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including payment history and the credit-worthiness of the customer. We do not request collateral from our customers. In international sales, we may require letters of credit from our customers that can be drawn on demand if the customer defaults on its payment. If we determine that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, we defer revenue recognition until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash. If the payment due from the customer is not fixed or determinable due to extended payment terms, revenue is recognized as payments become due and payable by the customer, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition are met. Any payments received prior to revenue recognition are recorded as customer advances. Normal payment terms differ for various reasons amongst different customer regions, depending upon common business practices for customers within a region. Billing to customers for shipping and handling are recorded as revenues and the associated costs are recorded as costs of revenues. Any expected losses on contracts are recognized when identified on an individual basis in accordance with the prevailing accounting guidance for the respective contract.

        In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, amended the accounting standards for multiple element arrangements to:

    (i)
    provide updated guidance on how the deliverables in a multiple element arrangement should be separated, and how the consideration should be allocated;

    (ii)
    allow the use of management's best estimate of selling prices (BESP) for individual elements of an arrangement when vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price or third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price is not available; and

    (iii)
    eliminate the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method.

        In September 2009, the FASB also amended the accounting standards to remove non-software components and software components of tangible products that function together to deliver the product's essential functionality from the scope of pre-existing software revenue recognition guidance.

        We adopted these standards beginning in January 2011 on a prospective basis for applicable transactions originating or materially modified after December 31, 2010.

        The amended standards did not generally change the units of accounting for our revenue transactions. Most of our non-software products and services qualify as separate units of accounting because they have value to the customer on a standalone basis and our revenue arrangements generally do not include a general right of return relative to delivered products after receipt of the final acceptance certificate.

        A majority of these non-software products are hardware systems such as telecommunications equipment and terminal equipment containing software components that function together to provide

60


Table of Contents

the essential functionality of the product and are considered non-software deliverables. Therefore, revenue transactions related to the sale of these telecommunications equipment, which until December 31, 2010, have been accounted for under pre-existing software revenue recognition guidance are now accounted for under the amended guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables.

        When a sales arrangement contains multiple deliverable elements, or multiple element arrangements, and software and non-software components function together to deliver the tangible products' essential functionality, we allocate revenue to each element based on the relative selling price of each element. Under this approach, the selling price of a deliverable is determined by using a selling price hierarchy that requires the use of VSOE of fair value, if available, TPE of selling price if VSOE is not available or management's BESP if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

        We establish VSOE of selling price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold separately. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE, we use management's BESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. We typically are not able to determine TPE for our products or services. TPE of selling price is determined by evaluating similar competitor deliverables when sold separately to similarly situated customers. Generally, our products differs from that of our peers, in that our product offerings are directed towards the integration of telecom, broadband and cable television networks and as such, usually entails a significant level of differentiation or customization for our customers such that the comparable pricing of products with similar functionality cannot be obtained. Furthermore, we are unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products' selling prices are on a stand-alone basis.

        The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. Our management applies judgment in establishing pricing strategies and determines its BESP for a product or service using historical selling price trends and by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, cost of products, gross margin objectives, geographies, customer classes, customer segment pricing practices and distribution channels. The determination of BESP is performed through consultation with our product management and marketing department and includes review and approval by our management. Our management regularly reviews VSOE and BESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

        We may modify or develop new pricing practices and strategies in the future. As these pricing strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing practices in the future, which may result in changes in selling prices, including both VSOE and BESP. As a result, future revenue recognition may result in a different allocation of revenue to the deliverables in multiple element arrangements from the results of the current period, which may change the pattern and timing of revenue recognition for these elements but will not change the total revenue recognized for the arrangement.

        Multiple element arrangements primarily involve the sale of hardware systems, installation and training. In addition, while not separately sold, the arrangement may include extended warranties that cover product repairs, maintenance services, and software updates for the software components that are essential to the functionality of the hardware systems or equipment. Revenue consideration allocated to each element under the relative selling price method is recognized as each element is earned, namely upon installation and acceptance of equipment or delivery of terminals, the delivered element(s) has stand-alone value, there is no right of return on delivered element(s), and we are in control of the undelivered element(s). For arrangements that include service elements, including technical support and installation and also training, revenue is deferred until such services are deemed complete. Revenue from extended warranties is recognized ratably over the contract period of the extended warranty services.

        Final acceptance is required for revenue recognition when installation services are not considered perfunctory. Final acceptance indicates that the customer has fully accepted delivery and installation, if

61


Table of Contents

any, of equipment and we are entitled to full payment. We do not recognize revenue before final acceptance is granted by the customer if acceptance is considered substantive to the transaction. The sales contracts we enter into typically include customer acceptance provisions and require the customer to issue a final acceptance certificate to evidence the customer's acceptance of the products and services. In those circumstances, we are unable to enforce payment terms until after the receipt of the final acceptance certificate because the payment conditions are dependent on the issuance of the final acceptance certificate. Our products are generally deployed within the core network of our telecommunications and cable operations customers. The acceptance terms for the products and services include initial test, on-site testing and trial period. Based on our past experience, the customer's acceptance process for larger and complex projects may take longer than twelve months. As a result, the customer run prolonged and rigorous tests to ensure our products work seamlessly with the customer's existing network. Each customer runs its unique tests, as the equipment performance can vary based on how the equipment works in combination with the customer's other equipment, software and other conditions. Given that there is uncertainty about customer acceptance until the customer completes its internal testing and procedures, we wait until the issuance of the final acceptance certificate to support our assertion that the delivery of products and services has occurred. For significant customer contracts involving larger and complex projects where there is on-site testing at multiple locations and the taking over of product warranty and product title occurs after the acceptance of the products and services, acceptance is substantive to the transaction.

        If the transactions entered into or materially modified on or after December 31, 2010 were subject to the previous accounting guidance, the change in total revenue, income from continuing operations, net income and related per share amounts, and deferred revenue for the period ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 would not be material.

        Certain arrangements with multiple deliverables may continue to have stand-alone software deliverables that are subject to the existing software revenue recognition guidance along with non-software deliverables that are subject to the amended revenue accounting guidance. The revenue for these multiple element arrangements is allocated to the stand-alone software deliverables as a group and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the fair value hierarchy in the amended revenue accounting guidance. For stand-alone software sales after December 31, 2010 and for all transactions entered into prior to the first quarter of 2011, we recognize revenue based on the software revenue recognition guidance. Under the software revenue recognition guidance, we use the residual method to recognize revenue when an arrangement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and VSOE of the fair value of all the undelivered elements exists. VSOE of fair value of each element is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the contract price is recognized as revenue when all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue for delivered and undelivered elements is deferred until delivery of all elements occurs or when VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements can be established. In some cases we have agreed to give software upgrade rights on a "when and if made available" basis for no additional consideration and for an unspecified period which could extend over the term of the contract. This additional contract obligation is an element of "post-contract support", or PCS. We have not established VSOE of fair value for such contract element. Accordingly, the revenues from such contracts are recognized ratably over the expected period of PCS, which is generally the term of the contract. In some cases where there is no stated contractual term, revenue is recognized ratably over the estimated period of PCS. We review assumptions regarding the estimated PCS periods on a regular basis. If we determine that it is necessary to revise our estimates of the PCS periods, the amount of revenue recognized over the life of the contract would not be affected. However, to the extent the new assumptions regarding the PCS periods were different from the original assumptions, the contract revenues would be recognized over the remaining expected PCS period. In

62


Table of Contents

connection with the restructuring of the telecommunication industry in China and the launch of 3G services in China, MIIT announced that PAS services in China would be phased out by January 1, 2012. In the second and third quarter of 2009, we streamlined our sales, service and research and development operations for PAS handsets and infrastructure equipment. We did not perform any new research and development of PAS products and we maintained a small support team to assist our customers with warranty matters. In the later part of the third quarter of 2009 and the early part of the fourth quarter of 2009, we contacted our PAS infrastructure customers and held discussions with them on the future of PAS products. In October 2009, we notified our PAS infrastructure customers in China that we would no longer provide upgrades or support of PAS products beyond December 31, 2011. Consequently, we determined the remaining expected period of support as 2 years from the fourth quarter of 2009 and hence deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure is being recognized ratably beginning in the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2011. In 2011, deferred revenue of $95.3 million was released to revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales, realizing profit of approximated $33.1 million on a full year basis. As of December 31, 2011, we completed the amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales. We still had a remaining balance of deferred revenue associated with unfulfilled contractual obligations for our historical PAS infrastructure contracts as of December 31, 2011. Such amounts were deferred at its VSOE of fair value according to the terms of the contracts. Upon the phasing out of the PAS services as required by the MIIT announcement, we have been taking appropriate actions, such as communicating with our customers regarding the termination of such services, to legally release those obligations. Accordingly, approximately $8.1 million of the deferred revenue had been released in 2012 upon the appropriate legal actions. As of August 31, 2012, the remaining deferred revenue balance associated with PAS was approximately $5.1 million. The remaining balance of $5.1 million was included as part of the divestiture of our IPTV business. However, due to the delay of contract assignment, only $2.0 million had been transferred to the buyer of IPTV business and we still kept a remaining deferred revenue balance of $3.1 million associated with PAS as of December 31, 2012.

        Revenue from fixed price contracts that include a requirement for significant software modification or customization is recognized using the completed contract method of accounting whereby no revenue is recognized prior to the completion of the project, because for contracts involving unique requirements we are unable to make reasonably dependable estimates of progress towards meeting contractual requirements. In the event estimated total project costs exceed estimated total project revenues, the entire estimated loss is charged to operations in the period in which the loss becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. The complexity of the estimation process and judgments about internal and external factors including labor utilization, changes to specifications and testing requirements, time required for performance and resulting incurrence of contract penalties, and the performance of subcontractors affect the estimation process.

        We recognize revenue for system integration, installation and training upon completion of performance and if all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Other service revenue, principally related to maintenance and support contracts, is recognized ratably over the maintenance term.

        We also sell products through resellers. Revenue is generally recognized when the standard price protection period, which ranges from 30 to 90 days, has lapsed. If collectability cannot be reasonably assured in a reseller arrangement, revenue is recognized upon sell-through to the end customer and receipt of cash. There may be additional obligations in reseller arrangements such as inventory rotation, or stock exchange rights on the product. In most cases, we have developed reasonable estimates for stock exchanges based on historical experience with similar types of sales of similar products.

        We have sales agreements with certain wireless customers that provide for a rebate of the selling price to such customers if the particular product is subsequently sold at a lower price to such customers or to a different customer. The rebate period extends for a relatively short period of time. Historically, the amounts of such rebates paid to customers have not been material. We estimate the amount of the

63


Table of Contents

rebate based upon the terms of each individual arrangement, historical experience and future expectations of price reductions and then records the estimate of the rebate amount at the time of the sale. We also enter into sales incentive programs, such as co-marketing arrangements, with certain wireless and handset customers. We record the incurred incentive as a reduction of revenue when the sales revenue is recognized. In the fourth quarter of 2009, we substantially completed the wind-down of our handset business therefore such arrangements were not significant in 2010, 2011 and 2012.

        The assessment of collectability is also a factor in determining whether revenue should be recognized. We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including payment history and the credit-worthiness of the customer. We do not request collateral from our customers. In international sales, we may require letters of credit from our customers that can be drawn on demand if the customer defaults on its payment. If we determine that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, we defer revenue recognition until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

        Occasionally, we enter into revenue sharing arrangements. Under these arrangements, we collect payment only after our customer, the telecommunications service provider, collects service revenues. When we enter into a revenue sharing arrangement, we do not recognize revenue until collection is reasonably assured.

        On August 31, 2012, we completed a sale of our IPTV business to an entity founded by Mr. Jack Lu, our former Chief Executive Officer, and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million related to the net liabilities transferred. Due to the delay of customer contract assignments, we are still the primary obligor for most of the contracts related to the IPTV business as they were not legally assigned to the buyer. Therefore, we were not able to derecognize the related liabilities of those un-assigned contracts. Since all of the economic risk and benefits of those un-assigned contracts had been transferred to the buyer of the IPTV business, we recorded a portion of the payment made to the buyer at the time of the divestiture as the deferred service cost to offset the remaining liabilities related to those un-assigned contracts. As of December 31, 2012, we had liabilities and deferred costs of $47.3 million related to those un-assigned contracts.

        Because of the nature of doing business in China and other emerging markets, our billings and/or customer payments may not correlate with the contractual payment terms and we generally do not enforce contractual payment terms prior to final acceptance. Accordingly, accounts receivable are not recorded until we recognize the related customer revenue. Advances from customers are recognized when we have collected cash from the customer, prior to recognizing revenue. Deferred revenue is recorded if there are undelivered elements after final acceptance has been obtained. We had current deferred revenue of $41.5 million, $65.0 million and $183.0 million, and long-term deferred revenue of $59.5 million, $83.2 million and $122.2 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Costs related to deferred revenue are also deferred until revenue is recognized. See "Deferred Costs" below.

Restructuring Liabilities, Litigation and Other Contingencies

        We account for our restructuring plans using the guidance provided in ASC 420 "Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations" and ASC 712 "Compensation—Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits". We account for litigation and contingencies in accordance with ASC 450, "Contingencies", which requires that we record an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

64


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

        Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted is determined based on the grant-date fair value. Stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock awards is measured based on the closing fair market value of our ordinary share on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense for stock options is estimated at the grant date based on each option's fair value as calculated by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, or Black-Scholes model. Stock-based compensation is expensed ratably on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of the share-based payment awards. The performance-based restricted stock units are subject to the attainment of goals determined by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors. We record the relevant stock-based compensation for the performance-based restricted stock units based on the probability of meeting the performance conditions.

        Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards require the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the share-based payment awards and stock volatility. We estimate an expected term of options granted based on our historical exercise and cancellation data for vested options. We use historical volatility as management believes it is more representative of future stock price trends than implied volatility due to the relatively small number of actively traded options on our ordinary share available to determine implied volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management's best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and compensation expense could be materially different in the future. Because changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the estimated value, in management's opinion, the existing valuation models may not provide an accurate measure of the fair value of our employee stock options. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize expense only for those shares expected to vest. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, the stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the current period.

        We account for equity instruments issued to consultants and vendors in exchange for goods and services following the provisions of ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees (Formerly FASB Staff Positions Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-18 and 00-18). The measurement date for the fair value of the equity instruments issued is determined at the earlier of (i) the date at which a commitment for performance by the consultant or vendor is reached or (ii) the date at which the consultant or vendor's performance is complete. In the case of equity instruments issued to consultants, the fair value of the equity instrument is recognized over the term of the consulting agreement.

Product Warranty

        We provide a warranty on our equipment and terminal sales for a period generally ranging from one to two years from the time of final acceptance. At times, we have entered into arrangements to provide limited warranty services for periods longer than two years. We provide for the expected cost of product warranties at the time that revenue is recognized based on an assessment of past warranty experience and when specific circumstances dictate. We assess the adequacy of our recorded warranty liability every quarter and make adjustments to the liabilities if necessary. Specific warranty accruals are reversed upon the expiration of the warranty period and are recorded as reduction of cost of sales. From time to time, we may be subject to additional costs related to non-standard warranty claims from our customers. If and when this occurs, we estimate additional accruals based on historical experience, communication with our customers and various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Such additional warranty accruals are recorded in the period in which the additional costs are identified. See Note 10 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

65


Table of Contents

Receivables

        Although we evaluate customer credit worthiness prior to a sale, we provide an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated loss on trade and notes receivable when collection may no longer be reasonably assured. We assess collectability of receivables based on a number of factors including analysis of creditworthiness, our customer's historical payment history and current economic conditions, our ability to collect payment and on the length of time an individual receivable balance is outstanding. Our policy for determining the allowance for doubtful accounts includes both specific allowances for balances known to be uncollectible and a formula-based portfolio approach, based on aging of the accounts receivable, as a precursor to a management review of the overall allowance for doubtful accounts. This formula-based approach involves aging of our accounts receivable and applying a percentage based on our historical experience; this approach results in the allowance being computed based on the aging of the receivables. We evaluate the percentages applied to each category of aged accounts receivable periodically based on actual history of write-offs and collections and refine this formula-based approach accordingly for use in future periods. Receivable balances are written off when we have sufficient evidence to prove that they are uncollectible.

Inventories

        Inventories consist of product held at our manufacturing facility and warehouses, as well as finished goods at customer sites for which the customer has taken possession, but based on specific contractual terms, title has not yet passed to the customer. We may ship inventory to existing customers that require additional equipment to expand their existing networks prior to the signing of an expansion contract. Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value, based on the FIFO method of accounting. Write-downs are based on our assumptions about future market conditions and customer demand, including projected changes in average selling prices resulting from competitive pricing pressures. We continually monitor inventory valuation for potential losses and obsolete inventory at our manufacturing facilities as well as at customer sites. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. If actual market conditions are more favorable than anticipated, inventory previously written down may be sold to customers, resulting in lower cost of sales and higher income from operations than expected in that period.

Deferred costs

        Deferred costs consist of product shipped to the customer for which the rights and obligations of ownership have passed to the customer but revenue has not yet been recognized due to prolonged acceptance periods for tests and the existence of undelivered elements, such as post-contract support including software update rights for which we do not have a vendor specific objective evidence of fair value. All deferred costs are stated at cost. Management periodically assesses the recoverability of deferred costs and provides reserves against deferred cost balances when recovery of deferred costs is not probable. Recoverability is evaluated based on various factors including the length of time the product has been held at the customer site, the viability of payment, including assessment of product demand if a revenue sharing arrangement exists and/or the evaluation if a related transaction will result in a gross margin loss. In a loss situation for a transaction, the deferred cost balance is adjusted for impairment equal to the value of the excess of cost over the amount of revenue that will be eventually recognized for the transaction. Revenue and cost of sales are recorded when final acceptance is received from the customer. With greater concentration of product at customer sites under contract with specific or individual customers, the financial conditions of such specific or individual customers may result in increased concentration risk exposure for our inventory. For any post contract support services where the revenue is deferred, the entire related deferred direct costs are classified as a noncurrent asset, consistent with the definition of a current asset.

66


Table of Contents

Research and Development and Capitalized Software Development Costs

        Our research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. We capitalize software development costs, incurred in the development of software that will ultimately be sold, between the time technological feasibility has been attained and the related product is ready for general release. Management judgment is required in assessing technological feasibility, expected future revenues, estimated product lives and changes in product technologies, and the ultimate recoverability of our capitalized software development costs.

Income Taxes

        We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and determining the provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We recognize the tax benefit (expense) from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. We recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as part of the provision for income taxes.

        We recognize deferred income taxes as the difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial statement amounts based on enacted tax rates. Management judgment is required in the assessment of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets based on its assessment of projected taxable income. Numerous factors could affect our results of operations in the future. If there is a significant decline in our future operating results, management's assessment of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets would need to be revised, and any such adjustment to our deferred tax assets would be charged to income in that period. If necessary, we record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount which management believes is more likely than not to be realized. Changes in estimates of taxable income in the future could result in reversal of the valuation allowances which would be credited to income in the year of reversal.

        We provide U.S. taxes on foreign undistributed earnings that are not considered to be permanently reinvested outside the United States.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions of entities accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting are estimated by our management based on the fair value of assets received. Intangible assets with finite useful lives mainly consist of technologies and non-compete agreement and are amortized on a straight-line basis, generally, over four years. Goodwill is not amortized and is tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change in accordance with ASC 350 that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying amount.

        Impairment testing of goodwill is performed at a reporting unit level. In 2012, the Company adopted the FASB revised guidance on "Testing of Goodwill for Impairment." Under this guidance, we have the option to choose whether we will apply the qualitative assessment first and then the quantitative assessment, if necessary, or to apply the quantitative assessment directly. For reporting units applying a qualitative assessment first, we start the goodwill impairment test by assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If we determine that it is more likely than not the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is mandatory. Otherwise, no further testing is required. The quantitative impairment test consists of a comparison of

67


Table of Contents

the fair value of goodwill with its carrying value. For reporting units directly applying a quantitative assessment, we perform the goodwill impairment test by quantitatively comparing the fair values of those reporting units to their carrying amounts. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. As of December 31, 2012, we carried goodwill of Nil due to the deconsolidation of iTV Media reporting unit, which was acquired in November 2010.

        We assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets other than goodwill by determining whether the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted future cash flows. Asset impairments primarily consist of intangible assets with finite lives and property, plant and equipment and are based on an estimate of the amounts and timing of future cash flows related to the expected future remaining use and ultimate sale or disposal of property, plant and equipment net of costs to sell. Following our annual impairment review, we concluded immaterial assets were impaired as of December 31, 2012. During 2010 and 2011, we did not have any plant and equipment impairment charges. See Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional discussion.

        The process of evaluating the potential impairment of long-lived assets other than goodwill is also highly subjective and requires significant judgment. In order to estimate the fair value of long-lived assets, we typically make various assumptions about the future prospects for the business that the asset relates to, consider market factors specific to that business and estimate future cash flows to be generated by that business. Based on these assumptions and estimates, we determine whether we need to recognize an impairment charge to reduce the value of the asset stated on our balance sheet to reflect its estimated fair value. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives are complex and often subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as the real estate market, industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy and our internal forecasts. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, changes in assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results.

Investments

        Our investments consist principally of bank notes, debt securities classified as available for sale and equity investment in privately held companies. The investments in equity securities of privately held companies in which we hold less than 20% voting interest common stock or in-substance common stock and on which we do not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under ASC 325, "Investments—Other" using the cost method. Under the cost method, these investments are carried at the lower of cost or fair market value. The investments in equity securities of privately held companies in which we hold at least 20% but less than 50% voting interest in the common stock or in-substance common stock, and on which we have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under ASC 323, "Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures" using the equity method. In-substance common stock is an investment in an entity that has risk and reward characteristics that are substantially similar to that entity's common stock. If an investment has a substantive liquidation preference over common stock, it is not substantially similar to the common stock. Investments in debt securities that are classified as available for sale are measured at fair value in the statement of financial position under ASC 320, "Investments—Debt and Equity Securities". Unrealized holding gains and losses for available-for-sale securities (including those classified as current assets) will be excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income until realized except as indicated in the following paragraph.

        We recognize an impairment charge when a decline in the fair value of our investments below the cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. In making this determination, we review several factors to determine whether the losses are other-than-temporary, including but not limited to: (i) the length of

68


Table of Contents

time the investment was in an unrealized loss position, (ii) the extent to which fair value was less than cost, (iii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer and (iv) our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

        Pursuant to the accounting guidance for fair value measurements and its subsequent updates, fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The accounting guidance also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which requires us to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels that may be used in measuring fair value as follows:

    Level 1—observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2—inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are observable either directly or indirectly.

    Level 3—unobservable inputs based on our assumptions.

        In January 2010, the FASB issued amended standards that require additional fair value disclosures. These disclosure requirements are effective in two phases. In the first quarter of 2010, we adopted the requirements for disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value as well as disclosures about significant transfers between hierarchy levels. Beginning in the first quarter of 2011, these amended standards will require presentation of disaggregated activity within the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). We have adopted the requirement for the disclosure.

Other Than Temporary Impairment on Investment:

        We review our investments for an other-than-temporary impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the investment may not be fully recoverable. Investments identified as having an indication of impairment are subject to further analysis to determine if the impairment is other-than-temporary and this analysis requires estimating the fair value of the investment. In making this determination, we review several factors to determine whether the losses are other-than-temporary, including but not limited to: (i) the length of time the investment was in an unrealized loss position, (ii) the extent to which fair value was less than cost, (iii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (iv) our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The determination of fair value of the investment involves considering factors such as current economic and market conditions, the operating performance of the companies including current earnings trends and forecasted cash flows, and other company and industry specific information.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        See Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on results of operations and financial condition, which is incorporated herein by reference.

69


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        With our strategic shifts, beginning on January 1, 2011, we realigned our reporting segments to better reflect our new operating structure. Effective January 1, 2011, the new reporting segments are as follows:

    Equipment—Focused on our equipment sales including network infrastructure and application products. Network infrastructure products mainly include broadband products. Network application products mainly include Wireless infrastructure technologies.

    Services—Providing services and support of our equipment products and also the new operational support segment.

    Equipment Based Services—Services and support we provide to customers after their purchases of equipment.

    Operational Support Services—Providing new services consisting of:

    Integrated multi-screen viewing from a single managed platform

    Time and location shifting

    Reliable HD streaming

      These revenues will be generated through advertising, subscription and software license fees.

        In 2012, media operational support services from our video service cloud platform were recorded in operational support services segment as well.

        As previously discussed, we completed the divestiture of our IPTV business in August 2012. However, we have not yet met the requirements for reporting those results as discontinued operations because of our continued involvement in the business. Such continued involvement includes our processing the receipt of revenues and payment of related costs for the IPTV operations.

Net Sales

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
Net Sales by Segment
  2012   % of net
sales
  2011   % of net
sales
  2010   % of net
sales
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Equipment

  $ 160,688     86 % $ 285,493     89 % $ 251,134     86 %

Services—Equipment Based Services

    25,784     14 %   34,539     11 %   40,401     14 %

—Operational Support Services

    256     0 %   544     0 %       0 %
                           

  $ 186,728     100 % $ 320,576     100 % $ 291,535     100 %
                           

Net Sales by Region

                                     

United States

  $ 0     0 % $ 0     0 % $ 5,903     2 %

China

    38,544     21 %   157,564     49 %   166,621     57 %

India

    23,992     13 %   30,789     10 %   31,426     11 %

Japan

    99,367     53 %   96,257     30 %   48,217     17 %

Other

    24,825     13 %   35,966     11 %   39,368     13 %
                           

    186,728     100 %   320,576     100 % $ 291,535     100 %
                           

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

        Net sales decreased by 41.8% to $186.7 million for 2012 compared to $320.6 million for 2011. The decrease resulted from a $124.8 million decrease in equipment sales which was primarily due to (i) the

70


Table of Contents

$95.2 million deferred revenue from amortization of Personal Handy-phone System, or PHS, which was only included in 2011, (ii) the $17.4 million decrease in sales of the STB products in China and $5.7 million decrease in sales of our RollingStream™ products, respectively, reflecting the divestiture of our IPTV business in August 2012, (iii) the $13.0 million decrease in sales of PTN products in Japan, reflecting the slower development of such product line in 2012 compared with 2011, and (iv) the $4.2 million decrease in sales of CPE product. The decrease in equipment sales were partially offset by the $7.1 million increase in sales of MSAN products mainly in Japan. The revenue from equipment based service for 2012 decreased by $8.7 million to $25.8 million compared to $34.5 million for 2011. The decrease was mainly due to $6.0 million decrease in NGN product-related services provided in 2012 and the $2.3 million decrease in PAS product-related services, reflecting the phase-out of PHS service by the end of 2011.

        For additional discussion, see Note 18 entitled "Segment Reporting" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

        In connection with the restructuring of the telecommunication industry in China and the launch of 3G services in China, the MIIT announced that PAS services in China would be phased out by January 1, 2012. In the second and third quarter of 2009, we streamlined our sales, service and R&D operations for PAS handsets and infrastructure equipment. We did not perform any new R&D of PAS products and we maintained a small support team to assist our customers with warranty matters. As a result of this change, in 2011, the total net sales and gross profit associated with the amortization of all PAS-related deferred revenue were $95.3 million and $33.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the PAS infrastructure deferred revenue associated with period of support had been fully amortized. Meanwhile, we still had certain balances of deferred revenue associated with unfulfilled contractual obligations for our historical PAS infrastructure contracts. Such amounts were deferred at its VSOE of fair value according to the terms of the contracts. Upon the phasing out of the PAS services as required by the MIIT announcement, we have been taking appropriate actions, such as communicating with our customers regarding the termination of such services, to legally release those obligations. During the period of 2012, approximately $8.1 million of these deferred revenue had been released upon the appropriate legal actions. As of August 31, 2012, the remaining deferred revenue balance was approximately $5.1 million. The remaining balance of $5.1 million was primary included as the part of the divestiture of our IPTV equipment business. However, due to the delay of contract assignment, only $2.0 million had been transferred to the buyer of IPTV equipment business and we still kept a remaining deferred revenue balance of $3.1 million which was associated with PAS as of December 31, 2012.

Fiscal 2011 vs. 2010

        Net sales increased by 10% to $320.6 million for 2011 compared to $291.5 million for 2010. The increase resulted from a $34.4 million increase in equipment sales which were primarily due to increased sales of PTN products in Japan and RollingStream™ infrastructure product sales in India and Thailand. $7.4 million of equipment revenue recognized from an EMEA customer contract in the second quarter of 2011 also contributed to the year-over-year increase. This increase was partially offset by $10.5 million decrease in sales of MSAN products mainly in the APAC region, $5.0 million decrease in sales of handset terminals due to the wind-down of the Company's handset business, and the decrease in sales of other major product lines. The revenue from equipment based service for 2011 decreased by $5.9 million to $34.5 million compared to $40.4 million for 2010, which was primarily due to fewer iPAS maintenance contracts as a result of the phase-out of PAS in China on December 31, 2011.

71


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
Gross profit (loss) by Segment
  2012   Gross
Profit %
  2011   Gross
Profit %
  2010   Gross
Profit %
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Equipment

  $ 64,835     40 % $ 107,030     37 % $ 57,567     23 %

Services—Equipment Based Services

    3,546     14 %   9,271     27 %   12,671     31 %

—Operational Support Services

    (223 )   (87 )%   (1,967 )   (362 )%       0 %
                           

  $ 68,158     37 % $ 114,334     36 % $ 70,238     24 %
                           

        Cost of sales consists primarily of material and labor costs associated with manufacturing, assembly and testing of products, costs associated with installation and customer training, warranty costs, fees to agents, inventory and contract loss provisions and overhead. Cost of sales also includes import taxes and tariffs on components and assemblies. Some components and materials used in our products are purchased from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers and, in some cases, are subject to our obtaining Chinese import permits and approvals.

        Our gross profit has been affected by average selling prices, material costs, product mix, the impact of warranty charges and contract loss provisions, as well as inventory write-downs and release of deferred revenues and related costs pertaining to prior years. Our gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, varies among our product families. We expect that our overall gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, will fluctuate in the future as a result of shifts in product mix, stage of product life cycle, decreases in average selling prices and our ability to reduce cost of sales.

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

        Gross profit was $68.2 million, or 36.5% of net sales, for 2012, compared to $114.3 million, or 35.7% of net sales, for 2011. The decrease in gross profit was primarily due to a $42.2 million, or 39.4% decrease in gross profit in the Equipment segment for 2012 compared to 2011. The cessation of amortization of deferred revenue of PAS contributed a $33.1 million decrease in gross profit for 2012 compared to 2011 due to the phase out of the PAS business by January 1, 2012. The decrease was also due to a $17.4 million decrease in gross profit of PTN product sales for 2012 compared to 2011 reflecting the decreased sales in Japan and a $4.1 million decrease in gross profit of NGN products reflecting fewer NGN product sales in 2012, partially offset by a $2.8 million increase in gross profit of MSAN products sales and a $2.2 million increase in gross profit of STB product sales in China.

        The gross profit in equipment-based service segment for 2012 decreased by 61.8% to $3.5 million compared to 2011, which was primarily due to the phasing out of the PAS service by January 1, 2012, and fewer NGN product-related services provided in 2012, while fixed services costs remained relatively constant.

        For additional discussion, see Note 18 entitled "Segment Reporting" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F

Fiscal 2011 vs. 2010

        Gross profit was $114.3 million, or 36% of net sales for 2011 compared to $70.2 million, or 24% of net sales for 2010.

        There was $49.5 million gross profit increase in the Equipment segment for 2011 compared to 2010. The higher margin PTN product in the Equipment segment contributed a gross profit increase of $37.3 million for 2011 compared to 2010 due to increased sales in Japan. The increased gross margin was also caused by higher equipment gross margin generated from $7.4 million equipment revenue

72


Table of Contents

recognized from an EMEA customer contract in the second quarter 2011, $1.9 million of one-time inventory cost indemnification from one of our customers due to a purchase order cancellation credited to cost of net sales in the third quarter 2011, and $2.2 million additional release of PHS deferred revenue without cost of net sales in the fourth quarter 2011. Gross profit for MSTP and MSAN products in the Equipment segment also increased by $17.4 million for 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to $14.6 million inventory write-down in 2010 for MSAN and MSTP products for two international customer contracts as a result of reductions in demand. The increase was partially offset by the decrease of PHS products by $9.0 million primarily due to the reversal of third party commissions in 2010, and decreased sales of handset terminals in 2011 compared to 2010, driven by the phase out of PAS in China in 2011. In addition, the amortization of deferred revenue and deferred cost associated with PHS contributed a gross profit of $33.1 million and $32.4 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        The gross profit in equipment-based service segment for 2011 decreased by 26.8% to $9.3 million compared to 2010, which was primarily due to a lower renewal rate of iPAS service contracts driven by the anticipated phase out of PAS in China in 2011, while fixed services costs remained relatively constant.

Operating Expenses

        The following table summarizes our operating expenses:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   % of net
sales
  2011   % of net
sales
  2010   % of net
sales
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Selling, general and administrative

  $ 52,457     28 % $ 63,857     20 % $ 95,240     33 %

Research and development

    28,131     15 %   30,123     9 %   38,044     13 %

Amortization of intangible assets

    516         1,239         206      

Impairment of long-lived assets and long-term investments

    3,043     2 %   476              

Restructuring

    358         2,386     1 %   16,018     5 %

Net loss (gain) on divestitures

    16,239     9 %   (4,546 )   (1 )%   (5,548 )   (2 )%
                           

Total operating expenses

  $ 100,744     54 % $ 93,535     29 % $ 143,960     49 %
                           

        Selling, general and administrative expenses, or SG&A, include compensation and benefits, professional fees, sales commissions, provision for doubtful accounts receivable and travel and entertainment costs. R&D expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits of employees engaged in research, design and development activities, cost of parts for prototypes, equipment depreciation and third party development expenses. We believe that continued and prudent investment in R&D is critical to our long-term success, and we will aggressively evaluate appropriate investment levels. A portion of our costs are fixed and are difficult to quickly reduce in periods of lower sales.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

        SG&A expenses were $52.5 million for 2012, a decrease of 17.9% or $11.4 million as compared to $63.9 million for 2011. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in personnel costs and the fixed cost as a result of our restructuring efforts which were partially offset by the increased consulting fees and the $0.9 million accelerated amortization of Beijing office leasehold improvement due to early termination.

73


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2011 vs. 2010

        SG&A expenses were $63.9 million for 2011, a decrease of $31.4 million as compared to $95.2 million for 2010. The decrease in SG&A expense was primarily due to a $19.5 million decrease in personnel related expenses as a result of our restructuring efforts and recent cost reduction measures, a $3.6 million decrease in traveling expenses as a result of related cost control efforts, a $3.4 million reduction in legal and accounting fees due to reduced activity in investigations and litigation, a $3.3 million reduction of bad debt expense which benefited from the collection of long aged receivables, a $2.7 million reduction due to less use of outside services, and a $2.1 million decrease in fixed assets depreciation as a result of the sale of the Hangzhou facility.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

        R&D expenses decreased by $2.0 million for 2012 compared to 2011. The decrease was mainly due to decrease in personnel and personnel related expense as a result of our restructuring initiatives which was partially offset by increase in consulting fees for several strategic outsourced design projects.

Fiscal 2011 vs. 2010

        R&D expenses decreased by $7.9 million for 2011 compared to 2010. The decrease was mainly due to a $7.0 million decrease in personnel and personnel related expense as a result of our restructuring initiatives, a $0.4 million reduction in traveling expenses as a result of related cost control efforts, a $0.3 million savings from reduction in the use of outside services, and a total of $0.3 million decrease in software license and facilities related expenses as we continued to streamline our operations.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE

        At December 31, 2012, there was approximately $2.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, as measured, related to unvested stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.29 years. The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation expense in our consolidated statement of operations:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of net sales

  $ 107   $ 99   $ 166  

Selling, general and administrative

    2,399     2,602     4,600  

Research and development

    476     328     784  

Restructuring

            2,052  
               

Total

  $ 2,982   $ 3,029   $ 7,602  
               

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

        Stock-based compensation expense remained at relative the same level in 2012 compare to 2011. We do not expect stock-based compensation expense to increase for fiscal year 2013.

Fiscal 2011 vs. 2010

        The decrease in stock-based compensation expense in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily due to the reduced headcount as a result of workforce reductions that continued in 2011. The decrease was also the result of no stock-based compensation expenses associated with restructuring in 2011 as we were near completion of our restructuring plans, compared to $2.1 million recorded in 2010.

74


Table of Contents

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

        Amortization of intangible assets for 2012 was approximately $0.5 million compared to $1.2 million for 2011, reflecting the amortization of intangible assets acquired in the iTV Media investment. We deconsolidated iTV Media in the second quarter of 2012 and the amortization of intangible assets was terminated as of the end of the second quarter of 2012. See Note 8 to our Consolidation Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Fiscal 2011 vs. 2010

        The increase in amortization of intangible assets for the full year 2011 was primarily due to the amortization of intangible assets acquired in iTV in November 2010.

GOODWILL AND OTHER LONG-LIVED ASSETS IMPAIRMENT

Fiscal 2012

        Impairment of long-lived assets and long-term investments for 2012 were $3.0 million, reflecting the $2.2 million investment impairment on GCT SemiConductor and $0.8 million investment impairment on Xalted Networks, respectively. Please see Note 6 to our Consolidation Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Fiscal 2011

        We recorded an immaterial impairment charge for 2011 following our annual impairment review on goodwill and other indefinite lived assets.

Fiscal 2010

        Following our annual impairment review on goodwill and other indefinite lived assets, we concluded no assets were impaired as of December 31, 2010.

RESTRUCTURING

Fiscal 2012

        Restructuring costs for 2012 were approximately $0.4 million, reflecting the completion of our 2009 Restructuring Plan in 2012. See Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional information regarding our restructuring activities.

Fiscal 2011

        During 2011, we recorded gross restructuring costs of approximately $4.0 million related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan and a reversal of approximately $1.6 million due to changes in estimates made in prior periods. The restructuring costs for 2011 consisted primarily of severance and benefits related to additional employees included in the 2009 Restructuring Plan, adjusted for changes in estimates of timing of employee terminations, and approximately $0.3 million of lease exit costs related to a lease expiring in 2013. Total restructuring costs recorded through December 31, 2011 related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan approximated $58.1 million.

75


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2010

        During 2010, we recorded restructuring costs of approximately $15.7 million related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan, net of approximately $2.1 million of reversal of charges due to changes in estimates made in prior periods. The restructuring costs for 2010 consisted primarily of severance and benefits related to additional employees included in the 2009 Restructuring Plan, adjusted for changes in estimates of timing of employee terminations, and approximately $1.1 million of lease exit costs primarily related to a lease expiring in 2013. Total restructuring costs recorded through December 31, 2010 related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan approximated $55.7 million.

NET LOSS/GAIN ON DIVESTITURES

Fiscal 2012

        Net loss on divestiture for 2012 was $16.2 million, which was due to the $17.5 million loss recorded as a result of divestiture of IPTV equipment business, partially offset by $1.3 million gain recorded as a result of the release of deferred gain upon successful assignment of all the remaining obligations associated with China PDSN assets, and the settlement of accruals for EMEA operations and the subsequent contingent consideration received for the sales of US PDSN assets. See Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Fiscal 2011

        Gain on divestitures for 2011 of $4.5 million was comprised of the $4.3 million gain recorded as a result of releasing all of our remaining obligations in connection with the sale of China PDSN assets in the third and fourth quarter of 2011, and the $0.2 million gain which was contingent on the collection by the buyer of certain IP Messaging and U.S. PDSN assets in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Fiscal 2010

        Gain on divestitures for 2010 of $5.5 million was comprised of the $1.6 million gain on sale of China PDSN Assets, the $0.9 million loss on transfer of EMEA operations, $3.0 million gain on sale of IP Messaging and US PDSN Assets and $1.8 million gain on sale of the RAS product line in the first quarter of 2010.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

INTEREST INCOME

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

        Interest income was $2.6 million and $2.3 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest income increased in 2012 as compared to 2011, primarily due to higher interest rates in China during 2012, partially offset by the lower cash balance.

Fiscal 2011 vs. 2010

        Interest income was $2.3 million and $2.0 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Interest income increased in 2011 as compared to 2010, primarily due to higher interest rates in China in 2011.

INTEREST EXPENSE

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

        The change in interest expense for 2012 as compared to 2011 was immaterial.

76


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2011 vs. 2010

        The change in interest expense for 2011 as compared to 2010 was immaterial.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

        Other expense, net 2012 was $3.0 million compared to other expense, net of $8.2 million for 2011. Other expense, net for 2012 primarily consisted of income of $1.5 million resulting from the release of a portion of the reserve related to tax liabilities provided to the buyers of UTStarcom's subsidiary in Korea due to the expiration of the statute of limitations, and $4.7 million of foreign exchange loss as a result of depreciation of Japanese Yen against U.S. dollars in 2012.

Fiscal 2011 vs. 2010

        Other expense, net for 2011 was $8.2 million as compared to other income, net of $9.8 million for 2010. Other expense, net for 2011 consisted primarily of $8.9 million foreign currency loss primarily resulting from intercompany receivables denominated in Indian Rupee, partially offset by foreign currency gain on cash and intercompany receivables denominated in Japanese Yen. Other income, net for 2010 consisted primarily of $8.0 million of foreign currency gains primarily resulting from intercompany receivables denominated in Indian Rupee and Chinese RMB, $0.5 million settlement proceeds with MRV, related to our investment in MRV which was sold in 2009, and $1.3 million of other individually insignificant items.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

        FASB ASC 740-10 establishes criteria for recognizing or continuing to recognize only more-likely-than-not tax positions, which may result in income tax expense volatility in future periods. While we believe that we have adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than our accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions on income tax related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

        For a full reconciliation of our effective tax rate to the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% and further explanation of our provision for taxes, see Note 15 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Fiscal 2012 vs. 2011

        Income tax expense was $2.4 million for 2012 compared to $2.9 million for 2011. The decrease in income tax expense in 2012 compared with 2011 was primarily due to the decrease in ordinary taxable income in jurisdictions where we have been profitable. Our effective tax rate changed from 19.9% in 2011 to -7.2% in 2012, which was mainly due to the fluctuations of income before income taxes between the years. We incurred a net loss before tax of $33.2 million in 2012 and a net profit before tax of $14.7 million in 2011.

Fiscal 2011 vs. 2010

        Income tax expense was $2.9 million for 2011 compared to $3.1 million for 2010. The decrease in income tax expense in 2011 compared with 2010 was primarily due to the decrease in ordinary taxable income in jurisdictions where we have been profitable. Our effective tax rate changed from -5.0% in 2010 to 19.9% in 2011, which was mainly due to the fluctuations of income before income taxes between the years. We incurred a net profit before tax of $14.7 million in 2011 and a net loss of $62.2 million in 2010. Our total income tax expense was $2.9 million and $3.1 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

77


Table of Contents

Net Income Attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.

        As a result of the foregoing, net loss attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. was $34.4 million in 2012, compared to net income attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. of $13.4 million in 2011.

Foreign Currency Risk

        See Item 11 "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Foreign Exchange Rate Risk" for information regarding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on the Company.

Government Policies

        For information regarding governmental economic, fiscal, monetary or political policies or factors that have materially affected, or could materially affect, our operations or our shareholders' investments, see Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Conducting Business in China" and Item 10.E "Additional Information—Taxation."

B.
Liquidity and Capital Resources

        The following table sets forth a summary of our cash and cash equivalent and bank note balances as of the dates indicated.

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
  Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 179,584   $ 301,626   $ (122,042 )

Bank notes

    296     2,372     (2,075 )
               

Total

  $ 179,880   $ 303,998   $ (124,117 )
               

        The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash used in operating activities

  $ (25,618 ) $ (41,717 ) $ (92,182 )

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (82,748 )   (10,761 )   133,493  

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (8,842 )   (6,177 )   34,527  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (4,834 )   8,774     9,826  
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (122,042 ) $ (49,881 ) $ 85,664  
               

        Cash and cash equivalents, consisting primarily of bank deposits and money market funds, are recorded at cost which approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. As of December 31, 2012, cash and cash equivalents approximating $49.3 million, $29.0 million and $85.3 million was held by our subsidiaries in China, Japan and US, respectively.

        The PRC government imposes currency exchange controls on all cash transfers out of China. Regulations in China permit foreign owned entities to freely convert the RMB into foreign currency for transactions that fall under the "current account," which includes trade related receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Accordingly, our PRC subsidiaries may use RMB to purchase foreign exchange for settlement of such "current account" transactions without pre-approval. However, pursuant to applicable regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their

78


Table of Contents

accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In calculating accumulated profits, foreign investment enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds, including mandated employee benefits funds, unless these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises.

        Other transactions that involve conversion of RMB into foreign currency are classified as "capital account" transactions; examples of "capital account" transactions include repatriations of investments by or loans to foreign owners, or direct equity investments in a foreign entity by a China domiciled entity. "Capital account" transactions require prior approval from China's SAFE or its provincial branch to convert a remittance into a foreign currency, such as U.S. Dollars, and transmit the foreign currency outside of China. As a result of these and other restrictions under PRC laws and regulations, our China subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the parent.

2012 Cash flows

        Net cash used in operating activities for 2012 was $25.6 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, our operating activities were significantly impacted by the following:

    Net loss of $35.6 million adjusted by $1.2 million recovery of doubtful accounts, $2.2 million of deferred income tax benefit, and by changes in net operating assets and liabilities using net cash of $13.8 million, partially offset by non-cash charges including $16.2 million loss from divestitures, $4.0 million of depreciation and amortization, $3.0 million stock-based compensation and $3.0 million in impairment of equity investments.

    Changes in operating assets and liabilities using net cash of $13.8 million. The use of cash included net $42.0 million for the release of deferred revenue and deferred cost, and $15.5 million for settlement of other liabilities as we continue streamlining our operations, offset by the cash inflows of $43.7 million from other assets, customer advances, accounts payable and income taxes payable.

        Cash used in investing activities during 2012 of $82.7 million included cash outflow of $56.0 million due to the divestiture of IPTV equipment business, cash outflow of $6.8 million due to deconsolidation of iTV Media and $15.6 million for purchase of investments, primarily reflecting investments in aioTV and iTV Media, and one year short term loan to ESA Cultural Investment (Hong Kong) Limited, $5.4 million in purchases of property, plant and equipment, and $1.1 million of changes in restricted cash, partially offset by net cash inflows primarily from the sales of short term investment of $2.0 million.

        Cash used in financing activities during 2012 consisted primarily of $8.8 million for repurchases of ordinary shares. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional discussion.

2011 Cash flows

        Net cash used in operating activities for 2011 was $41.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, our operating activities were significantly impacted by the following:

    Net income of $11.8 million adjusted for $4.5 million gains from divestitures, and by changes in net operating assets and liabilities using net cash of $57.0 million, partially offset by non-cash charges including $3.1 million of depreciation and amortization, $3.0 million stock-based compensation and $2.2 million provision for doubtful accounts.

79


Table of Contents

    Changes in operating assets and liabilities used net cash of $57.0 million. The use of cash included net $37.7 million for the release of deferred revenue and deferred cost, and $38.4 million for settlement of other liabilities as we continue to streamline operations, offset by the cash inflows of $19.3 million from accounts receivable and other assets.

        Cash used in investing activities during 2011 of $10.8 million included cash outflow of $9.3 million for purchasing property, plant and equipment, $7.1 million for contribution to an equity investment through a shareholder loan, and $1.2 million for purchase of investment interests, partially offset by cash inflow primarily from changes in restricted cash of $5.5 million.

        Cash used in financing activities during 2011 consist primarily of $6.3 million for repurchase of ordinary shares. See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional discussion.

2010 Cash flows

        Net cash used in operating activities for 2010 was $92.2 million. During the year ended December 31, 2010, our operating activities were significantly impacted by the following:

        Net loss of $65.3 million adjusted for $5.5 million gains from divestitures, and by changes in net operating assets and liabilities using net cash of $40.8 million, partially offset by non-cash charges including $5.4 million of depreciation and amortization, $7.6 million stock-based compensation and $5.5 million provision for doubtful accounts.

        Changes in operating assets and liabilities used net cash of $40.8 million. The increase included $28.0 million for settlement of accounts payable and $50.8 million for settlement of other liabilities as we continue to streamline operations, offset by the cash inflows from inventories and deferred cost.

        Cash provided by investing activities during 2010 of $133.5 million included net proceeds from divestitures of $3.4 million, $124.0 million of proceeds from sale of building, and changes in restricted cash of $13.3 million, offset partially by cash outflows including a $1.8 million net purchases of short-term investments related to a non-qualified deferred compensation plan established in fiscal 2010 which allows a six-month deferral of compensation for certain employees, $3.4 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment and $2.7 million for purchase of an investment interest.

Accounts Receivable, Net

        Accounts receivable decreased by $5 million from $20.2 million at December 31, 2011 to $15 million at December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $10.8 million on gross receivables of $25.8 million. We recorded a bad debt expense reversal of $1.1 million in 2012 due to the collection of previous reserved receivable. There is no account receivable write-off in 2012. As a result of the divestiture of our IPTV equipment business, approximately $18.8 million doubtful accounts allowance on gross receivables of $24.2 were derecognized.

80


Table of Contents

Inventories and Deferred Costs

        The following table summarizes our inventories and deferred costs:

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
  Increase/
(Decrease)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Inventories:

                   

Raw materials

  $ 3,833   $ 9,334   $ (5,501 )

Work in process

    2,574     1,721     853  

Finished goods

    19,621     23,207     (3,586 )
               

Total inventories

  $ 26,028   $ 34,262   $ (8,234 )
               

Short-term deferred costs

  $ 125,472   $ 103,222   $ 22,250  

Long-term deferred costs

  $ 20,556   $ 39,741   $ (19,185 )

        Inventories consist of product held at our manufacturing facility and warehouses, as well as finished goods at customer sites for which the customer has taken possession, but based on specific contractual terms, title has not yet passed to the customer. Finished goods at customer sites were approximately $14.4 million and $13.2 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        Inventories of approximately $0.1 million and $0.4 million held by our manufacturing outsource partner are recorded in Prepaids and Other Current Assets in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There was no significant inventory write-down in 2012 and 2011. We recorded a $14.6 million inventory write-down in 2010 for MSAN and MSTP for two international customer contracts due to the reduction in product demands.

        Deferred costs consist of product shipped to the customer where the rights and obligations of ownership have passed to the customer, but revenue has not yet been recognized due to prolonged acceptance periods for tests and the existence of undelivered elements, such as post-contract support including software update rights for which we do not have a vendor specific objective evidence of fair value. Given that there is uncertainty about customer acceptance until the customer completes its internal testing and procedures, we wait until the issuance of the final acceptance certificate to support its assertion that the delivery of products and services has occurred. For significant customer contracts involving larger and complex projects where there is on-site testing at multiple locations and the taking over of product warranty and product title occurs after the acceptance of the products and services, acceptance is substantive to the transaction. For certain significant contracts that required us to provide post-contract customer support over a long period of time (for example, seven years) for which we have been unable to establish vendor specific objective of fair value upon delivery of all elements except for post-contract support, we amortize the deferred revenue and related deferred costs of goods sold over the post-contract support period. We assess the recoverability of the deferred cost based on the project status of executed contracts that are in-progress and also their future collectability. Any unrecoverable deferred cost will be written down to the net realizable value in the period when it was determined or justified to be unrecoverable. The deferred cost balance as of December 31, 2012 included a balance of $47.3 million which were related to divested IPTV equipment business. Due to the delay of customer contract assignments, we are still the primary obligor for most of the contracts as they were not legally assigned to the buyer. Therefore, we were not able to derecognize the related liabilities of those un-assigned contracts. Since all of the economic risks and benefits of the un-assigned contracts had been transferred to the buyer of the IPTV equipment business, we have recorded a portion of the payment made to the buyer at the time of the divestiture as the deferred cost to offset the remaining liabilities related to those un-assigned contracts. As of December 31, 2012, we had liabilities and deferred costs of $47.3 million related to those un-assigned contracts.

81


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY

        We recorded net loss attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. of $34.4 million and operating loss of $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded net income attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. of 13.4 million and operating loss of $20.8 million. Our accumulated deficit increased from $1,118.9 million as of December 31, 2011 to $1,153.3 million as of December 31, 2012.

        Net cash used in operating activities was $25.6 million in 2012, a decrease of $16.1 million from $41.7 million in 2011. As of December 31, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents of $179.6 million, of which $49.3 million was held by our subsidiaries in China. China imposes currency exchange controls on certain transfers of funds to and from China. The amount of cash available for transfer from the PRC subsidiaries for use by our non-PRC subsidiaries is limited both by the liquidity needs of the subsidiaries in China and by PRC-government mandated limitations including currency exchange controls on transfers of funds outside of China.

        Global economies have experienced a significant downturn driven by a financial and credit crisis that will continue to challenge such economies for some period of time. Under the current macroeconomic environment there are significant risks and uncertainties inherent in management's ability to forecast future results. The operating environment confronting us, both internally and externally, raises significant uncertainties.

        Our selling, general and administrative and R&D operating expenses have decreased year over year from 2010 to 2011 and 2012, and management believes the continuing efforts to stream-line operations will enable our fixed cost base to be better aligned with operations, market demand and projected sales levels. If projected sales do not materialize, we will need to take further actions to reduce costs and expenses or explore other cost reduction options.

        In December 2009, we entered into the Sale Leaseback Agreement for the intended sale of our manufacturing, R&D, and administrative offices facility in Hangzhou, China to another third party for approximately $138.8 million with leaseback of a portion of the facility. As of May 31, 2010, we had received all of the sales proceeds and met all criteria for consummation of sale of the Hangzhou facility. On May 31, 2010, the buyer and we agreed that all conditions precedent to the closing had been met and the leaseback commenced on June 1, 2010. On December 8, 2010, we formally notified the landlord of our decision to early terminate the lease in June 2011, six months in advance, according to the termination clause in the Sale Leaseback Agreement. A termination agreement was signed between the landlord and us in June 2011 and both parties agreed to terminate the lease on June 30, 2011. We paid early termination penalties of approximately $9.8 million in total to the landlord in 2010 and 2011. In March 2011, we entered into the Lease for our R&D and administrative office in Hangzhou, China. As a result of moving to this facility, we achieved savings of $2.3 million in the year 2011.

        On February 1, 2010, we entered into agreements for a strategic relationship with BEIID, which included an investment of $48.5 million in UTStarcom, Inc. common stock by BEIID, and two unrelated investment funds, Elite Noble Limited and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP. The stock purchase agreements were subsequently amended on May 4, 2010, June 4, 2010 and July 7, 2010, respectively. These investments closed in September 2010. Under the terms of agreements, as revised, we received cash of $34.6 million, net of issuance costs, and issued approximately 18.1 million shares of common stock and an option to purchase up to an additional 4.0 million shares of common stock for approximately $8.1 million through November 8, 2010. The option expired unexercised as of December 31, 2010.

        On July 27, 2012, we announced strategic initiatives to advance our efforts to transition into higher growth, more profitable areas and enhance the value of the business. As part of this strategy, we

82


Table of Contents

completed a sale of our IPTV business to an entity founded by Mr. Jack Lu, who was our former Chief Executive Officer, and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million related to the net liabilities transferred. The divestiture transaction was closed on August 31, 2012. Upon closing of the divestiture transaction, Mr. Jack Lu started to lead the new IPTV business, and left his position as our Chief Executive Officer. The divestiture was a means of effectively redeploying capital to support higher return opportunities, particularly in the value-added services area. It accelerated our ongoing transition into a higher growth business and was expected to have a positive effect on our margin structure and profitability profile. Prior to the divestiture, the IPTV business accounted for 15.8% of our revenue in 2012 and had negatively contributed to the overall results of our operations. This strategic initiative was expected to significantly reduce our expenses going forward.

        Our management believes that the continuing efforts to stream-line our operations will enable our fixed cost base to be better aligned with operations, market demand and projected sales level. Our management believes that both our PRC and non-PRC operations will have sufficient liquidity to finance working capital and capital expenditure needs in excess of 12 months. However, we have concentrated our business in Asia, particularly China, India and Japan. Any unforeseen prolonged economic and/or political risk in these markets could impact our customers in making their respective investment decisions and could have a material impact on the foregoing assessment. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if required, will be available on terms satisfactory to us or at all, and if funds are raised in the future through issuance of preference shares or debt, these securities could have rights, privileges or preference senior to those of our ordinary shares and newly issued debt could contain debt covenants that impose restrictions on our operations. Further, any sale of newly issued debt or equity securities could result in additional dilution to our current shareholders.

C.
Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

        We believe that an integral part of our future success will depend on our ability to develop and enhance our services. Our product development efforts and strategies consist of incorporating new technologies from third parties as well as continuing to develop our own proprietary technology.

        We have utilized and will continue to utilize the products and services of third parties to enhance our platform of technologies and services to provide competitive and diverse IP-based network solutions to our users. In addition, we plan to continue to expand our technologies, products and services through products and services developed internally. We will seek to continually improve and enhance our existing services to respond to rapidly evolving competitive and technological conditions. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we spent $28.1 million, $30.1 million and $38.0 million, respectively, on R&D activities. R&D expenses are expensed as incurred.

D.
Trend Information

        Although we experience some seasonality typical of the telecommunications industry, such as seasonally weak first quarters, our revenues and earnings have not demonstrated consistent seasonal characteristics.

        For a discussion of significant recent trends in our financial condition and results of operations, please see Item 5.A "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Operating Results" and 5.B "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

E.
Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, we had no off balance sheet arrangements.

83


Table of Contents

F.
Contractual Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments

        The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3 years   3 - 5 years   More than
5 years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating leases

  $ 11,427   $ 3,135   $ 8,292          

Letters of credit

  $ 11,459   $ 8,305   $ 3,152   $ 2      

Purchase commitments

  $ 39,332   $ 35,983   $ 3,349          
                       

Total

  $ 62,219   $ 47,423   $ 14,793   $ 2      
                       

Operating leases

        We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2013 to 2016. In March 2011, we entered into the lease for a R&D and administrative office in Hangzhou, China. The lease became effective on March 7, 2011 and will be terminated in July 2016. The contractual obligations related to the Hangzhou facility Lease through July 2016 are included in the table above.

Letters of credit

        We issue standby letters of credit primarily to support international sales activities outside of China and in support of purchase commitments. When we submit a bid for a sale, often the potential customer will require that we issue a bid bond or a standby letter of credit to demonstrate our commitment through the bid process. In addition, we may be required to issue standby letters of credit as guarantees for advance customer payments upon contract signing or performance guarantees. The standby letters of credit usually expire six to twelve months from date of issuance without being drawn by the beneficiary thereof.

Purchase commitments

        We are obligated to purchase raw materials and work-in-process inventory under various orders from various suppliers, all of which should be fulfilled without adverse consequences material to our operations or financial condition. Purchase commitments in the table above include agreements that are non-cancelable and cancelable without penalty.

Intellectual property

        Certain sales contracts include provisions under which customers would be indemnified by us in the event of, among other things, a third-party claim against the customer for intellectual property rights infringement related to our products. There are no limitations on the maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. We have not accrued any amounts in relation to these provisions as no such claims have been made and we believe we have valid enforceable rights to the intellectual property embedded in our products.

Uncertain tax positions

        As of December 31, 2012, we had $54.0 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, of which $12.3 million related to tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the annual effective tax rate. The remaining $41.7 million gross unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact certain deferred tax assets.

84


Table of Contents

Third party commissions

        We record accruals for commissions payable to third parties in the normal course of business. Such commissions are recorded based on the terms of the contracts between us and the third parties and paid pursuant to such contracts. Consistent with our accounting policies, these commissions are recorded as cost of net sales in the period in which the liability is incurred. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had approximately $0.1 million and $1.2 million of such accrued commissions. Management has performed, and continues to perform, follow-up procedures with respect to these accrued commissions. Upon completion of such follow-up procedures, if the accrued commissions have not been claimed and the statute of limitations, if any, has expired, we will reverse such accruals. Such reversals are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations during the period management determines that the accruals are no longer necessary. We concluded that for certain of these accrued commissions the statute of limitations had expired in August and November 2010, two years after formal communication was sent to these agents. During the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately $0.5 million of such accrued commissions, was released to cost of net sales as a result of expiration of statute of limitations. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we did not release any accruals to cost of net sales as a result of expiration of statute of limitations During the years ended December 31, 2010, we reversed approximately $6.0 million of accrued commissions payable and such reversals were recorded in cost of net sales.

India Department of Telecommunication Security and Supply Chain Standards

        India's Department of Telecommunications had required equipment manufacturers to satisfy certain security and supply chain standards to the satisfaction of Indian authorities. We entered into such agreements with several customers in India which establish detailed security and supply chain standards covering products supplied to these telecommunication customers as required by the Indian authorities. These agreements contain significant penalty clauses in the event a security breach is detected related to products we supplied. In May 2011, India's Department of Telecommunications, or DOT, provided a revised template for these agreements, but we have not executed the revised agreement with our customers. Management is unable to estimate the likelihood or the financial impact of any such potential security breach on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we have not been subject to any penalty liability related to these agreements, and our management does not believe it is probable to recognize revenue in relation to such contracts because we have not satisfied the security requirements as designated in the agreements. In 2012 and 2011, there was no revenue recognized in relation to contracts signed after the effective date of the agreements. As of December 31, 2012, deferred revenue and deferred cost related to contracts signed after the effective date of the agreement were $9.8 million and $6.1 million, respectively. We continue to assess the potential impact these agreements may have on the timing of revenue recognition.

G.
Safe Harbor

        This Annual Report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about us, our future performance and the industries in which we operate as well as on our management's assumptions and beliefs. Such statements relate to, among other things:

    our business expectations regarding contract awards and telecom carriers;

    our plan to expand our market position in IP-based and broadband products;

85


Table of Contents

    our expectations regarding the growth rates and telecom capital expenditure budgets of certain geographic regions;

    our anticipation regarding the growth of China's gross domestic product;

    our plan to grow in certain geographic regions; our expectations regarding growth in certain segments, uncertainties in obtaining future contracts in India; our intention to make significant investment in research and development, or R&D;

    our expectations regarding the IPTV or Internet TV markets;

    our plans to allocate resources to Internet TV;

    our anticipation regarding our new products on the cable market;

    our expected financial results;

    our expectations about our efforts to streamline our operations, new accounting pronouncements, liquidity and access to credit facilities and cash in our China subsidiary; sufficiency of liquidity and our ability to obtain funding or sell additional securities;

    our relationships with suppliers, vendors and clients; our expectation regarding the current economic environment;

    our expectation regarding the impact of our strategy and the PRC government's policies on our financial results;

    changes in our board of directors and management;

    our expectations regarding litigation and the impact of legal proceedings and claims;

    our expectations that quarterly operating results will fluctuate from quarter to quarter; our expectations regarding competition and our ability to compete successfully in the markets for our products; our expectations regarding industry trends;

    our expectations that average selling prices of our products will continue to be subject to significant pricing pressures; our expectations regarding future growth based on market acceptance of our products; our expectations regarding revenue and gross margin; our expectations regarding the growth in business and operations;

    our expectations regarding our multinational operations; our ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees;

    our plans regarding the effect of foreign exchange rates; our expectations regarding acquisitions and investments;

    our continued efforts relating to the protections of our intellectual property, including claims of patent infringement;

    our expectations regarding future impairment review of our goodwill, intangible assets, and other long-lived assets;

    our expectations regarding costs of complying with environmental, health and safety laws; our expectations regarding defects in our products;

    our expectations regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

    our estimations regarding stock-based compensation;

    our plans regarding cash dividends; and our expectations regarding our facilities and the sufficiency of our facilities.

86


Table of Contents

        Statements that contain words like "expects," "anticipates," "may," "will," "targets," "projects," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates," or variations of such words and similar expressions are also forward-looking statements.

        Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks and uncertainties related to, among other things, our ability to execute on our business plan and implement certain restructuring actions, China's control of currency exchanges, ongoing litigation, our ability to introduce and deploy IP-based technologies and products, our ability to satisfy certain security and supply chain standards in India, impact of economic and/or political risks in Asia on our customers' investment decisions, the number of competitors and the composition of competitors, additional warranty expense and inventory reserves, availability of future financing, our ability to manage our resources and other items discussed in Part I, Item 3.D entitled—"Risk Factors" of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We do not guarantee future results, and actual results, developments and business decisions may differ from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Form 20-F.

ITEM 6—Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A.
Directors and Senior Management

        The following table sets forth information about our directors and executive officers as of the date of this annual report. The business address of all of our directors and executive officers is 52-2 Building, BDA International Enterprise Avenue, No. 2 Jingyuan North Center, Daxing District, Beijing, People's Republic of China.

Name
  Age   Position

William Wong

    55   Chief Executive Officer, Director

Tianruo Pu

    44   Chief Financial Officer, Director

Xiaoping Li

    49   Chairman of Board of Directors

Baichuan Du

    66   Independent Director

Hong Liang Lu

    58   Independent Director

Linzhen Xie

    72   Independent Director

Sean Shao

    56   Independent Director

Biographical Information

         William Wong has served as our Chief Executive Officer and director since August 2012. Previously, Mr. Wong also served as our director from September 2010 until December 2011. From January 2008 to July 2012, Mr. Wong served as Managing Director of Yellowstone Capital Group Ltd., a strategy consulting and financial advisory firm. In July 2007, Mr. Wong co-founded BORQS International Holding Corp., a technology company providing integrated Android software platform solutions and end-to-end service platform solutions for mobile operators, terminal OEMs, and chip manufacturers worldwide. From February 2002 to May 2007, Mr. Wong served in various senior management roles at Cellon International, an independent mobile phone design house. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Wong served as VP of Sales for SyChip, a technology company spun off from Bell Labs. From 1992 to 2000, Mr. Wong held various roles at AT&T, Lucent, including Business operations director at Bell Labs Research Silicon Valley, and Marketing &Sales director for the Lucent Technologies China microelectronics group. Mr. Wong earned a bachelor degree in electrical engineering from Northwestern University and master degrees in electrical engineering and business administration from the University of California, Berkeley.

87


Table of Contents

         Tianruo Pu has served as our director since November 2011 and our Chief Financial Officer since October 2012. Previously, Mr. Pu was Chief Financial Officer of China Nuokang Bio-Pharmaceutical Inc., a NASDAQ listed company, from September 2008 to June 2012. Prior to Nuokang Biopharma, Mr. Pu was Chief Financial Officer of Global Data Solutions, a Chinese information technology services company, from June 2006 to August 2008. From September 2000 to May 2006, he worked as a management consultant with Accenture, CSC Consulting Group and Mitchell Madison. He also worked as an auditor at Bernstein Brown CPAs from June 1994 to May 1997. Mr. Pu received an MBA from Northwestern University's Kellogg School of Management in 2000, a Master of Science degree in accounting from the University of Illinois in 1995, and a Bachelor of Arts degree in English from China Foreign Affairs University in 1992.

         Xiaoping Li has served as our director since September 7, 2010 and our Chairman since August 31, 2012. Mr. Li began working to establish BEIID in October 2008 and since February 2009 when BEIID was formed, Mr. Li has served as its Executive Deputy General Manager and as a member of its board of directors. Mr. Li served as Manager of Beijing Economic-Technological Investment & Development Co., Ltd., an investment company established by the Beijing Municipality, from October 2006 to October 2008. Mr. Li was an Advisor to Ministry of Finance on international finance organization projects from July 2004 to October 2006. Mr. Li was a senior researcher in environmental economics at PRC Academy of Forestry from August 2001 to July 2004. Mr. Li holds a bachelor's degree in forestry, a master's degree in forest economics and has completed all the course requirements to be awarded a doctorate degree in economy and management from Beijing Forestry University.

         Baichuan Du has served as our director since September 7, 2010. Mr. Du served as the Deputy Chief Engineer of SARFT from 2001 to 2006. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Du served as the Chair of China HDTV Experts Group and from 1998 to 2009, the Vice Chairman of China Radio and TV Standardization Working Group. He has also served as the Vice Chairman of SARFT Science and Technology Committee since 1998. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Du served as the President of SARFT Academy of Broadcasting Science. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Du served as a director of Tvia, Inc., a fabless semiconductor company listed on NASDAQ, and Mr. Du currently serves as an independent director on the boards of directors of several private companies. Mr. Du holds a master's degree in fiber optic communications from Beijing University.

         Hong Liang Lu has served as our director since June 1991. Mr. Lu served as Chairman of the Board from March 2003 to December 2006 and from July 2008 to August 2009. From June 1991 until July 2008, Mr. Lu served as our Chief Executive Officer and from June 1991 until July 2007 he also served as our President. In June 1991, Mr. Lu cofounded UTStarcom, Inc. under its prior name, Unitech Telecom, Inc., which subsequently acquired StarCom Network Systems, Inc. in September 1995. From 1986 through December 1990, Mr. Lu served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Kyocera Unison, a majority-owned subsidiary of Kyocera International, Inc. Mr. Lu served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Unison World, Inc., a software development company from 1983 until its merger with Kyocera in 1986. From 1979 to 1983, Mr. Lu served as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Unison World, Inc. Mr. Lu holds a B.S. in Civil Engineering from the University of California at Berkeley.

         Linzhen Xie has served as our director since December 2010. Since July 2009, Mr. Xie has served on the board of NASDAQ-listed Funtalk China Holdings Limited, a leading retailer and wholesale distributor of mobile communications devices and accessories in China. Since January 2009, Mr. Xie has served as a director of SIM Technology Group Limited, a company listed on the Main Board of Hong Kong Stock Exchange that specializes in mobile phone design and wireless communication. Mr. Xie has served as the executive director and chief scientist of CECT-Chinacomm Communications Co., Ltd., a provider of wireless and telecommunication services, since March 2006. Mr. Xie has also served as the vice president of China Mobile Communications Association since May 2004 and as a standing member of the Communication Science and Technology Committee of the

88


Table of Contents

Ministry of Industry and Information Technology of China since September 2002. From December 2002 to December 2004, Mr. Xie was the chairman of the board of Chinacom Zhihuidao Internet Service Limited, a carrier of Internet cafe chain stores, while he also served as a director of Yunan Jinshikong Mobile Telecommunication Technology Limited, a mobile phone manufacturer. From March 1998 to January 2002, he served as a deputy director general of Information Technology Products Department in the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology. He also worked as a director of China National Laboratory on Local Area Network and Advanced Optical System from September 1995 to July 2002. Mr. Xie graduated from, and is currently a professor of, Peking University.

         Sean Shao has served as our director since October 2012. Mr. Shao currently serves as director of a number of companies, including Xueda Education Group, AsiaInfo-Linkage and Agria Corporation. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Shao served as the Chief Financial Officer of Trina Solar Limited. From 2005 to 2006, he served as the Chief Financial Officer of China Edu Corporation. From 2004 to 2005, he served as the Chief Financial Officer of Watchdata Technologies Ltd. Prior to that, Mr. Shao worked at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu CPA Ltd. for approximately a decade. Mr. Shao received a master's degree in health care administration from the University of California at Los Angeles and a bachelor's degree in art from East China Normal University. He is currently a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Relationships among Directors or Executive Officers; Right to Nominate Directors

        There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. There are also no arrangements or understandings with any person pursuant to which any of our directors or executive officers were selected, except with respect to the selection of the director nominee designated by BEIID. See Item 6.C "Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board Practices."

B.
Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

        For the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid an aggregate of $2.32 million in cash compensation to our directors and executive officers. In 2012, options to purchase 229,820 ordinary shares were granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2006 Plan, to our directors and officers. The per share exercise prices of these options range from $2.97 to $3.21, and the expiration dates of such options range from July 31, 2019 to October 31, 2019. In addition, in 2012, we granted 1,169,820 restricted shares under our 2006 Plan to our current directors and officers. The share-based compensation expenses are recognized at the fair value at the grant date over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis. In 2012, we incurred $3.0 million share-based compensation expenses for our directors and officers. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we did not set aside or accrue any amounts to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for our executive officers and directors.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

        See Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for a description of our equity compensation plans. The following table

89


Table of Contents

sets forth information, as of December 31, 2012, with respect to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized to be issued:

Plan Category(1)
  Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise/
vesting of outstanding
options and restricted
stock units
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
  Number of securities
remaining available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected
in column(a))
 
 
  (a)
  (b)
  (c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    2,000,667 (2) $ 19.93 (3)   1,706,901 (4)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    1,560 (5) $ 85.65      
               

Total

    2,002,237   $ 20.04 (3)   1,706,901  
               

(1)
See Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Part III, Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F for a description of our equity compensation plans.

(2)
Includes ordinary shares to be issued upon exercise of options granted under our 2006 Plan, our 1997 Stock Plan, and our 2001 Director Option Plan, and 1,072,218 ordinary shares issuable pursuant to restricted stock units under our 2006 Plan.

(3)
Because restricted stock units do not have an exercise price, the 1,072,218 ordinary shares issuable pursuant to RSUs under our 2006 Plan are not included in the calculation of weighted average exercise price.

(4)
Includes 1,706,901 ordinary shares available for issuance under our 2006 Plan.

(5)
Includes ordinary shares to be issued upon exercise of options granted under our 2003 Non-Statutory Option Plan. Upon implementation of the 2006 Plan, the remaining securities available for future issuance under the 2003 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan were rolled into the 2006 Plan.
C.
Board Practices

        Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors. We believe that each of the non-executive members of our board of directors is an "independent director" as that term is used in the NASDAQ corporate governance rules.

        No shareholder has the contractual right to designate persons to be elected to our board of directors except BEIID. In accordance with the Stockholders Rights Agreement we entered into as of February 1, 2010 with BEIID, Mr. Xiaoping Li has been appointed to our Board as the nominee of BEIID and as a Class II Director to serve on each committee of our board of directors. Notwithstanding the forgoing, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that directors will be elected upon a resolution passed at a duly convened shareholders meeting by holders of a majority of our outstanding shares being entitled to vote in person or by proxy at such meeting, to hold office until the expiration of their respective terms. There is no minimum shareholding or age limit requirement for qualification to serve as a member of our board of directors.

        We have a staggered board that is divided into three classes, designated as Class I, consisting of one director, Class II, consisting of three directors, and Class III, consisting of two directors, with no more than one class eligible for reelection at any annual shareholder meeting. The terms of our Class I directors will expire on the date of our 2013 annual shareholder meeting. The terms of our Class II directors will expire on the date of our 2014 annual shareholder meeting. The terms of our Class III

90


Table of Contents

directors will expire on the date of our 2015 annual shareholder meeting. Starting with the Class II directors who were elected at our 2011 shareholder meeting, each class of directors will be elected to serve terms of three years. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. For information regarding when each of our current directors became a member of our board of directors, please see Item 6.A "Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Directors and Senior Management."

        The following table sets forth the names and classes of our directors as of the date of this Annual Report:

Name of Director
  Director
Since
  Term
Expires
 

Class I Director:

             

Linzhen Xie

    2010     2013  

Tianruo Pu

    2011     2013  

Class II Directors:

             

Xiaoping Li

    2010     2014  

William Wong

    2012     2014  

Baichuan Du

    2010     2014  

Class III Directors:

             

Hong Liang Lu

    1991     2015  

Sean Shao

    2012     2015  

Board Committees and Related Functions

        The principal standing committees of the board of directors are the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. We have adopted a charter for each of these committees. Each committee's members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee

        Our Audit Committee consists of Xiaoping Li, Linzhen Xie and Sean Shao, each of whom meets the independence standards of NASDAQ and the SEC. Sean Shao is the Chairman of our Audit Committee. Members of our Audit Committee meet the criteria for "independence" set forth in rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market; have not participated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of UTStarcom or any of its current subsidiaries at any time during the past three years; and are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company's balance sheets, income statements, statement of shareholder's equity and statements of cash flow. Mr. Shao has been determined by the board of directors to qualify as an "audit committee financial expert" under applicable SEC and NASDAQ rules. The Audit Committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our Company. The Audit Committee, among other duties and responsibilities:

    reviews and approves the annual appointment of our independent registered public accounting firm;

    discusses and reviews in advance the scope and fees of the annual audit;

    reviews the results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm and discusses the foregoing with our management;

    reviews and approves non-audit services of the independent registered public accounting firm;

91


Table of Contents

    reviews compliance with our existing major accounting and financial reporting policies;

    review the quality, adequacy and effectiveness of the internal controls and any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in internal controls;

    reviews and approves all related party transactions that would require disclosure pursuant to the rules of the SEC and the policies and procedures related to such transactions; and

    provides oversight and monitoring of our management and their activities with respect to our financial reporting process.

Compensation Committee

        Our Compensation Committee consists of Xiaoping Li, Baichuan Du and Sean Shao. Baichuan Du is the Chairman of our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee, among other duties and responsibilities:

    approves and oversees the total compensation package for our executives, including their base salaries, incentives, deferred compensation, equity-based compensation, benefits and perquisites;

    reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, or the CEO, evaluate CEO performance, and determine CEO compensation based on this evaluation, (iii) review the CEO's performance evaluation of all executive officers and approve pay decisions, (iv) review periodically and make recommendations to the board of directors regarding any equity or long-term compensation plans; and

    administer these plans.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee consists of Xiaoping Li, Linzhen Xie and Sean Shao, each of whom meets the independence standards of NASDAQ and the SEC. Xiaoping Li is the Chairman of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee's responsibilities include the selection of director nominees for the Board and the development and annual review of our governance principles. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, among other duties and responsibilities:

    assists the Board by actively identifying individuals qualified to become Board members;

    recommends director nominees to the board of directors for election at the next annual meeting of shareholders;

    recommends chairs and members of each committee to the board of directors;

    monitors significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance and of the duties and responsibilities of directors of public companies;

    leads the board of directors in its annual performance self-evaluation, including establishing criteria to be used in connection with such evaluation;

    reviews Board compensation and recommends to the board of directors any changes in Board compensation;

    oversees compliance with our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics; and

    develops and recommends to the Board and administers our corporate governance guidelines.

92


Table of Contents

Duties of Directors

        In summary, our directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law:

    duty to act in good faith in what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

    duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

    directors should not properly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

    duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

    duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

    duty to exercise independent judgment.

        In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as "a reasonably diligent person" having both:

    the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company; and

    the general knowledge skill and experience which that director has.

        As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Shareholder Suits

        Our Cayman Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

    a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

    the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

    those who control the company are perpetrating a "fraud on the minority."

        Our shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Indemnification Agreements

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that generally require that we indemnify and hold an indemnitee harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law for liabilities arising out of the indemnitee's current or past association with us, any of our subsidiaries or another entity where he or she is or was serving at our request as a director or officer or in a similar capacity that involves services with respect to any employee benefit plan.

93


Table of Contents

D.
Employees

        As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 822 full-time employees worldwide, including approximately 703 employees located in China and 119 employees in other countries such as Japan and India. From time to time, we also employ part-time employees and hire contractors. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining agreement and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that we have good employee relations. We have adopted a series of restructuring initiatives targeted at returning us to profitability, as a result of which, we reduced our headcount by 738 from 1,560 in 2011 to approximately 822 in 2012.

        The following table sets forth information regarding our staff as of December 31, 2012:

Manufacturing & Supply Chain

    200  

R&D

    317  

Marketing, Sales & Support

    161  

Administration and Other Support

    144  
       

Total

    822  
       
E.
Share Ownership

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of March 31, 2013 by:

    Each current director;

    Each current executive officer;

    All of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

    Each person who is known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

        The percentage of shares beneficially owned and votes held by each listed person is based upon 39,400,364 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2013.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned(2)
  Percent of
Total
Outstanding(2)

Directors and Executive Officers

       

William Wong

  *   *

Tianruo Pu

  *   *

Xiaoping Li

    *

Baichuan Du

  *   *

Hong Liang Lu(3)

  1,255,658   3.2%

Linzhen Xie

  *   *

Sean Shao

    *

All current directors and executive officers as a group

  1,255,658   3.2%

Principal Shareholders

       

Entities affiliated with Shah Capital Management(4)

  6,865,529   17.4%

Entities affiliated with Softbank Corp.(5)

  4,883,787   12.4%

E-Town International Holding (Hong Kong) Co. Limited(6)

  3,787,878   9.6%

*
Less than 1%

94


Table of Contents

(1)
Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all beneficial owners is c/o Room 303, Building H, Phoenix Place, No. A5 Shuguangxili, Chaoyang District, Beijing, P.R. China.

(2)
The percentage of beneficial ownership was calculated based on the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2013. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting power or investment power with respect to securities. Shares subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2013 and shares underlying restricted share units that will vest within 60 days of March 31, 2013 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options or restricted share units for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person, but are not deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The number of shares beneficially owned has been adjusted to reflect our one-for-three reverse splits effected on March 21, 2013.

(3)
Information based on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 8, jointly filed with the SEC on March 27, 2013 by Shah Capital Management and Mr. Hong Liang Lu. Consists of 734,062 shares over which Mr. Lu holds sole voting and dispositive power, 181,704 shares over which Mr. Lu and his spouse, Lucy Lu, share voting and dispositive power, 26,925 shares registered in the name of Lu Charitable Remainder Trust, of which Mr. Lu is the trustee, 16,408 shares registered in the name of the Lu Family Trust, of which Mr. Lu is a trustee and of which Mr. Lu and his spouse are beneficiaries, 76,333 shares registered in the name of The Lu Family Limited Partnership, of which Mr. Lu is a general partner, and 220,226 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Lu that are exercisable currently or within 60 days of March 27, 2013.

(4)
Information based on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 8, jointly filed with the SEC on March 27, 2013 by Shah Capital Management and Mr. Hong Liang Lu. Includes 1,201,867 ordinary shares managed by Shah Capital Management holds shared voting and dispositive power with Himanshu H. Shah, 5,352,329 ordinary shares over which Shah Capital Opportunity Fund L.P. holds shared voting and dispositive power, and 311,333 ordinary shares over which Himanshu H. Shah holds sole voting and dispositive power. The address of the principal business office of Shah Capital Management and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund L.P. is 8601 Six Forks Road, Suite 630, Raleigh, NC 27615.

(5)
Information based on Schedule 13G, Amendment No. 2, filed with the SEC on March 28, 2007 by Softbank Corp., Softbank America, Inc. and Softbank Holdings, Inc. Includes 14,651,630 shares registered in the name of Softbank America Inc., a Delaware corporation. Softbank America Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Softbank Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation. Softbank Holdings Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Softbank Corp., a Japanese corporation. Softbank America Inc. has sole power to vote or direct the voting of the 14,651,630 shares and sole dispositive power over the 14,651,630 shares. The business address for the principal business office is c/o Softbank Corp., Tokyo Shiodome Blvd., 1-9-1, Higashi-shimbashi, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-7303 Japan.

(6)
Information based on Schedule 13D, Amendment No. 1, jointly filed with the SEC on October 1, 2010 by E-Town International Holding (Hong Kong) Co., Limited, or E-Town, and Beijing E-Town International Investment and Development Co., Ltd., or BEIID. As the parent company of E-Town, BEIID has the power to direct the vote of the 11,363,636 shares and the disposition of the shares of 11,363,636 held by E-Town. The

95


Table of Contents

    address of the principal business office of BEIID and E-Town is 6F Bldg 61 No.2 Jing Yuan North Street, BDA, Daxing District, Beijing, PRC.

            None of the shareholders known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding shares as of March 31, 2012, have voting rights that are different from the voting rights of our other shareholders.

            To our knowledge, except as disclosed above, we are not owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by another corporation, by any foreign government or by any other natural or legal person or persons, severally or jointly.

            To our knowledge, there are no arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in us undergoing a change in control.

            As of March 31, 2013, our directors and executive officers held options to purchase an aggregate of 958,921 ordinary shares under our existing equity incentive plans. The per share exercise prices of these options held by our directors and executive officers range from $2.97 to $135.6, and the expiration dates of such options range from July 24, 2012 to October 31, 2019. In addition, as of March 31, 2013, our directors and executive officers held 990,773 restricted shares and 758,749 restricted share units issuable upon vesting under our existing equity incentive plans.

            Please refer to Item 6.B "Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Compensation—Equity Compensation Plan Information" for information on arrangements involving the issuance or grant of options or shares or securities to our employees.

ITEM 7—Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A.
Major Shareholders

        Please refer to Item 6.E "Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Share Ownership."

B.
Related Party Transactions

Softbank and affiliates

        We recognize revenue with respect to sales of telecommunications equipment to affiliates of Softbank, a significant shareholder of our Company. Softbank offers broad band-access service throughout Japan, which is marketed under the name "YAHOO! BB." We support Softbank's ADSL service through sales of our MSAN product. In addition, we also support the building of Softbank's optical transmission network through the sales of our PTN product.

        Our sales to Softbank have increased significantly year over year since 2009, which contributed greatly to the increase of total net sales and the gross profit as a percentage of net sales. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, we recognized revenue of $92.0 million, $94.2 million and $46.3 million, respectively, for sales of telecommunications equipment and services to affiliates of Softbank. We included in accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 $12.1 million, $8.5 million and $9.7 million, respectively, related to these transactions. Amounts due to Softbank included in accounts payable were $Nil, $1.9 million and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        Sales to Softbank include a three-year service period and a penalty clause if product failure rates exceed a certain level over a seven year period. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the customer advance balance related to Softbank agreements was $4.7 million, $2.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The current deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $6.5 million, $15.8 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the noncurrent deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $4.6 million, $7.2 million and $6.6 million, respectively.

96


Table of Contents

        As discussed in Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 18 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we have a $2.3 million investment in SBI. Affiliates of Softbank have a controlling interest in SBI.

        As of March 31, 2013, Softbank beneficially owned approximately 12.4% of our outstanding shares.

Yellowstone

        Subsequent to the completion of BEIID's investment in the Company on September 7, 2010, William Wong, who served as a director of Yellowstone, became a director of the Company. Mr. Wong resigned from our board of directors on December 31, 2011 and from Yellowstone on July 27, 2012. During 2011 and the first seven months of 2012, we paid approximately $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, for consulting services provided by Yellowstone. During 2011, we also paid a success fee of $0.9 million for acquisition support services provided by Yellowstone in 2010, the expense of which was recorded in 2010. The engagement agreement with Yellowstone was terminated in August 2012. In connection with the termination, the Company has agreed to pay approximately $0.4 million for consulting services provided by Yellowstone for certain transactions that may close in the near future and to otherwise resolve outstanding and potential obligations between the parties. In addition, after our divestiture of IPTV business, we paid a success fee of approximately $1.3 million for services provided by Yellowstone in connection with the transaction. Mr. Wong rejoined our board of directors in August 2012 and was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer on August 31, 2012.

C.
Interests of Experts and Counsel

        Not applicable.

ITEM 8—Financial Information

A.
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

        See Item 18 "Financial Statements" for our audited consolidated financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Legal Proceedings

Governmental Investigations

        In December 2005, the U.S. Embassy in Mongolia informed us that it had forwarded to the Department of Justice, or the DOJ, allegations that an agent of our Mongolia joint venture had offered payments to a Mongolian government official in possible violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA. We, through our Audit Committee, authorized an independent investigation into possible violations of the FCPA, and we have been in contact with the DOJ and U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC regarding the investigation. The investigation identified possible FCPA violations in Mongolia, Southeast Asia, India, and China, as well as possible violations of U.S. immigration laws. The DOJ requested that we voluntarily produce documents related to the investigation, the SEC subpoenaed us for documents, and we received a Grand Jury Subpoena requiring the production of documents related to one aspect of the DOJ investigation, that is, travel we had sponsored. We have resolved the investigations with the DOJ and the SEC. On December 21, 2009, as part of the resolution of these investigations, we executed a consent pursuant to which, without admitting or denying the SEC's allegations, we agreed to a judgment in favor of the SEC of $1.5 million, and agreed to certain reporting obligations for up to four years. The SEC approved that resolution. On April 14, 2010, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entered a judgment incorporating the terms of that consent. On December 31, 2009, we entered into a non-prosecution agreement with the DOJ, pursuant to which we have paid an additional $1.5 million and agreed to undertake a three-year reporting obligation and to review and, where appropriate, strengthen our

97


Table of Contents

compliance, bookkeeping and internal controls standards and procedures. Under the non-prosecution agreement, subject to compliance with its terms, the DOJ has agreed not to criminally prosecute us for crimes (other than criminal tax violations) relating to certain travel arrangements we provided to customers in China. We submitted our first reports to the DOJ and SEC on May 1, 2010, our second reports to the DOJ and SEC on April 29, 2011 and our third reports to the DOJ and SEC on May 1, 2012.

Other Litigation

        We are a party to other litigation matters and claims that are normal in the course of operations, and while the results of such litigation matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Dividend Policy

        To date, we have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We currently anticipate that we will retain any available funds to finance the growth and operation of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Certain present or future agreements may limit or prevent the payment of dividends on our ordinary shares. Additionally, our cash held in countries outside the United States may be subject to certain control limitations or repatriation requirements, limiting our ability to use this cash to pay dividends. Please refer to the discussion in Item 5.B "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

B.
Significant Changes

        We have not experienced any significant changes since the date of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

98


Table of Contents

ITEM 9—The Offer and Listing

A.
Offer and Listing Details

        The following table sets forth the highest and lowest sale prices per share of our ordinary shares following the Merger and of UTStarcom, Inc.'s common stock prior to the Merger, as reported on NASDAQ for the periods indicated. The sale prices per share set forth below have been adjusted to reflected our one-for-three reverse share split effected on March 21, 2013.

 
  High   Low  

Annual highs and lows

             

2008

  $ 17.82   $ 4.05  

2009

  $ 7.62   $ 1.89  

2010

  $ 9.78   $ 4.95  

2011

  $ 8.76   $ 2.64  

2012

  $ 4.98   $ 2.10  

Quarterly highs and lows

             

First Quarter 2011

  $ 7.26   $ 6.00  

Second Quarter 2011

  $ 8.76   $ 4.32  

Third Quarter 2011

  $ 4.95   $ 3.03  

Fourth Quarter 2011

  $ 4.77   $ 2.64  

First Quarter 2012

  $ 4.98   $ 3.69  

Second Quarter 2012

  $ 4.50   $ 3.21  

Third Quarter 2012

  $ 3.69   $ 2.94  

Fourth Quarter 2012

  $ 3.24   $ 2.10  

First Quarter 2013

  $ 3.51   $ 2.13  

Monthly highs and lows

             

October 2012

  $ 3.15   $ 2.85  

November 2012

  $ 3.24   $ 2.10  

December 2012

  $ 3.24   $ 2.91  

January 2013

  $ 3.51   $ 2.88  

February 2013

  $ 2.94   $ 2.82  

March 2013

  $ 3.10   $ 2.13  

April 2013 (through April 16)

  $ 2.82   $ 2.58  
B.
Plan of Distribution

        Not applicable.

C.
Markets

        Our ordinary shares are traded on NASDAQ under the ticker symbol "UTSI," under which UTStarcom, Inc.'s common stock had previously traded since its initial public offering on March 2, 2000.

D.
Selling Shareholders

        Not applicable.

E.
Dilution

        Not applicable.

99


Table of Contents

F.
Expenses of the Issue

        Not applicable.

ITEM 10—Additional Information

A.
Share Capital

        Not applicable.

B.
Memorandum and Articles of Association

        Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as amended, are filed herein with this Annual Report on 20-F as Exhibit 1.1.

C.
Material Contracts

        We have not entered into any material contracts other than in the ordinary course of business and other than those described in Item 4. "Information on the Company" or elsewhere in this Annual Report on 20-F.

D.
Exchange Controls

        China's government imposes control over the convertibility of RMB into foreign currencies. The conversion of RMB into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars, has been based on rates announced by the People's Bank of China. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar. Under the new policy, the RMB is permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of certain foreign currencies. This change in policy has resulted in a significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. While the international reaction to the RMB revaluation has generally been positive, there remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy, which could result in a further and more significant appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar.

        Pursuant to the Foreign Exchange Administration Rules issued by the State Council on January 29, 1996, and effective as of April 1, 1996 (and amended on January 14, 1997 and further amended on August 1, 2008) and the Administration of Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange Regulations which came into effect on July 1, 1996 regarding foreign exchange control, or the Regulations, conversion of RMB into foreign exchange by foreign investment enterprises for current account items, including the distribution of dividends and profits to foreign investors of joint ventures, is permissible. Foreign investment enterprises are permitted to remit foreign exchange from their foreign exchange bank account in China on the basis of, inter alia, the terms of the relevant joint venture contracts and the board resolutions declaring the distribution of the dividend and payment of profits. On January 14, 1997, the State Council amended the Foreign Exchange Control Regulations and added, among other things, an important provision, as Article 5 provides that the State shall not impose restrictions on recurring international current account payments and transfers. Conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and remittance of foreign currencies for capital account items, including direct investment, loans, security investment, is still subject to the approval of the SAFE, in each such transaction.

        Under the Regulations, foreign investment enterprises are required to open and maintain separate foreign exchange accounts for capital account items (but not for other items). In addition, foreign investment enterprises may only buy, sell and/or remit foreign currencies at those banks authorized to conduct foreign exchange business upon the production of valid commercial documents and, in the case of capital account item transactions, document approval from the SAFE.

100


Table of Contents

        Currently, foreign investment enterprises are required to apply to the SAFE for "foreign exchange registration certificates for foreign investment enterprises" (which are currently in the form of IC cards and are granted to foreign investment enterprises, upon fulfilling specified conditions and which are subject to review and renewal by the SAFE on an annual basis). With such foreign exchange registration certificates and required underlying transaction documents, or with approval documents from the SAFE if the transactions are under capital account (which are obtained on a transaction-by-transaction basis), foreign-invested enterprises may enter into foreign exchange transactions at banks authorized to conduct foreign exchange business to obtain foreign exchange for their needs.

E.
Taxation

        The following summary of the material Cayman Islands, People's Republic of China and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Cayman Islands Taxation

        The Cayman Islands Government (or any other taxing authority in the Cayman Islands) currently does not levy taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation, and there is no taxation in the Cayman Islands in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes that are likely to have a material impact on us that may be levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duty which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duties or other similar taxes or charges are payable under the laws of the Cayman Islands in respect of the execution or delivery of any of the documents relating the proposed merger or the performance or enforcement of any of them, unless they are executed in or thereafter brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands for enforcement purposes or otherwise. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

People's Republic of China Taxation

        The New EIT Law, and the implementation regulations for the New EIT Law issued by the PRC State Council, became effective as of January 1, 2008. The New EIT Law provides that enterprises established outside of China whose "de facto management bodies" are located in China are considered "resident enterprises" and are generally subject to the uniform 25% corporate income tax rate as to their worldwide income. Under the implementation regulations for the New EIT Law issued by the PRC State Council, a "de facto management body" is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and treasury, and acquisition and disposition of properties and other assets of an enterprise. In April 2009, the SAT released Circular 82. Under Circular 82, a foreign enterprise "controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group" will be considered as a resident enterprise if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the senior management personnel responsible for its daily operations and the place where the senior management departments discharge their responsibilities are located primarily in the PRC; (ii) its finance and human resources related decisions are made by or are subject to the approval of institutions or personnel located in the PRC; (iii) its major assets, books and records, company seals and minutes of its board of directors and shareholder meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (iv) senior management personnel or 50% or more of the members of its board of directors with voting power of the enterprise reside in the PRC. On September 1, 2011, the SAT issued Circular 45, to further prescribe the rules concerning the

101


Table of Contents

recognition, administration and taxation of a foreign enterprise "controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group." Currently we are not recognized as a PRC resident enterprise, but there is a risk that we may be recognized by the PRC tax authorities as a PRC resident enterprise. Pursuant to Circular 45, if we are recognized as a PRC resident enterprise, our worldwide income may be subject to enterprise income tax in China at a rate of 25%, and we would be required to file provisional enterprise income tax returns quarterly and complete an annual settlement before May 31 of each year for the preceding year at the in-charge tax bureau. Further, we would be obliged to withhold the enterprise income tax when we distribute dividends to non-resident enterprise holders of our ordinary shares. Under the New EIT Law and implementation regulations issued by the State Council, PRC income tax at the rate of 10% is applicable to dividends payable to investors that are "non-resident enterprises," which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or which have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends have their sources within the PRC. It is not clear, however, whether we are obliged to withhold the dividends distributed to our non-resident individual shareholders.

        Circular 45 further clarifies that the capital gains derived by the non-resident enterprises from the alienation of shares of the foreign-incorporated resident enterprise are considered as China-sourced income. Under the New EIT Law and implementation regulations issued by the PRC State Council, non-resident enterprise holders of our ordinary shares may be subject to enterprise income tax in China at a rate of 10% on the capital gains derived from the transfer of our ordinary shares. It is not clear, however, whether the capital gains derived by the non-resident individuals from transfer of our ordinary shares will be considered as China-sourced. In practice, we understand that the PRC tax authorities have not collected the individual income tax from the non-resident individuals.

        For a discussion of the PRC tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares, see Item 3.D "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Conducting Business in China—Under the EIT Law, we may be classified as a "resident enterprise" of the PRC, which could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and to non-PRC shareholders."

United States Federal Income Taxation

        The following discussion describes the material United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (defined below) of an investment in our ordinary shares. This discussion applies only to investors that hold the ordinary shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This discussion is based on the tax laws of the United States, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, United States Treasury regulations in effect, or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this Annual Report, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

        The following discussion does not deal with the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations, including, without limitation:

    banks and certain other financial institutions;

    dealers in securities or currencies;

    insurance companies, regulated investment companies and real estate investment trusts;

    brokers and/or dealers;

    traders that elect the mark-to-market method of accounting;

    tax-exempt entities;

102


Table of Contents

    persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

    persons holding ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedging, constructive sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction;

    persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting stock; or

    persons holding ordinary shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities.

(U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THE APPLICATION OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX RULES TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF ORDINARY SHARES.)

        The discussion below of the United States federal income tax consequences to "U.S. Holders" will apply if you are the beneficial owner (i.e. the economic owner, as opposed to the registered owner) of ordinary shares and you are, for United States federal income tax purposes.

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or otherwise treated as such under applicable U.S. tax law;

    an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

    a trust that (1) is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more United States persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

        If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding ordinary shares, you should consult your own tax advisors.

We Will Be Treated As a U.S. Corporation

        As a result of the Merger, pursuant to Section 7874 of the Code we will be treated as a U.S. corporation for all purposes under the Code. Because we will be treated as a U.S. corporation for all purposes under the Code, we will not be treated as a "passive foreign investment company," as such rules apply only to non-U.S. corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Taxation of Distributions to US Holders

        We do not currently anticipate paying distributions on its ordinary shares. In the event that distributions are paid, however, the gross amount of such distributions will be included in the gross income of the U.S. holder as dividend income on the date of receipt to the extent that the distribution is paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Such dividends will be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations. Dividends received by non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, may be subject to reduced rates of taxation under current law. A U.S. holder may be eligible to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to any PRC withholding tax imposed on dividends paid by us. However, the foreign tax credit rules are complex, and their application in connection with Section 7874 of the Code in the presence of the Agreement Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the People's Republic of China for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Tax Evasion with

103


Table of Contents

Respect to Taxes on Income, or the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty, are not entirely clear at this time. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to any benefits they may be entitled to under the foreign tax credit rules and the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty.

        To the extent that dividends paid on our ordinary shares exceed current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated first as a tax-free return of tax basis on the our ordinary shares, and to the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds tax basis, the excess will be treated as capital gain.

Sale or Other Disposition

        U.S. holders of our ordinary shares will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares equal to the difference between the amount realized for the ordinary shares and the U.S. holder's tax basis in the ordinary shares. This gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss. Non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, will be eligible for reduced tax rates if the ordinary shares have been held for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. A U.S. holder may be eligible to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to any PRC withholding tax imposed on gain from the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares. However, the foreign tax credit rules are complex, and their application in connection with Section 7874 of the Code in the presence of the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty are not entirely clear at this time. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to any benefits they may be entitled to under the foreign tax credit rules and the U.S.-PRC Tax Treaty.

Recent Legislation

        Recent legislation requires certain U.S. holders who are individuals, trusts or estates to pay a 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of shares of stock for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. U.S. holders should consult their own advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to a holder of our ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless such holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number on IRS Form W-9 (or other appropriate withholding form) or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Payments of dividends to holders must generally be reported annually to the IRS, along with the name and address of the holder and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to the holder. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in the holder's country of residence.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

F.
Dividends and Paying Agents

        Not applicable.

G.
Statement by Experts

        Not applicable.

104


Table of Contents

H.
Documents on Display

        The documents concerning our Company referred to in this document and required to be made available to the public are available at the offices of UTStarcom Holdings Corp. at Room 303, Building H, Phoenix Place, No. A5 Shuguangxili, Chaoyang District, Beijing, P.R. China 100028.

        In addition, we previously filed with the SEC our registration statement on Form F-4 (Registration No. 333-173828, as amended) and prospectus under the Securities Act of 1933, with respect to our ordinary shares.

        We are subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under the Exchange Act, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC. Specifically, we are required to file annually a Form 20-F no later than four months after the close of each fiscal year, which is December 31. Copies of reports and other information, when so filed, may be inspected without charge and may be obtained at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information regarding the Washington, D.C. Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of quarterly reports and proxy statements, and officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

I.
Subsidiary Information

        See Item 4.C "Information on the Company—Organizational Structure" for information about our subsidiaries.

ITEM 11—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes, changes in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in the stock market.

Interest Rate Risk

        Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio. The fair value of our investment portfolio would not be significantly affected by either a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short term nature of most of our investment portfolio. However, our interest income can be sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S. and China interest rates since the majority of our funds are invested in instruments with maturities of less than one year. In a declining interest rate environment, as short term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less favorable market rates. Given the short term nature of certain investments, anticipated declining interest rates will negatively impact our investment income.

        We maintain an investment portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities. We do not use derivative financial instruments. We place our cash investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy guidelines. Our policy is to limit the risk of principal loss and to ensure the safety of invested funds by generally attempting to limit market risk. Funds in excess of current operating requirements are mostly invested in money market funds which are rated AAA. Our cash and cash equivalents are not subject to significant interest rate risk due to the short maturities of these instruments. As of December 31, 2012, the carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents approximated fair value.

105


Table of Contents

        The table below represents carrying amounts and related weighted-average interest rates of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 179,584   $ 301,626  

Average interest rate

    1.44 %   1.10 %

Restricted cash—short term

  $ 13,806   $ 12,905  

Average interest rate

    0.20 %   0.21 %

Short-term investments

  $ 296   $ 2,372  

Average interest rate

    0.00 %   0.00 %

Restricted cash long-term

  $ 5,763   $ 5,718  

Average interest rate

    0.01 %   0.01 %

Total investment securities

  $ 199,449   $ 322,621  

Average interest rate

    1.31 %   1.03 %

Equity Investment Risk

        We have invested in several privately-held companies as well as investment funds which invest primarily in privately held companies, many of which can still be considered in the start-up or development stages. These investments are inherently risky, as the market for the technologies or products they have under development is typically in the early stages and may never materialize.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

        As a multinational company, we conduct our business in a wide variety of currencies and are therefore subject to market risk for changes in foreign exchange rates. We expect to continue to expand our business globally and, as such, expect that an increasing proportion of our business may be denominated in currencies other than U.S. Dollars. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currencies may have a material impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Historically, the majority of our foreign-currency denominated sales have been made in China, denominated in Renminbi, or RMB. Additionally, since 2006, we made significant sales in Japanese Yen, Euros, Indian Rupees and Canadian Dollars. Due to China's currency exchange control regulations, we are limited in our ability to convert and repatriate RMB, as well as in our ability to engage in foreign currency hedging activities in China. The balance of our cash and cash equivalents held by our China subsidiaries was $49.3 million at December 31, 2012. Since China un-pegged the RMB from the U.S. Dollar in July 2005 through December 31, 2012, the RMB has strengthened by approximately 23% versus the U.S. Dollar. Also, the balance of our cash and cash equivalents held by our Japan subsidiaries was $29.0 million at December 31, 2012. Historically, the exchange rate between Japanese Yen and US Dollar has been volatile. There are uncertainties related to the changes in exchange rates between RMB and US Dollar and between Japanese Yen and US Dollar in the future.

        We may manage foreign currency exposures using forward and option contracts to hedge and thus minimize exposure to the risk of the eventual net cash inflows and outflows resulting from foreign currency denominated transactions with customers, suppliers, and non-U.S. subsidiaries; however, we are not currently hedging any such transactions. As our foreign currency balances are not currently hedged, any significant revaluation of our foreign currency exposures may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition. We do not enter into foreign exchange forward or option contracts for trading purposes.

        Given our exposure to international markets, we regularly monitor all of our material foreign currency exposures. We use sensitivity analysis to measure our foreign currency risk by computing the

106


Table of Contents

potential decrease in cash flows that may result from adverse or beneficial changes in foreign exchange rates, relative to the functional currency with all other variables held constant. The analysis covers all of our underlying exposures for foreign currency denominated financial instruments. The foreign currency exchange rates used were based on market rates in effect at December 31, 2012. The sensitivity analysis indicated that a hypothetical 10% adverse or beneficial movement in exchange rates would have resulted in a loss or gain in the fair values of our foreign currency denominated financial instruments of $12.85 million at December 31, 2012.

ITEM 12—Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

A.
Debt Securities

        Not applicable.

B.
Warrants and Rights

        Not applicable.

C.
Other Securities

        Not applicable.

D.
American Depositary Shares

        Not applicable.

107


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13—Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

        Not applicable.

ITEM 14—Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

        See Item 10. "Additional Information" for a description of the rights of securities holders, which remain unchanged.

ITEM 15—Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2012, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective because of the material weakness described below under "Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting."

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act, for our Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of a company's assets, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that a company's receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of a company's management and directors, and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of a company's assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to consolidated financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 using the criteria set forth in the report "Internal Control—Integrated Framework" published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (known as COSO).

        A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

108


Table of Contents

The following material weakness in internal control over financial reporting has been identified as of December 31, 2012.

        We did not maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 as we lacked sufficient resources with an appropriate level of knowledge and experience of US GAAP to properly record non-routine complex accounting transactions under US GAAP due to staff turnover in the accounting and finance functions during the year.

        The material weakness described above could result in misstatement of the Company's consolidated financial statements that would result in a material misstatement to the quarterly or annual consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

        PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, as stated in its report, which appears on page F-2 of this annual report.

Management's Plan for Remediation of Material Weakness

        Our management has been engaged in, and continues to be engaged in making necessary changes and improvements to the overall design of its control environment to address the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting and the ineffectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures described above.

        To remediate the material weakness described above over financial reporting process, we have engaged external consultant to review the accounting for our non-routine and complex transactions since January 2013. We also plan to: (a) provide more comprehensive training on US GAAP to our accounting team and other relevant personnel; (b) enhance our accounting manual to provide the accounting team with more comprehensive guideline on the policies and controls over financial reporting under the requirement of U.S. GAAP and SEC rules; (c) look for additional accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge and experience in US GAAP. We will continue to assess its standardized processes to further enhance the effectiveness of financial reviews including the analysis and monitoring of financial information in a consistent and thorough manner.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Other than as discussed above under "Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting", there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16A—Audit Committee Financial Expert

        Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Sean Shao qualifies as an Audit Committee Financial Expert as defined by the applicable rules of the SEC and that Mr. Shao is "independent" as that term is defined in NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5605(c)(2)(A). Please refer to Item 6.A for a brief biographical listing of Mr. Shao's relevant experiences.

ITEM 16B—Code of Ethics

        We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or Code of Ethics, that applies to all employees including our principal executive officers. The Code of Ethics is designed to promote: (i) honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, (ii) full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we are required to file to the SEC and in other public communications, (iii) compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, (iv) the prompt internal

109


Table of Contents

reporting of violations of the Code of Ethics to an appropriate person or entity, and (v) accountability for adherence to the Code of Ethics.

        As a supplement to the Code of Ethics, we have also adopted a Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, or Code of Ethics for Financial Officers, which is designed to highlight the legal and ethical obligations of the Chief Executive Officer and financial officers. The Code of Ethics for Financial Officers imposes upon applicable officers certain additional internal reporting requirements for acts committed in violation of the Code of Ethics and/or the securities laws.

        Copies of the Code of Ethics and the Code of Ethics for Financial Officers are available on our website at http://investorrelations.utstar.com/governance.cfm . Any amendment or waiver of the Code of Ethics or Code of Ethics for Financial Officers pertaining to a member of our Board or one of our executive officers will be disclosed on our website at http://investorrelations.utstar.com/governance.cfm. Information contained in our website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 20-F and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this Form 20-F.

ITEM 16C—Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Disclosure of Fees Charged by Independent Accountants

        The aggregate fees billed for professional accounting services by PricewaterhouseCoopers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Audit fees(1)

  $ 1,648   $ 1,653  

Audit-related fees(2)

    175     233  

Tax fees(3)

    183     309  

All other fees(4)

        4  
           

Total

  $ 2,006   $ 2,199  
           

(1)
Audit fees are fees for professional services rendered for the integrated audit of our consolidated financial statements and of our internal control over financial reporting, for review of interim consolidated financial information included in quarterly reports or earnings releases, and for services that are normally provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

(2)
Audit-related fees represent aggregate fees paid or accrued for professional services rendered for accounting consultations and other procedures performed with respect to certain UTStarcom acquisition and divestiture efforts.

(3)
Tax fees are fees for tax services related to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice.

(4)
All other fees are fees for consulting service and an online accounting research tool.

        The Audit Committee has determined that the provision to us by PricewaterhouseCoopers of non-audit services as listed above is compatible with PricewaterhouseCoopers maintaining its independence.

110


Table of Contents

Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

        Our Audit Committee has adopted procedures which set forth the manner in which the committee will review and approve all audit and non-audit services to be provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company before that firm is retained for such services. The pre-approval procedures are as follows:

    Any audit or non-audit service to be provided to us by the independent accountant must be submitted to the Audit Committee for review and approval, with a description of the services to be performed and the fees to be charged.

    The Audit Committee in its sole discretion then approves or disapproves the proposed services and documents such approval, if given, through written resolutions or in the minutes of meetings, as the case may be.

ITEM 16D—Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

        Not Applicable.

ITEM 16E—Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

        On August 12, 2011, our board of directors approved a share repurchase program of up to $20 million of its outstanding shares over the next 12 months through August 15, 2012. This program was subsequently extended by our board of directors through February 15, 2013. As of December 31, 2012, we have repurchased approximately $15 million worth of our shares. All the repurchased shares have been classified as our treasury shares. We do not have any intention to terminate this program prior to its expiration.

Period
  Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased
  Average Price Paid
per Share (or Unit)
  Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
  Maximum
Approximate Dollar
Value that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans
 

September 2011

    375,938   $ 4.05     375,938   $ 18,477,450  

October 2011

    556,145   $ 3.81     556,145   $ 16,358,537  

November 2011

    213,393   $ 4.20     213,393   $ 15,462,285  

December 2011

    418,293   $ 4.23     418,293   $ 13,692,907  

January 2012

    13,234   $ 3.89     13,234   $ 13,640,909  

February 2012

    61,090   $ 3.88     61,090   $ 13,401,374  

March 2012

    20,319   $ 4.20     20,319     13,315,184  

April 2012

    92,025   $ 4.06     92,025     12,939,659  

May 2012

    188,372   $ 3.65     188,372     12,244,844  

June 2012

    473,308   $ 3.70     473,308     10,472,913  

July 2012

    334,271   $ 3.28     334,271     9,362,967  

August 2012

    441,465   $ 3.16     441,465     7,942,118  

September 2012

    339,627   $ 3.27     339,627     6,813,585  

October 2012

    409,197   $ 3.01     409,197     5,564,646  

November 2012

    238,195   $ 2.99     238,195     4,850,721  
                       

Total

    4,174,871           4,174,871        
                       

        On November 30, 2012, we announced the commencement of a tender offer to purchase up to 8,333,333 of our ordinary shares at a price of $3.60 per share (number of shares and price per share have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split), representing a 30.4% premium to the November 29, 2012 closing price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market of $2.76 per share. On

111


Table of Contents

January 10, 2013, we announced that 21,119,182 ordinary shares were properly tendered and we accepted for purchase 8,333,333 of our ordinary shares at a price of $3.60 per share, for an aggregate cost of $30,000,000 excluding fees and expenses relating to the tender offer. Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the depositary for the tender offer, has made all payment for shares validly tendered and accepted for purchase and returned all other shares tendered. The tender offer was completed in the first quarter of 2013.

ITEM 16F—Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

        Not applicable.

ITEM 16G—Corporate Governance

        We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and our corporate governance practices are governed by applicable Cayman Islands law as well as our memorandum and articles of association. In addition, because our ordinary shares are listed on NASDAQ, we are subject to NASDAQ's corporate governance requirements.

        NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5615(a)(3) permits a foreign private issuer like us to follow home country practices in lieu of certain requirements of Rule 5600, provided that such foreign private issuer discloses in its annual report filed with the SEC each requirement of Rule 5600 that it does not follow and describes the home country practice followed in lieu of such requirement.

        NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5635(c) and IM-5635-1 require us to obtain shareholder approval prior to adopting a stock option or purchase plan or other equity compensation arrangement. We elected to follow our home country practice in lieu of the requirements of such NASDAQ rules. The Cayman Islands Companies Law (2012 Revision) does not require us to obtain shareholder approval prior to the establishment of equity compensation arrangements, nor is doing so required under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

ITEM 16H—Mine Safety Disclosure

        Not applicable.

112


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 17—Financial Statements

        We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18.

ITEM 18—Financial Statements

        Our consolidated financial statements are included at the end of this Annual Report.

ITEM 19—Exhibits

Exhibit
Number
  Description   Form   Incorporated
by Reference
From Exhibit
Number
  Date Filed
 

2.1

  Property Transfer and Leaseback Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2009, by and between UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Zhongnan Construction Group Co., Ltd. (translation from Chinese).   8-K   2.1   12/24/2009
 

4.1

  Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Form F-4 (File No. 333-173828) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2011   F-4   10.1   4/29/2011
 

4.2

  Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Form F-4 (File No. 333-173828) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 23, 2011)   F-4   2.1   5/23/2011
 

4.3

  Form of Certificate for Ordinary Shares   20-F   4.3   4/27/2012
 

4.4

  Stockholder Rights Agreement, made as of February 1, 2010, by and between UTStarcom, Inc. and Beijing E-town International Investment and Development Co., Ltd.   8-K   4.1   2/4/2010
 

4.5

  Stockholder Rights Agreement, made as of February 1, 2010, by and among UTStarcom, Inc., Elite Noble Limited and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund L.P.   8-K   4.2   2/4/2010
 

4.6

* 1997 Stock Plan, as amended, and forms of related agreements.   10-K   10.4   6/1/06
 

4.7

†† Land Use Right Assignment Agreement between the Administration Committee of Hangzhou Hi-Tech Industry Development Zone of Zhejiang Province of the People's Republic of China and UTStarcom, Inc. dated May 18, 2000.   10-Q   10.2   8/14/00
 

4.8

* Amended 2001 Director Option Plan and forms of related agreements.   10-K   10.66   6/1/06
 

4.9

* 2003 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan.   S-8   4.4   9/15/03

113


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description   Form   Incorporated
by Reference
From Exhibit
Number
  Date Filed
 

4.10

* Amended and Restated Change of Control/Involuntary Termination Severance Agreement by and between Hong Liang Lu and UTStarcom, Inc., effective as of January 30, 2008.   8-K   10.1   2/5/08
 

4.11

Infrastructure Equipment License Agreement between Qualcomm Inc. and UTStarcom, Inc., dated January 30, 2004.   10-Q   10.97   5/10/04
 

4.12

Subscriber Unit License Agreement between Qualcomm Inc. and UTStarcom, Inc., dated January 30, 2004.   10-Q   10.98   5/10/04
 

4.13

  Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Audiovox Communications Corp., Quintex Mobile Communications Corporation, Audiovox Communications Canada Co., UTStarcom, Inc., UTStarcom Canada Company and Audiovox Corporation, dated as of June 11, 2004.   10-Q   10.101   8/16/04
 

4.14

* Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for use under the Company's 1997 Stock Plan.   8-K   10.1   9/12/05
 

4.15

* Form of Director and Officer Stock Option Agreement for use under the Company's 1997 Stock Plan.   8-K   10.1   12/6/05
 

4.16

* 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended February 18, 2009.   10-K   10.14   3/2/2009
 

4.17

* Form of Stock Option Award Agreement for use under 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.   10-Q   10.2   8/7/2009
 

4.18

* Form of Stock Option Agreement for Directors and Officers for use under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.   10-Q   10.3   8/7/2009
 

4.19

* Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for use under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.   10-K   10.17   3/2/2009
 

4.20

* Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for use under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.   10-K   10.18   3/2/2009
 

4.21

* Form of Stock Option Amendment Election Form executed by key executive officers and directors.   8-K   10.1   1/4/07
 

4.22

* Stock Option Amendment Election Form executed by Hong Liang Lu on December 29, 2006.   8-K   10.2   1/4/07
 

4.23

†† Strategic Alliance Agreement by and between Pantech &Curitel Communications and UTStarcom Personal Communications LLC dated September 25, 2006.   10-Q   10.11   10/10/07
 

4.24

* UTStarcom, Inc. Amended and Restated Vice President Change in Control and Involuntary Termination Severance Pay Plan.   10-Q   10.1   5/8/2009

114


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description   Form   Incorporated
by Reference
From Exhibit
Number
  Date Filed
 

4.25

* UTStarcom, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Involuntary Termination Severance Pay Plan.   10-Q   10.2   5/8/2009
 

4.26

* Form of Performance Share Agreement for use under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.   10-K   10.33   3/2/2009
 

4.27

* Form of Performance Unit Agreement for use under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.   10-K   10.34   3/2/2009
 

4.28

  Merger Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2008, by and among UTStarcom, Inc., UTStarcom Personal Communications, LLC, Personal Communications Devices, LLC and Personal Communications Devices Holdings,  LLC.   8-K   2.1   7/7/08
 

4.29

* Amendment to Stock Option Agreements dated January 11, 2008 between the Company and Hong Liang Lu.   8-K   10.1   1/17/08
 

4.30

* Amendment dated December 17, 2008 to Amended and Restated Change of Control/Involuntary Termination Severance Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2008, by and between Hong Liang Lu and UTStarcom,  Inc.   10-K   10.42   3/2/2009
 

4.31

* Amendment to Equity Awards dated December 17, 2008.   10-K   10.46   3/2/2009
 

4.32

* Letter dated December 17, 2008 regarding Financial Planning Program.   10-K   10.47   3/2/2009
 

4.33

  Settlement Agreement & Release, dated as of June 30, 2009, by and among UTStarcom, Inc., Personal Communications Devices, LLC and Personal Communications Devices Holdings, LLC.   8-K   10.1   7/2/2009
 

4.34

  Manufacturing Agreement signed as of January 23, 2010   8-K   10.1   1/28/2010
 

4.35

  Common Stock Purchase Agreement, made as of February 1, 2010, by and between UTStarcom, Inc. and Beijing E-town International Investment and Development Co., Ltd.   8-K   10.1   2/4/2010
 

4.36

  Common Stock Purchase Agreement, made as of February 1, 2010, by and among UTStarcom, Inc., Elite Noble Limited and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP   8-K   10.2   2/4/2010
 

4.37

  Agreement of Entry into the Zone, made as of February 1, 2010, by and between UTStarcom, Inc. and the Management Committee of Beijing Economic and Technology Development Zone (Translation from Chinese)   8-K   10.3   2/4/2010

115


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description   Form   Incorporated
by Reference
From Exhibit
Number
  Date Filed
 

4.38

  Lease Contract dated as of February 1, 2010, by and between UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Zhongnan Construction Group Co., Ltd. (translation from Chinese)   8-K/A   10.1   2/5/2010
 

4.39

  Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 1, 2010 by and between the Company and Beijing E-town International Investment and Development Co., Ltd. dated April 20, 2010   8-K   10.1   5/4/2010
 

4.40

  Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 1, 2010 by and among the Company, Elite Noble Limited and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP dated April 30, 2010   8-K   10.2   5/4/2010
 

4.41

  Supplementary Agreement on Payment Method between UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd and Hangzhou Zhong Nan Wen Chuang Information Technical Co., Ltd. (translation from Chinese)   10-Q   10.11   5/10/2010
 

4.42

  Second Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 1, 2010, as amended on April 30, 2010, by and between the Company and Beijing E-town International Investment and Development Co.,  Ltd. dated June 4, 2010   8-K   10.1   6/10/2010
 

4.43

  Second Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 1, 2010, as amended on April 30, 2010, by and among the Company, Elite Noble Limited and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP dated June 4, 2010   8-K   10.2   6/10/2010
 

4.44

  Third Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 1, 2010, as amended on April 30, 2010 and June 4, 2010, by and between the Company and Beijing E-town International Investment and Development Co., Ltd. dated July 7, 2010   8-K   10.1   7/13/2010
 

4.45

  Third Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 1, 2010, as amended on April 30, 2010 and June 4, 2010, by and among the Company, Elite Noble Limited and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP dated July 7, 2010   8-K   10.2   7/13/2010
 

4.46

  Fourth Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 1, 2010, as amended on April 30, 2010, June 4, 2010 and July 7, 2010, by and between the Company and Beijing E-town International Investment and Development Co., Ltd. dated September 7, 2010   8-K   10.1   9/13/2010

116


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description   Form   Incorporated
by Reference
From Exhibit
Number
  Date Filed
 

4.47

  Fourth Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 1, 2010, as amended on April 30, 2010, June 4, 2010 and July 7, 2010, by and among the Company, Elite Noble Limited and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP dated September 7, 2010   8-K   10.2   9/13/2010
 

4.48

  Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement dated October 16, 2010 by and among Stage Smart Limited, Smart Frontier Holdings Limited, and UTStarcom, Inc.   8-K   10.1   10/21/2010
 

4.49

  Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement dated October 16, 2010 by and among Stage Smart Limited, Stage Smart (Beijing) Technology Limited, Stage Smart (Hong Kong) Limited, CRIStar (Beijing) Culture and Media Co., Ltd., UTStarcom, Inc. and Smart Frontier Holdings Limited.   8-K   10.2   10/21/2010
 

4.50

  Property Lease Contract dated March 7, 2011 between UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. and Zhejiang Letong Communication Equipment Co., Ltd. (translation from Chinese)   10-Q   10.1   5/9/2011
 

1.1

  Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.   Filed herewith    
 

8.1

  Subsidiaries of UTStarcom Holdings Corp.   Filed herewith    
 

4.51

  Master Reorganization Agreement Share and Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 31, 2012 by and among UTStarcom Hong Kong Limited, the Company, Eagle Field Holdings Limited and Mr. Ying (Jack) Lu.   Filed herewith    
 

4.52

  Share Transfer Agreement dated August 31, 2012 by and among the Company, Eagle Field Holdings Limited and UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Limited.   Filed herewith    
 

4.53

  English translation of the License Agreement dated August 31, 2012 by and among the Company, UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd., UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited. and UTStarcom China Co.,  Ltd.   Filed herewith    
 

4.54

  Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated August 31, 2012 by and among the Company, UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd., UTStarcom India Telecom PVT. Ltd., UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited., UTStarcom China Co., Ltd. and Eagle Field Holdings Limited.   Filed herewith    

117


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description   Form   Incorporated
by Reference
From Exhibit
Number
  Date Filed
 

4.55

  Patent, Software Copyright, Trademark and Domain Name Assignment dated August 31, 2012 by and among UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd., UTStarcom China Co., Ltd. and UTStarcom, Inc.   Filed herewith    
 

4.56

  Convertible Bond dated August 31, 2012 issued by UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited to UTStarcom Hong Kong Limited.   Filed herewith    
 

12.1

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   Filed herewith    
 

12.2

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   Filed herewith    
 

13.1

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   Filed herewith    
 

13.2

  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   Filed herewith    
 

15.1

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.   Filed herewith    
 

101.INS

** XBRL Instance Document            
 

101.SCH

** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document            
 

101.CAL

** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document            
 

101.DEF

** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document            
 

101.LAB

** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document            
 

101.PRE

** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document            

*
Management contract, plan or arrangement.

Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to an order granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment.

††
Portions of the exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

**
In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the information in these exhibits is furnished and deemed not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections and shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

118


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

  UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

Date: April 26, 2013

 

By:

 

/s/ William Wong


      Name:   William Wong

      Title:   Chief Executive Officer

119


Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

 
  Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2012

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

    F-6  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-7  

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

    F-71  

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

    F-74  

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
UTStarcom Holdings Corp.:

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of UTStarcom Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also, in our opinion, the Company did not maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") because a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to the lack of sufficient resources with an appropriate level of knowledge and experience of US GAAP to properly record non-routine complex transactions under US GAAP existed as of that date. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness referred to above is described in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15. We considered this material weakness in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2012 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements. The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedules, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in management's report referred to above. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedules, and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company

Shanghai, the People's Republic of China
April 26, 2013

F-2


Table of Contents


UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 179,584   $ 301,626  

Short-term investments

    296     2,372  

Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $10,796 and $30,145, respectively

    15,000     20,168  

Inventories

    26,028     34,262  

Deferred costs

    125,472     103,222  

Prepaids and other current assets

    27,154     29,242  

Short-term restricted cash

    13,806     12,905  
           

Total current assets

    387,340     503,797  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    8,866     12,199  

Goodwill

        13,820  

Intangible assets, net

        3,625  

Long-term investments

    62,443     19,226  

Long-term deferred costs

    20,556     39,741  

Long-term deferred tax assets

    283     1,823  

Other long-term assets

    8,603     6,709  
           

Total assets

    488,091     600,940  
           

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

    24,991     23,530  

Income taxes payable

    8,735     786  

Customer advances

    89,362     82,589  

Deferred revenue

    41,461     64,989  

Deferred tax liabilities

    219     1,575  

Other current liabilities

    26,200     50,318  
           

Total current liabilities

    190,968     223,787  

Long-term deferred revenue

    59,530     83,227  

Other long-term liabilities

    20,937     22,887  
           

Total liabilities

    271,435     329,901  
           

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

             

UTStarcom Holdings Corp. shareholders' equity:

             

Ordinary share: $0.00375 par value; 250,000 authorized shares; 53,322 and 52,169 shares issued at December 31, 2012 and December 31,  2011, respectively; 47,656 and 50,605 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively (Note 1)(1)

    182     182  

Additional paid-in capital

    1,309,761     1,306,780  

Treasury stock, at cost: 5,666 and 1,564 shares at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively(1)

    (20,421 )   (6,301 )

Accumulated deficit

    (1,153,301 )   (1,118,916 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    79,621     82,893  
           

Total UTStarcom Holdings Corp. shareholders' equity

    215,842     264,638  
           

Noncontrolling interests

    814     6,401  
           

Total equity

    216,656     271,039  
           

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 488,091   $ 600,940  
           

(1)
Authorized share capital of the company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each effective from March 21,2013. The authorized shares, issued shares, outstanding shares, and treasury stock shares for 2012 and 2011 have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Net sales

                   

Products

  $ 160,688   $ 285,493   $ 251,134  

Services

    26,040     35,083     40,401  
               

    186,728     320,576     291,535  

Cost of net sales

                   

Products

    95,854     178,463     193,567  

Services

    22,716     27,779     27,730  
               

Gross profit

    68,158     114,334     70,238  
               

Operating expenses:

                   

Selling, general and administrative

    52,457     63,857     95,240  

Research and development

    28,131     30,123     38,044  

Amortization of intangible assets

    516     1,239     206  

Impairment of long lived assets and long-term investments

    3,043     476      

Restructuring

    358     2,386     16,018  

Net loss (gain) on divestitures

    16,239     (4,546 )   (5,548 )
               

Total operating expenses

    100,744     93,535     143,960  
               

Operating income (loss)

    (32,586 )   20,799     (73,722 )
               

Interest income

    2,612     2,313     2,018  

Interest expense

    (240 )   (252 )   (279 )

Other income (expense), net

    (2,973 )   (8,165 )   9,808  
               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (33,187 )   14,695     (62,175 )
               

Income tax expense

    (2,392 )   (2,918 )   (3,115 )
               

Net income (loss)

    (35,579 )   11,777     (65,290 )
               

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    1,194     1,610     161  
               

Net income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. 

  $ (34,385 ) $ 13,387   $ (65,129 )
               

Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.—Basic(1)

  $ (0.71 ) $ 0.26   $ (1.43 )

Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.—Diluted(1)

  $ (0.71 ) $ 0.26   $ (1.43 )
               

Weighted average shares outstanding—Basic(1)

    48,513     51,491     45,686  
               

Weighted average shares outstanding—Diluted(1)

    48,513     51,641     45,686  
               

Other comprehensive (loss) Income, net of tax

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    (3,272 )   13,470     (1,425 )
               

Other comprehensive (loss) Income, net of tax

    (3,272 )   13,470     (1,425 )
               

Comprehensive income (loss)

    (38,851 )   25,247     (66,715 )
               

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    1,194     1,610     161  
               

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holding Corp. 

  $ (37,657 ) $ 26,857   $ (66,554 )
               

(1)
Authorized share capital of the company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each effective from March 21, 2013. The Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holding Corp basic and diluted for 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been recomputed retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
   
   
 
 
  Shares
outstanding(1)
  Amount   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Treasury
Stock
  (Accumulated
Deficit)
  Non-
controlling
interest
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 
 
  (in thousands, except number of shares)
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    43,364,996   $ 153   $ 1,251,532       $ (1,067,174 ) $ 70,848   $ 792   $ 256,151  
                                   

Common stock issued

    7,515,491     29     44,559                     44,588  

Common stock issued upon option exercises

    685         6                     6  

Restricted stock issued and restricted stock units released

    1,022,777                             0  

Stock-based compensation

            7,602                     7,602  

Acquisition of ownership of controlling interests

                            7,380     7,380  

Repurchases of vested restricted stock/units and cancellation

    (128,210 )       (72 )                   (72 )

Net loss

                    (65,129 )       (161 )   (65,290 )

Foreign currency translation

                        (1,425 )       (1,425 )
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2010

    51,775,739     182     1,303,627         (1,132,303 )   69,423     8,011     248,940  
                                   

Common stock issued upon option exercises

    19,777         124                     124  

Repurchase of ordinary shares

    (1,563,769 )           (6,301 )               (6,301 )

Restricted stock issued and restricted stock units released

    378,964                              

Restricted stock cancellation

    (5,329 )                            

Stock-based compensation

            3,029                     3,029  

Net Income

                    13,387         (1,610 )   11,777  

Foreign currency translation

                        13,470         13,470  
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2011

    50,605,382     182     1,306,780     (6,301 )   (1,118,916 )   82,893     6,401     271,039  
                                   

Repurchase of ordinary shares

    (2,611,102 )           (8,842 )               (8,842 )

Repurchase of ordinary share from iTV shareholder

    (1,491,091 )           (5,278 )               (5,278 )

Restricted stock issued and restricted stock units released

    1,271,014                              

Stock-based compensation

            2,981                     2,981  

Restricted stock cancellation

    (118,111 )                            

Net loss

                    (34,385 )       (1,194 )   (35,579 )

Derecognition of non-controlling interests on deconsolidation of a subsidiary

                            (4,393 )   (4,393 )

Foreign currency translation

                        (3,272 )       (3,272 )
                                   

Balance at December 31, 2012

    47,656,092   $ 182   $ 1,309,761   $ (20,421 ) $ (1,153,301 ) $ 79,621   $ 814   $ 216,656  
                                   

    (1)
    Authorized share capital of the company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each effective from March 21, 2013. The outstanding common shares and treasury stock shares for 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ (35,579 ) $ 11,777   $ (65,290 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    3,951     3,082     5,427  

Amortization of deferred gain on sale-leaseback

        (625 )   (755 )

Net loss (gain) on divestitures

    16,239     (4,546 )   (5,548 )

Net loss (gain) on disposal of assets

    879     (492 )   123  

Gain on settlement of an investment interest

            (481 )

Impairment of long lived assets and long-term investments

    3,043     476      

Stock-based compensation expense

    2,982     3,029     7,602  

Provision for (recovery of) doubtful accounts

    (1,154 )   2,212     5,513  

Deferred income taxes

    (2,211 )   345     2,008  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of iTV deconsolidation and IPTV divestiture

                   

Accounts receivable

    664     8,080     3,793  

Inventories and deferred costs

    (4,231 )   94,916     103,574  

Other assets

    17,455     11,261     2,366  

Accounts payable

    9,506     (4,857 )   (28,036 )

Income taxes payable

    6,393     3,102     (2,933 )

Customer advances

    9,749     1,488     (40,910 )

Deferred revenue

    (37,760 )   (132,575 )   (27,792 )

Other liabilities

    (15,544 )   (38,390 )   (50,843 )
               

Net cash used in operating activities

    (25,618 )   (41,717 )   (92,182 )
               

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                   

Additions to property, plant and equipment

    (5,445 )   (9,347 )   (3,449 )

Purchase of intangible assets

    (54 )        

Proceeds from sale of building, net of tax payments

            123,955  

Deposit received on sale of building

             

Net proceeds from divestitures

    220     215     3,381  

Proceeds from settlement of an investment interest, net

            481  

Change in restricted cash

    (1,129 )   5,478     13,260  

Purchase of investment interests

    (15,602 )   (1,181 )   (2,702 )

Contribution of equity investment through a shareholder loan

        (7,119 )    

Purchase of short-term investments

    (2,267 )   (8,365 )   (12,583 )

Proceeds from sale of short-term investments

    4,300     9,039     10,815  

Cash decrease due to deconsolidation of a subsidiary

    (6,841 )        

Payment on divestiture of IPTV business and investment in IPTV convertible bond

    (56,010 )        

Other

    80     519     335  
               

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (82,748 )   (10,761 )   133,493  
               

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                   

Issuance of ordinary shares, net of issuance cost

            34,594  

Issuance of ordinary shares upon ESPP purchases and option exercises

        124      

Repurchase of ordinary shares

    (8,842 )   (6,301 )   (67 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (8,842 )   (6,177 )   34,527  
               

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (4,834 )   8,774     9,826  
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (122,042 )   (49,881 )   85,664  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    301,626     351,507     265,843  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 179,584   $ 301,626   $ 351,507  
               

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                   

Cash paid:

                   

Interest

  $ 240   $ 252   $ 279  

Income taxes

  $ 3,000   $ 530   $ 6,395  

Non-cash operating activities Accounts receivable transferred to notes receivable

  $   $   $ 580  

Non-cash investing activities

                   

Issuance of ordinary shares for acquisition of iTV

  $   $   $ 9,841  

Repurchase of ordinary shares from iTV shareholder

  $ (5,278 ) $   $  

Net assets acquired, other than cash, from acquisition of iTV

  $   $   $ 17,380  

Accrual related to purchase of property, plant and equipment

  $ 1,911   $ (2,475 ) $  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND LIQUIDITY

        UTStarcom Holdings Corp., or the Company, a Cayman Islands corporation incorporated in 2011 with headquarters currently in Beijing, China, designs and sells IP-based network solutions in iDTV, Internet TV and Broadband for cable and telecom operators. The Company sells its solutions to operators in both telecommunications around the world and the cable market in China. The Company enables its customers to rapidly deploy revenue-generating access services using their existing infrastructure, while providing a migration path to cost-efficient, end-to-end IP networks. On August 31, 2012, the Company completed the divestiture of its IPTV business, which would impact the operational result for the remaining periods of 2012.

        On June 24, 2011, the stockholders of UTStarcom Inc. approved the proposed merger, or the Merger, to reorganize UTStarcom, Inc. as a Cayman Islands company. Pursuant to the approval of the shareholders, UTSI Mergeco Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of UTStarcom Holdings Corp., merged with and into the existing public company, UTStarcom, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. As a result of the reorganization, UTStarcom Holdings Corp. became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

        Also pursuant to the Merger, the Company issued an equal number of ordinary shares in exchange for the common stock of UTStarcom Inc. The Company's business is conducted in substantially the same manner as was conducted by UTStarcom, Inc. The transaction was accounted for as a legal re-organization of entities under common control. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared with the assumption that the current corporate structure has been in existence throughout all relevant periods. The consolidated financial statements of the Company prior to the Merger reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflect the financial position, results of operation and cash flows of the Company.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. The noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated financial statements.

        The accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and consolidated statements of operations for each of the three years ended December 31, 2012 have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC and in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. ("US GAAP").

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented on the basis that the Company is a going concern. The going concern assumption contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

        The Company has incurred a net loss of $34.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, and net income and a net loss of $13.4 million and $65.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $1,153.3 million. The Company incurred net cash outflows from operations of $25.6 million, $41.7 million and $92.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 respectively.

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $179.6 million, of which $49.3 million was held by subsidiaries in China. China imposes currency exchange controls on certain transfers of funds to and from China. The amount of cash available for transfer from the China

F-7


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND LIQUIDITY (Continued)

subsidiaries for use by the Company's non-China subsidiaries is limited both by the liquidity needs of the subsidiaries in China and the restriction on currency exchange by Chinese-government mandated limitations including currency exchange controls on certain transfers of funds outside of China. Our China subsidiaries have no accumulated profit as of December 31, 2012 determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards that can be paid as dividends. In the years 2010, 2011 and 2012, our China subsidiaries did not pay dividends to our parent company.

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company had no available factoring line. In the third quarter of 2011, the Company had entered into one account-receivable factoring line of $4.6 million which could be used for recourse factoring on accounts receivable from one specified customer. The factoring line expired twelve months from the issuance date in August 2012.

        Global economies have experienced a significant downturn driven by a financial and credit crisis that will continue to challenge such economies for some period of time. Under the current macroeconomic environment, there are significant risks and uncertainties inherent in management's ability to forecast future results. The operating environment confronting the Company, both internally and externally, raises significant uncertainties.

        In the past years, the Company took a number of actions to improve its liquidity. Starting in June 2009, management expanded the initiatives to include a worldwide reduction in workforce, outsourcing of manufacturing operations and optimizing R&D spending with a focus on selected products. The Company's year-over-year selling, general and administrative and R&D operating expenses decreased significantly from 2010 to 2011 and 2012 and management believes the continuing efforts to stream-line operations will enable the Company's fixed cost base to be better aligned with operations, market demand and projected sales levels. If projected sales do not materialize, the Company will need to take further actions to reduce costs and expenses or explore other cost reduction options.

        In December 2009, the Company entered into a Sale Leaseback Agreement for the sale of its manufacturing, R&D, and administrative offices facility in Hangzhou, China to a third party for approximately $138.8 million and leaseback of a portion of the facility. As of May 31, 2010, the Company had received all of the sales proceeds and met all criteria for consummation of the sale of the Hangzhou facility. See Note 7 for additional information on the sale-leaseback transaction. On May 31, 2010, the Company and the buyer agreed that all conditions precedent to the closing had been met and the leaseback commenced on June 1, 2010. However, the Company decided to terminate the lease of the Hangzhou facility in June 2011 and notified the landlord on December 8, 2010, six months in advance, according to the termination clause in the Sale Leaseback Agreement. The termination agreement was signed between the landlord and the Company in June 2011 and both parties agreed to terminate the lease on June 30, 2011. The Company paid early termination penalties of approximately $9.8 million in total to the landlord in 2010 and 2011.

        On July 27, 2012, the Company announced strategic initiatives to divest its IPTV equipment business, which became a privately-held standalone company. On August 31, 2012, the Company successfully closed the divestiture of its IPTV business and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million related to the net liabilities transferred and also purchased a convertible bond in the principal amount of $20.0 million issued by the privately-held standalone company. See "Note 3—Divestiture".

        Management believes that the continuing efforts to stream-line its operations will enable its fixed cost base to be better aligned with operations, market demand and projected sales level. Management believes both the Company's China and non-China operations will have sufficient liquidity to finance

F-8


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND LIQUIDITY (Continued)

working capital and capital expenditure needs in excess of 12 months. Furthermore, the Company has concentrated its business in Asia, particularly Taiwan and Japan. Any unforeseen prolonged economic and /or political risks in these markets could impact the Company's customers in making their respective investment decisions and could have a material impact on the foregoing assessment. There can be no assurance that additional financing, if required, will be available on terms satisfactory to the Company or at all, and if funds are raised in the future through issuance of preferred stock or debt, these securities could have rights, privileges or preference senior to those of the Company's ordinary share and newly issued debt could contain debt covenants that impose restrictions on the Company's operations. Further, any sale of newly issued debt or equity securities could result in additional dilution to the Company's current shareholders.

        On March 21, 2013, shareholders of the Company approved the consolidation for the authorized share capital of the company from the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.00375 par value each. As a result, the one-for-three reverse split of the company's ordinary shares became effective on March 21, 2013 with trading of the post-reverse split-adjusted basis on the NASDAQ Global Select Market as of the opening of trading on Friday, March 22, 2013. All shares/per share related data in the presentation of these financial statements have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

        The Company has reclassified the presentation of certain account items on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and comprehensive income of prior periods to conform to the current presentation, and it will reclassify all comparable periods hereafter.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates:

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant judgment and estimates are used for revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns, tax valuation allowances, inventory write-down, deferred costs, accrued product warranty costs, provisions for contract losses, recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets, other long-lived asset impairments, stock-based compensation expense, loss contingencies and restructuring expenses among others. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less. Approximately 48%, $85.3 million of cash and cash equivalents were held by the Company's subsidiaries in the U.S. as of December 31, 2012. The remainder was held by the other UTStarcom entities throughout the world. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 27%, $49.3 million of the Company's cash and cash equivalents were held by its subsidiaries in China and China imposes currency exchange controls on transfers of funds outside of China. Cash and cash equivalents are invested in institutional money market funds, short-term bank deposits and similar short duration instruments with fixed maturities from overnight to three months.

F-9


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Restricted Cash:

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company had short-term restricted cash of $13.8 million, and had long-term restricted cash of $5.8 million included in other long-term assets. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had short-term restricted cash of $12.9 million, and had long-term restricted cash of $5.7 million included in other long-term assets. These amounts primarily collateralize the Company's issuances of bond, standby and commercial letters of credit.

Investments:

        The Company's investments consist principally of bank notes, debt securities classified as available for sale and cost and equity method investments in privately held companies. The investments in equity securities of privately held companies in which the Company holds less than 20% voting interest and on which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under ASC 325, "Investments—Other" using the cost method. Under the cost method, these investments are carried at the lower of cost or fair market value. The investments in equity securities of privately held companies in which the Company holds at least 20% but less than 50% voting interest and on which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under ASC 323, "Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures" using the equity method. Investments in debt securities that are classified as available for sale are measured at fair value in the statement of financial position under ASC 320, "Investments—Debt and Equity Securities". Unrealized holding gains and losses for available-for-sale securities (including those classified as current assets) will be excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income until realized except as indicated in the following paragraph.

        The Company recognizes an impairment charge when a decline in the fair value of its investments below the cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. In making this determination, the Company reviews several factors to determine whether the losses are other-than-temporary, including but not limited to: (i) the length of time the investment was in an unrealized loss position, (ii) the extent to which fair value was less than cost, (iii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (iv) the Company's intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

Revenue Recognition:

        The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including payment history and the credit-worthiness of the customer. The Company does not request collateral from its customers. In international sales, the Company may require letters of credit from its customers that can be drawn on demand if the customer defaults on its payment. If the Company determines that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, the Company defers revenue recognition until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash. If the payment due from the customer is not fixed or determinable due to extended payment terms, revenue is recognized as payments become due and payable by the customer, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition are met. Any payments received prior to revenue recognition are recorded as customer advances. Normal payment terms differ for various reasons amongst different customer regions, depending upon common business practices for customers within a region. Billing to customers for shipping and handling are recorded as revenues and the associated costs are recorded as costs of revenues. Any expected losses on contracts are recognized

F-10


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

when identified on an individual basis in accordance with the prevailing accounting guidance for the respective contract.

        In September 2009, the FASB amended the accounting standards for multiple element arrangements to:

    (i)
    provide updated guidance on how the deliverables in a multiple element arrangements should be separated, and how the consideration should be allocated;

    (ii)
    allow the use of management's best estimate of selling prices, or BESP, for individual elements of an arrangement when vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price or third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price is not available; and

    (iii)
    eliminate the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method.

        In September 2009, the FASB also amended the accounting standards to remove non-software components and software components of tangible products that function together to deliver the product's essential functionality from the scope of pre-existing software revenue recognition guidance.

        The Company adopted these standards beginning in January 2011 on a prospective basis for applicable transactions originating or materially modified after December 31, 2010.

        The amended standards did not generally change the units of accounting for the Company's revenue transactions. Most of the Company's non-software products and services qualify as separate units of accounting because they have value to the customer on a standalone basis and the Company's revenue arrangements generally do not include a general right of return relative to delivered products after receipt of the final acceptance certificate.

        A majority of these non-software products are hardware systems such as telecommunications equipment and terminal equipment containing software components that function together to provide the essential functionality of the product and are considered non-software deliverables. Therefore, revenue transactions related to the sale of these telecommunications equipment, which until December 31, 2010, have been accounted for under pre-existing software revenue recognition guidance are now accounted for under the amended guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables.

        When a sales arrangement contains multiple deliverable elements, or multiple element arrangements, and software and non-software components function together to deliver the tangible products' essential functionality, the Company allocates revenue to each element based on the relative selling price of each element. Under this approach, the selling price of a deliverable is determined by using a selling price hierarchy that requires the use of VSOE of fair value, if available, TPE of selling price if VSOE is not available or management's BESP if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

        The Company establishes VSOE of selling price using the price charged for a deliverable when sold separately. When the Company is unable to establish selling price using VSOE, the Company uses management's BESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The Company typically is not able to determine TPE for its products or services. TPE of selling price is determined by evaluating similar competitor deliverables when sold separately to similarly situated customers. Generally, the Company's products differ from that of its peers, in that its product offerings are directed towards the integration of telecom, broadband and cable television networks and as such, usually entail a significant level of differentiation or customization for its customers such that the comparable pricing of products with

F-11


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

similar functionality cannot be obtained. Furthermore, the Company is unable to reliably determine what similar competitor products' selling prices are on a stand-alone basis.

        The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. Management applies judgment in establishing pricing strategies and determines its BESP for a product or service using historical selling price trends and by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, cost of products, gross margin objectives, geographies, customer classes, customer segment pricing practices and distribution channels. The determination of BESP is performed through consultation with the Company's product management and marketing department and includes review and approval by Management. Management regularly reviews VSOE and BESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

        The Company may modify or develop new pricing practices and strategies in the future. As these pricing strategies evolve, the Company may modify its pricing practices in the future, which may result in changes in selling prices, including both VSOE and BESP. As a result, future revenue recognition may result in a different allocation of revenue to the deliverables in multiple element arrangements from the results of the current period, which may change the pattern and timing of revenue recognition for these elements but will not change the total revenue recognized for the arrangement.

        Multiple element arrangements primarily involve the sale of hardware systems, installation and training. In addition, while not separately sold, the arrangement may include extended warranties that cover product repairs, maintenance services, and software updates for the software components that are essential to the functionality of the hardware systems or equipment. Revenue consideration allocated to each element under the relative selling price method is recognized as each element is earned, namely upon installation and acceptance of equipment or delivery of terminals, the delivered element(s) has stand-alone value, there is no right of return on delivered element(s), and the Company is in control of the undelivered element(s). For arrangements that include service elements, including technical support and installation and also training, revenue is deferred until such services are deemed complete. Revenue from extended warranties is recognized ratably over the contract period of the extended warranty services.

        Final acceptance is required for revenue recognition when installation services are not considered perfunctory. Final acceptance indicates that the customer has fully accepted delivery and installation, if any, of equipment and the Company is entitled to full payment. The Company does not recognize revenue before final acceptance is granted by the customer if acceptance is considered substantive to the transaction. The sales contracts the Company enters into typically include customer acceptance provisions and require the customer to issue a final acceptance certificate to evidence the customer's acceptance of the products and services. In those circumstances, the Company is unable to enforce payment terms until after the receipt of the final acceptance certificate because the payment conditions are dependent on the issuance of the final acceptance certificate. The Company's products are generally deployed within the core network of its telecommunications and cable operations customers. The acceptance terms for the products and services include initial test, on-site testing and trial period. Based on the Company's past experience, the customer's acceptance process for larger and complex projects may take longer than twelve months. As a result, the customer run prolonged and rigorous tests to ensure the Company's products work seamlessly with the customer's existing network. Each customer runs its unique tests, as the equipment performance can vary based on how the equipment works in combination with the customer's other equipment, software and other conditions. Given that there is uncertainty about customer acceptance until the customer completes its internal testing and procedures, the Company waits until the issuance of the final acceptance certificate to support its

F-12


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

assertion that the delivery of products and services has occurred. For significant customer contracts involving larger and complex projects where there is on-site testing at multiple locations and the taking over of product warranty and product title occurs after the acceptance of the products and services, acceptance is substantive to the transaction.

        If the transactions entered into or materially modified on or after December 31, 2010 were subject to the previous accounting guidance, the change in total revenue, income from continuing operations, net income and related per share amounts, and deferred revenue for the period ended December 31, 2012 would not be material.

        Certain arrangements with multiple deliverables may continue to have stand-alone software deliverables that are subject to the existing software revenue recognition guidance along with non-software deliverables that are subject to the amended revenue accounting guidance. The revenue for these multiple element arrangements is allocated to the stand-alone software deliverables as a group and the non-software deliverables based on the relative selling prices of all of the deliverables in the arrangement using the fair value hierarchy in the amended revenue accounting guidance. For stand-alone software sales after December 31, 2010 and for all transactions entered into prior to the first quarter of 2011, the Company recognizes revenue based on the software revenue recognition guidance. Under the software revenue recognition guidance, the Company uses the residual method to recognize revenue when an arrangement includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and VSOE of the fair value of all the undelivered elements exists. VSOE of fair value of each element is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the contract price is recognized as revenue when all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue for delivered and undelivered elements is deferred until delivery of all elements occurs or when VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements can be established. In some cases the Company has agreed to give software upgrade rights on a "when and if made available" basis for no additional consideration and for an unspecified period which could extend over the term of the contract. This additional contract obligation is an element of "post-contract support", or PCS. The Company has not established VSOE for such contract element. Accordingly, the revenues from such contracts are recognized ratably over the expected period of PCS, which is generally the term of the contract. In some cases where there is no stated contractual term, revenue is recognized ratably over the estimated period of PCS. The Company reviews assumptions regarding the estimated PCS periods on a regular basis. If the Company determines that it is necessary to revise the Company's estimates of the PCS periods, the amount of revenue recognized over the life of the contract would not be affected. However, to the extent the new assumptions regarding the PCS periods were different from the original assumptions, the contract revenues would be recognized over the remaining expected PCS period.

        In connection with the restructuring of the telecommunication industry in China and the launch of 3G services in China, MIIT announced that PAS services in China would be phased out by January 1, 2012. In the second and third quarter of 2009, the Company streamlined its sales, service and R&D operations for PAS handsets and infrastructure equipment. The Company did not perform any new R&D of PAS products and it maintained a small support team to assist its customers with warranty matters. In the later part of the third quarter of 2009 and the early part of the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company contacted its PAS infrastructure customers and held discussions with them on the future of PAS products. In October 2009, the Company notified its PAS infrastructure customers in China that it would no longer provide upgrades or support of PAS products beyond December 31, 2011.

F-13


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Consequently, the Company determined the remaining expected period of support as 2 years from the fourth quarter of 2009 and hence deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure was recognized ratably beginning in the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2011. In 2011, deferred revenue of $95.3 million was released to revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales, realizing profit of approximated $33.1 million on a full year basis. As of December 31, 2011, the Company completed the amortization of deferred revenue associated with PAS infrastructure sales. The Company still had a remaining balance of deferred revenue associated with unfulfilled contractual obligations for its historical PAS infrastructure contracts as of December 31, 2011. Such amounts were deferred at its VSOE of fair value according to the terms of the contracts. Upon the phasing out of the PAS services as required by the MIIT announcement, the Company has been taking appropriate actions, such as communicating with its customers regarding the termination of such services, to legally release those obligations. Accordingly, approximately $8.1 million of the deferred revenue had been released in 2012 upon the completion of the appropriate legal actions. The remaining balance of $5.1 million was included as the part of the liabilities transferred to the buyer on the IPTV divestiture. However, due to the delay of assignment of customer contract, only $2.0 million of the deferred revenue had been transferred to the buyer of the IPTV business and the Company retained the remaining deferred revenue balance of $3.1 million which associated with PAS as of December 31, 2012.

        Revenue from fixed price contracts that include a requirement for significant software modification or customization is recognized using the completed contract method of accounting whereby no revenue is recognized prior to the completion of the project, because for contracts involving unique requirements the Company is unable to make reasonably dependable estimates of progress towards meeting contractual requirements. In the event estimated total project costs exceed estimated total project revenues, the entire estimated loss is charged to operations in the period in which the loss becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. The complexity of the estimation process and judgments about internal and external factors including labor utilization, changes to specifications and testing requirements, time required for performance and resulting incurrence of contract penalties, and the performance of subcontractors affect the estimation process.

        The Company recognizes revenue for system integration, installation and training upon completion of performance and if all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Other service revenue, principally related to maintenance and support contracts, is recognized ratably over the maintenance term.

        The Company also sells products through resellers. Revenue is generally recognized when the standard price protection period, which ranges from 30 to 90 days, has lapsed. If collectability cannot be reasonably assured in a reseller arrangement, revenue is recognized upon sell-through to the end customer and receipt of cash. There may be additional obligations in reseller arrangements such as inventory rotation, or stock exchange rights on the product. In most cases, the Company has developed reasonable estimates for stock exchanges based on historical experience with similar types of sales of similar products.

        The Company has sales agreements with certain wireless customers that provide for a rebate of the selling price to such customers if the particular product is subsequently sold at a lower price to such customers or to a different customer. The rebate period extends for a relatively short period of time. Historically, the amounts of such rebates paid to customers have not been material. The Company estimates the amount of the rebate based upon the terms of each individual arrangement, historical experience and future expectations of price reductions and then records its estimate of the rebate amount at the time of the sale. The Company also enters into sales incentive programs, such as co-marketing arrangements, with certain wireless and handset customers. The Company records the incurred incentive

F-14


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

as a reduction of revenue when the sales revenue is recognized. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company substantially completed the wind-down of its handset business therefore such arrangements were not significant in 2010, 2011 and 2012.

        The assessment of collectability is also a factor in determining whether revenue should be recognized. The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including payment history and the credit-worthiness of the customer. The Company does not request collateral from its customers. In international sales, the Company may require letters of credit from its customers that can be drawn on demand if the customer defaults on its payment. If the Company determines that collection of a payment is not reasonably assured, the Company defers revenue recognition until collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon receipt of cash.

        Occasionally, the Company enters into revenue sharing arrangements. Under these arrangements, the Company collects payment only after its customer, the telecommunications service provider, collects service revenues. When the Company enters into a revenue sharing arrangement, the Company does not recognize revenue until collection is reasonably assured.

        On August 31, 2012, the Company completed the divestiture of its IPTV business. UTStarcom divested the IPTV business, transferring all assets, liabilities and managerial duties to the buyer. However, due to the delay of customer contract assignments, the Company is still the primary obligor for most of the contracts as they were not legally assigned to the buyer. Therefore, the Company was not able to derecognize the customer advances and deferred revenue related to those un-assigned contracts. Since all of the economic risks and benefits of the un-assigned contracts had been transferred to the buyer of the IPTV business, the Company had recorded a portion of the payment ($22.7 million) made to the buyer at the time of the divestiture as deferred service costs to offset the remaining liabilities (deferred revenue and customer advances) related to those un-assigned contracts. Although the deferred costs and related deferred revenue and customer advances have not been transferred to the buyer at the time of sale, those costs, and this $22.7 million, have been included in the calculation of the loss on divestiture discussed above. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had liabilities and deferred costs of $47.3 million related to those un-assigned contracts. The Company will continue to recognize revenue for those unassigned contracts when they meet the revenue recognition criteria as mentioned above. At the same time, the Company will recognize an equal amount of the deferred costs associated with those contracts. Therefore, there will be no gross margin impact from the future revenue recognition of these unassigned contracts. During the post divestiture period in 2012, the Company recorded $2.2 million in revenues and related costs in the statements of operations relating to these unassigned contracts. See "Note 3—Divestiture".

F-15


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Because of the nature of doing business in China and other emerging markets, the Company's billings and/or customer payments may not correlate with the contractual payment terms and the Company generally does not enforce contractual payment terms prior to final acceptance. Accordingly, accounts receivable are not recorded until the Company recognizes the related customer revenue. Advances from customers are recognized when the Company has collected cash from the customer, prior to recognizing revenue. Deferred revenue is recorded if there are undelivered elements after final acceptance has been obtained. The Company had current deferred revenue of $41.5 million and $65.0 million, and long-term deferred revenue of $59.5 million and $83.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Costs related to deferred revenue are also deferred until revenue is recognized. See "Deferred Costs" below.

Product Warranty:

        The Company provides a warranty on its equipment and terminal sales for a period generally ranging from one to two years from the time of final acceptance. At times, the Company has entered into arrangements to provide limited warranty services for periods longer than two years. The Company provides for the expected cost of product warranties at the time that revenue is recognized based on an assessment of past warranty experience and when specific circumstances dictate. The Company assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability every quarter and makes adjustments to the liabilities if necessary. Specific warranty accruals are reversed upon the expiration of the warranty period and are recorded as reduction of cost of sales. The reversal amount was not material in 2012. From time to time, the Company may be subject to additional costs related to non-standard warranty claims from its customers. If and when this occurs, the Company estimates additional accruals based on historical experience, communication with its customers and various assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Such additional warranty accruals are recorded in the period in which the additional costs are identified.

Receivables:

        Although the Company evaluates customer credit worthiness prior to a sale, the Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated loss on trade and notes receivable when collection may no longer be reasonably assured. The Company assesses collectability of receivables based on a number of factors including analysis of creditworthiness, the Company's historical collection history and current economic conditions, its ability to collect payment and on the length of time an individual receivable balance is outstanding. The Company's policy for determining the allowance for doubtful accounts includes both specific allowances for balances known to be uncollectible and a formula-based portfolio approach, based on aging of the accounts receivable, as a precursor to a management review of the overall allowance for doubtful accounts. This formula-based approach involves aging of the Company's accounts receivable and applying a percentage based on the Company's historical experience; this approach results in the allowance being computed based on the aging of the receivables. The Company evaluates the percentages applied to each category of aged accounts receivable periodically based on actual history of write-offs and collections and refines this formula-based approach accordingly for use in future periods. Receivable balances are written off when the Company has sufficient evidence to prove that they are uncollectible.

F-16


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Inventories:

        Inventories consist of product held at the Company's manufacturing facility and warehouses, as well as finished goods at customer sites for which the customer has taken possession, but based on specific contractual terms, title has not yet passed to the customer. The Company may ship inventory to existing customers that require additional equipment to expand their existing networks prior to the signing of an expansion contract. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value, based on the FIFO method of accounting. Write-downs are based on the assumptions about future market conditions and customer demand, including projected changes in average selling prices resulting from competitive pricing pressures. The Company continually monitors inventory valuation for potential losses and obsolete inventory at its manufacturing facilities as well as at customer sites. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. If actual market conditions are more favorable than anticipated, inventory previously written down may be sold to customers, resulting in lower cost of sales and higher income from operations than expected in that period.

Deferred costs:

        Deferred costs consist of product shipped to the customer for which the rights and obligations of ownership have passed to the customer but revenue has not yet been recognized due to prolonged acceptance periods for tests and the existence of undelivered elements, such as post-contract support including software update rights for which the Company does not have a vendor specific objective evidence of fair value. All deferred costs are stated at cost. Management periodically assesses the recoverability of deferred costs and provides reserves against deferred cost balances when recovery of deferred costs is not probable. Recoverability is evaluated based on various factors including the length of time the product has been held at the customer site, the viability of payment, including assessment of product demand if a revenue sharing arrangement exists and/or the evaluation if a related transaction will result in a gross margin loss. In a loss situation for a transaction, the deferred cost balance is adjusted for impairment equal to the value of the excess of cost over the amount of revenue that will be eventually recognized for the transaction. Revenue and cost of sales are recorded when final acceptance is received from the customer. With greater concentration of product at customer sites under contract with specific or individual customers, the financial conditions of such specific or individual customers may result in increased concentration risk exposure for the Company's inventory. For any post contract support services where the revenue is deferred, due to lack of VSOE for post contract support, the entire related deferred direct costs are classified as a noncurrent asset, consistent with the definition of a current asset.

Research and Development and Capitalized Software Development Costs:

        R&D costs are charged to expense as incurred. The Company capitalizes software development costs incurred in the development of software that will ultimately be sold, between the time technological feasibility has been attained and the related product is ready for general release. Management judgment is required in assessing technological feasibility, expected future revenues, estimated product lives and changes in product technologies, and the ultimate recoverability of the Company's capitalized software development costs.

        The Company did not capitalize any software development costs during year 2012 and 2011. During 2010, the Company capitalized immaterial software development costs. Amortization of

F-17


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

capitalized software development costs was $0.1 million in 2010. Direct costs of software developed for internal use are expensed during the preliminary project stage and capitalized during the application development stage.

Property, Plant and Equipment:

        Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and are stated net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided for on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the term of the lease. When assets are disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gains or losses are included in results of operations. The Company capitalizes interest incurred related to construction of property, plant or equipment until it is ready for use. No capitalized interest was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.

        The Company generally depreciates its assets over the following periods:

 
  Years

Furniture, test or manufacturing equipment

  5

Computers and software

  2 - 3

Buildings

  20

Automobiles

  5

Leasehold improvements

  Lesser of the term of the lease or the estimated useful lives of the assets

        Depreciation expense was $4.4 million, $1.8 million, and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. It also included a $0.9 million accelerated amortization of Beijing Office leasehold improvement due to early termination in 2012.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets:

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized and is tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change in accordance with ASC 350 that would more likely than not reduce the fair value below its carrying amount. Impairment testing of goodwill is performed at a reporting unit level. In 2012, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") revised guidance on "Testing of Goodwill for Impairment." Under this guidance, the Company has the option to choose whether it will apply the qualitative assessment first and then the quantitative assessment, if necessary, or to apply the quantitative assessment directly. For reporting units applying a qualitative assessment first, the Company starts the goodwill impairment test by assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is mandatory. Otherwise, no further testing is required. The quantitative impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of goodwill with its carrying value. For reporting units directly applying a

F-18


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

quantitative assessment, the Company performs the goodwill impairment test by quantitatively comparing the fair values of those reporting units to their carrying amounts.

        Fair value of reporting units is generally determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. This approach uses significant estimates and assumptions including projected future cash flows, the timing of such cash flows, discount rates reflecting the risk inherent in future cash flows, perpetual growth rates, determination of appropriate comparable entities and the determination of whether a premium or discount should be applied to comparables. In addition to the estimates of future cash flows, two of the most significant estimates involved in the determination of fair value of the reporting units are the discount rates and perpetual growth rate applied to terminal values used in the discounted cash flow analysis. The discount rates used in the cash flow models for the goodwill impairment testing considers market and industry data as well as specific risk factors for each reporting unit. The perpetual growth rates for the individual reporting units, for purposes of the terminal value determination, are generally set after an initial three-year forecasted period, although certain reporting units utilized longer forecasted periods, and are based on historical experience, market and industry data. The Company conducts its annual impairment test as of November 1 of each year.

        Intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions of entities accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting are estimated by management based on the fair value of assets received. Intangible assets with finite useful lives mainly consist of technologies and non-compete agreement and are amortized on a straight-line basis, generally, over four years. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, an impairment loss is recognized based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets.

        For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the amortization and impairment charges were totaled approximately $0.3 million, $0.8 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The Company's consolidated balance sheets had $Nil of goodwill and $Nil of intangible assets as of December 31, 2012, and $13.8 million of goodwill and $3.6 million of intangible assets as of December 31, 2011. See "Note 6—Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments" and "Note 8—Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets."

Other than Temporary Impairment on Investment:

        The Company reviews its investments for an other-than-temporary impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the investment may not be fully recoverable. Investments identified as having an indication of impairment are subject to further analysis to determine if the impairment is other-than-temporary and this analysis requires estimating the fair value of the investment. In making this determination, the Company reviews several factors to determine whether the losses are other-than-temporary, including but not limited to: (i) the length of time the investment was in an unrealized loss position, (ii) the extent to which fair value was less than cost, (iii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (iv) the Company's intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The determination of fair value of the investment involves considering factors such as current economic and market conditions, the operating performance of the companies including current earnings trends and forecasted cash flows, and other company and industry specific information.

F-19


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:

        Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, an impairment loss is recognized based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. Long-lived assets that are to be disposed of by sale are measured at the lower of book value or fair value less cost to sell. See "Note 7—Long-Lived Assets."

Advertising Costs:

        The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Payment to customers for marketing development costs are accounted for as a reduction of the revenue associated with customers as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, advertising costs totaled $0.2 million, $0.5 million, and $0.7 million, respectively.

Restructuring Liabilities, Litigation and Other Contingencies:

        The Company accounts for its restructuring plans using the guidance provided in ASC 420 "Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations" and ASC 712 "Compensation—Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits". The Company accounts for litigation and contingencies in accordance with ASC 450, "Contingencies", which requires that the Company record an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of the Company's financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.

Third Party Commissions:

        The Company records accruals for commissions payable to third parties in the normal course of business. Such commissions are recorded based on the terms of the contracts between the Company and the third parties and paid pursuant to such contracts. Consistent with the Company's accounting policies, these commissions are recorded as cost of net sales in the period in which the liability is incurred. Management has performed, and continues to perform, follow-up procedures with respect to these accrued commissions. Upon completion of such follow-up procedures, if the accrued commissions have not been claimed and the statute of limitations, if any, has expired, the Company reverses such accruals. Such reversals are recorded in the Statement of Operations during the period management determines that the accruals are no longer necessary. The Company concluded that for certain of these accrued commissions the statute of limitations had expired in August and November 2010, two years after formal communication was sent to these agents. During the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately $6.0 million was released to cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company did not release any accruals to cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately $0.5 million was released to cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations.

Stock-Based Compensation:

        Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted is determined based on the grant-date fair value. Stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock awards is

F-20


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

measured based on the closing fair market value of the Company's ordinary shares on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense for stock options is estimated at the grant date based on each option's fair value as calculated by Black-Scholes model. Stock-based compensation is expensed ratably on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of the share-based payment awards. The performance-based restricted stock units are subject to the attainment of goals determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors. The Company records the relevant stock-based compensation for the performance-based restricted stock units based on the probability of meeting the performance conditions.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:

        Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. Other comprehensive income or loss for 2012, 2011, and 2010 is shown in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. As of December 31 of each of the two years indicated below, the components of accumulated other comprehensive income reported in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

  $ 79,621   $ 82,893  
           

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  $ 79,621   $ 82,893  
           

        Accumulated other comprehensive income includes no material amounts related to noncontrolling interests.

Income Taxes:

        The Company is subject to income taxes in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company's tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company recognizes the tax benefit (expense) from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as part of the provision for income taxes.

        The Company recognizes deferred income taxes as the difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial statement amounts based on enacted tax rates. Management judgment is required in the assessment of the recoverability of the Company's deferred tax assets based on its assessment of projected taxable income. Numerous factors could affect the Company's results of operations in the future. If there was a significant decline in the Company's future operating results, its assessment of the recoverability of its deferred tax assets would need to be revised, and any such adjustment to its deferred tax assets would be charged to income in that period. If necessary, the Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount management believes is more likely than not to be realized. Changes in estimates of taxable income in the future could result in reversal of the valuation allowances which would be credited to income in the year of reversal.

F-21


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The Company provides U.S. taxes on foreign undistributed earnings that are not considered to be permanently reinvested outside the United States.

Financial Instruments and Derivatives:

        Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, short and long-term investments, notes receivable, accounts receivable and payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, bank notes, accounts receivable and payable, notes receivable, and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments. The fair value of long term investments in equity securities is determined based on quoted market prices or available information about investees.

        The Company may use derivative financial instruments to manage its exposures to foreign currency exchange rate changes. The objectives for holding derivatives include reducing, eliminating, and efficiently managing the economic impact of these exposures as effectively as possible. Derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company measures those instruments at fair value and recognizes changes in the fair value of derivatives in earnings in the period of change unless the derivative qualifies as an effective hedge that offsets certain exposures. Such contracts are designated at inception to the related foreign currency exposures being hedged. The Company has not hedged any such transactions in 2012, 2011, and 2010.

Foreign Currency Translation:

        The Company's operations are conducted through international subsidiaries where the local currency is the functional currency and the financial statements of those subsidiaries are translated from their respective functional currencies into U.S. Dollars. All foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated at the period-end exchange rate and all revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The effects of translating the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries into U.S. Dollars are reported as a cumulative translation adjustment, a separate component of comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. The foreign currency translation gain/loss related to the remeasurement of transactions denominated in other than the functional currency is included in other income, net on the Company's consolidated statements of operations. In connection with this remeasurement process, the Company recorded losses of $4.7 million and $8.9 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, and a gain of $8.0 million in 2010.

Earnings per Share:

        Basic earnings per share, or EPS, is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to holders of ordinary shares or common stockholders, by the weighted average number of the Company's ordinary shares outstanding, as applicable, during the period, which excludes unvested restricted stock. Diluted EPS presents the amount of net income (loss) available to each ordinary share, outstanding during the period plus each ordinary share that would have been outstanding assuming the Company had issued ordinary shares, for all dilutive potential ordinary shares outstanding during the period. The Company's potentially dilutive ordinary shares include outstanding stock options, unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units. For the year ended December 31, 2012, no potential ordinary shares were dilutive because of the net loss incurred in this year, therefore basic and dilutive EPS are the same. For the year ended December 31, 2011, 719,603 ordinary shares were dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2010, no potential ordinary shares were dilutive because of the net loss incurred in that

F-22


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

year, therefore basic and dilutive EPS were the same. The following table summarizes the total potential ordinary shares that were excluded from the diluted per share calculation, because to include them would have been anti-dilutive for the period.

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Anti-dilutive stock options and awards/units outstanding(2)

    2,002         2,634  
               

Total(1)

    2,002         2,634  
               

        The following table shows the calculation of dilutive shares used in calculation diluted earnings per share:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Shares used in computation of basic earnings per share(2)

    48,513     51,491     45,686  

Total dilutive effect of outstanding stock awards(1)

        150      
               

Shares used in computation of diluted earnings per share(2)

    48,513     51,641     45,686  
               

(1)
Calculated using the treasury stock method, which assumes proceeds are used to reduce the dilutive effect of outstanding stock awards. Assumed proceeds include the unrecognized deferred compensation of share awards, and assumed tax proceeds from excess stock-based compensation deductions.

(2)
Authorized share capital of the company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each effective from March 21, 2013. The shares used in computation of basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share for 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

F-23


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

        In May 2011, the FASB issued amended standards to achieve a consistent definition of fair value and common requirements for measurement of and disclosure about fair value between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. For assets and liabilities categorized as Level 3 and recognized at fair value, these amended standards require disclosure of quantitative information about unobservable inputs, a description of the valuation processes used by the entity, and a qualitative discussion about the sensitivity of the measurements. In addition, these amended standards require that the Company discloses the level in the fair value hierarchy for financial instruments disclosed at fair value but not recorded at fair value. The Company adopted these standards in fiscal year 2012. The adoption of these amended standards did not significantly impact the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2011, the FASB issued amended standards to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. These amendments eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity and require that all changes in stockholders' equity—except investments by, and distributions to, owners—be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In addition, these amendments require that the Company presents on the face of the financial statements reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement(s) where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented. Further, the requirement for presentation of reclassifications from other comprehensive income to net income on a line item basis contained in the new accounting standards update is presently subject to deferral by the FASB pending further evaluation. The Company adopted these standards in fiscal year 2012 and has chosen to present, a continuous statement of operation and comprehensive income.

        In September 2011, the FASB issued amended standards to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. These amended standards permit an assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit in which goodwill resides is less than its carrying value. For reporting units in which this assessment concludes it is more likely than not that the fair value is more than its carrying value, these amended standards eliminate the requirement to perform further goodwill impairment testing as outlined in the previously issued standards. The Company adopted these standards in fiscal year 2012. The adoption of these amended standards did not significantly impact the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-04, "Technical Corrections and Improvements" which clarifies the Codification or corrects unintended application of guidance and includes amendments identifying when the use of fair value should be linked to the definition of fair value in Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. Amendments to the Codification without transition guidance are effective upon issuance effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this pronouncement on its financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, "Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities". The ASU clarifies that ordinary trade receivables and receivables are not in the scope of ASU 2011-11, "Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities". ASU 2011-11 applies only to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with specific criteria

F-24


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

contained in the Codification or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The ASU if effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods and requires retrospective application for all comparative periods presented. The Company doesn't expect the adoption of this standard to have a material effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, which adds new disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI"). The ASU is intended to help entities improve the transparency of changes in other comprehensive income (OCI) and items reclassified out of AOCI in their financial statements. It does not amend any existing requirements for reporting net income or OCI in the financial statements. New disclosure requirements are effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and should be applied prospectively. As the new ASU impacts presentation requirements only, the Company doesn't expect the adoption of this standard to have a material effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04, "Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date". This update provides guidance for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this update is fixed at the reporting date, except for obligations addressed within existing guidance in U.S. GAAP. The guidance requires an entity to measure those obligations as the sum of the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The guidance in this update also requires an entity to disclose the nature and amount of the obligation as well as other information about those obligations. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. For nonpublic entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2014, and interim periods and annual periods thereafter. This update should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for those obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements within the Update's scope that exist at the beginning of an entity's fiscal year of adoption. An entity may elect to use hindsight for the comparative periods (if it changed its accounting as a result of adopting the amendments in this Update) and should disclose that fact. Early adoption is permitted.

        In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-05, "Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity". This update provides that when a reporting entity (parent) ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business (other than a sale of in substance real estate or conveyance of oil and gas mineral rights) within a foreign entity, the parent is required to apply the guidance in Subtopic 830-30 to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income. Accordingly, the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. For an equity method investment that is a foreign entity, a pro rata portion of the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income upon a partial sale of such an equity method investment. However, this treatment does not apply to an equity method investment that is not a foreign entity. In those instances, the cumulative translation adjustment is released into net income only if the partial sale represents a complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity that contains the equity method investment. Additionally, the

F-25


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

amendments in this update clarify that the sale of an investment in a foreign entity includes both (1) events that result in the loss of a controlling financial interest in a foreign entity (that is, irrespective of any retained investment) and (2) events that result in an acquirer obtaining control of an acquire in which it held an equity interest immediately before the acquisition date (sometimes also referred to as a step acquisition). Accordingly, the cumulative translation adjustment should be released into net income upon the occurrence of those events. This update is effective prospectively for fiscal years (and interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted.

NOTE 3—DIVESTITURES

        During the year ended 2010, the Company completed its divestitures of China Packet Data Services Node ("PDSN") Assets, EMEA operations, IP Messaging and US PDSN Assets, and the Remote Access Server Product Line. During the year ended 2012, the Company completed its divestiture of the IPTV equipment business.

China PDSN Assets

        In the third quarter of 2010, the Company completed a sale of its China PDSN assets. The divested assets were part of the Multimedia Communications segment. After the close of the transactions, the Company remained the primary obligor for certain sales contracts that were in place prior to the close of the transaction. The Company allocated proceeds to each component of the sales agreement based on relative fair values and recorded a gain of $1.6 million upon closing of the transaction in September 2010. The Company determined that the sale of this product line did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation because of the Company's continuing involvement. In the third quarter of 2011, the Company entered into a three-party assignment agreement to transfer and release substantially all of the remaining obligations in connection with the sale of China PDSN assets. The Company recognized a gain on divestiture of approximately $4.3 million in year 2011. The Company reassessed and concluded that the three-party assignment agreement was executed beyond the one year reassessment period after its completion of disposal, and there was no triggering event requiring an extension of the reassessment period beyond one year. Therefore, presentation of discontinued operations is not required. In 2012, the Company recognized a gain of $0.8 million as it successfully assigned all the remaining obligations associated with the China PDSN assets and released the related deferred gain at December 31, 2012, the Company had no remaining China PDSN deferred gain.

EMEA Operations

        In September 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to transfer its EMEA, or Europe, Middle East and Africa, operations for no consideration. In 2010, the Company recognized expenses of approximately $0.9 million as a divestiture loss for its obligations primarily arising out of local statutory requirements such as severance fund for transferred employees and other miscellaneous operational costs. The Company had paid approximately $0.7 million to the buyer in 2010 and $1.0 million remains in the accrual balance.

        On May 20, 2011, the Company received a Summary Summons from the High Court of Ireland filed by the buyer, which alleged that the Company owed the buyer certain amounts under the original transfer agreement. On Sep 17 2012, the High Court of Ireland accepted the Notice of Discontinuance

F-26


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3—DIVESTITURES (Continued)

submitted by the buyer and with the payment of approximately $0.6 million paid by the Company to the buyer, which was recorded as offset to the remaining $1.0 million accrued balance and resulted in an additional gain on the divestiture in 2012, the matter was officially closed. The Company determined that the sale of its EMEA operations did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation because EMEA did not meet the definition of a component of an entity and the Company has continued involvement with its EMEA operations.

IP Messaging and US PDSN Assets

        In June 2010, the Company completed a sale of its IP Messaging and US PDSN Assets as part of its strategy to focus on core IP-based product offerings. The divested assets were located in North America, Caribbean, and Latin America regions and were part of the Multimedia Communications segment. Consideration for the approximately $1.7 million of net liabilities transferred included approximately $0.4 million cash proceeds plus potential additional contingent consideration of up to $1.6 million based on future cash collection of transferred receivables. A gain of $2.1 million, net of taxes, was recognized in June 2010 as a reduction to operating expenses. In the third and fourth quarter of 2010, the Company received $0.9 million of contingent consideration and recognized an additional gain on the divestiture. In the first and fourth quarters of 2011, the Company received $0.2 million of contingent consideration which it recognized as additional gain on the divestiture, in the second quarter of 2012, the Company received $0.1 million of contingent consideration which it recognized as additional gain on the divestiture. The Company determined that the sale of these product lines did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation as these product lines did not meet the definition of a component of an entity.

Sale of Remote Access Server product line

        In January 2010, the Company completed a sale of certain assets and liabilities related to its Remote Access Server, or RAS, product line and received total consideration of approximately $1.5 million. The primary RAS product was the Total Control 1000 Transaction Gateway, which offers the market a proven processing platform for carrier-class transaction network service providers and enterprises for dial-up connectivity. In the first quarter of 2010, the Company transferred net liabilities of approximately $0.3 million in connection with this transaction and recorded a net gain of $1.8 million as a reduction of operating expenses. The Company did not have any activity associated with this divestiture in 2011 and 2012. The Company determined that the divestiture of the RAS product line did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation as the RAS product line did not meet the definition of component of an entity.

IPTV operations

        On August 31, 2012, the Company completed a sale of its IPTV business to an entity founded by a former employee, who was our former CEO, and paid a total consideration of approximately $30.0 million related to the net liabilities transferred. In connection with the transaction, the Company transferred approximately $41.4 million in current assets, $1.2 million in property, plant and equipment and other long term assets and $74.1 million in liabilities, and as a result, the Company recorded a net loss of $17.5 million during 2012 related to the transaction, which primarily consists of the $1.5 million gain on the net release of liabilities, offset by $13.4 million of severance-related amounts either paid to the buyer or accrued for payments to terminated IPTV employees, write-off of $3.8 million of prepaid VAT no longer recoverable due to the disposition, and $1.7 million of transaction costs. As of

F-27


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3—DIVESTITURES (Continued)

December 31, 2012, the remaining unpaid balance related to the divestiture was approximately $0.6 million, which was paid in April of 2013. Due to the delay of customer contract assignments, the Company is still the primary obligor for most of the contracts as they were not legally assigned to the buyer. Therefore, the Company was not able to derecognize the related liabilities of those un-assigned contracts. Since all of the economic risks and benefits of the un-assigned contracts had been transferred to the buyer of the IPTV business, the company has recorded a portion of the payment ($22.7 million) made to the buyer at the time of the divestiture as the deferred service cost to offset the remaining liabilities (deferred revenue and customer advances) related to those un-assigned contracts. Although the deferred costs and related deferred revenue and customer advances have not been transferred to the buyer at the time of sale, those costs, and this $22.7 million, have been included in the calculation of the loss on divestiture discussed above. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had liabilities and deferred costs of $47.3 million related to those un-assigned contracts. The Company will continue to recognize revenue for those unassigned contracts when they meet the revenue recognition criteria. As the same time, the Company will recognize an equal amount of deferred costs associated with those contracts. Therefore, there will be no gross margin impact from the future revenue recognition of these unassigned contracts. During the post divestiture period in 2012, the Company recorded $2.2 million in revenues and related costs in the statements of operations relating to these unassigned contracts. Moreover, on August 31, 2012, UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd., previously a subsidiary prior to its disposal to the buyer as part of the sale of the IPTV business, issued a convertible bond (the "Convertible Bond") to UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd., a subsidiary of the Company, in the principal amount of $20.0 million, which said principal amount was paid by the Company in cash. According to the terms of the Convertible Bond, the Convertible Bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and will be mature on August 31, 2017 (the Maturity Date). On or prior to the Maturity Date, upon UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd achieving breakeven on its statement of operations(the "P&L run-rate breakeven"), $5.0 million of principal of the Convertible Bond will be converted into 8% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd. At the Maturity Date, the Company may convert the outstanding principle amount of the Convertible Bond and all accrued and unpaid interest into fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd. equal to 25% (if 8% of shares specified above have been issued) or 33% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Ltd or may elect repayment in cash. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the IPTV business accounted for $29.5 million, $141.4 million and $152.6 million, respectively of the Company's revenues. The Company determined that the divestiture of IPTV business did not meet the criteria for presentation as a discontinued operation due to the significant continuing involvement of the Company in the IPTV operations. The Convertible Bond has been classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting. See Note 6—Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments.

F-28


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 4—COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/LOSS

        Total comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (35,579 ) $ 11,777   $ (65,290 )

Other Comprehensive income (loss)

                   

Foreign currency translation

    (3,272 )   13,470     (1,425 )
               

Total Comprehensive income (loss)

    (38,851 )   25,247     (66,715 )
               

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests(1)

    1,194     1,610     161  
               

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp

  $ (37,657 ) $ 26,857   $ (66,554 )
               

(1)
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests consisted solely of net loss.

        The changes in noncontrolling interests during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 6,401   $ 8,011   $ 792  

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (1,194 )   (1,610 )   (161 )

Noncontrolling interests arising from an acquisition

            7,380  

Noncontrolling interests reducing from deconsolidation

    (4,393 )        
               

Balance at end of period

  $ 814   $ 6,401   $ 8,011  
               

NOTE 5—BALANCE SHEET DETAILS

        The following tables provide details of selected balance sheet items:

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Inventories:

             

Raw materials

  $ 3,833   $ 9,334  

Work in process

    2,574     1,721  

Finished goods(1)

    19,621     23,207  
           

Total Inventory

  $ 26,028   $ 34,262  
           

(1)
Includes finished goods at customer sites of approximately $14.4 million and $13.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, for which the customer has taken possession, but based on specific contractual terms, title has not yet passed to the customer.

F-29


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5—BALANCE SHEET DETAILS (Continued)

        Inventory of approximately $0.1 million and $0.4 million held by the Company's manufacturing outsource partner are recorded in "Prepaids and other current assets" in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The Company recorded a $14.6 million inventory write-down in 2010 for MSAN and MSTP for two international customer contracts due to the reduction in product demands.

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Prepaids and other current assets

             

Notes Receivable

  $   $ 48  

Prepaid-Tax

    8,517     14,762  

Advance to Suppliers

    3,064     1,494  

Deferred Taxes—Current

    3,493     1,499  

Other Receivable(1)

    9,890     6,251  

Prepaid others

    2,190     5,188  
           

Total Prepaids and other current assets

  $ 27,154   $ 29,242  
           

(1)
The other receivable balance as of December 31, 2012 included a loan of approximately $4.0 million made in the fourth quarter of 2012 to ESA Cultural Investment (Hong Kong) limited, a movie investment company with its operations located in Beijing. The Company signed the agreement to lend a total amount of $5.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2012. The loan bears interest at 20% per annum and will be mature on December 31, 2013. The Company paid the remaining part of the loan to ESA Cultural Investment (Hong Kong) limited in the first quarter of 2013.

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Property, plant and equipment, net:

             

Buildings

  $   $ 253  

Leasehold improvements

    9,992     20,475  

Automobiles

    2,055     3,965  

Software

    28,542     29,542  

Equipment and Furniture

    69,523     110,048  

Others

    804     342  
           

Total

    110,916     164,625  
           

Less: accumulated depreciation and impairment

    (102,050 )   (152,426 )
           

Total Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 8,866   $ 12,199  
           

F-30


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5—BALANCE SHEET DETAILS (Continued)

        During 2012, in connection with the IPTV divestiture (See Note 3—Divestiture) and the deconsolidation of iTV (See Note 6—Cash, Cash equivalents and Investments), the Company derecognized property, plant and equipment of $9.1 million with accumulated depreciation of $8.2 million and $2.0 million with accumulated depreciation of $0.6 million, respectively. Additionally, the Company wrote off $45.3 million with accumulated depreciation of $45.2 million and $19.9 million with accumulated depreciation of $19.8 million of fully depreciated property, plant and equipment in the years 2012 and 2011, respectively. It also included a $0.9 million accelerated amortization of Beijing Office leasehold improvement due to early termination in 2012.

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Other current liabilities:

             

Accrued contract costs

  $ 4,325   $ 9,876  

Accrued payroll and compensation

    7,341     13,407  

Warranty costs

    1,329     4,660  

Accrued professional fees

    2,103     4,531  

Accrued other taxes

    4,219     5,035  

Restructuring costs

        1,692  

Other

    6,883     11,117  
           

Total other current liabilities

  $ 26,200   $ 50,318  
           

 

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Other long-term liabilities

             

Non Current Income Tax Payable

  $ 16,128   $ 17,476  

Non Current Deferred Tax Liability

    133     960  

Non Current Deferred Rent

    878     942  

Others

    3,798     3,509  
           

Total other long-term liabilities

  $ 20,937   $ 22,887  
           

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

        Cash and cash equivalents, consisting primarily of bank deposits and money market funds, are recorded at cost which approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. There was no available-for-sale securities included in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2012 or December 31, 2011.

        Short-term investments consist of bank notes of $0.3 million and $2.4 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The Company accepts bank notes receivable with maturity dates of between three and six months from its customers in China in the normal course of business. The Company may discount these bank notes with banking institutions in China. No bank notes were sold during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

        The Company recognizes an impairment charge when a decline in the fair value of its investments below the cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. In making this determination, the Company reviews several factors to determine whether the losses are other-than-temporary, including but not

F-31


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

limited to: (i) the length of time the investment was in an unrealized loss position, (ii) the extent to which fair value was less than cost, (iii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (iv) the Company's intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

        There were no available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting at December 31, 2011. All long-term investments at December 31, 2011 were in privately-held companies and were accounted for under the cost or equity method. As at December 31, 2012, the Company had investments in convertible bonds and redeemable preferred stock which were classified as available-for-sale securities and are subject to fair value accounting. Investments in debt securities classified as available for sale will be measured subsequently at fair value in the statement of financial position. An impairment charge will be recognized by the Company when a decline in the fair value below the cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary.

        The following table shows the break-down of the Company's total long-term investments as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 
  Accounting Method   December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Cortina

  Cost Method   $ 3,348   $ 3,348  

GCT SemiConductor, Inc. 

  Cost Method     811     3,000  

Xalted Networks

  Cost Method     279     1,133  

SBI

  Cost Method     2,306     1,945  

iTV Media Inc. 

  Cost Method     14,894      
               

Investment using Cost Method Total

        21,638     9,426  
               

ACELAND

  Equity Method     2,109     2,109  

Beijing Bodashutong Technology

  Equity Method     577     572  

Shareholder Loan to ACELAND

  Equity Method     7,119     7,119  
               

Investment using Equity Method Total

        9,805     9,800  
               

iTV Media Inc. 

  Available for sale     3,000      

AioTV

  Available for sale     8,000      

UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd

  Available for sale     20,000      
               

Investments Classified as available-for-sale Total

        31,000      
               

Total Investment

      $ 62,443   $ 19,226  
               

Cortina

        In September 2004, the Company invested $2.0 million in Series A preferred stock of ImmenStar, Inc., or ImmenStar. ImmenStar was a development stage company that designed a chip that was used in the Company's product. This investment was accounted for under the cost method. In February 2007, ImmenStar was acquired by Cortina Systems, Inc., or Cortina. In exchange for the Company's investment in ImmenStar, the Company received 3.6 million shares of Series D Preferred Convertible Stock of Cortina at $0.837 per share, $1.8 million cash in March 2007 and received an additional 0.4 million shares of Series D Preferred Convertible Stock at $0.837 per share and $0.2 million cash from escrow during 2008. The Company owns an approximately 1% interest of

F-32


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

Cortina at both December 31, 2012 and 2011 and accounts for the investment in Cortina using the cost method.

GCT Semiconductor

        In October 2004, the Company invested $3.0 million in Series D preferred convertible stock of GCT Semiconductor, Inc., or GCT. This investment represents approximately a 2% interest in GCT Semiconductor, Inc., which designs, develops and markets integrated circuit products for the wireless communications industry. This investment is accounted for under the cost method. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company reassessed the fair value of its investment in GCT (level 2 within the fair value hierarchy) based on reviewing GCT's operational performance, cash position, financing needs and the stock price of latest private equity financing obtained by GCT, and as a result recorded a $2.2 million impairment charge in impairment of long-lived assets and long term investments, net due to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of GCT.

Xalted Networks, or Xalted

        In May 2005 and August 2005, the Company invested $2.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively, in Xalted. In March 2006, the Company invested an additional $0.3 million in Xalted. Xalted is a development stage company providing telecommunication operator customers with a comprehensive set of network systems, software solutions and service offerings. The Company had less than a 10% ownership interest at December 31, 2012 and 2011, on a fully diluted basis, in Xalted and accounts for the investment using the cost method. During the third quarter of 2009, management re-evaluated the carrying value of this investment, including reviewing Xalted's cash position, recent financing activities, financing needs, earnings/revenue outlook, operational performance, and competition. Based on this review, the Company determined that the decline in Xalted's fair value was other-than-temporary and recorded a $1.7 million impairment charge for this investment in other income, net in the third quarter of 2009. In the second quarter of 2011, Xalted completed a share exchange agreement with Kranem Corporation, or Kranem, a public company listed in Over the Counter Bulletin Board. This transaction was recorded as a reverse recapitalization. As a result of this transaction, Xalted became a holding company which did not have any operations other than owning 35% of the issued and outstanding shares of Kranem. In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company reassessed the fair value of its investment in Xalted (level 2 within the fair value hierarchy) based on the share price of Kranem, and as a result recorded a $0.5 million impairment charge in other income (expense), net due to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of Xalted. In the third quarter of 2012, the Company reassessed the fair value of its investment in Xalted (level 2 within the fair value hierarchy) based on the share price of Kranem, and as a result recorded a $0.8 million impairment charge in impairment of long-lived assets and long term investments, net due to an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of Xalted.

SBI NEO Technology A Investment LPS, or SBI

        In 2008, the Company invested $0.5 million into SBI in exchange for approximately 2% of the Partnership interest. The Partnership's investment objective is to invest in unlisted or listed companies in Japan and overseas that are engaged in high growth businesses, including businesses focused on information technology and the environment. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the first quarter of 2011 and 2010, the Company contributed an additional $0.6 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million into SBI, respectively, and maintained a partnership interest of approximately 2% as of December 31, 2012. The Company has concluded that it does not have a controlling interest in SBI as it does not have the

F-33


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

power to direct the activities of SBI that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance nor does it have significant influence over SBI. Affiliates of a related party have a controlling interest in SBI. See "Note 20—Related Party Transactions." The Company accounts for the investment in SBI using the cost method.

ACELAND Investment Limited

        In December 2010, the Company invested $2.1 million into ACELAND. ACELAND is a joint venture entity with ZTE H.K. Limited. The entity's investment objective is to participate in the investment in Wireless City Planning operated by Softbank to develop XGP business. Pursuant to the investment agreement, in the second quarter of 2011, the Company extended a shareholder loan to ACELAND in the amount of $7.1 million which could be used by ACELAND to subscribe for Class B Wireless City Planning shares. The shareholder loan was made by all shareholders of ACELAND in proportion to their equity interests in ACELAND. Based on the terms of the loan which make repayment contingent on certain events, the Company accounted for it as an equity investment.

        The Company owned an approximately 35% interest in ACELAND at December 31, 2012 and continues to account for the investment in ACELAND using the equity method. ACELAND did not incur any significant income or losses in 2012 and 2011 as it is a holding company and accounts for its sole investment on the cost basis.

Beijing Bodashutong Technology Development Co. Ltd.

        In December 2011, the Company invested $0.6 million into Beijing Bodashutong Technology Development Co. Ltd, or Bodashutong, through its subsidiaries, Shidazhibo (Beijing) Culture and Media Co. Ltd. and UTStarcom (China) Co., Ltd., with the investment objective of providing broadband solutions and comprehensive telecom technology services for a new affordable housing development in Beijing, China. The Company owned a 30% equity interest of Bodashutong as of December 31, 2012, and accounts for this investment using the equity method.

        On September 21, 2012, the Board of Directors of Bodashutong approved a Board Resolution which approved Shidazhibo (Beijing) Culture and Media Co. Ltd to transfer its equity interest in Bodashutong to the other three shareholders of Bodashutong equally at a consideration equal to the initial investment amount of $0.6 million. The equity transfer was subject to approval from State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council. Such approval was obtained in February 2013 and the equity interest transfer was completed in March 2013.

AioTV Inc.

        In November 2012, the Company invested $8 million in Series B Preferred Stocks of AioTV Inc, or AioTV, at $0.320937 per share. AioTV stands for "all-in-one TV" and is an international cloud-based video aggregation and distribution platform. The investment objective is to give the Company access to technology that will support its rollout of subscription-based, value-added media services. The Company owned a 44% equity interest in AioTV as of December 31, 2012. The preferred stock has been classified as available-for-sale securities as they are not considered to be in-substance common stock due to their redemption feature and is thus subject to fair value accounting. As of December 31, 2012, the Company considered there was no material change to the fair value of the preferred stock as considering there had been no significant changes in the AioTV's business and financial conditions during the relatively short period since the investment was made in November 2012.

F-34


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd.,

        UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd., previously a subsidiary prior to its disposal to the buyer as part of the sale of the IPTV business, is an entity owned by the former CEO of the Company, and is not a subsidiary of the Company. On August 31, 2012, the Company completed a sale of its IPTV business to entity founded by a former employee, who was our former CEO, and paid approximately $30.0 million. In connection with this transaction, the Company recorded a net loss of $17.5 million during 2012 as a result of this sale transaction. On the same day, UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd., issued a convertible bond (the "Convertible Bond") to UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd., a subsidiary of the Company, in the principal amount of $20.0 million. According to the terms of the Convertible Bond, the Convertible Bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and will mature on August 31, 2017 (the Maturity Date). On or prior to the Maturity Date, if UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. achieves operating income break-even, $5.0 million of principal of the Convertible Bond will be converted automatically into 8% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. . At the Maturity Date, the holder may convert the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Bond and all accrued and unpaid interest into fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. equal to 25% (if 8% of shares specified above are issued) or 33% of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. or may elect repayment in cash. The Convertible Bond was classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting. As of December 31, 2012, the fair value of the Convertible Bond approximates $20 million. To estimate its fair value, the Company used the Cox, Ross and Rubinstein Binomial Model ("Binomial-Model"), which is based on the fair value of invested capital evaluated by an income approach. The significant inputs for the valuation model included the following:

 
  Years Ended December 31  

Total fair value of Invested capital as at valuation date

    40,000  

Risk free rate of interest

    1.25%  

Dividend Yield

    3%  

Maturity Date

    2017/8/30  

Volatility

    51.9%  

        The fair value of the invested capital has been determined using income approach including discounted cash flow model and unobservable inputs including assumptions of projected revenue, expenses, capital spending, other costs and a discount rate of 35% by using the weighted average cost of capital method.

        Risk free rate of interest adopted for the valuation were estimated based on the market yield of China Government international bond with maturity similar to the expected term of the Convertible Bond.

        Dividend yield was calculated to be 3% considering a debt to equity ratio of 50:50 throughout the Convertible Bond's holding period per Management's estimation. The coupon rate carried by the debt portion is 6.5% per annum whilst the expected dividend yield for equity portion is assumed to be zero by the Management given the fact that the underlying IPTV business is still in an early stage.

        Maturity date is the time to maturity of the Convertible Bond according to the investment agreement.

F-35


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

        The expected equity volatility were estimated based on the annualized standard deviation of the daily return embedded in the historical stock price of comparable companies with a time horizon close to the expected term determined based on the maturity date.

iTV

        On October 16, 2010, the Company entered into an Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV and Smart Frontier, the sole shareholder of iTV, to enable the Company to launch an Internet TV platform to generate revenue through subscription, advertising and value-added service in the coming years. Pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to purchase from Smart Frontier 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart held by Smart Frontier, or the Purchased Shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million. The Purchased Shares constituted 51% of the total shares of iTV which were held by Smart Frontier. The purchase price for the Purchased Shares was paid in the form of the number of the Company's ordinary shares calculated by dividing $10.0 million by the average closing price per share of the Company's ordinary shares quoted on the NASDAQ stock market for the thirty day period immediately preceding the date of closing of the transaction which management believes closely approximated the market value on the day of issuance subject to customary closing conditions. Pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company has the right to repurchase the Company's shares issued in exchange for iTV's ordinary shares held by the Company if, by the one year anniversary of the closing date, regulatory approvals had not been obtained as outlined in the post-closing covenants. Concurrent with entering into the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company also entered into a Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV and its affiliated entity, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Smart Frontier. Pursuant to the Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to purchase from iTV 9,600,000 Series A Preference Shares of iTV at a price of $2.08333 per share, for an aggregate cash consideration of $20.0 million. Under certain conditions, shares of Series A Preference Shares are convertible into ordinary shares on a 1:1 basis. Series A Preference Shares have equal voting rights as ordinary shares. They are entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 8% of the original issue price and can also participate in other dividends declared by iTV. The Purchase Shares and the Series A Preference Shares together constitute 75% of the total shares of iTV which gave the Company control over iTV. The Company recorded this transaction as an acquisition of a business.

        The transactions closed on November 8, 2010. The Company issued 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) ordinary shares to Smart Frontier with a fair value of $ 9.8 million based on the market price of the Company's ordinary share as at November 8, 2010 for the purchase price of $10.0 million for the iTV ordinary shares and made cash payments of $20.0 million to iTV for the purchase of Series A Preference Shares. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded intangible assets of $5.0 million, and goodwill of $13.8 million which represented the excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill mainly consisted of the extensive knowledge and expertise of the management team in the Internet TV industry complemented by the execution ability of the operation team. The amortizable intangible assets acquired consisted of estimated fair values of iTV's technology platform of $4.7 million and non-compete agreements signed with key executives upon closing of the transaction of $0.3 million. The Company amortized these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated weighted-average life of 4 years.

        On October 16, 2011, the Company and the iTV shareholders agreed to extend the date of exercising its repurchase right from the original date of October 16, 2011 to April 16, 2012. On April 15, 2012, the Share Exchange Agreement was entered into by the Company and the iTV shareholders to exercise the repurchase right. The transaction was effective on June 4, 2012 and the

F-36


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

transfer was completed on June 21, 2012. Upon the execution of the Share Exchange Agreement, 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) UTStarcom ordinary shares previously held by Smart Frontier were transferred back to the Company as treasury shares and the 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart Limited previously held by UTStarcom were transferred back to Smart Frontier Holdings Limited. After the repurchase, the Company decreased its ownership in iTV from 75% to approximately 49% and reduced its representation on the iTV board of directors from three to two out of a total of five board seats, which triggered deconsolidation of iTV from its consolidated financial statements starting from June 21, 2012. As a result of the repurchase, the Company measured the fair value of its retained interests in the Series A Preference Shares of iTV at the date of losing control, which amounted to $14.9 million. Upon the deconsolidation, the Company derecognized the assets (including intangible assets and goodwill) and liabilities of iTV at their carrying amounts on the date control was lost, derecognized the carrying amount of any NCI at the date control was lost (including any components of accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to it), and recognized the fair value of the proceeds from the transaction. There was no material gain or loss resulting from the transaction. Since the remaining Series A Preference Shares of iTV invested by the Company did not qualify as the in-substance common stock due to their substantive liquidation preference, the Company uses the cost method to account for the investment the iTV Series A preference shares after the deconsolidation.

        On December 3, 2012, iTV issued a convertible bond to the Company for cash in the principal amount of $3.0 million which shall be convertible into the preference shares issued in a qualified financing, as defined in the convertible bond agreement, or additional Series A Preferred Stock, if a qualified financing is completed. The conversion price per share equals to the lesser of 85% of the per share price paid to the other purchaser of preference shares sold in the qualified financing and the price per share of the Series A Preferred Stock paid by the Company. According to the terms of the convertible bond, the convertible bond bears interest at 6.5% per annum and will mature on December 31, 2013. The convertible bond was classified as available-for-sale securities subject to fair value accounting. As of December 31, 2012, the Company considered that there was no material change to the fair value of the convertible bond as there had been no significant changes in the business and financial conditions of iTV during the relatively short period since the convertible bond was purchased in December 2012. As a result of our investment in the convertible bond, we have reassessed our investment in the Series A Preference Shares. We continue to account for them using the cost method as at December 31, 2012 as they still do not qualify as in-substance-common stock due to their substantive liquidation preference.

    Fair Value Measurements

        Pursuant to the accounting guidance for fair value measurements and its subsequent updates, fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The accounting guidance also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy which requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels that may be used in measuring fair value as follows:

    Level 1—observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2—inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are observable either directly or indirectly.

    Level 3—unobservable inputs based on the Company's assumptions.

F-37


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Continued)

        In January 2010, the FASB issued amended standards that require additional fair value disclosures. These disclosure requirements are effective in two phases. In the first quarter of 2010, the Company adopted the requirements for disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value as well as disclosures about significant transfers between hierarchy levels. Beginning in the first quarter of 2011, these amended standards require presentation of disaggregated activity within the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The company has adopted the requirement for the disclosure.

        The Company's financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, restricted cash, accounts receivable, long-term investments, accounts payable and certain accrued expenses. Short-term investments are limited to bank notes with original maturities longer than three months and less than one year. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the respective carrying values of financial instruments except for long-term investments approximated their fair values based on their short-term maturities. As of December 31, 2012, the combined fair value of the entity's long term investments in available-for-sale Level 3 convertible bond and redeemable securities was $31.0 million, which is the same as their carrying value.

        The following is a summary of available-for-sales investments as of December 31, 2012:

 
  Amortized
cost
  Unrealized
Gains
  Unrealized
Losses for
More Than
12 months
  Estimated
fair value
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Convertible bonds of privately-held company

  $ 23,000           $ 23,000  

Preferred convertible shares of privately-held company

  $ 8,000           $ 8,000  
                   

Total available-for-sales Investments

  $ 31,000           $ 31,000  
                   

        Financial assets measured and recognized at fair value on a recurring basis and classified under the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as described above were as follows:

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

As of December 31, 2012

                         

Short-term investment

  $ 296   $   $   $ 296  
                   

Long-term investment

  $   $   $ 31,000   $ 31,000  
                   

As of December 31, 2011

                         

Short-term investment

  $ 2,372   $   $   $ 2,372  
                   

        As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company's financial assets measured on a non-recurring basis included $31.4 million and $19.2 million of equity investments in privately-held companies, respectively.

NOTE 7—LONG-LIVED ASSETS

        In December 2009, the Company entered into a Sale Leaseback Agreement for the sale of its manufacturing, R&D and administrative office facility in Hangzhou, China, or the Hangzhou facility, to a third party for proceeds of approximately $138.8 million and the leaseback of approximately one-third of the property through 2016. As of May 31, 2010, the Company had received all of the sales proceeds

F-38


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7—LONG-LIVED ASSETS (Continued)

and met all criteria for consummation of sale of the Hangzhou facility. On May 31, 2010, the Company and the buyer agreed that all conditions precedent to the closing had been met and the leaseback commenced on June 1, 2010.

        In connection with the Sale Leaseback Agreement, on February 1, 2010, the Company entered into a Lease Contract, or the Leaseback, with respect to the leaseback of a portion of the Hangzhou facility. Under the terms of the Leaseback, the Company would lease back 71,027 square meters of gross floor area, or GFA, aboveground and 12,000 sqm GFA underground of the building for a period of 6 years at a rate of approximately $0.37, $0.44 and $0.47, respectively, per sqm per day for years 1-2, 3-4 and 5-6, respectively, of the lease period for the aboveground space; and approximately $3.66 per sqm per month for the underground space for the full lease period. The Company was also required to pay a security deposit in the amount of approximately $1.8 million and prepay part of the rent and fees for the last six months of the lease term in the amount of approximately $3.4 million upon lease inception on June 1, 2010. The Company could terminate all or part of the Leaseback by giving six months advance notice; however, the Company would be required to pay penalties and additional compensation in the event of early termination. The Company had concluded that the Lease qualified as an operating lease at the inception of the lease.

        In December 2010, the Company decided to terminate the lease of the Hangzhou facility in June 2011 and notified the landlord on December 8, 2010, six months in advance, according to the termination clause in the Sale Leaseback Agreement. A termination agreement was signed between the landlord and the Company in June 2011 and both parties agreed to terminate the lease on June 30, 2011. The Company paid early termination penalties of approximately $9.8 million in total to the landlord in 2010 and 2011.

        In March 2011, the Company entered into a noncancelable Lease Agreement, or Lease, for its R&D and administrative office in Hangzhou, China. Under the terms of the Lease, the Company would lease 35,425 square meters of gross floor area above ground of the buildings, including common areas, through July 15, 2016. The Company was entitled to a free rental period through July 15, 2011. The annual lease payment is $1.6 million, with an escalation rate of 9% starting from the fourth year of the lease. The Company has priority over third parties if it desires to renew the lease. The Company was also required to pay a security deposit in the amount of approximately $0.5 million. The Company may terminate all or part of the Lease by giving six months advance notice; however, the Company would be required to pay penalties and additional compensation, subject to a maximum of six months of lease payments, in the event of early termination. The Lease commenced on March 7, 2011 and the lease expense is being recognized using the straight-line method. The Company has concluded that the Lease qualifies as an operating lease. In April 2013, the Company has given up a portion of the lease due to its vacancy through the contractual early termination process. See "Note 12—Commitments and Contingencies" for future minimum lease payments.

NOTE 8—GOODWILL AND PURCHASED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        On October 16, 2010, the Company entered into an Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV and Smart Frontier, the sole shareholder of iTV, to enable the Company to launch an Internet TV platform to generate revenue through subscription, advertising and value-added service in the coming years. Pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to purchase from Smart Frontier 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart held by Smart Frontier, or the Purchase Shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million. The Purchased Shares constituted 51% of the

F-39


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8—GOODWILL AND PURCHASED INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

total shares of iTV then held by Smart Frontier. The purchase price for the Purchased Shares was paid in the form of the number of the Company's ordinary shares calculated by dividing $10.0 million by the average closing price per share of the Company's ordinary shares quoted on the NASDAQ stock market for the thirty day period immediately preceding the date of closing of the transaction which management believed closely approximated the market value on the day of issuance subject to customary closing conditions. Pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company had the right to repurchase the Company's shares issued in exchange for iTV's ordinary shares held by the Company if, by the one year anniversary of the closing date, regulatory approvals had not been obtained as outlined in the post-closing covenants. Concurrent with entering into the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company also entered into a Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement with iTV and its affiliated entity, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Smart Frontier. Pursuant to the Series A Preference Shares Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to purchase from iTV 9,600,000 Series A Preference Shares of iTV at a price of $2.08333 per share, for an aggregate cash consideration of $20.0 million. Under certain conditions, shares of Series A Preference Shares are convertible into ordinary shares on a 1:1 basis. Series A Preference Shares have equal voting rights as ordinary shares. They are entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 8% of the original issue price and can also participate in other dividends declared by iTV. The Purchase Shares and the Series A Preference Shares together constituted 75% of the total shares of iTV which gives the Company control over iTV. The Company recorded this transaction as an acquisition of a business.

        The transactions closed on November 8, 2010. The Company issued 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) ordinary shares to Smart Frontier with a fair value of $ 9.8 million based on the market price of the Company's ordinary share as at November 8, 2010 for the purchase price of $10.0 million for the iTV ordinary shares and made cash payments of $20.0 million to iTV for the purchase of Series A Preference Shares. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded intangible assets of $5.0 million, and goodwill of $13.8 million which represented the excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill mainly consisted of the extensive knowledge and expertise of the management team in the Internet TV industry complemented by the execution ability of the operation team. The amortizable intangible assets acquired consisted of estimated fair values of iTV's technology platform of $4.7 million and non-compete agreements signed with key executives upon closing of the transaction of $0.3 million. The Company amortized these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated weighted-average life of 4 years.

        On October 16, 2011, the Company and the iTV shareholders agreed to extend the date of exercising its repurchase right from the original date of October 16, 2011 to April 16, 2012. On April 15, 2012, the Share Exchange Agreement was entered into by the Company and the iTV shareholders to exercise the repurchase right. The transaction was effective on June 4, 2012 and the transfer was completed on June 21, 2012. Upon the execution of the Share Exchange Agreement, 4,473,272 (or 1,491,091 after reverse share split) UTStarcom ordinary shares previously held by Smart Frontier were transferred back to the Company as treasury shares ,and the 5,100,000 ordinary shares of Stage Smart Limited previously held by UTStarcom were transferred back to Smart Frontier Holdings Limited. After the repurchase, the Company decreased its ownership in iTV from 75% to approximately 49% and reduced its representation on the iTV board of directors from three to two out of a total of five board seats, which triggered deconsolidation of iTV from its consolidated financial statements starting from June 21, 2012. The Company derecognized the goodwill and intangible assets on June 21, 2012 upon the deconsolidation of iTV. Upon the deconsolidation, the Company derecognized the assets (including an appropriate allocation of goodwill) and liabilities of iTV at their

F-40


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8—GOODWILL AND PURCHASED INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

carrying amounts on the date control was lost, derecognized the carrying amount of any NCI at the date control was lost (including any components of accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to it), and recognized the fair value of the proceeds from the transaction. There was no material gain or loss resulting from the transaction. As a result of the repurchase, the Company measured the fair value of its retained interests in the Series A Preference Shares of iTV at the date of losing control, which amounted to $14.9 million. Since the remaining Series A Preference Shares of iTV invested by the Company did not qualify as the in-substance common stock due to their substantive liquidation preference, the Company uses the cost method to account for investment in the iTV Series A preference shares after the deconsolidation.

        The Company conducted its annual impairment test as of November 1, 2011. Based on the annual impairment test, the fair value of iTV exceeded its carrying value, and therefore, no impairment provision was considered necessary. There were no triggering events identified from the date of its assessment through December 31, 2011 that would have required an update to its annual impairment test. In addition, there were no triggering events identified during 2011 that would require an impairment test on intangible assets to be conducted by the Company. As of December 31, 2011, goodwill was $13.8 million, the entire amount of which was allocated to the Service segment. The goodwill was derecognized in 2012 as the result of the loss of control over and deconsolidation of iTV (See Note 5). The following table sets forth the purchased intangible assets associated with the acquisition as of December 31, 2012:

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
  Gross   Accumulated Amortization   Effect of ITV deconsolidation   Net   Gross   Accumulated Amortization   Net  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Amortizable intangible assets

                                           

Technology Platform

  $ 4,708   $ (1,863 ) $ (2,845 ) $   $ 4,708   $ (1,373 ) $ 3,335  

Non-compete Agreements

    247     (98 )   (149 )       247     (72 )   175  
                               

Subtotal

    4,955     (1,961 )   (2,994 )       4,955     (1,445 )   3,510  
                               

Unamortizable intangible assets

                                           

Domain Name

    160         (160 )       115         115  
                               

Total

  $ 5,115   $ (1,961 ) $ (3,154 ) $   $ 5,070   $ (1,445 ) $ 3,625  
                               

        Amortization of intangible assets was $0.5million and $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        The unamortized intangible assets were all related to iTV, so the intangible balance was derecognized due to the iTV deconsolidation.

NOTE 9—DEBT

        At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had no outstanding bank loans and the Company had not guaranteed any debt not included in the consolidated balance sheet.

        In August 2011, the Company entered into one accounts-receivable line of $4.6 million which can be used for recourse factoring on an account receivable from one specified customer. The factoring line expired twelve months from the issuance date in August 2012. On December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the debt covenant under the factoring line and there was no amount

F-41


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9—DEBT (Continued)

drawn-down under such factoring line. In the second quarter of 2010, the Company entered into two credit facilities totaling $29.4 million. Both credit facilities expired in the second quarter of 2011.

NOTE 10—WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER GUARANTEES

        The Company provides a standard warranty on its equipment and terminal sales for a period generally ranging from one to two years from the time of final acceptance. At times, the Company has entered into arrangements to provide limited warranty services for periods longer than two years. The Company provides for the expected cost of product warranties at the time that revenue is recognized based on an assessment of past warranty experience and when specific circumstances dictate. The Company assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability every quarter and makes adjustments to the liabilities if necessary. Specific warranty accruals are reversed upon the expiration of the warranty period and are recorded as a reduction of cost of net sales. From time to time, the Company may be subject to additional costs related to non-standard warranty claims from its customers. If and when this occurs, the Company estimates additional accruals based on historical experience, communication with its customers and various assumptions that the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Such additional warranty accruals are recorded in the period in which the additional costs are identified.

        Warranty expirations recorded as a reduction of cost of net sales approximated $0.3 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and are included in the table below as benefit from expirations, net. The following table summarizes the activity related to warranty obligations during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 
  (In thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 16,150  

Accruals for warranties issued during the period (benefit from expirations), net

    (3,103 )

Settlements made during the period

    (5,313 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2010

    7,734  
       

Accruals for warranties issued during the period (benefit from expirations), net

    (191 )

Settlements made during the period

    (2,883 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2011

    4,660  
       

Accruals for warranties issued during the period (benefit from expirations), net

    2,039  

Warranty reserve derecognized upon IPTV divestiture

    (2,507 )

Settlements made during the period

    (2,863 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 1,329  
       

        Certain of the Company's sales contracts include provisions under which customers would be indemnified by the Company in the event of, among other things, a third-party claim against the customer for intellectual property rights infringement related to the Company's products. There are no limitations on the maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. Historically, the Company has not incurred material costs as a result of obligations under these agreements. It is not possible to determine the aggregate maximum potential loss under these indemnification agreements

F-42


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 10—WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER GUARANTEES (Continued)

due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement.

NOTE 11—RESTRUCTURING

Restructuring Costs

        During fiscal 2012, the Company recorded approximately $0.4 million in restructuring charges of which $0.4 million was related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan. During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded approximately $2.4 million in restructuring charges of which $2.4 million was related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan and an immaterial amount was related to the 2008 Restructuring Plan. During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded approximately $16.0 million in restructuring charges of which $15.7 million was related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan and $0.3 million was related to the 2008 Restructuring Plan. The following describes the Company's restructuring initiatives.

2009 Restructuring Plan

        On June 9, 2009, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the 2009 Restructuring Plan designed to reduce the Company's operating costs. The 2009 Restructuring Plan included a worldwide reduction in force of approximately 50% of the Company's headcount, or approximately 2,300 employees located primarily in China and the United States and, to a lesser degree, other international locations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded restructuring costs of approximately $0.4 million related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan, net of approximately $0.2 million of reversal of charges recorded in prior periods due to changes in estimates. The restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2012 consist primarily of $0.1 million for severance and benefits related to few employees included in the 2009 Restructuring Plan, adjusted for changes in estimate in termination date of employees, and approximately $0.3 million of lease exit costs primarily related to a lease expiring in 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded restructuring costs of approximately $2.4 million related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan, net of approximately $1.6 million of reversal of charges due to changes in estimates. The restructuring costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 consisted primarily of $2.1 million for severance and benefits related to approximately 50 employees included in the 2009 Restructuring Plan, adjusted for changes in estimate in termination date of employees, and approximately $0.3 million of lease exit costs primarily related to a lease expiring in 2013. Total restructuring costs recorded through December 31, 2012 related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan approximated $58.4 million. As of December 31, 2012, the 2009 Restructuring Plan was completed.

2008 Restructuring Plan

        During fiscal 2008, the Company implemented a restructuring plan, or 2008 Restructuring Plan, and recorded $13.1 million in restructuring charges primarily related to a global reduction in force across all functions and employee terminations at certain non-core operations which the Company was in the process of winding down. The total number of employees affected totaled approximately 750, including 350 in China, 200 in Korea and 200 in other locations including the United States. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded an immaterial amount of additional restructuring costs related to the 2008 Restructuring Plan, for severance and benefit costs being recognized over the remaining service period for employees included in the 2008 Restructuring Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded additional restructuring costs

F-43


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 11—RESTRUCTURING (Continued)

related to the 2008 Restructuring Plan of approximately $0.3 million, for severance and benefit costs being recognized over the remaining service period for employees included in the 2008 Restructuring Plan. Total restructuring costs recorded through December 31, 2011 related to the 2008 Restructuring Plan approximated $19.7 million. At December 31, 2011, the 2008 Restructuring Plan was completed.

        The activity in the accrued restructuring balances related to all the plans described above was as follows for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 
  Balance at
December 31,
2011
  Restructuring
Charges
  Cash
Payments
in 2012
  Balance at
December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2009 Restructuring Plan

                         

Workforce Reduction

  $ 231   $ 49   $ (280 ) $  

Lease Costs

    1,461     309     (1,770 )    
                   

Total 2009 Restructuring Plan

  $ 1,692   $ 358   $ (2,050 ) $  
                   

        The activity in the accrued restructuring balances related to the plans described above was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011:

 
  Balance at
December 31,
2009
  Restructuring
Charges
  Cash
Payments
  Settlement of
Stock-based
Compensation
  Balance at
December 31,
2010
  Restructuring
Charges
  Cash
Payments
  Balance at
December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2009 Restructuring Plan

                                                 

Workforce Reduction

  $ 16,939   $ 14,613   $ (20,075 ) $ (2,052 ) $ 9,425   $ 2,052   $ (11,246 ) $ 231  

Lease Costs

    1,516     1,052     (597 )       1,971     312     (822 )   1,461  

Other Costs

    6     45         (51 )                
                                   

Total 2009 Restructuring Plan

    18,461     15,710     (20,672 )   (2,103 )   11,396     2,364     (12,068 )   1,692  
                                   

2008 Restructuring Plan

                                                 

Workforce Reduction

    2,526     338     (2,843 )       21     22     (43 )    

Lease Costs

    385         (385 )                    

Other Costs

    30     (30 )                        
                                   

Total 2008 Restructuring Plan

    2,941     308     (3,228 )       21     22     (43 )    
                                   

2007 Restructuring Plan

                                                 

Lease Costs

    305         (305 )                    
                                   

Total 2007 Restructuring Plan

    305         (305 )                    
                                   

Grand Total

  $ 21,707   $ 16,018   $ (24,205 ) $ (2,103 ) $ 11,417   $ 2,386   $ (12,111 ) $ 1,692  
                                   

F-44


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 12—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

        We have entered into non-cancellable operating, office space, manufacturing facilities leases. Future minimum lease payments under all noncancelable operating leases with an initial term in excess of one year as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 
  Amount  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 3,135  

2014

    3,287  

2015

    3,353  

2016

    1,652  

Thereafter

     
       

Total

  $ 11,427  
       

        Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $6.3 million, $13.8 million and $15.9 million, respectively.

Third Party Commissions

        The Company records accruals for commissions payable to third parties in the normal course of business. Such commissions are recorded based on the terms of the contracts between the Company and the third parties and paid pursuant to such contracts. Consistent with the Company's accounting policies, these commissions are recorded as cost of net sales in the period in which the liability is incurred. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had approximately $0.1 million and $1.2 million of such accrued commissions. Management has performed, and continues to perform, follow-up procedures with respect to these accrued commissions. Upon completion of such follow-up procedures, if the accrued commissions have not been claimed and the statute of limitations, if any, has expired, the Company reverses such accruals. Such reversals are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations during the period management determines that such accruals are no longer necessary. The Company concluded that for certain of these accrued commissions the statute of limitations had expired in August 2010 and November 2010, two years after formal communication was sent to these agents. During the year ended December 31, 2010 approximately $6.0 million, was released to cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company did not release any accruals to cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of status of limitations. During the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately $0.5 million was released to cost of net sales as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations.

India Department of Telecommunication Security and Supply Chain Standards

        India's Department of Telecommunications had required equipment manufacturers to satisfy certain security and supply chain standards to the satisfaction of Indian authorities. The Company entered into agreements with several customers in India which establish detailed security and supply chain standards covering products supplied to these telecommunication customers as required by the Indian authorities. These agreements contain significant penalty clauses in the event a security breach is detected related to product supplied by the Company. In May 2011, India's DOT provided a revised template for these agreements, but we have not executed the revised agreement with our customers. Management is unable to estimate the likelihood or the financial impact of any such potential security

F-45


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 12—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

breach on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has not been subject to any penalty liability related to these agreements. In 2012 and 2011, there was no revenue recognized in relation to contracts signed after the effective date of the agreements, and our management currently does not believe it has met the criteria to recognize revenue because the Company has not satisfied the security requirements as designated in the agreements. As of December 31, 2012, deferred revenue and deferred costs related to contracts covered by these security agreements were $9.8 million and $6.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, deferred revenue and deferred costs related to contracts covered by these security agreements were $5.3 million and $4.1 million, respectively. The Company continues to assess the potential impact these agreements may have on the timing of revenue recognition.

Contractual obligations and commercial commitments

Letters of credit:

        The Company issues bid bond, commercial letters of credit or standby letters of credit primarily to support international sales activities outside of China and in support of purchase commitments. When the Company submits a bid for a sale, often the potential customer will require that the Company issue a bid bond or a standby letter of credit to demonstrate its commitment through the bid process. In addition, the Company may be required to issue standby letters of credit as guarantees for advance customer payments upon contract signing or performance guarantees. The standby letters of credit usually expire without being drawn by the beneficiary thereof. Finally, the Company may issue commercial letters of credit in support of purchase commitments. As of December 31, 2012, the Company's outstanding letters of credit approximated $11.5 million and the outstanding bid bond approximated $1.3 million. These balances are included in the balance of Short-term and Long-term restricted cash.

Purchase commitments

        The Company is obligated to purchase raw materials and work-in-process inventory under various orders from various suppliers, all of which should be fulfilled without adverse consequences material to the Company's operations or financial condition. At December 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding purchase commitments, including agreements that are non-cancelable and cancelable without penalty, approximating $39.3 million.

Intellectual property:

        Certain sales contracts include provisions under which customers would be indemnified by the Company in the event of, among other things, a third party claim against the customer for intellectual property rights infringement related to the Company's products. There are no limitations on the maximum potential future payments under these guarantees. The Company has not accrued any amounts in relation to these provisions as no such claims have been made and the Company believes it has valid enforceable rights to the intellectual property embedded in its products.

Uncertain Tax Positions

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $54.0 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, of which $12.3 million related to tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the annual effective tax rate. The remaining $41.7 million gross unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact certain deferred tax assets.

F-46


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 12—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

Litigation

Governmental Investigations

        In December 2005, the U.S. Embassy in Mongolia informed the Company that it had forwarded to the DOJ, allegations that an agent of the Company's Mongolia joint venture had offered payments to a Mongolian government official in possible violation of the FCPA. The Company, through its Audit Committee, authorized an independent investigation into possible violations of the FCPA, and it has been in contact with the DOJ and the SEC regarding the investigation. The investigation identified possible FCPA violations in Mongolia, Southeast Asia, India, and China, as well as possible violations of U.S. immigration laws. The DOJ requested that the Company voluntarily produce documents related to the investigation, the SEC subpoenaed the Company for documents, and the Company received a Grand Jury Subpoena requiring the production of documents related to one aspect of the DOJ investigation, that is, travel the Company had sponsored. The Company has resolved the investigations with the DOJ and the SEC. On December 21, 2009, as part of the resolution of these investigations, the Company executed a consent pursuant to which, without admitting or denying the SEC's allegations, it agreed to a judgment in favor of the SEC of $1.5 million, and agreed to certain reporting obligations for up to four years. The SEC approved that resolution. On April 14, 2010, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entered a judgment incorporating the terms of that consent. On December 31, 2009, the Company entered into a non-prosecution agreement with the DOJ, pursuant to which the Company has paid an additional $1.5 million and agreed to undertake a three-year reporting obligation and to review and, where appropriate, strengthen the Company's compliance, bookkeeping and internal controls standards and procedures. Under the non-prosecution agreement, subject to compliance with its terms, the DOJ has agreed not to criminally prosecute the Company for crimes (other than criminal tax violations) relating to certain travel arrangements it provided to customers in China. We submitted our first reports to the DOJ and SEC on May 1, 2010, our second reports to the DOJ and SEC on April 29, 2011 and our third reports to the DOJ and SEC on April 26, 2012.

Other Litigation

        The Company is a party to other litigation matters and claims that are normal in the course of operations, and while the results of such litigation matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management of the Company believes that the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 13—COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AND OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES

        On February 1, 2010, the Company entered into Stock Purchase Agreements with BEIID, and two unrelated investment funds, Elite Noble Limited and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP, which included a proposed investment of $48.5 million in the Company's common stock. The Stock Purchase Agreements were subsequently amended on May 4, 2010, June 4, 2010 and July 7, 2010, respectively.

        On September 7, 2010, the Company and the investors entered into a fourth amendment to each of the Stock Purchase Agreements, or Fourth Amendments, to reduce the per share purchase price and to make certain adjustment to the number of shares sold under the agreements. Under the terms of the Fourth Amendments, the Company and the investors agreed to reduce the purchase price from $2.2 per share to $2.027 per share and adjust the number of shares sold to each of the investors. The Fourth Amendments also provided an option to Elite Noble Limited to purchase up to an additional 3,972,251 (or 1,324,084 after reverse share split) shares through November 8, 2010 for approximately

F-47


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13—COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AND OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES (Continued)

$8.1 million based on a stated exercise price of $2.027 (or $6.081 after reverse share split) per share if the purchase takes place on or prior to October 7, 2010 and $2.047 (or $6.141 after reverse share split) per share if the purchase takes place between October 8, 2010 and November 8, 2010. On September 7, 2010, the Company completed the transaction and issued an aggregate 18,073,202 (or 6,024,401 after reverse share split) shares of its common stock and the option to purchase an additional 3,972,251 (or 1,324,084 after reverse share split) shares for cash proceeds, net of issuance costs, of $34.6 million. Net cash proceeds were allocated to the common stock issued and the option to purchase additional shares based on their relative fair value at the date of issuance, resulting in $34.1 million of net cash proceeds allocated to the common stock issued and $0.5 million of net cash proceeds allocated to the option to purchase additional shares.

        The fair value of the option to purchase the additional 3,972,251 (or 1,324,084 after reverse share split) shares was estimated to be $0.5 million at the date of issuance based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model using a risk-free interest rate of 0.16%, volatility of approximately 55%, the contractual life of 0.2 years and zero dividend rate. The net cash proceeds allocated to the option to purchase additional shares were recorded as additional paid in capital. The option expired unexercised at December 31, 2010.

        On August 12, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors approved a repurchase program of up to $20 million of its ordinary shares outstanding over the 12 months through August 15, 2012. In the third quarter of 2012, the Company's Board of Directors had approved the extension of the repurchase program to August 2013. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has repurchased 12,524,614 shares (or 4,174,875 after reverse share split) at the cost of $15.1 million under this program. The Company did not terminate this program prior to its expiration during the year 2013. On November 30, 2012, the Company announced a commencement of a tender offer (the Tender Offer) to purchase up to 25,000,000 (or 8,333,333 after reverse share split) of its ordinary shares at a price of $1.2 (or $3.6 after reverse share split) per share. The Tender Offer expired on January 3, 2013. As of January 10, 2013, the Company has accepted for purchase 25,000,000 (or 8,333,333 after reverse share split) of the Company's ordinary shares at a cost of approximately $30 million under the Tender Offer. All the repurchased shares through the tender offer have been cancelled at the purchasing date of January 10, 2013 and all the repurchased shares under the repurchase program have been classified as treasury shares of the Company. The Company did not have any other share repurchase programs that have expired in 2012 and did not make further purchases of shares under any other programs during the year 2012.

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS

Stock Incentive Plans

        On March 21, 2013, shareholders of the Company approved the amendment of authorized share capital of the company by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.00375 par value each. As a result, the one-for-three reverse split of the company's ordinary shares became effective from March 21, with trading commenced on the post-reverse split-adjusted basis on the NASDAQ Global Select Market as of the opening of trading on Friday, March 22. All shares/per share related data in this note have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

F-48


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

        At December 31, 2012, the Company has the stock incentive plans described below. Substantially all outstanding awards are subject to potential accelerated vesting in the event of a change in control of the Company. The Company repurchases and cancels its ordinary shares forfeited with respect to the tax liability associated with certain vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock unit grants under these plans.

2006 Equity Incentive Plan:

        The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2006 Plan, was implemented on July 21, 2006 after being adopted by the Board of Directors on June 6, 2006 and approved by the Company's stockholders on July 21, 2006. The 2006 Plan replaces the 1997 Plan, the 2001 Plan, and the 2003 Plan, or collectively, the Prior Plans, and no further awards will be granted pursuant to the Prior Plans. The 2006 Plan provides for the grant of the following types of incentive awards: (i) stock options, (ii) stock appreciation rights, (iii) restricted stock, (iv) restricted stock units, (v) performance shares and performance units, and (vi) other stock or cash awards ("Award," collectively, "Awards"). Those who are eligible for Awards under the 2006 Plan include employees, directors and consultants who provide services to the Company and its affiliates.

        The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be awarded and sold under the 2006 Plan is 1,500,000 shares plus (i) any shares that have been reserved but remain unissued under the Prior Plans as of July 21, 2006, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Prior Plans that expire or become exercisable without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Prior Plans that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company. As of December 31, 2012, the number of shares transferred from the Prior Plans to the 2006 plan totaled 10,361,874. As of December 31, 2012, 2,002,237 options and restricted stock awards and units were outstanding under the 2006 Plan.

        The Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board, or Compensation Committee, or Administrator, administers the 2006 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2006 Plan, the Administrator has the sole discretion to select the employees, consultants, and directors who will receive Awards, determine the terms and conditions of Awards, and to interpret the provisions of the 2006 Plan and outstanding Awards. Options granted under the 2006 Plan generally vest and become exercisable over four years.

        Awards granted under the 2006 Plan are generally not transferable, and all rights with respect to an Award granted to a participant generally may be exercised during a participant's lifetime only by the participant; provided, however, that with the Administrator's approval, a participant may (i) transfer an Award to a participant's spouse or former spouse pursuant to a court-approved domestic relations order which relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments or marital property rights, or (ii) transfer an Award by gift to or for the benefit of the participant's immediate family.

        The exercise price of all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2006 Plan must be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of the ordinary share on the date of grant (or at least 110% of such fair market value for an incentive stock option, or ISO, granted to a shareholder with greater than 10% voting power of the Company's stock). The maximum term of a stock option granted to any participant must not exceed seven years from the date of grant (or five years for an ISO granted to a shareholder with greater than 10% of the voting power of the ordinary share). The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of all other Awards granted under the Plan.

F-49


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

         Prior Plans—The 1997 Stock Plan, 2001 Director Option Plan, and 2003 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan:

The 1997 Stock Plan:

        Prior to the implementation of the 2006 Plan on July 21, 2006, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its affiliates were eligible to receive options to purchase ordinary shares and stock purchase rights under the 1997 Stock Plan, or 1997 Plan. The 1997 Plan was terminated in July 2006 effective upon shareholder approval of the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2012, there were options to purchase 55,131 ordinary shares outstanding under the 1997 Plan.

        Options granted under the 1997 Plan prior to July 21, 2006 were either ISOs intended to qualify for favorable US federal income tax treatment under the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or non-qualified stock options, or NSOs, which did not so qualify. The Compensation Committee oversaw the selection of eligible persons for option grants and determined the grant date, amounts, exercise prices, vesting periods and other relevant terms of the options, including whether the options would be ISOs or NSOs. The exercise price of ISOs granted under the 1997 Plan could not be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the grant date (or at least 110% of such fair market value for an ISO granted to a shareholder with greater than 10% voting power of the Company's stock), while the exercise price of NSOs could be determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion. Options granted under the 1997 Plan were generally not transferable during the life of the optionee.

        Under the 1997 Plan, options vest and become exercisable as determined by the Compensation Committee, generally over four years. Options may generally be exercised at any time after they vest and before their expiration date as determined by the Compensation Committee. However, no option may be exercised more than ten years after the grant date (or five years for ISOs granted to a shareholder with greater than 10% voting power of the Common Stock). Options will generally terminate (i) 12 months after the death or permanent disability of an optionee and (ii) three months after termination of employment for any other reason. The aggregate fair market value of the ordinary shares represented by ISOs that become exercisable in any calendar year by any one option holder may not exceed $100,000. Options in excess of this limit are treated as NSOs.

        Prior to the implementation of the 2006 Plan, the Company could also grant stock purchase rights to eligible participants under the 1997 Plan. Under the 1997 Plan, any shares purchased pursuant to stock purchase rights were subject to a restricted stock purchase agreement. Unless the Compensation Committee determined otherwise, this agreement granted the Company a right to repurchase the restricted stock upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the employee for any reason, including death or disability prior to vesting. The purchase price for repurchased shares was the original price paid and could be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness owed to the Company. The Company's repurchase right lapsed at a rate determined by the Compensation Committee.

2001 Director Option Plan:

        Prior to the implementation of the 2006 Plan on July 21, 2006, those directors who were not employees of the Company, or Outside Directors, were eligible to receive options to purchase ordinary shares under the 2001 Director Option Plan, or 2001 Plan. The 2001 Plan was terminated in July 2006 effective upon shareholder approval of the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2012, there were options to

F-50


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

purchase 6,667 ordinary shares outstanding under the 2001 Plan. The Compensation Committee was the administrator of the 2001 Plan.

        Under the terms of the 2001 Plan, the exercise price of each option granted equaled the market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Such options have terms of ten years, but terminate earlier if the individual ceases to serve as a director. The First Option grants vest as to 25% of shares subject to the First Option on each of the first four anniversaries of its date of grant, subject to the Outside Director continuing to serve as a director on such dates. The Subsequent Option grants vest as to 100% of the shares subject to the Subsequent Option on the first anniversary of its date of grant.

The 2003 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan:

        Prior to the implementation of the 2006 Plan on July 21, 2006, directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its affiliates were eligible to receive options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock under the 2003 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan, or 2003 Plan. Only nonstatutory stock options, which would not qualify for favorable federal income tax treatment under the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, could be granted under the 2003 Plan. The 2003 Plan was terminated in July 2006 effective upon shareholder approval of the 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2012, options to purchase 1,560 ordinary shares were outstanding under the 2003 Plan.

        The 2003 Plan has been administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee oversaw the selection of the eligible persons to whom options would be granted and determined the number of shares subject to the option, exercise prices, vesting periods and other terms applicable to each option.

        Options granted under the 2003 Plan generally vest and become exercisable over four years, and may be exercised at any time after they vest but before their expiration date. Options will generally terminate (i) 12 months after the death or employment termination due to disability of an option holder and (ii) three months after termination of an option holder's service for any other reason other than for disability or due to the option holder's death. No option, however, may be exercised more than ten years after the grant date.

Stock Award and Stock Option Activity

        During fiscal 2012, the Company granted equity awards primarily consisting of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock options. Such awards generally vest over a period of one to four years from the date of grant. Restricted stock has the voting rights of ordinary shares and the shares underlying restricted stock are issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the number of ordinary shares available for issuance pursuant to future grants under the 2006 plan, including remaining unissued shares under Prior Plans that have been transferred into the 2006 plan

F-51


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

was 1,706,901, 3,508,205, and 4,226,585, respectively. The following summarizes the Company's stock options activity:

 
  Number of shares outstanding   Weighted average exercise price  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2009

    1,917     26.94  
           

Options Granted

    218     6.51  

Options Exercised

    (1 )   8.46  

Options Forfeited or Expired

    (746 )   43.05  
           

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2010

    1,388     15.06  
           

Options Granted

    486     36.78  

Options Exercised

    (20 )   6.27  

Options Forfeited or Expired

    (728 )   16.71  
           

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2011

    1,127     23.52  
           

Options Granted

    246     3.24  

Options Exercised

         

Options Forfeited or Expired

    (443 )   19.56  
           

Options Outstanding, December 31, 2012

    930     20.04  
           

        In February 2010, the Compensation Committee decided no new stock-based awards would be granted to senior executives for the 2010 year in light of the Company's previously announced planned changes in management.

        In the first quarter of 2011, the Compensation Committee granted to senior executive officers 89,333 restricted stock units with a four-year vesting period and an additional 134,000 performance-based restricted stock units, subject to the attainment of goals determined by the Compensation Committee. In August 2011, the Compensation Committee granted to board members 51,138 restricted stock awards, as well as 77,805 stock options with an exercise price of $4.17 per share, the closing stock price of the Company's ordinary shares on August 31, 2011. The Compensation Committee also granted 74,000 restricted stock units and 74,000 performance-based restricted stock units to top performers at (Senior) Directors level, as well as key talent below director level, with a four-year vesting period. The performance-based restricted stock units are subject to the attainment of goals determined by the Compensation Committee. The Company recorded the relevant stock-based compensation for these grants based on the probability of meeting the performance conditions in year 2011. In addition, the Company granted 200,000 restricted stock awards and 144,167 restricted stock units to its management and employees in 2011.

        In the third quarter of 2012, the Compensation committee granted to board members 36,488 restricted stock awards, as well as 36,488 stock options with an exercise price of $3.21 per share. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Compensation committee granted to board members 26,666 stock options with an exercise price of $2.97 per share. And additionally in the fourth quarter of 2012, the Compensation Committee granted to senior executive officers 566,666 restricted stock units as well as 566,666 restricted stock awards with a four-year vesting period. There is no performance grant in 2012.

        Under the 2006 and 1997 Plans, the Company granted restricted stock awards. Restricted stock awards are unvested stock awards that may include grants of restricted stock or grants of restricted

F-52


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

stock units. Such awards generally vest over a period of one to four years from the date of grant. Restricted stock has the voting rights of ordinary share and the shares underlying restricted stock are considered to be currently issued and outstanding. Restricted stock units do not have the voting rights of ordinary shares, and the shares underlying the restricted stock units are not considered issued and outstanding. The expense for such awards is based on the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The weighted average fair value of restricted stock awards granted under our equity incentive plans during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $3.29, $5.58 and $6.75, respectively. The grant of restricted stock awards is deducted from the shares available on a one to one basis for grant under the Company's stock plan. Unvested restricted awards as of December 31, 2012 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2012 are summarized below:

 
  Shares   Weighted average grant date fair value  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Restricted stock awards activity

             

Total nonvested at December 31, 2011

    902   $ 5.87  
           

Granted

    1,891     3.29  

Vested

    (701 )   5.60  

Forfeited

    (390 )   4.49  
           

Total nonvested at December 31, 2012

    1,702   $ 3.43  
           

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, 0.7 million shares of restricted stock awards vested. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested, as measured on the date of vesting, during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $3.9 million. The Company also granted 1.9 million restricted stock awards.

        During the year ended December 31, 2011, 0.3 million shares of restricted stock awards vested. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested, as measured on the date of vesting, during the year ended December 31, 2011 was $3.1 million. The Company also granted 0.8 million restricted stock awards.

        During the year ended December 31, 2010, 1.1 million shares of restricted stock awards vested. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested, as measured on the date of vesting, during the year ended December 31, 2010 was $7.24 million. The Company also granted 0.5 million restricted stock awards.

F-53


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable stock options as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands, except years and share prices):

 
  Stock Options Outstanding   Stock Options Exercisable  
Range of exercise price
  Number outstanding   Weighted-average exercise price per share   Aggregate intrinsic value   Weighted-average remaining contractual life
(in years)
  Number Exercisable   Weighted-average exercise price per share   Aggregate intrinsic value  

$2.97 - $2.97

    27   $ 2.97         6.83              

$3.21 - $3.21

    203   $ 3.21         6.65     5   $ 3.21      

$4.14 - $4.17

    98   $ 4.17         4.48     50   $ 4.17      

$6.27 - $6.27

    53   $ 6.27         0.75     53   $ 6.27      

$6.51 - $6.51

    138   $ 6.51         1.97     125   $ 6.51      

$8.46 - $9.72

    117   $ 9.42         1.56     117   $ 9.42      

$10.11 - $18.75

    131   $ 15.51         2.23     131   $ 15.51      

$19.83 - $93.72

    80   $ 44.91         0.64     80   $ 44.91      

$112.38 - $112.38

    75   $ 112.38         1.05     75   $ 112.38      

$135.63 - $135.63

    8   $ 135.63         0.64     8   $ 135.63      
                                     

    930   $ 20.04         3.11     643   $ 27.39      
                                     

Options exercisable and expected to vest at December 31, 2012

    930   $ 20.04                                

        The intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value and is calculated as the difference between the market value as reported by NASDAQ on December 31, 2012 of $3.09 and the exercise price of the in-the-money shares. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the total pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised was negligible. The weighted average remaining contractual life of options exercisable was 1.63 years, and the weighted average remaining contractual life of options expected to vest was 3.11 years as of December 31, 2012. The weighted average fair value of options granted under the stock plans during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $1.97, $1.71 and $3.90 per share, respectively.

        The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to consultants and vendors in exchange for goods and services in accordance to the provisions of ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees (Formerly FASB Staff Positions Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-18 and 00-18). The measurement date for the fair value of the equity instruments issued is determined at the earlier of (i) the date at which a commitment for performance by the consultant or vendor is reached or (ii) the date at which the consultant or vendor's performance is complete. In the case of equity instruments issued to consultants, the fair value of the equity instrument is recognized over the term of the consulting agreement.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Stock-based compensation expense for stock options is estimated at the grant date based on each option's fair value as calculated by the Black-Scholes model. The fair value of unvested options granted to non-employee is re-measured at each reporting period until the options are fully vested. The Black-Scholes model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of short-lived exchange traded options

F-54


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

        The Company uses historical volatility as management believes it is more representative of future stock price trends than implied volatility due to the relatively small number of actively traded options on the Company's ordinary shares available to determine implied volatility. The Company estimates an expected term of options granted based upon the Company's historical exercise and cancellation data for vested options. In addition, separate groups of employees that have similar exercise behavior are considered separately. The expected term of employee stock purchase plan shares is the average of the remaining purchase periods under each offering period. The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to consultants. Expect terms for non-employee is based on remaining contractual terms.

        The Company bases the risk free interest rate used in the option valuation model on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and therefore uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the option valuation model. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock- based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

        The fair values of stock-based payment awards excluding non-employee, of which grants were immaterial in 2012, were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
Stock Options:
  2012   2011   2010  

Expected term in years

    4.6     2.85     3.95  

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

    0.56 %   0.58 %   1.40 %

Expected dividend rate

    0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %

Volatility

    79 %   75 %   83 %

        At December 31, 2012, there was approximately $2.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, as measured, related to unvested stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.29 years.

        At December 31, 2011, there was approximately $3.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, as measured, related to unvested stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.98 years.

        At December 31, 2010, there was approximately $2.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, as measured, related to unvested stock options and restricted stock and restricted stock units, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.25 years.

        Certain executives of the Company have employment contracts which provide for acceleration of all unvested equity awards in the event that the employee is terminated without cause. During 2012 and 2011, there was no executive involuntarily terminated as part of the 2008 and 2009 Restructuring Plans. During 2010, eight executives were involuntarily terminated as part of the 2008 and 2009 Restructuring

F-55


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—COMMON STOCK AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (Continued)

Plans. For the year ended December 31, 2010, approximately $2.1 million of previously unrecognized compensation costs related to the vesting acceleration was recognized within restructuring.

        The following table summarizes the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company's consolidated statement of operations£ o

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of net sales

  $ 107   $ 99   $ 166  

Selling, general and administrative

    2,399     2,602     4,600  

Research and development

    476     328     784  

Restructuring

            2,052  
               

Total

  $ 2,982   $ 3,029   $ 7,602  
               

        At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there was no stock-based compensation capitalized within inventory.

        In February 2009, the Company terminated the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, with an effective date of May 15, 2009. The cancellation has been accounted for as a settlement of shares for no consideration. This resulted in an immediate expense recognition of $1.2 million in the first quarter of 2009 associated with the unrecognized compensation for canceled purchase periods of the 24-month offering. The ESPP expired in March 2010.

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES

Cayman Islands

        Under the current tax laws of Cayman Islands, the Company and its subsidiaries are not subject to tax on their income or capital gains. In addition, upon payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

        United States and foreign income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest were as follows:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

United States

  $ 13,061   $ 18,671   $ (44,144 )

Foreign

    (45,013 )   (3,976 )   (18,031 )
               

Total

  $ (31,952 ) $ 14,695   $ (62,175 )
               

F-56


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current

                   

Federal

  $   $ 17   $ 335  

State

    (40 )   217     (9 )

Foreign

    4,643     2,339     3,554  
               

Total Current

    4,603     2,573     3,880  
               

Deferred

                   

Federal

             

State

             

Foreign

    (2,211 )   345     (765 )
               

Total Deferred

    (2,211 )   345     (765 )
               

Total

  $ 2,392   $ 2,918   $ 3,115  
               

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $54.0 million and had certain deferred tax assets and the federal tax benefit of state income tax items totaling $41.7 million. Of the total $54.0 million gross unrecognized tax benefits, $12.3 million related to tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the annual effective tax rate.

        The Company's policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to the above unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. During 2012, the total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the statement of income was $0.4 million. The Company had accrued interest and penalties of approximately $3.8 million as of December 31, 2012 and approximately $3.9 million as of December 31, 2011.

        The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various U.S. state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is also under audit by the taxing authorities in China on a recurring basis. The material jurisdictions that the Company is subject to examination are in the United States and China. The Company's tax years for 2002 through 2012 are still open for examination in China. The Company's tax years for 2005 through 2012 are still open for examination in the United States.

        FASB ASC 740-10 establishes criteria for recognizing or continuing to recognize only more-likely-than-not tax positions, which may result in income tax expense volatility in future periods. While the Company believes that it has adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than the Company's accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions on income tax related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $54.0 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, of which $12.3 million related to tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the annual effective tax

F-57


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

rate. The remaining $41.7 million gross unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact certain deferred tax assets. A summary of the Company's unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 
  Years ending December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Beginning balance-gross unrecognized tax benefits (UTB's)

  $ 55,650   $ 56,513   $ 90,597  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    80     121     2,063  

Reductions based on tax positions related to the current year

            (31,222 )

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

        176     352  

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

    (1,288 )   (1,160 )   (3,877 )

Settlements

             

Lapse of statute of limitations

    (430 )       (1,400 )
               

Ending balance—gross unrecognized tax benefits (UTB's)

    54,012     55,650     56,513  
               

UTB's as a credit in deferred taxes

    (39,402 )   (39,758 )   (39,758 )

Federal benefit of state taxes

    (2,312 )   (2,338 )   (2,338 )
               

UTB's that would impact the effective tax rate

  $ 12,298   $ 13,554   $ 14,417  
               

        In establishing its deferred income tax assets and liabilities, the Company makes judgments and interpretations based on the enacted tax laws and published tax guidance applicable to its operations. The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities and evaluates the need for valuation allowances to reduce the deferred tax assets to realizable amounts. The likelihood of a material change in the Company's expected realization of these assets is dependent on future taxable income and its ability to use foreign tax credit carryforwards and carrybacks.

F-58


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        A summary of the components of net deferred tax assets is as follows:

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred Tax Assets

             

Allowances and reserves

  $ 16,743   $ 39,915  

Deferred revenue and customer advances, net

    3,349     8,222  

Net operating loss carryforward

    218,158     238,934  

Tax credit carryforwards

    103,910     106,243  

Capital loss carryforwards

    18,785     19,282  

Writedown/amortization of intangible assets and goodwill

    19,642     26,061  

Fixed assets

    7,500     6,804  

Demo equipment income

    7,308     7,463  

Accrued warranties

    66     780  

Other

    26,404     23,675  
           

Total Deferred Tax Assets

  $ 421,865   $ 477,379  
           

Deferred Tax Liabilities

             

Prepaid expense

    (155 )   (86 )

Deferred taxes on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries

        (36 )

Intangibles

        (877 )

Other

        (6,369 )
           

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities

  $ (155 ) $ (7,368 )
           

Total Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities)

  $ 421,710   $ 470,011  
           

Less: Valuation Allowance

  $ (418,285 ) $ (469,224 )
           

Total Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities)

  $ 3,425   $ 787  
           

        The Company provides for deferred income taxes on the unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries unless such earnings are deemed to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. In 2012, the Company has no gross U.S. deferred income tax liability on foreign earnings.

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company still has undistributed earnings of approximately $24.4 million from investments in foreign subsidiaries that are considered permanently reinvested. The determination of the amount of deferred taxes on these earnings is not practicable since the computation would depend on a number of factors that cannot be known until a decision to repatriate the earnings is made.

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company's U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards were $372.3 million and expire in varying amounts between 2026 and 2032. As of December 31, 2012, state net operating loss carryforwards were $220.2 million and expire in varying amounts between 2013 and 2033. The Company has concluded that these federal and state net operating losses did not meet the more likely than not standard contained in FASB ASC 740-10 and has therefore placed a $141.6 million valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets. In the event the tax benefits related to the valuation allowance are realized, an immaterial amount would be credited to paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2012, the Company also had net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, in China of approximately $429.1 million. The China net operating loss carryforwards will expire in varying amounts

F-59


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

between 2014 and 2018. The Company has also concluded that these China net operating losses did not meet the more likely than not standard and has therefore placed a $64.8 million valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had NOLs in countries other than the U.S. and China. These NOLs are approximately $80.5 million. The majority of the NOLs does not expire and can be carried forward indefinitely. However, the Company concluded these losses did not meet the more likely than not standard and has therefore placed a valuation allowance of $11.8 million against the related deferred tax assets.

        As of December 31, 2012, the Company has U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $1.0 million which have an indefinite life. The Company also has U.S. R&D credit carryforwards of $13.0 million, $2.5 million of the credits have an indefinite life and $10.5 million of the credits expire in varying amounts between 2013 and 2029. The Company has U.S. foreign tax credits of $89.8 million which expire in varying amounts between 2013 and 2022. The Company has concluded that these U.S. tax credit carryforwards did not meet the more likely than not standard contained in FASB ASC 740-10 and has therefore placed a $103.8 million valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets.

        The difference between the Company's effective income tax rate and the federal statutory rate is reconciled below:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Federal tax (benefit) at statutory rate

  $ (11,183 ) $ 5,143   $ (21,760 )

State tax (benefit)/expense, net of federal income tax benefit

    187     645     (918 )

Tax benefit of convertible debentures

             

Stock compensation expense

    996     900     1,042  

Effect of differences in foreign tax rates

    422     1,334     1,853  

Tax on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries

            (11 )

Effect of tax rate changes on deferred taxes

    7     (275 )   151  

Change in deferred tax valuation allowance

    11,511     (3,877 )   20,897  

Tax credits

    (358 )   (430 )   (1,002 )

Other

    810     (522 )   2,863  
               

Total Tax Expense

  $ 2,392   $ 2,918   $ 3,115  
               

        On June 24, 2011, the Company effected the Merger to reorganize the corporate structure of UTStarcom, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1991, and its subsidiaries. The Merger resulted in shares of the common stock of UTStarcom, Inc. being converted into the right to receive an equal number of ordinary shares in our capital, which were issued by us in connection with the Merger. Following the Merger, UTStarcom, Inc. became our wholly-owned subsidiary and the Company became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Company, together with its subsidiaries, continues to conduct its business in substantially the same manner as was conducted by UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The transaction was accounted for as a legal re-organization of entities under common control. The Company remains subject to U.S. taxes at a statutory rate of 35%.

        The China CIT Law became effective on January 1, 2008. Under the CIT Law, China's dual tax system for domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises, or FIEs, was effectively replaced by a unified system. The new law establishes a tax rate of 25% for most enterprises and a reduced tax rate of 15% for certain qualified high technology enterprises.

F-60


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 15—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The CIT Law provides the reduced 15% enterprise income tax rate for qualified high and new technology enterprises. Two of the Company's China subsidiaries, HUTS and UTSC, through which the majority of our business in China is conducted, obtained their High and New Technology Enterprise Certificates, or High-tech Certificates, from the relevant approval authorities on September 19, 2008 and December 30, 2008, respectively, and thereafter were approved to pay CIT at the reduced tax rate of 15%. The approval for the reduced 15% tax rate is valid for three years and applies retroactively from January 1, 2008, subject to possible re-assessment by the approval authorities. During the re-assessment, the tax authority may suspend the implementation of the reduced 15% rate. HUTS's High-tech Certificate renewal was approved on October 14, 2011 while UTSC's High-tech Certificate expired on December 30, 2011. HUTS's approval extends the reduced 15% tax rate terms for three years while UTSC preferential tax rate of 15% has ceased and was subject to a tax rate of 25%. However, since both entities are currently in significant loss positions, the change in tax rate will not have a material adverse impact on the business or liquidity until the two China subsidiaries begin to generate profit and deplete all the net operating loss carry forwards. As a result of the IPTV divestiture, UTSC was no longer a subsidiary of the Company after August 31, 2012.

        In 2011, UTSC's deferred tax assets were revalued at 25% due to its disqualification for the reduced rate of 15%. In 2010, the $0.4 million tax benefit for the effect of tax rate changes is attributable to the revaluation of the Company's deferred tax assets in China related to decrease in tax rates due to the HUTS qualifying for the reduced 15% tax rate in 2008 and the UTSC's likely disqualification for the reduced rate of 15% in 2010.

        As of September 30, 2005, the Company did not believe it was more likely than not that it would generate a sufficient level and proper mix of taxable income within the appropriate period to utilize all the deferred tax assets in China and the United States. As a result of the review undertaken at September 30, 2005, the Company concluded that it was appropriate to establish a full valuation allowance for the net deferred tax assets in China and the United States wherein the cumulative losses weigh heavily in the overall assessment. The Company has continued to provide full valuation allowances since 2005 as it did not believe it was more likely than not that it would generate sufficient taxable income within the appropriate period to utilize those deferred tax assets.

        In 2012, the change in deferred tax valuation allowance of $11.5 million is primarily attributable to the tax expense related to continuing to provide full valuation allowance on the Company's deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012 in the United States and China. In 2011, the change in deferred tax valuation allowance of $3.9 million is primarily attributable to the tax expense related to continuing to provide full valuation allowance on the Company's deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 in the United States and China. In 2010, the change in deferred tax valuation allowance of $20.9 million is primarily attributable to the tax expense related to continuing to provide a full valuation allowance on the Company's deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010 in the United States and China.

        In 2012, the income tax benefit of $0.4 million related to tax credits is primarily attributable to an increase in the amount of foreign tax credits generated in the United States due to foreign taxes paid. In 2011, the income tax benefit of $0.4 million related to tax credits is primarily attributable to an increase in the amount of foreign tax credits generated in the United States due to foreign taxes paid. In 2010, the income tax benefit of $1.0 million related to tax credits is primarily attributable to an increase in the amount of foreign tax credits generated in the United States due to foreign taxes paid.

F-61


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 16—OTHER INCOME, NET

        Other income, net consists of the following:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Foreign exchange (losses) gains

  $ (4,675 ) $ (8,942 ) $ 8,004  

Settlement with MRV Communications(1)

            481  

Tax reversal for expiration of the statute of limitations(2)

    1,499          

Other

    203     777     1,323  
               

Total

  $ (2,973 ) $ (8,165 ) $ 9,808  
               

(1)
Previously, the Company held an 8% ownership interest in Fiberxon, which was acquired by MRV in 2007. In connection with the acquisition, Fiberxon shareholders received cash and stock as well as the right to potential deferred consideration. In December 2009, MRV entered into a settlement agreement for dismissal of legal proceedings between MRV and the former shareholders of Fiberxon regarding the amount of contingent consideration owed related to its acquisition. Proceeds received in the first quarter of 2010 represented the Company's proportionate share of the settlement amounts.

(2)
Previously, when the company divested its Korean subsidiary, the Company provided a tax reserve as it offered indemnification to the buyer for the uncertain tax position arising in the periods before the divestiture. In April 2012, approximately $1.5 million of such tax reserve was released due to the expiration of the statute of limitations, which is five years after the filing of the tax return.

F-62


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 17—NET INCOME PER SHARE

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Numerator:

                   

Net income (loss) attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp. 

  $ (34,385 ) $ 13,387   $ (65,129 )

Denominator:

                   

Weighted average shares outstanding—Basic

    48,513     51,491     45,686  

Potentially dilutive common stock equivalents—stock options and restricted stock

        150      
               

Weighted average shares outstanding—Diluted

    48,513     51,641     45,686  
               

Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.—Basic(1)

  $ (0.71 ) $ 0.26   $ (1.43 )
               

Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holdings Corp.—Diluted(1)

  $ (0.71 ) $ 0.26   $ (1.43 )
               

(1)
Authorized share capital of the company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each effective from March 21, 2013. The Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTStarcom Holding Corp basic and diluted for 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been recomputed to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

        The dilutive effect of share-based awards is reflected in diluted net income per share by application of the treasury stock method, which includes consideration of unamortized share-based compensation expense and the dilutive effect of in-the-money options and unvested restricted stock units. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options and unamortized share-based compensation expense are assumed proceeds to be used to repurchase hypothetical shares. An increase in the fair market value of the company's ordinary share can result in a greater dilutive effect from potentially dilutive awards.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, options and restricted stocks to purchase ordinary shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their effect was anti-dilutive. Please refer to Note 2.

NOTE 18—SEGMENT REPORTING

        With the Company's strategic shifts, beginning on January 1, 2011, the Company realigned its reporting segments to better reflect its new operating structure. Effective January 1, 2011, the new reporting segments are as follows:

    Equipment—Focusing on the Company's equipment sales including network infrastructure and application products. Network infrastructure products mainly include broadband products. Network application products mainly include Wireless infrastructure technologies.

F-63


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18—SEGMENT REPORTING (Continued)

    Services—Providing services and support of the Company's equipment products and also the new operational support segment.

    Equipment Based Services—Services and support the Company provides to customers after their purchases of equipment.

    Operational Support Services—Provides new services consisting of:

    Integrated multi-screen viewing from a single managed platform

    Time and location shifting

    Reliable HD streaming

        These revenues will be generated through advertising, subscription and software license fees.

        The Company's Chief Operating Decision Makers make financial decisions based on information it receives from its internal management system and currently evaluates the operating performance and allocates resources to the reporting segments based on segment revenue and gross profit. Cost of sales and direct expenses in relation to production are assigned to the reporting segments. The accounting policies used in measuring segment assets and operating performance are the same as those used at the consolidated level.

        Summarized below are the Company's segment net sales, gross profit and segment margin for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 based on the current reporting segment structure. The Company has reclassified its previously reported segment information for the years ended December 31, 2010 to conform to the current segment presentation.

 
  Years ended December 31,  
Net Sales by Segment
  2012   % of net sales   2011   % of net sales   2010   % of net
sales
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Equipment

  $ 160,688     86 % $ 285,493     89 % $ 251,134     86 %

Services—Equipment Based Services

    25,784     14 %   34,539     11 %   40,401     14 %

              —Operational Support Services

    256     0 %   544     0 %       0 %
                           

Total Sales

  $ 186,728     100 % $ 320,576     100 % $ 291,535     100 %
                           

 

 
  Years ended December 31,  
Gross profit by Segment
  2012   Gross profit %   2011   Gross profit %   2010   Gross profit %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Equipment

  $ 64,835     40 % $ 107,030     37 % $ 57,567     23 %

Services—Equipment Based Services

    3,546     14 %   9,271     27 %   12,671     31 %

              —Operational Support Services

    (223 )   -87 %   (1,967 )   -362 %       0 %
                                 

Total Gross profit

  $ 68,158     37 % $ 114,334     36 % $ 70,238     24 %
                                 

F-64


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 18—SEGMENT REPORTING (Continued)

 
  Years ended December 31,  
Segment Margin and Operating Loss
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Equipment

  $ 34,661   $ 72,598   $ 15,850  

Services—Equipment Based Services

    3,524     9,162     13,174  

              —Operational Support Services

    (7,420 )   (9,806 )   (206 )
               

Total segment margin

    30,765     71,954     28,818  
               

General and Corporate

    (63,351 )   (51,155 )   (102,540 )
               

Operating Income (Loss)

  $ (32,586 ) $ 20,799   $ (73,722 )
               

        General and corporate expenses include all un-allocated expenses such as sales and marketing, general and administration, common R&D expenses, equity award related charges and restructuring and impairment charges.

        Sales are attributed to a geographical area based upon the location of the customer. Sales data by geographical area are as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   % of net
sales
  2011   % of net
sales
  2010   % of net
sales
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Net Sales by Region

                                     

China

  $ 38,544     21 % $ 157,564     49 % $ 166,621     57 %

Japan

    99,367     53 %   96,257     30 %   48,217     17 %

India

    23,992     13 %   30,789     10 %   31,426     11 %

United States

        0 %       0 %   5,903     2 %

Other

    24,825     13 %   35,966     11 %   39,368     13 %
                           

Total

  $ 186,728     100 % $ 320,576     100 % $ 291,535     100 %
                           

        Long-lived assets, consisting of property, plant and equipment, by geographical area are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

United States

  $   $ 34  

China

    7,729     11,339  

Other

    1,137     826  
           

Total long-lived assets

  $ 8,866   $ 12,199  
           

NOTE 19—CREDIT RISK AND CONCENTRATION

Financial Risks:

        Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts and notes receivable. The Company places its temporary cash and short-term investments with several financial institutions.

F-65


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 19—CREDIT RISK AND CONCENTRATION (Continued)

Approximately $94.5 million and $205.2 million of the Company's cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were on deposit in accounts outside the U.S.at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, of which approximately $49.3 million and $134.1 million were held by subsidiaries in China. The decrease in cash held outside of the U.S. was primarily a result of operating losses at certain subsidiaries as well as the divestiture of IPTV.

        The Company's exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to its investment portfolio. The fair value of its investment portfolio would not be significantly affected by either a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short term nature of most of its investment portfolio with the exception of the available-for-sale securities. The investment classified as available-for-sales securities is reported at fair value. It will be measured subsequently at fair value in the statement of financial position with unrealized gains and losses will be recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) in shareholders' equity. Any negative events or deterioration in financial well-being with respect to the counterparties of the long-term investments and the underlying collateral may cause material losses to the Company and have a material effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the Company's interest income can be sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S. and China interest rates since the majority of its funds are invested in instruments with maturities of less than one year. In a declining interest rate environment, as short term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less favorable market rates. Given the short term nature of certain investments, declining interest rates will negatively impact the Company's investment income.

        The Company maintains an investment portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments. The Company places its cash investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in its investment policy guidelines. The Company's policy is to limit the risk of principal loss and to ensure the safety of invested funds by generally attempting to limit market risk. Funds in excess of current operating requirements are mostly invested in money market funds which are rated AAA.

        The Company's available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders' equity. Any negative events or deterioration in financial well-being with respect to the counterparties of these investments may cause material losses to the Company and have a material effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Major Customers:

        Most Chinese telecommunication carriers have three levels of operations: the central headquarters level, the provincial level and the local city/county level. Both central and provincial levels are independent legal entities and have their own corporate mandate. The purchasing decision making process may take various forms for different projects and may also differ significantly from carrier to carrier. The Company groups all China customers together by province and treats each province as one customer since that is the level at which purchasing decisions are made.

        At December 31, 2012, the Company's accounts receivable balance included amounts due from affiliates of Softbank (a related party—see below) representing approximately 80% of the Company's total accounts receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. At December 31, 2011, the Company's accounts receivable balance included amounts due from affiliates of Softbank representing

F-66


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 19—CREDIT RISK AND CONCENTRATION (Continued)

approximately 42% of the Company's total accounts receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts.

        The following customers accounted for 10% or more of the Company's net revenues:

 
  For the years ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Affiliates of Softbank

    49 %   29 %   16 %

        Upon the disposal of IPTV, we anticipate the percentage of revenues to total net revenues related to the Affiliates of Softbank may increase in future periods.

        Approximately 42%, 45%, and 53% of the Company's net sales during 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, were to entities affiliated with the government of China. Accounts receivable balances from these China government affiliated entities or state owned enterprises were $6.3 million and $32.8 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The Company extends credit to its customers in China generally without requiring collateral. In global sales outside of China, the Company may require letters of credit from its customers. The Company monitors its exposure for credit losses and maintains allowances for doubtful accounts.

Country Risks:

        Approximately 21%, 49%, and 57% of the Company's sales for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, were made in China. Accordingly, the political, economic and legal environment, as well as the general state of China's economy may influence the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company's operations in China are subject to special considerations and significant risks not typically associated with companies in the United States. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic and legal environments and foreign currency exchange. The Company's results may be adversely affected by, among other things, changes in the political, economic and social conditions in China, and by changes in governmental policies with respect to laws and regulations, changes in China's telecommunications industry and regulatory rules and policies, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion and remittance abroad, and rates and methods of taxation.

        In addition, the major customers of the Company are Japan-based customers. Therefore, our results of operations may be adversely affected by the political and business relationship between China and Japan as well as other events affecting Japan in general. From time to time there have been tensions and conflicts between China and Japan. Adverse changes in political and economic policies, geopolitical uncertainties, and international conflicts between China and Japan may lead to reduce in our sales. Any future conflicts between China and Japan may have an adverse impact on the political and business relationship of the two countries. Furthermore, events affecting Japan in general, such as natural disasters, Japanese Yen devaluation may also have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

F-67


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 20—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Softbank and affiliates

        The Company recognizes revenue with respect to sales of telecommunications equipment to affiliates of Softbank, a significant shareholder of the Company. Softbank offers Broadband-Access service throughout Japan, which is marketed under the name of "YAHOO! BB." The Company supports Softbank's ADSL service through the sales of its MSAN product. The Company also supports the building of Softbank's optical transmission network in Japan through the sales of its PTN product.

        During 2012, 2011, and 2010, the Company recognized revenue and cost of net sales for sales of telecommunications equipment and services to affiliates of Softbank as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net sales

  $ 92,011   $ 94,201   $ 46,267  

Cost of net sales

    51,448     33,790     19,147  
               

Gross profit

  $ 40,563   $ 60,411   $ 27,120  
               

        Fluctuations in gross profit as a percentage of net sales are expected and generally result from changes in product mix. In the year ended December 31, 2012, the increased sales of high margin PTN products contributed to the gross profit as a percentage of net sales. In the year ended December 31, 2011, the increased sales of high margin PTN products contributed to the gross profit as a percentage of net sales. In the year ended December 31, 2010, gross profit as a percentage of net sales also benefited approximately $2.4 million from the release of previously deferred revenue carve-out for potential penalty and cancellation penalties as a result of completing these obligations. Included in accounts receivable at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $12.1 million and $8.5 million, respectively, related to these transactions. Amounts due to Softbank included in accounts payable was $Nil million and $1.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        Sales to Softbank include a three-year service period and a penalty clause if product failure rates exceed a certain level over a seven year period. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company's customer advance balance related to Softbank agreements was $4.7 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The current deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $6.5 million and $15.8 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company's noncurrent deferred revenue balance related to Softbank was $4.6 million as of December 31, 2012 compared to $7.2 million as of December 31, 2011.

        As discussed in Note 6, the Company has a $2.3 million investment in SBI and affiliates of Softbank have a controlling interest in SBI.

        As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, Softbank beneficially owned approximately 10.2% and 9.7%, respectively, of the Company's outstanding shares.

Yellowstone

        Subsequent to the completion of BEIID investment on September 7, 2010, one of the Company's new directors also served as a director for Yellowstone Investment Advisory Ltd, or Yellowstone. During 2012 and 2011, the Company paid approximately $1.8 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for consulting services provided by Yellowstone. During 2011, the Company also paid a success fee of

F-68


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 20—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

0.9 million for acquisition support service provided by Yellowstone, the expense of which was recorded in 2010.

NOTE 21—401(K) PLAN

        On January 1, 2000, the Company adopted the UTStarcom, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan, or 401(k) Plan, a cash-or-deferred arrangement, which covers the Company's eligible employees who have attained the age of 21. The Company's matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan were suspended, effective March 1, 2009. The plan was reinstituted in 2010 and the Company contributed to a maximum of $3,252 per employee for the 2010 plan year. The Company's matching contributions were subject to a five-year vesting schedule based upon longevity of employee service with the Company. Due to the transfer of the Company's U.S. based corporate operations to China, the 401(K) Plan was terminated as of October 1, 2010. No additional plan was adopted in 2011and 2012. Matching contributions were $0.3 million in 2010.

NOTE 22—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Tender Offer

        On November 30, 2012, the Company announced the commencement of a tender offer (the Tender Offer) to purchase up to 25,000,000 (or 8,333,333 after reverse share split) of its ordinary shares at a price of $1.20 (or $3.60 after reverse share split) per share. The Tender Offer expired on January 3, 2013. As of January 10, 2013, the Company has accepted for purchase 25,000,000 (or 8,333,333 after reverse share split) of the Company's ordinary shares at a cost of approximately $30 million under the Tender Offer. All the repurchased shares through the tender offer have been cancelled at the purchasing date of January 10, 2013

One-for-Three Reverse Share Split

        On March 21, 2013, shareholders of the Company approved the consolidation of the authorized share capital of the company from the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each. As a result, the one-for-three reverse split of the company's ordinary shares became effective on March 21, 2013 with trading of the post-reverse split-adjusted basis on the NASDAQ Global Select Market commencing as of the opening of trading on Friday, March 22. All shares related data used in the presentation of these financial statements have been have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

Disposal of Bodashutong

        In December 2011, the Company invested $0.6 million into Beijing Bodashutong Technology Development Co. Ltd, or Bodashutong, through its subsidiaries, Shidazhibo (Beijing) Culture and Media Co. Ltd. and UTStarcom (China) Co., Ltd. The Company owned a 30% equity interest of Bodashutong as of December 31, 2012, and accounts for this investment using the equity method.

        On September 21, 2012, the Board of Directors of Bodashutong approved a Board Resolution to approve Shidazhibo (Beijing) Culture and Media Co. Ltd to transfer its equity interest in Bodashutong to other three shareholders of Bodashutong equally at consideration of $0.6 million which is equal to the Company's investment cost. The equity transfer was approved by the State-owned Assets

F-69


Table of Contents


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 22—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)

Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council in February 2013 and the equity interest transfer was completed in March 2013.

Receipt of "Go Private" Proposal

        The Board of Directors (the "Board") of the Company has received a preliminary non-binding proposal letter dated March 27, 2013 from one of its Directors, Mr. Hong Liang Lu, and entities affiliated with him (collectively, "Mr. Lu"), and Shah Capital Opportunity Fund LP and Himanshu H. Shah (collectively, "Shah Capital") to acquire all of the outstanding shares of UTStarcom not currently owned by Mr. Lu or Shah Capital in a going private transaction for $3.20 per ordinary share in cash, subject to certain conditions. Mr. Lu and Shah Capital currently own approximately 3.2% and 17.6% of UTStarcom's ordinary shares, respectively. The Board has formed a special committee of independent directors (the "Special Committee") consisting of three independent directors, Baichuan Du, Sean Shao and Linzhen Xie, to consider this proposal.

NGN spin off

        On March 22, 2013, the Company entered into the agreement to divest all of our NGN related assets and liabilities to a third party for a cash payment of $2.7 million by the Company.

DOCSIS-EOC disposal

        On March 22, 2013, the Company entered into the agreement to dispose its DOCSIS-EOC product to a third party with a cash consideration of $1.8 million by the buyer. The transaction was closed at Apr 9, 2013.

F-70


Table of Contents


SCHEDULE I

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP. (UNCONSOLIDATED—PARENT COMPANY BASIS)

REGISTRANT BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par value)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

ASSETS

             

Investment in affiliated companies

  $ 243,426   $ 278,801  
           

Total assets

    243,426     278,801  
           

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable—intercompany

    27,584     14,163  
           

Total current liabilities

    27,584     14,163  
           

Total liabilities

    27,584     14,163  
           

Stockholders' equity:

             

Ordinary share: $0.00125 par value; 750,000 authorized shares; 159,966 and 156,507 shares issued at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively; 142,968 and 151,816 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively (Note 1)(1)

    182     182  

Additional paid-in capital

    1,309,761     1,306,780  

Treasury stock, at cost: 16,998 and 4,691 shares at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively (Note 2)

    (20,421 )   (6,301 )

Accumulated deficit

    (1,153,301 )   (1,118,916 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    79,621     82,893  
           

Total stockholders' equity

    215,842     264,638  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 243,426   $ 278,801  
           

(1)
Authorized share capital of the company was amended by the consolidation of the existing 750,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00125 par value each into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of US$0.00375 par value each, and became effective on March 21, 2013. The authorized shares, issued shares, outstanding shares, and treasury stock shares for 2012 and 2011 have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the one for three reverse share split.

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-71


Table of Contents


UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP. (UNCONSOLIDATED—PARENT COMPANY BASIS)

CONDENSED INFORMATION AS TO THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE REGISTRANT

(in thousands)

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net sales

                   

Unrelated parties

  $   $   $  

Related parties

             

Intercompany

             

Cost of sales

                   

Unrelated parties

             

Related parties

             

Intercompany

             
               

Gross profit

             
               

Operating expenses:

                   

Selling, general and administrative

    2,315     2,217     2,631  

Research and development

             

Amortization of intangible assets

             

Restructuring charges

             

Impairment of long-lived assets

             
               

Total operating expenses

    2,315     2,217     2,631  
               

Operating loss

    (2,315 )   (2,217 )   (2,631 )

Interest income

             

Interest expense

             

Other income, net

             

Loss before income taxes and equity in loss of affiliated companies

    (2,315 )   (2,217 )   (2,631 )

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliated companies

    (32,070 )   15,604     (62,498 )

Income tax benefit (expense)

             
               

Net income (loss)

  $ (34,385 ) $ 13,387   $ (65,129 )
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-72


Table of Contents


UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        UTStarcom Holdings Corp., or the Company, a Cayman Island corporation, is the parent company of all UTStarcom Holdings Corp. subsidiaries. The condensed financial statements of the Company have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC and in conformity with U.S. GAAP.

        On June 24, 2011, the Company effected a merger, or the Merger, to reorganize the corporate structure of UTStarcom, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1991, and its subsidiaries. As a result of the reorganization, UTStarcom Holdings Corp. became the parent company of UTStarcom, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Merger, the Company issued an equal number of ordinary shares in exchange for the common stock of UTStarcom, Inc. Given the reorganization of the corporate structure on June 24, 2011, the prior period numbers have been adjusted as if the new corporate structure had been in place since the beginning of the earliest period presented in the above condensed financial statements.

        The Company is generally a holding company of certain subsidiaries, or collectively subsidiaries. The condensed financial statements of the Company have been prepared with the assumption that the current corporate structure has been in existence throughout all relevant periods.

        The Company records its investment in subsidiaries under the equity method of accounting as prescribed in APB Opinion No. 18, "The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock." Such investment is presented on the balance sheet as "Investment in affiliated companies" and the subsidiaries' profit or loss are recognized based on the effective shareholding percentage as "Equity in net income (loss) of affiliated companies" on the results of operations.

        Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of the Company and, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

        The Company is a shell company and does not have any activities. Operating expenses for the Company for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 consisted mainly of the retaining fee for the Board of Directors, its director and officer insurance expenses, and the expenses associated with investor relations. As the Company does not have any cash activity, the recorded expenses were paid on behalf of the Company by UTStarcom, Inc., its subsidiary, and statements of cash flows have been omitted.

NOTE 2—REPURCHASE OF ORDINARY SHARES

        On August 12, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors approved a repurchase program of up to $20 million of its ordinary shares outstanding over the 12 months through August 15, 2012. In August 2012, the Company's Board of Directors approved to extend the repurchase program to August 2013. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has repurchased 12,524,614 shares (or 4,174,871 shares after reverse share split) at a cost of $15.1 million under this program. The Company did not terminate this program prior to its expiration during the year 2013. On November 30, 2012, The Company announced a commencement of a tender offer (the Tender Offer) to purchase up to 25,000,000 (or 8,333,333 after reverse share split) of its ordinary shares at a price of $1.20 (or $3.60 after reverse share split) per share. The Tender Offer expired on January 3, 2013. As of January 10, 2013, the Company had accepted for purchase 25,000,000 (or 8,333,333 after reverse share split) of the Company's ordinary shares at approximately $30.0 million under the Tender Offer. All the repurchased shares through the tender offer have been cancelled at the purchasing date of January 10, 2013 and all the repurchased shares under the repurchase program have been classified as treasury shares of the Company. The Company did not have any other share repurchase programs that have expired in 2012 and did not make further purchases of shares under any other programs during the year 2012.

F-73


Table of Contents


SCHEDULE II

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

For the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010

Description
  Balance at
beginning of
the period
  Charged
(credited) to
costs and
expenses
  Charged
(credited) to
other accounts
  (Deductions)
Adjustments
IPTV
divestiture
  (Deductions)
Adjustments
  Balance at
end of
the period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Year ended December 31, 2012

                                     

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 30,145   $ (1,148 ) $   $ (17,625 ) $ (576 ) $ 10,796  

Tax valuation allowance

  $ 469,224   $ (30,745 ) $ (20,194 ) $   $   $ 418,285  

Year ended December 31, 2011

                                     

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 32,176   $ 2,161   $   $   $ (4,192 ) $ 30,145  

Tax valuation allowance

  $ 473,914   $ (3,877 ) $ (813 ) $   $   $ 469,224  

Year ended December 31, 2010

                                     

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 26,065   $ 5,499   $   $   $ 612   $ 32,176  

Tax valuation allowance

  $ 481,742   $ 20,897   $ (28,725 ) $   $   $ 473,914  

(1)
Charged (credited) against other comprehensive income.

(2)
Represents write-offs of allowance for doubtful accounts and foreign exchange differences.

F-74




Exhibit 1.1

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2012 REVISION)
OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS
COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

 

Adopted by Special Resolution passed on March 21, 2013

 

1.                                       The name of the Company is UTStarcom Holdings Corp.

 

2.                                       The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309GT, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3.                                       The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Law (2012 Revision) or as the same may be revised from time to time, or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4.                                       The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5.                                       The authorised share capital of the Company is US$943,750 divided into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.00375 each and 5,000,000 Preference Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.00125 each with the power for the Company, insofar as is permitted by Statute, to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said capital subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Articles of Association and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained.

 

6.                                       The Company has the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7.                                       Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Second Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Second Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company adopted by Special Resolution passed on March 21, 2013.

 



 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2012 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

 

Adopted by Special Resolution passed on March 21, 2013

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                       In these Articles, unless otherwise defined, the defined terms shall have the meanings assigned to them as follows:

 

“Affiliate”

 

(i) in the case of a natural person, such person’s parents, parents-in-law, spouse, children or grandchildren, a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, a company, partnership or any natural person or entity wholly or jointly owned by such person or any of the foregoing, (ii) in the case of an entity, a partnership, a corporation or any natural person or entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such entity. The term “control” shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of shares possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation, or the partnership or other entity (other than, in the case of corporation, share having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency), or having the power to control the management or elect a majority of members to the board of directors or equivalent decision-making body of such corporation, partnership or other entity;

 

“Articles”

 

the Second Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company adopted by Special Resolution on March 21, 2013, as from time to time altered or added to in accordance with the Statute and these Articles;

 

“Business Day”

 

a day, excluding Saturdays or Sundays, on which banks in Beijing, China and New York, U.S.A. are open for general banking business throughout their normal business hours;

 

“Commission”

 

Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or any other federal agency for the time being administering the Securities Act;

 

“Company”

 

UTStarcom Holdings Corp., a Cayman Islands company limited by shares;

 

2



 

“Company’s Website”

 

the website of the Company, the address or domain name of which has been notified to Members;

 

“Designated Stock Exchange

 

the NASDAQ Stock Market or any other stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s securities are then traded;

 

“Directors” and “Board of Directors” and “Board”

 

the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the Directors assembled as a Board or as a committee thereof;

 

“electronic”

 

the meaning given to it in the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any amendment thereto or re-enactments thereof for the time being in force and includes every other law incorporated therewith or substituted therefore;

 

“electronic record”

 

the meaning given to it in the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any amendment thereto or re-enactments thereof for the time being in force and includes every other law incorporated therewith or substituted therefore;

 

“electronic communication”

 

electronic transmission to any number, address or internet website or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by not less than a majority vote of the Board;

 

“Exchange Act”

 

the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

 

“in writing”

 

includes writing, printing, lithograph, photograph, type-writing and every other mode of representing words or figures in a legible and non-transitory form and, only where used in connection with a notice served by the Company on Members or other persons entitled to receive notices hereunder, shall also include a record maintained in an electronic medium which is accessible in visible form so as to be useable for subsequent reference;

 

Market Price

 

for any given day, the price quoted in respect of the Ordinary Shares on the Designated Stock Exchange as of the close of trading on the previous trading day;

 

“Member”

 

a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of a share or shares;

 

3



 

“Memorandum of Association”

 

the Memorandum of Association of the Company, as amended and restated from time to time;

 

“month”

 

calendar month;

 

“Ordinary Resolution”

 

a resolution passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being an organization, by its duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company;

 

“Ordinary Shares”

 

an Ordinary Share in the capital of the Company of US$0.00375 nominal or par value designated as Ordinary Shares, and having the rights provided for in these Articles;

 

“paid up”

 

paid up as to the par value and any premium payable in respect of the issue of any shares and includes credited as paid up;

 

“Preference Shares”

 

shares in the capital of the Company of US$0.00125 nominal or par value designated as Preference Shares, and having the rights provided for in these Articles;

 

“Register of Members”

 

the register maintained by the Company in accordance with section 40 of the Statute or any modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

“Seal”

 

the common seal of the Company including any facsimile thereof;

 

“Securities Act”

 

the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time;

 

“share”

 

any share in the capital of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares and shares of other classes;

 

4



 

“signed”

 

includes a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means or an electronic symbol or process attached to or logically associated with an electronic communication and executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the electronic communication;

 

“Special Resolution”

 

a resolution shall be a special resolution when it has been passed by (i) not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, in the case of such Members as are corporations, by their duly authorised representative or, whether proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) days’ notice, specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution, has been duly given, or (ii) a unanimous written resolution;

 

“Statute”

 

the Companies Law (2012 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof. Where any provision of the Statute is referred to, the reference is to that provision as amended by any law for the time being in force;

 

“year”

 

calendar year.

 

2.                                       In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

 

(a)                                  words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b)                                  words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender;

 

(c)                                   words importing persons only shall include companies or associations or bodies of persons, whether corporate or not;

 

(d)                                  “may” shall be construed as permissive and “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

(e)                                   a reference to a dollar or dollars (or $) is a reference to dollars of the United States of America;

 

(f)                                    references to a statutory enactment shall include reference to any amendment or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

(g)                                   any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

(h)                                  Section 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) shall not apply;

 

5



 

(i)                                      “written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an electronic record and any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an electronic record;

 

(j)                                     any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision);

 

(k)                                  the term “clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect; and

 

(l)                                      the term “holder” in relation to a share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such share.

 

3.                                       Subject to the last two preceding Articles, any words defined in the Statute shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

 

PRELIMINARY

 

4.                                       The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation as the Directors see fit, notwithstanding that only part of the shares may have been allotted or issued.

 

5.                                       The registered office of the Company shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors shall from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

SHARE CAPITAL

 

6.                                       The authorised share capital of the Company at the date of adoption of these Articles is US$943,750 divided into 250,000,000 Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.00375 each and 5,000,000 Preference Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.00125 each, with power for the Company insofar as is permitted by law, to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said capital subject to the provisions of the Statute and these Articles and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare, every issue of shares whether declared to be preferred or otherwise shall be subject to the powers hereinbefore contained.

 

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

7.                                       Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Articles, the Memorandum of Association and applicable law, including the Statute, the Directors may, in their absolute discretion and without approval of the holders of Ordinary Shares, cause the Company to issue such amounts of Ordinary Shares and/or Preference Shares or similar securities in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in such series, to grant rights over existing shares as they deem necessary and appropriate and to determine designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights, including dividend rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the powers and rights associated with the Ordinary Shares, at such times and on such other

 

6



 

terms as they think proper. The Company shall not issue shares in bearer form.  The authority of the Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

(a)                                  The number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

 

(b)                                  The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of that series;

 

(c)                                   whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law and, f so, the terms of such voting rights;

 

(d)                                  whether that series shall have conversion privileges and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Directors shall determine;

 

(e)                                   whether or not the shares of that series shall be issued as redeemable and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable and the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates; and

 

(f)                                    the rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, and the rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series relative to other series of shares.

 

REGISTER OF MEMBERS AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

8.                                       The Company shall maintain a Register of its Members.  Every person whose name is entered as a Member in the Register of Members and whose shares are to be held in certificated form shall, upon request and without payment, be entitled to a certificate within two months after allotment or lodgement of transfer (or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall provide) in the form determined by the Directors. All certificates shall specify the share or shares held by that person and the amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. All certificates for shares shall be delivered personally or sent through the post addressed to the member entitled thereto at the Member’s registered address as appearing in the register.  Absent instructions to the contrary from the Company, such member’s shares will be held in uncertificated, book entry form.

 

9.                                       Every share certificate of the Company shall bear any legends required under applicable laws, including the Securities Act.

 

10.                                Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any Member may at the Member’s request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu on payment (if the Directors shall so require) of US$1.00 or such smaller sum as the Directors shall determine.

 

11.                                If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance

 

7



 

with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

 

12.                                In the event that shares are held jointly by several persons, any request may be made by any one of the joint holders and if so made shall be binding on all of the joint holders.

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

13.                                (a)                                  Subject to these Articles and the rules or regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange or any relevant securities laws (including, but not limited to U.S. securities law provisions related to insider trading), any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or it nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.

 

(b)                                  The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor.  Without prejudice to the last preceding Article, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by the transferor or transferee to accept mechanically executed transfers.  The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee in entered into the Register in respect thereof.

 

(c)                                   (i)                                      If a transfer complies with the holder’s transfer obligations and restrictions set forth under applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange (including, but not limited to U.S. securities law provisions related to insider trading) and these Articles, Directors shall promptly register such transfer.

 

(ii)                                   The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register.  In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting such transfer unless the Board otherwise determines.

 

(iii)                                Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefore, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Statute.

 

(d)                                   Without limiting the generality of the last preceding Article, the Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:

 

(i)                                      a fee of such maximum sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

 

(ii)                                   the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 

8



 

(iii)                                the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or such other place as the Register is kept in accordance with the Statute accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) or such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

 

(iv)                               the instrument of transfer is duly and properly signed.

 

(e)                                   If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of the refusal.

 

14.                                The registration of transfers may be suspended at such time and for such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine, provided always that such registration shall not be suspended for more than thirty (30) days in any year.

 

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

 

15.                                Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Articles, the Memorandum of Association, applicable law, including the Statute, and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company may:

 

(a)                                                issue shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Member on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may, before the issue of such shares, determine;

 

(b)                                                purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares) provided that the manner of purchase is in accordance with the following provisions (this authorization is in accordance with sections 37(2) and 37(3)(d) of the Statute or any modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force):

 

(i)                                             the Company is authorised to purchase any share listed on a Designated Stock Exchange in accordance with the following manner of purchase: (1) the maximum number of shares that may be repurchased shall be equal to the number of issued and outstanding shares less one share, and (2) at such time, at not less than the Market Price, and on such other terms as determined and agreed by the Board in its discretion; provided, however, that (x) such repurchase transaction shall be in accordance with the relevant code, rules and regulations applicable to the listing of the shares on the Designated Stock Exchange; and (y) that the Company shall be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business and be solvent immediately before and after the date on which the payment in respect of the repurchase transaction is proposed to be made; provided, further, that, in the case of a purchase of shares intended to comply with Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Exchange Act, the purchase price shall equal the prevailing market price at the time of such purchase as determined by independent bids or transaction prices, rather than the Market Price;

 

(ii)                                          the Company is authorised to purchase any share not listed on a Designated Stock Exchange in accordance with the following manner of purchase: (1) the Company shall serve a repurchase notice in a form approved by the Board on the Member from whom the shares are to be repurchased at least two (2) days prior to the date specified in the notice as being the repurchase date, (2) the price for the shares being repurchased shall be such price agreed between the Board and the applicable Member, (3) the date of repurchase shall be the date specified in the repurchase notice, (4) the repurchase shall be on such other terms as specified in the repurchase notice as determined and agreed by the Board and

 

9



 

the applicable Member in their sole discretion, and (5) the Company shall be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business and be solvent immediately before and after the date on which the payment in respect of the repurchase transaction is proposed to be made;

 

(iii)                                       pursuant to Article 49(a); and

 

(c)                                                  make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares otherwise than out of profits or the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares.

 

16.                                Any share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption.

 

17.                                The redemption or purchase of any share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption or purchase of any other share.

 

18.                                The Directors may when making payments in respect of redemption or purchase of shares, if authorised by the terms of issue of the shares being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such shares, make such payment in any form of consideration permitted by the Statute.

 

VARIATION OF RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES

 

19.                                Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, if at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attaching to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, subject to these Articles, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of at least a majority of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed by the holders of at least a majority of the shares of the class present in person or by proxy at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class. Each holder of shares of the class being affected shall be entitled to one vote for every such share held by such holder.

 

20.                                The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply to every such general meeting of the holders of one class of shares except that the necessary quorum shall be at least one person holding or representing by proxy at least a majority of the issued shares of the class and that any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

21.                                The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking in priority to or pari passu therewith.

 

COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES

 

22.                                The Company may in so far as the Statute from time to time permits pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any shares of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

10


 

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

23.                                No person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future, or partial interest in any share, or any interest in any fractional part of a share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

 

REGISTRATION OF EMPOWERING INSTRUMENTS

 

24.                                The Company shall be entitled to charge a fee not exceeding one dollar (US$1.00) on the registration of every probate, letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, or other instrument.

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

25.                                If a Member dies the survivor or survivors (where he was a joint holder) or his legal personal representatives (where he was a sole holder), shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his shares.  The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any share, for which he was a joint or sole holder.

 

26.                                Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may be required by the Directors, elect, by a notice in writing sent by him to the Company, either to become the holder of such share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the holder of such share. If he elects to have another person registered as the holder of such share he shall sign an instrument of transfer of that share to that person. The Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

27.                                A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same dividends, other distributions and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of such share. However, he shall not, before becoming a Member in respect of a share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him be registered as the holder of the share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution or any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within ninety (90) calendar days of being received or deemed to be received (as determined pursuant to the Articles)  the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, other distributions, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

LIEN

 

28.                                The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money

 

11



 

presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such Member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his or her estate and any other person, whether a Member or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Article.

 

29.                                Subject to these Articles, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) clear days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfillment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, has been served on the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his or her death or bankruptcy.

 

30.                                The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale. To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares so transferred and he or she shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 

CALLS ON SHARES

 

31.                                Subject to these Articles and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board determines but no Member shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favour.

 

32.                                A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorizing the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by installments.

 

33.                                A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and installments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof.

 

34.                                If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty percent (20%) per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

 

12



 

35.                                No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or installments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.

 

36.                                On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register of Members as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Articles; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

 

37.                                Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an installment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

38.                                On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

 

39.                                The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or installments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one (1) month’s notice of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared.

 

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

40.                                (a)                                  If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ notice:

 

(i)                                      requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and

 

(ii)                                   stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

(b)                                  If the requirements of any such notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

41.                                When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice.

 

13



 

42.                                The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture will include surrender.

 

43.                                (a)                                  Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines.

 

(b)                                  A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with (if the Directors shall in their discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty percent (20%) per annum) as the Board determines. The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares. For the purposes of this Article any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.

 

44.                                A declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry.

 

45.                                Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.

 

46.                                The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or installment payable thereon.

 

47.                                The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

14



 

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

48.                                Subject to these Articles, the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

49.                                Subject to these Articles, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a)                                  consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares, provided that any fractions of a share that result from such a consolidation or division of its share capital shall be automatically repurchased by the Company (i) at the Market Price on the date of such consolidation or division, in the case of any shares listed on a Designated Stock Exchange and (ii) at a price to be agreed between the Company and the applicable Member in the case of any shares not listed on a Designated Stock Exchange;

 

(b)                                  sub-divide its existing shares, or any of them into shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in case of the share from which the reduced share is derived;

 

(c)                                   divide shares into multiple classes; or

 

(d)                                  cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

 

50.                                Subject to these Articles, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

(a)                                  change its name;

 

(b)                                  alter or add to these Articles;

 

(c)                                   alter or add to the Memorandum of Association with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; or

 

(d)                                  reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorised by law.

 

51.                                All new shares created hereunder shall be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital.

 

CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

52.                                For the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Member for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period but not to exceed in any case sixty (60) calendar days. If the Register of Members shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members such register shall be so closed for at least ten (10) calendar days (but not more than sixty (60)

 

15



 

calendar days) immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register of Members, which such date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Directors. The Directors shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, at least ten (10) days before every general meeting, a complete list of the Members entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each Member and the number of shares registered in the name of each Member. Such list shall be open to the examination of any Member, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any Member who is present.

 

53.                                In lieu of or apart from closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Members and for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend the Directors may, at or within ninety (90) calendar days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend, fix a subsequent date as the record date of such determination.

 

54.                                If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Members entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the record date for such determination of Members shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. When a determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

55.                                All general meetings of the Company other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

56.                                The Company shall, if required by the Statute, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting at such time and place as may be determined by the Directors.

 

57.                                Extraordinary general meetings may be called by the Board, the Chairperson of the Board, the President or by one or more members holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than fifty percent (50%) of the votes at that meeting.  If an extraordinary general meeting is called by the Board, the President or the Chairperson of the Board, such extraordinary general meetings shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by the Directors.

 

58.                                If an extraordinary general meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board, the President or the Chairperson of the Board, then the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the Secretary of the Company.

 

59.                                In the absence of a designation of the location of a general meeting by the person or persons calling such meeting, such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Company.

 

16



 

60.                                A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other.  Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

61.                                At least ten (10) calendar days’ notice (but not more than sixty (60) calendar days’ notice) shall be given for any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting, the matters that are intended to be presented, and, in the case of annual general meetings, the name of any nominee who the Directors intend to present for election, and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this regulation has been given and whether or not the provisions of Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

(a)                                  in the case of an annual general meeting by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b)                                  in the case of an extraordinary general meeting by the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than a majority in par value of the shares giving that right.

 

62.                                The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such, and the notice convening a meeting to pass a Special Resolution shall specify the intention to propose the resolution as a Special Resolution.  Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all Members other than such as, under the provisions hereof or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notice from the Company.

 

63.                                Written notice of any general meeting shall be given either personally or by first-class mail or by telegraphic or other written communication. Notices not personally delivered shall be sent charges prepaid and shall be addressed to the Member at the address of that Member appearing on the books of the Company or given by the Member to the Company for the purpose of notice. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other means of written communication.  An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any general meeting, executed by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any transfer agent of the Company giving the notice, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such notice.

 

64.                                In cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with notices, the accidental omission to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of any such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or any proceeding at any such meeting.

 

65.                                No business may be transacted at any general meeting, other than business that is either (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorised committee thereof), (B) otherwise properly brought before an annual general meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorised committee thereof) or (C) otherwise properly brought before an annual general meeting by any Member of the Company who (1) is a Member of record on both (x) the date of the giving of the notice by such Member provided for in this Article and (y) the record date for the

 

17



 

determination of Members entitled to vote at such annual general meeting and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article.

 

(a)                                                In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be brought properly before an annual general meeting by a Member, such Member must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Company.

 

(b)                                                If an extraordinary general meeting is called by any person or persons other than the Board, the President or the Chairperson of the Board, the officer receiving the request for such meeting shall cause notice to be promptly given to the Members entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 61and 65 hereof, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, so long as that time is not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, then the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of the Members called by action of the Board may be held.

 

(c)                                                 All notices of meetings of the Members shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section65 hereof not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called (no business other than that specified in the notice may be transacted) or (ii) in the case of the annual general meeting, those matters which the Board, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by the members (but any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action). The notice of any meeting at which Directors are to be elected shall include the name of any nominee or nominees who, at the time of the notice, the Board intends to present for election.

 

(d)                                                For matters other than for the nomination for election of a Director to be made by a Member of the Company, to be timely, such Member’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company at least forty-five (45) prior to the date on which the Company first mailed proxy materials for the prior year’s annual general meeting; provided, however, that if the Company’s annual general meeting occurs on a date more than thirty (30) days earlier or later than the Company’s prior year’s annual general meeting, then the Board shall determine a date a reasonable period prior to the Company’s annual general meeting by which date the Members notice must be delivered and publicize such date in a filing pursuant to the Exchange Act, or via press release.  Such publication shall occur at least ten (10) days prior to the date set by the Board.

 

(e)                                                 To be in proper written form, a Member’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to such matter such Member proposes to bring before the annual general meeting (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual general meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual general meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the Company’s books, of the Member proposing such business and any Member Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class or series and number of shares of the Company that are held of record or are beneficially owned by such Member or any Member Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the Member or any Member Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such Member or any Member Associated Person with respect to any securities of the Company, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such Member or any Member Associated Person with respect to any

 

18



 

securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the Member or a Member Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such Member or any Member Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Company’s voting shares required under applicable law and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange to carry the proposal. For purposes of this Article 65(e), a “ Member Associated Person ” of any Member shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such Member, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of the Company owned of record or beneficially by such Member and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

 

(f)                                                  No business shall be conducted at the annual general meeting except business brought before the annual general meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article, provided, however, that once business has been properly brought before the annual general meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Article shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any Member of any such business. If the Chairperson of an annual general meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual general meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairperson shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

 

(g)                                                 In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination for election of a Director to be made by a Member of the Company, such Member must (A) be a Member of record on both (x) the date of the giving of the notice by such Member provided for in this Article and (y) the record date for the determination of Members entitled to vote at such annual general meeting and (B) have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Company. If a Member is entitled to vote only for a specific class or category of directors at a meeting of the Members, such Member’s right to nominate one or more persons for election as a director at the meeting shall be limited to such class or category of directors.

 

(h)                                                To be timely for purposes of Article 65(g), a Member’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Company not less than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event less than one hundred thirty (130) days notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to Members, notice by the Member to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the earlier of the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made.

 

(i)                                                    To be in proper written form for purposes of Article 63(g), a Member’s notice to the Secretary must be set forth (A) as to each person whom the Member proposes to nominate for election as a director (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (3) the class or series and number of shares of the Company, if any, which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (4) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange; and (B) as to the Member giving notice (1) the name and record address of such Member, (2) the class or series and number of shares of the Company which are owned beneficially or of record by such Member, (3) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such Member and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such Member, (4) a representation that such Member intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to nominate the person(s) named in its notice and (5) any other information relating to such Member that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

 

19



 

(j)                                                   No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Company unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Articles under this heading of “ NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS ”. If the Chairperson of an annual general meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairperson shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded. This Article shall not apply to any nomination of a director in an election in which only the holders of one or more series of Preference Shares of the Company are entitled to vote (unless otherwise provided in the terms of such series of Preference Shares).

 

66.                                The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Member shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

 

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

67.                                No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Members holding in aggregate not less than a majority of all voting share capital of the Company in issue present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes. A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any general meeting, then either (i) the Chairperson of the meeting or (ii) the Members entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting.

 

68.                                When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, unless these Articles of Association otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Company may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

69.                                A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a general meeting shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, but the Board shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days from the date set for the original meeting.

 

70.                                The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall preside as Chairperson at every general meeting of the Company.  If at any meeting the Chairperson of the Board of Directors is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as Chairperson, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to Chairperson of the meeting or if all the Directors present decline to take the chair, the Members present shall choose one of their own number to be the Chairperson of the meeting.

 

71.                                At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.

 

72.                                A poll shall be taken in such manner as the Chairperson directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting.

 

73.                                In the case of an equality of votes, the Chairperson of the meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

20


 

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

74.                                Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares, every Member present in person and every person representing a Member by proxy at a general meeting of the Company shall have one vote for each share registered in such Member’s name in the Register of Members.  No cumulative voting shall be allowed.

 

75.                                In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

76.                                A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote on a poll by his committee, or other person in the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other person, may on a poll, vote by proxy.

 

77.                                No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

78.                                On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

79.                                The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission, telefacsimile or otherwise) under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorised in that behalf provided however, that a Member may also authorise the casting of a vote by proxy pursuant to telephonic or electronically transmitted instructions (including, without limitation, instructions transmitted over the internet) obtained pursuant to procedures approved by the Board which are reasonably designed to verify that such instructions have been authorised by such Member. A proxy need not be a Member of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

80.                                An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve.

 

81.                                The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

82.                                Other than a Special Resolution effected by a unanimous written resolution, written resolutions of the Members shall not be permitted.

 

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETING

 

83.                                Any corporation which is a Member or a Director may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members or of the Board of Directors or of a committee of Directors, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member or Director.

 

21



 

CLEARING HOUSES

 

84.                                If a clearing house (or its nominee) is a member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any general meeting of the Company or at any general meeting of any class of members of the Company provided that, if more than one person is so authorised, the authorization shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorised. A person so authorised pursuant to this provision shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee) which he represents as that clearing house (or its nominee) could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company holding the number and class of shares specified in such authorization.

 

DIRECTORS

 

85.                                (a)                                  There shall be a Board of Directors consisting of up to eight (8) Directors, as shall be fixed from time to time by the Directors. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place by the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association or by a majority of them and thereafter by the Members at general meeting.

 

(b)                                  The Directors shall be divided into three (3) classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively, which classes may include Directors appointed by the holders of any series of Preference Shares, if any. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the 2011 annual general meeting of Members, the term of office of the Class II Directors shall expire and Class II Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the 2012 annual general meeting of Members, the term of office of the Class III Directors shall expire and Class III Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the 2013 annual general meeting of Members, the term of office of the Class I Directors shall expire and Class I Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At each succeeding annual general meeting of Members, Directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years to succeed the Directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual general meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each Director shall hold office until the expiration of his term, until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of Directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

 

(c)                                   The Board of Directors shall have a Chairperson of the Board of Directors (the “ Chairperson ”) elected and appointed by a majority of the Directors then in office. The Directors may also elect a Vice-Chairperson of the Board of Directors (the “ Vice-Chairperson ”). The Chairperson shall preside as Chairperson at every meeting of the Board of Directors. To the extent the Chairperson is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Vice-Chairperson, or in his absence, the attending Directors, may choose one Director to be the Chairperson of the meeting. The Chairperson’s voting right as to the matters to be decided by the Board of Directors shall be the same as other Directors.  In the case of an equality of votes, the Chairperson shall not have an additional tie-breaking vote.

 

(d)                                  Subject to these Articles, applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Members may by Ordinary Resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy on the Board (other than a vacancy caused by the death, resignation or removal of a Director appointed by the holders of any series of Preference Shares, if any) or as an addition to the existing Board.  Each Director to be elected by the Members shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast with respect to such Director by the shares represented and entitled to vote therefor at a meeting of the Members for the election of directors at which a quorum is present (an “ Election Meeting ”); provided,

 

22



 

however, that if the Board of Directors determines that the number of nominees exceeds the number of Directors to be elected at such meeting (a “ Contested Election ”), whether or not the election becomes an uncontested election after such determination, each of the Directors to be elected at the Election Meeting shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a plurality of the votes cast by the shares represented and entitled to vote at such meeting with respect to the election of such Director.  For purposes of this Article 85(d), a “majority of the votes cast” means that the number of votes cast “for” a candidate for Director exceeds the number of votes cast “against” that Director (with “abstentions” and “broker non-votes” not counted as votes cast as either “for” or “against” such Director’s election). In an election other than a Contested Election, Members will be given the choice to cast votes “for” or “against” the election of Directors or to “abstain” from such vote and shall not have the ability to cast any other vote with respect to such election of directors. In a Contested Election, Members will be given the choice to cast “for” or “withhold” votes for the election of Directors and shall not have the ability to cast any other vote with respect to such election of Directors. In the event an Election Meeting involves the election of Directors by separate votes by class or classes or series, the determination as to whether an election constitutes a Contested Election shall be made on a class by class or series by series basis, as applicable. The Board of Directors has established procedures under which any Director who is not elected shall offer to tender his or her resignation to the Board of Directors.  Any Director so appointed shall hold office until the next succeeding annual general meeting of Members or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

(e)                                   The Directors by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting, even if less than a quorum, shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board, subject to these Articles, applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange; provided, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of these Articles of Association, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the Directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining Director so elected.  Any Director so appointed shall hold office until the next succeeding annual general meeting of Members or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

86.                                Subject to Article 85, a Director may be removed from office by Special Resolution for negligence or other reasonable cause at any time before the expiration of his term notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under such agreement).

 

87.                                A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of Article 85 above (other than a vacancy caused by the removal of a Director appointed by the holders of any series of Preference Shares, if any) may be filled by the election or appointment by Ordinary Resolution at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting, subject to these Articles, applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange. Any Director so appointed shall hold office until the next succeeding annual general meeting of Members or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

88.                                The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives, which shall be intended to set forth the policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters, as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.

 

23



 

89.                                A Director shall not be required to hold any shares in the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company and all classes of shares of the Company.

 

DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

 

90.                                The Directors may receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. The Directors may be entitled to be repaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

 

91.                                Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

 

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

92.                                Subject to the provisions of the Statute, these Articles and to any resolutions made in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution made by the Company in a general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been made.

 

93.                                Subject to these Articles, the Directors may from time to time appoint any person, whether or not a director of the Company, to hold the office of the Chief Executive Officer as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit.  The Chief Executive Officer may from time to time appoint any person to hold such office in the Company as he or she may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including without prejudice to the foregoing generality, the office of one or more Vice Presidents, Chief Financial Officer, Manager or Controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Chief Executive Officer may think fit.

 

94.                                The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; provided that any committee so formed shall include amongst its members at least two Directors unless otherwise required by applicable law, rules and regulations and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange; provided further that no committee shall have the power of authority to (a) recommend to the Members an amendment of these Articles of Association (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board of Directors as provided under the laws of the Cayman Islands, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Company or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Company); (b) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation; (c) recommend to the Members the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Company’s property and assets; (d) recommend to the Members a dissolution of the Company or a revocation of a dissolution; (e) recommend to the Members an amendment of the

 

24



 

Memorandum of Association of the Company; or (f) declare a dividend or authorize the issuance of Shares unless the resolution establishing such committee or the Memorandum or Articles of Association of the Company so provide.  Any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.  The Directors may also delegate to any Director holding any executive office such of their powers as they consider desirable to be exercised by him or her.  Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Board may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers, and may be revoked or altered.

 

95.                                The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

 

96.                                The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the following paragraphs shall be without prejudice to the general powers conferred by this paragraph.

 

97.                                The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any persons to be members of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any of the aforesaid.

 

98.                                The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill up any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

99.                                Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to subdelegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretions for the time being vested to them.

 

100.                         The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

101.                         Subject to Article 85, the office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

 

(a)                                  becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

(b)                                  is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;

 

25



 

(c)                                   resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company;

 

(d)                                  is prohibited by applicable law or the Designated Stock Exchange from being a director;

 

(e)                                   without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months and the Board resolves that his office be vacated; or

 

(f)                                    if he or she shall be removed from office pursuant to these Articles or the Statute.

 

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

102.                         Subject to Article 85, the Directors may meet together for the dispatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit. Such meetings may be held at any place within or outside the Cayman Islands that has been designated by the Board of Directors.  In the absence of such a designation, meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal executive office of the Company.  Questions arising at any meeting of the Directors shall be decided by a majority of votes.  In the case of an equality of votes, the Chairperson of the Board shall not have an additional tie-breaking vote.

 

103.                         The Chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the Secretary or any two Directors may, at any time summon a meeting of the Board by notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, electronic email, telegraph or telex, during normal business hours, or by sending notice in writing to each Director by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least four (4) days before the date of the meeting, which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors either at, before or after the meeting is held and provided further, if notice is given in person, by telephone, facsimile, electronic email, telegraph or telex, the same shall be deemed to have been given on the day it is delivered to the Directors or transmitting organization as the case may be. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting of the Board to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that meeting.  Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Director (i) who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such Directors. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

104.                         A Director or Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors of which such Director or Directors are members, by means of telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all persons participating in such meeting can hear each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

105.                         The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors shall be a majority of the authorized number of Directors. If at any time there is only a sole Director, the quorum shall be one (1) Director.  Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the Directors present at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of these Articles of Association and other applicable law.

 

26



 

106.                         A meeting of the Directors may be held by means of telephone or teleconferencing or any other telecommunications facility provided that all participants are thereby able to communicate immediately by voice with all other participants.

 

107.                         Subject to Article 85, a Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is a member of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

 

108.                         A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realized by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.  Any Director who enters into a contract or arrangement or has a relationship that is reasonably likely to be implicated under this Article 108 or that would reasonably be likely to affect a Director’s status as an “Independent Director” under applicable law or the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange shall disclose the nature of his or her interest in any such contract or arrangement in which he is interested or any such relationship.

 

109.                         Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to reasonable expense reimbursement consistent with the Company’s policies in connection with such Directors service in his or her official capacity; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

110.                         The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:

 

(a)                                  all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

(b)                                   the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

(c)                                   all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

111.                         When the Chairperson of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

 

27



 

112.                         A resolution signed by all the Directors shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly called and constituted. When signed a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors.

 

113.                         The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

114.                         A committee appointed by the Directors may elect a Chairperson of its meetings. If no such Chairperson is elected, or if at any meeting the Chairperson is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the members present may choose one of their number to be Chairperson of the meeting.

 

115.                         A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes the Chairperson shall not have a second or casting vote.

 

116.                         Meetings and actions of committees of the Board of Directors shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article 102 (place of meetings), Article 103 (notice), Article 104 (telephonic meetings), and Article 105 (quorum), with such changes in the context of these Articles of Association as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors, and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Articles of Association.

 

117.                         All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any person acting as a Director, shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

 

118.                         A Director of the Company who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent or abstention shall be entered in the Minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent or abstention from such action with the person acting as the Chairperson or Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent or abstention by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent or abstain shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVE

 

119.                         Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and these Articles, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on shares in issue and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.  All dividends unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be

 

28



 

invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed.  Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.  The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

 

120.                         The Directors may, before recommending or declaring any dividend, set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalizing dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds be properly applied and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.  The Board shall establish an account to be called the “Share Premium Account” and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share in the Company.  Unless otherwise provided by the provisions of these Articles, the Board may apply the share premium account in any manner permitted by the Statute and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange.  The Company shall at all times comply with the provisions of these Articles, the Statute and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange in relation to the share premium account.

 

121.                         Any dividend may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post to the registered address of the Member or person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such person and such address as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other person as the Member or person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.

 

122.                         The Directors when paying dividends to the Members in accordance with the foregoing provisions may make such payment either in cash or in specie.

 

123.                         No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits or, subject to the restrictions of the Statute, the share premium account.

 

124.                         Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as fully paid on the shares, but if and so long as nothing is paid up on any of the shares in the Company dividends may be declared and paid according to the amounts of the shares. No amount paid on a share in advance of calls shall, while carrying interest, be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the share.

 

125.                         If several persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of the share.

 

126.                         No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

 

BOOK OF ACCOUNTS

 

127.                         The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.

 

128.                         The books of account shall be kept at such place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.

 

29



 

129.                         Except as provided in Article 52, the Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors, and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.

 

130.                         The accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall be audited in such manner and with such financial year end as may be determined from time to time by the Company by Ordinary Resolution or failing any such determination by the Directors or failing any determination as aforesaid shall not be audited.

 

ANNUAL RETURNS AND FILINGS

 

131.                         The Board shall make the requisite annual returns and any other requisite filings in accordance with the Statute.

 

AUDIT

 

132.                         The Directors may appoint an auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

133.                         Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

134.                         Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

THE SEAL

 

135.                         The Seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors, provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of any one or more persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence.

 

136.                         The Company may maintain a facsimile of its Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such person or persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint and such person or persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence of and the instrument signed by a

 

30



 

Director or the Secretary (or an Assistant Secretary) of the Company or in the presence of any one or more persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose.

 

137.                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

 

OFFICERS

 

138.                         The Company shall have a President, Secretary, and Chief Financial Officer, and may have one or more Vice Presidents, a Manager or a Controller, appointed by the Directors; provided, however, that there may exist a vacancy in any such office from time to time because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause which shall be filled by the Board of Directors as soon as reasonably practicable. The Directors may also from time to time appoint such other officers as they consider necessary, all for such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors from time to time subscribe.

 

REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

139.                         The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its office a Register of Directors and Officers in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and Officers and such other particulars as required by the Statute. The Company shall send to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands a copy of such register, and shall from time to time notify the said Registrar of any change that takes place in relation to such Directors and Officers as required by the Statute.

 

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

140.                         Subject to the Statute and these Articles, the Board may capitalize any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including a share premium account or a capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution and to appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been a distribution of profits by way of dividend and to apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalization, with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit for the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalization and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 

NOTICES

 

141.                         Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the person entitled to give notice to any Member either personally, by facsimile or by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter or via a recognised courier service, fees prepaid, addressed to the Member at his address as appearing in the Register of Members or, to the extent permitted by all applicable laws and regulations, by electronic means by transmitting it to any electronic number or address or website supplied by the member to the Company or by placing it on the Company’s Website provided that, with respect to notification via electronic means or posting to Company’s Website, the Company has obtained the

 

31



 

Member’s prior express positive confirmation in writing to receive or otherwise have made available to him notices in such fashion. In the case of joint holders of a share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register of Members in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

142.                         Notices posted to addresses outside the Cayman Islands shall be forwarded by prepaid airmail.

 

143.                         Any Member present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

 

144.                         Any notice or other document, if served by (a) post, shall be deemed to have been served when the letter containing the same is posted and if served by courier, shall be deemed to have been served when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier (in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or document was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier), or (b) facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon confirmation of successful transmission, or (c) recognised delivery service, shall be deemed to have been served when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to provide that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier or (d) electronic means as provided herein shall be deemed to have been served and delivered on the day on which it is successfully transmitted or at such later time as may be prescribed by any applicable laws or regulations.

 

145.                         Any notice or document delivered or sent to any Member in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Member be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register of Members as the holder of the share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

 

146.                         Notice of every general meeting shall be given to:

 

(a)                                                all Members who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them, except that in case of joint holders, the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members;

 

(b)                                                every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting;

 

(c)                                                 the Auditors; and

 

(d)                                                each Director.

 

No other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

32



 

INFORMATION

 

147.                         No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of any information in respect of any detail of the Company’s trading or any information which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Board would not be in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

148.                         The Board shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession, custody or control regarding the Company or its affairs to any of its members including, without limitation, information contained in the Register of Members and transfer books of the Company.

 

INDEMNITY

 

149.                         The Company shall indemnify every Director and officer of the Company or any predecessor to the Company (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former officer of the Company or any predecessor to the Company, and may indemnify any person (other than current and former Directors and officers) (any such Director, officer or other person, an “ Indemnified Person ”), out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud or wilful default.  No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Indemnified Person.  No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.  Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he or she might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director on account of any action taken by such Director, or the failure of such Director to take any action in the performance of his or her duties with or for the Company; provided that such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or wilful default which may attach to such Director.

 

150.                         The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought.  In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article.  If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

 

151.                         The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

 

152.                         Neither any amendment nor repeal of the Articles set forth under this heading of “ INDEMNITY ” (the “ Indemnification Articles ”), nor the adoption of any provision of the Company’s Articles or Memorandum of Association inconsistent with the Indemnification Articles, shall eliminate or

 

33



 

reduce the effect of the Indemnification Articles, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for these Indemnification Articles, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

FINANCIAL YEAR

 

153.                         Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on December 31st in each year and shall begin on January 1st in each year.

 

WINDING UP

 

154.                         If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors’ claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any shares, in a winding up:

 

(i)                                      if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the shares held by them; or

 

(ii)                                   if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

155.                         If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any shares and with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Statute, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members.  The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND NAME OF COMPANY

 

156.                         Subject to the Statute and these Articles, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter, amend, change or repeal these Articles or the Memorandum of Association of the Company, in whole or in part, or change the name of the Company.

 

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

157.                         Subject to these Articles, the Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated,

 

34



 

registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

 

35




Exhibit 4.51

 

MASTER REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT

 

SHARE AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

UTSTARCOM HONG KONG HOLDING LIMITED
(“Company”)

 

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.
(“Parent”)

 

EAGLE FIELD HOLDINGS LIMITED

(“Buyer”)

 

AND

 

Mr. Ying (Jack) Lu

(“Mr. Lu”)

 

August 31 , 2012

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

 

PURCHASE AND SALE

3

1.1

Purchase and Sale of Shares

3

1.2

Purchase and Sale of Assets

3

1.3

Master Services Agreement

4

1.4

Delayed Transfer Assets and Liabilities

5

1.5

Transfers to Parent Affiliates

5

1.6

Purchase Price

6

1.7

Assumption of Liabilities

6

1.8

Excluded Liabilities

7

1.9

Payments by Parent

8

1.10

Closing

9

1.11

Further Assurances

10

1.12

Transfer Taxes

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT

10

2.1

Authority

10

2.2

Ownership of Shares

11

2.3

PRC Subsidiaries

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY

12

3.1

Authorization and Non-Contravention

13

3.2

Capitalization

13

3.3

Financial Statements

13

3.4

Assets

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

14

4.1

Organization and Corporate Power

14

4.2

Authorization

14

4.3

Non-Contravention

15

4.4

Unregistered Securities

15

4.5

Brokers

17

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

 

COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

17

5.1

Conduct of Business Prior to Closing

17

5.2

Use of Intellectual Property

19

5.3

Reasonable Best Efforts

20

5.4

Employees

21

 



 

5.5

Confidentiality

21

5.6

Non-Competition and Nonsolicitation

22

5.7

Sale of Shares

24

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

COOPERATION

24

6.1

Cooperation on Tax Matters

24

6.2

Cooperation on Litigation Matters

24

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

 

CLOSING CONDITIONS OF BUYER

24

7.1

Representations and Warranties of Company and Parent

25

7.2

Performance of Obligations of Company and Parent

25

7.3

No Injunctions, Orders or Restraints; Illegality

25

7.4

Delivery of Closing Documents

25

7.5

Convertible Bond Issuance

26

7.6

Employees

26

7.7

Fairness Opinion

26

7.8

Consents and Waivers

26

7.9

Schedules

26

7.10

Transaction Documents

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

CLOSING CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF COMPANY AND PARENT

27

8.1

Representations and Warranties of Buyer

27

8.2

Performance of Obligations of Buyer

27

8.3

No Injunctions, Orders or Restraints; Illegality

27

8.4

Closing Deliveries

27

8.5

Schedules

27

8.6

Transaction Documents

27

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

 

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

28

9.1

Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants

28

9.2

Transaction Related Indemnification

28

9.3

Claims for Indemnification

30

9.4

Objections to and Payment of Claims

30

9.5

Resolution of Objections to Claims

31

9.6

Third-Party Claims

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

 

 

TERMINATION

33

10.1

Termination of Agreement

33

10.2

Procedure Upon Termination

33

10.3

Effect of Termination

33

 



 

ARTICLE XI

 

 

 

GENERAL

34

11.1

Amendments, Waivers and Consents

34

11.2

Construction

34

11.3

Counterparts

34

11.4

Fees and Expenses

35

11.5

Notices and Demands

35

11.6

Dispute Resolution; Governing Law

36

11.7

Remedies; Severability

37

11.8

Integration

37

11.9

No Third Party Beneficiaries

37

11.10

Joint Drafting

37

11.11

Confidentiality

37

11.12

Entire Agreement; Assignment

37

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

 

 

 

 

 

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

38

12.1

Certain Defined Terms

38

12.2

Additional Defined Terms

45

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

Convertible Bond

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

Schedule A

-

Acknowledgement Letter from UTStarcom Telecom Co. Ltd.

Schedule B

-

Acknowledgement Letter from UTStarcom China Co. Ltd.

All schedules are to be as agreed prior to Closing

 



 

MASTER REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT SHARE AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS MASTER REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT SHARE AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of this 31th day of August, 2012 by and among UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited, a Hong Kong company (“ Company ”), UTStarcom Holdings Corp., a Cayman Islands company and sole member of Company (“ Parent ”), Eagle Field Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (the “ Buyer ”), and, solely for the purposes of Section 10.3, Mr. Ying (Jack) Lu (“ Mr. Lu ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, Company, Parent and Mr. Lu previously entered into a Master Reorganization Agreement Share and Asset Purchase Agreement dated July 27, 2012 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, Company, Parent and Mr. Lu desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein and to accept the rights and obligations created pursuant hereto in lieu of their rights and obligations under the Prior Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, Parent owns beneficially and of record all of the outstanding shares of Company (collectively, the “ Shares ”);

 

WHEREAS, Parent is in the process of transferring all of the equity interests of UTStarcom China Co., Ltd. (“ UTSC ”), a company organized under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (the “ PRC ”) to the Company;

 

WHEREAS, UTSC owns all of the outstanding equity of UTStarcom Shenzhen, a company organized under the laws of the PRC (“ Shenzhen ”);

 

WHEREAS, the parties expect Buyer to form a new corporate entity in the British Virgin Islands to which Buyer will assign all rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, Buyer desires to acquire from Parent, and Parent desires to sell to Buyer, all of the Shares upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “ Share Purchase ”);

 

WHEREAS, Company and its Subsidiaries are currently engaged in the Business (as defined herein);

 

WHEREAS, Company desires to purchase from Parent and other Subsidiaries of Parent, and Parent desires to sell or cause to be sold to Company, the Business, and in connection therewith, Company will assume certain specific liabilities of Parent and certain Subsidiaries of Parent, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Business Acquisition ” and together with the Share Purchase, the “ Acquisition ”);

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Acquisition, on the Closing Date, Parent and

 



 

Company will enter into a License Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, (the “ License Agreement ”), to license to Company and its Subsidiaries (defined below) the right to use the certain Intellectual Property Assets (defined below) owned by Parent and its Subsidiaries that are not being transferred in connection with the Acquisition;

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Acquisition, on the Closing Date, Parent or an Affiliate of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and Company or a Subsidiary of the Company will enter into a Broadband Reseller Agreement dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Broadband Reseller Agreement ”), to set forth the rights and obligations of Company with respect to the reselling as the exclusive reseller of Parent’s broadband products in the PRC (defined below);

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Acquisition, on the Closing Date, Parent or an Affiliate of Parent (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and Company or a Subsidiary of the Company will enter into an Internet Protocol Television Reseller Agreement dated as of the Closing Date (the “ IPTV Reseller Agreement ”), to set forth the rights and obligations of Parent and Company with respect to the reselling of the Company’s Internet protocol television products in countries other than the PRC;

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Acquisition, on the Closing Date, Parent and Company will enter into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Assignment Agreement ”), to transfer and assign to Company and its Subsidiaries, or an Affiliate of Parent other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, in accordance with the laws of the PRC the Contracts identified in the Assignment Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Acquisition, on the Closing Date, Parent and Company will enter into a Transition Services Agreement dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”), for Parent to provide or cause to be provided to Company and its Subsidiaries for at least six (6) months certain services relating to the Business, including without limitation human resources, finance, supply chain, information technology, legal and office space that are currently provided by Parent and its Subsidiaries to Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Acquisition, on the Closing Date, Company will issue a convertible bond to UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd. in the principal amount of USD$20,000,000 dated as of the Closing Date, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Convertible Bond ”);

 

WHEREAS, in order to collect outstanding accounts receivable Parent and Buyer, and their appropriate Affiliates, will enter into a Master Services Agreement dated as of the Closing Date (the “ Master Services Agreement ”), for (i) Parent to cause to be collected for the Company certain accounts receivable of the Business and for the Company to cause to be collected for Parent certain accounts receivable of the Broadband Business, and for portions of such amounts collected to be retained by the collecting party, (ii) UTSC to provide support for the Broadband Business in China, and (iii) Parent to provide support for the IPTV Business outside of the PRC;

 

WHEREAS , as a condition to the Closing, Parent and Buyer shall have agreed on the lists

 

2



 

of persons who shall be employees of (i) the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (the “ Transferred Employees ”), (ii) Parent or one if its Affiliates other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (“ Retained Employees ”) and whose employment shall be terminated prior to the Closing (the “ Terminated Employees ” and together with Transferred Employees and Retained Employees, “ Employees ”);

 

WHEREAS, certain capitalized terms are defined in Article XII .

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
PURCHASE AND SALE

 

1.1                                Purchase and Sale of Shares .  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Parent shall sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver, or cause to be sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered, to Buyer, the Shares, and Buyer shall purchase the Shares and such sale and purchase shall be evidenced by appropriate share transfer documents.

 

1.2                                Purchase and Sale of Assets

 

(a)                                  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Parent shall and will cause its applicable Affiliates to sell, convey, transfer and assign to UTSC, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Liens, and UTSC shall purchase, receive and accept, all of Parent’s and its Affiliates’ right, title and interest, including all property rights, goodwill, and claims in the following assets, through (x) the purchase by Buyer of the equity of Company pursuant to Section 1.1 of this Agreement, and (y) the transfer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement by Parent or an Affiliate of Parent to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, in each of the following cases, as in existence and effect as of the end of the Closing Date:

 

(i)                                      Business Intellectual Property Assets;

 

(ii)                                   the Contracts to be listed on Schedule 1.2(a)(ii), consisting of customer Contracts relating to the IPTV Business in the PRC and the PHS Business and all rights to payments relating thereto;

 

(iii)                                the Contracts to be listed on Schedule 1.2(a)(iii), consisting of customer Contracts for the IPTV Business in countries other than the PRC and all rights to payments relating thereto;

 

(iv)                               the equipment, computers, servers, automobiles and other tangible assets to be listed on Schedule 1.2(a)(iv);

 

(v)                                  all other IPTV Contracts;

 

(vi)                               all Products;

 

3



 

(vii)                            all Company Software;

 

(viii)                         all Inventories;

 

(ix)                               all materials, papers and records (in paper or electronic format) in Company’s care, custody, or control employed by and used exclusively in, or relating exclusively to, the Business (including and not limited to the purchasing, sales and return materials, authorization records, testing records for all Products, customer and vendor lists, accounting and financial records, product documentation, product specifications, marketing equipment documents, end user documentation, packaging materials, brochures, user manuals, graphics, artwork and software release orders (collectively “ Books and Records ”));

 

(x)                                  all other assets directly or indirectly owned by Parent, exclusively used or intended to be used in the operation of the Business (other than the Excluded Assets);

 

(xi)                               all other goodwill of the Business;

 

(xii)                            all backlog, deferred revenue and deferred cost (as such terms are defined under GAAP) as of the end of the Closing Date related to the Purchased Assets; and

 

(xiii)                         the insurance policies and benefit plans to be listed on Schedule 1.2(a)(xiii) hereto (the “ Employee Plans ”).

 

All of the assets referred to in this Section 1.2(a)(i) through (a)(xiii), inclusive, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Purchased Assets .”

 

(b)                                  Without limiting the generality of this Section 1.2, the Purchased Assets shall not include the assets listed on Schedule 1.2(b) attached hereto, including the following assets (such excluded assets constituting, collectively, the “ Excluded Assets ”):

 

(i)                                      Intellectual Property not used exclusively in the Business;

 

(ii)                                   any licenses to or other rights for Parent and any of its Affiliates to use Intellectual Property Rights, Third Party Products or Technology owned by parties other than Parent or any of its Affiliates and not used exclusively in the Business; and

 

(iii)                                the equipment, computers, technology, automobiles and other tangible assets to be set forth on Schedule 1.2(b)(iii) which shall be transferred to Parent or an Affiliate of Parent, as determined by Parent, on or prior to the Closing.

 

1.3                                Master Services Agreement .  In connection with the Closing, UTSC and the appropriate Affiliate of Parent shall enter into a Master Services Agreement that will, among other agreements, provide for:

 

(a)                                  Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect on behalf of the Company the accounts receivable of the IPTV Business as of the end of the Closing Date in countries other than the PRC and shall be entitled to retain 20% of amounts collected; and

 

4



 

(b)                                  UTSC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect on behalf of Parent and its Affiliates the accounts receivable arising from the sale of Products of the Broadband Business as of the end of the Closing Date and shall be entitled to retain 20% of amounts collected.

 

1.4                                Delayed Transfer Assets and Liabilities .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Parent and its Affiliates are not obligated to assign, transfer, convey or deliver, and Buyer, the Company and its Subsidiaries are not obligated to assume, any of the rights and obligations under any Delayed Transfer Asset or Delayed Transfer Liability until such time as all Legal Impediments (as defined below) are removed and/or all notices, reports or other filings are made or consents, registrations, approvals, permits or authorizations (a “ Required Consent ”) necessary for the novation, legal transfer and/or assumption thereof are obtained.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that the Delayed Transfer Assets shall be assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered, and any Delayed Transfer Liabilities shall be assumed in accordance with the provisions of this Article I.  Pending the assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery of any Delayed Transferred Asset and the assumption of any Delayed Transfer Liability, Parent and Buyer shall cooperate in a mutually agreeable arrangement under which Buyer would obtain the benefits of the Delayed Transfer Assets and assume the obligations under the Delayed Transfer Liabilities in accordance with this Agreement, including subcontracting, sublicensing or subleasing arrangements.  Upon the removal of all Legal Impediments and the obtaining of all Required Consents as to any particular Delayed Transfer Asset or Delayed Transfer Liability, such Delayed Transfer Asset or Delayed Transfer Liability shall immediately and automatically be assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered to, and/or assumed by, Buyer or one of its Subsidiaries, without any further action by any party hereto.  For purposes of this Section 1.4, “ Delayed Transfer Assets ” shall mean any Purchased Assets that this Agreement provides or contemplates are to be transferred to Buyer in connection with the Acquisition and that requires (i) the removal of a legal impediment preventing or restricting the transfer of a Purchased Asset or the assumption of Assumed Liabilities, as the case may be, in the Acquisition as of the Closing Date (a “ Legal Impediment ”), or (ii) the receipt of a Required Consent to transfer, which Legal Impediment is not removed or Required Consent is not obtained on or prior to the Closing Date.  For purposes of this Section 1.4 “ Delayed Transfer Liabilities ” shall mean any Assumed Liabilities that this Agreement provides or contemplates are to be assumed by Buyer in connection with the Acquisition and that require the removal of a Legal Impediment or the receipt of a Required Consent for the transfer and assumption of such Assumed Liabilities, which Legal Impediment is not removed or Required Consent is not obtained on or prior to the Closing.

 

1.5                                Transfers to Parent Affiliates .  On or prior to the Closing, UTSC and Shenzhen, as applicable, shall transfer and assign to an Affiliate of Parent other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, as designated by Parent, pursuant to appropriate assignment and assumption agreements and documentation:

 

(a)          the Contracts to be listed on Schedule 1.5(a);

 

(b)          the equipment, computers, servers, automobiles and other tangible assets to be listed on Schedule 1.5(b); and

 

5



 

(c)           the Intellectual Property Rights and Technology owned or purported to be owned by UTSC or its Subsidiary that is not used exclusively in the Business that is to be listed on Schedule 1.5(c).

 

(d)          all liabilities relating to Contracts of the Business that have been fully performed;

 

All of assets referred to in this Section 1.5(a) - (c), inclusive are collectively referred to herein as the “ Excluded Assets.

 

1.6                                Purchase Price .  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing Buyer shall pay USD$1.00 (the “ Purchase Price ”) to Parent.

 

1.7                                Assumption of Liabilities .  At the Closing, Buyer will assume and become liable for, and agree to pay, perform or otherwise discharge, or cause to be paid, performed or discharged, in accordance with the respective terms and subject to the respective conditions thereof, any and all Liabilities (as defined below) of any kind relating to the Purchased Assets, arising due to Buyer’s operation of the Purchased Assets after the Closing, including, but not limited to (x) those arising under any criminal, judicial, administrative or arbitral action, audit, charge, claim, complaint, demand, grievance, hearing, inquiry, investigation, litigation, mediation, proceeding, subpoena or suit, whether civil, criminal, administrative, judicial or investigative, whether formal or informal, whether public or private, commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Authority or private arbitrator or mediator (an “ Action ”) or Law; (y) those arising under any contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or undertaking of Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case other than Excluded Liabilities.  “ Liabilities ” of any Person means any debts, liabilities and obligations of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries of any kind whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, determined or undetermined or on- or off-balance sheet, known or unknown.  All of the Liabilities to be so assumed by Buyer are hereinafter referred to as the “ Assumed Liabilities .”  The Assumed Liabilities include, without limitation, the following:

 

(a)                                  all employment-related Liabilities arising with respect to any employees of Company or any of its Subsidiaries following the Closing, including any severance, claims, demands, rights, damages, costs, losses, suits, actions, causes of action, attorneys’ fees, expenses, salary, stock options, commissions, bonuses, wages, overtime, deferred compensation or any sums of any nature whatsoever, in law or in equity, owed or claimed and originating at or prior to the Closing;

 

(b)                                  all Liabilities related to, associated with or arising out of any the Employee Plans;

 

(c)                                   all Liabilities related to, associated with or arising out of any of the Purchased Assets on or prior to the Closing Date, including performance obligations, warranties, service obligations and payment obligations; provided however that Parent agrees to reimburse Buyer or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, for significant costs and liabilities incurred by Buyer or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to fulfill their respective obligations under the Contracts that

 

6



 

exceed the value of the applicable Contract and that are not caused by the action or inaction of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                  all Liabilities for Taxes related to, associated with or arising out of or in connection with the Business or the Purchased Assets incurred after the Closing Date, other than any Liabilities for Taxes arising as a result of any transfer of assets that is undertaken in order to separate the assets that will be held, directly or indirectly, by Company or its Subsidiaries following the Acquisition from the assets that will not be so held;

 

(e)                                   all Liabilities related to, associated with or arising out of any infringement by the Business of any third party Intellectual Property rights, whether known or unknown;

 

(f)                                    all Liabilities for personal injury to or death of any third person related to, associated with or arising out of any of the operations of Company or any of its Subsidiaries following the Closing;

 

(g)                                   all Liabilities related to, associated with or arising out of any Action to the extent that such Action arises out of the operation of Company or any of its Subsidiaries of their respective businesses or the ownership or use of the Purchased Assets after the Closing;

 

(h)                                  all Liabilities related to, associated with or arising out of the use by Company or any of its Subsidiaries of (A) real property owned in fee by Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) rights in the nature of leases, easements, rights-of-way, restrictive covenants, or other interests in real property, options to purchase or lease any interests in real property or (C) real property subject to such rights (the “ Real Property ”); and

 

(i)                                      all Liabilities related to, associated with or arising out of any Environmental Law or Environmental Condition that are related to, associated with or arising out of the Real Property and all claims relating to the disposal or arrangement for disposal by Company of any hazardous substance at any site, location or facility (whether or not owned or leased by Company).

 

1.8                                Excluded Liabilities Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 1.4, the parties expressly understand and agree that the Assumed Liabilities shall exclude, and Buyer is not hereunder assuming the following Liabilities (the “ Excluded Liabilities ”):

 

(a)                                  all Liabilities for Taxes related to, associated with or arising out of any period before or through the Closing and the Acquisition (“ Pre-Closing Tax Liabilities ”);

 

(b)                                  all amounts payable arising from or relating to Excluded Assets;

 

(c)                                   all Liabilities relating to the Terminated Employees;

 

(d)                                  all Liabilities relating to Contracts relating to the Business that have been fully performed

 

7


 

1.9                                Payments by Parent .

 

(a)                                  Employee Related Payments .  On or prior to the Closing Date, Parent shall pay or have paid to the Employees or UTSC as appropriate, all compensation (salary, wages, bonus, overtime, cash retention plan, social insurance, housing fund and commission) relating to Employees accrued through the Closing Date (the “ Employee Payment ”).  Parent shall also pay an amount equal to the aggregate liability arising from the accrued vacation of the Transferred Employees accrued through the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  Cash Payment Amount .

 

(i)                                      At least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Parent shall deliver to Buyer a statement detailing the Company’s calculation of the Cash Payment Amount (the “ Estimated Net Asset Statement ”).  The Estimated Net Asset Statement shall have been prepared by Parent in accordance with GAAP and shall present fairly, on a good faith basis and using Parent’s commercially reasonable efforts, the estimated Net Assets as of the Closing Date and the estimated Cash Payment Amount as of the Closing Date.

 

(ii)                                   Within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date, Buyer may cause to be prepared and delivered to Parent an updated statement of the Cash Payment Amount as of the Closing Date (the “ Closing Net Asset Statement ”) prepared in accordance with GAAP, which shall take into account any information not available to the parties at the time the Estimated Net Asset Statement shall have been delivered.

 

(iii)                                Following the delivery by Buyer of the Closing Net Asset Statement, Parent and its representatives shall be given all such access as they may reasonably require during UTSC’s normal business hours (or such other times as the parties may agree) to those books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the possession of, and/or under the control of, Buyer, and access to such personnel or representatives of Buyer and its Subsidiaries as they may reasonably require for the purposes of resolving any disputes or responding to any matters or inquiries raised concerning the Closing Net Asset Statement and/or the calculation of the Cash Payment Amount.

 

(iv)                               The Parent shall have thirty (30) days following the date of delivery by Buyer to the Parent of the Closing Net Asset Statement to provide Buyer with a written certificate confirming that the Cash Payment Amount paid at the Closing is correct (the “ Confirmation Certificate ”) or notifying Buyer in writing of any good faith objections to specific components of the calculation of the Cash Payment Amount as set forth on the Closing Net Asset Statement (a “ Net Asset Dispute Notice ”) setting forth a reasonably specific and detailed description of such objections and the reasons therefor.  If a Confirmation Certificate is delivered by or on behalf of Parent pursuant to this Section 1.9 or if Buyer does not deliver a Closing Net Asset Statement within the 30 day period, the Cash Payment Amount paid at Closing shall be deemed to be final and binding on the parties to this Agreement.  Furthermore, to the extent no objections are raised with respect to any components of the calculation of the Cash Payment Amount as set forth in the Closing Net Asset Statement, such components shall be deemed to be agreed to by Parent and not subject to further dispute or objection.

 

8



 

(v)                                  If Parent shall object to all or a portion of the components of the Closing Net Asset Statement or Buyer’s calculation of the Cash Payment Amount as reflected in the Net Asset Dispute Notice delivered by Parent, a representative of Parent, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other, shall negotiate with one another and attempt in good faith to resolve any such objection within ten (10) days of the receipt by Buyer of the Net Asset Dispute Notice.

 

(vi)                               If Parent and Buyer shall be unable to resolve any such dispute within such ten (10) day period, Parent and Buyer (either together or separately) shall be entitled to submit the dispute to the Independent Auditor.  Each of the parties to this Agreement shall, and shall cause their respective officers, directors, employees, and representatives to, provide full cooperation to the Independent Auditor.  The Independent Auditor shall (i) act in its capacity as an expert and not as an arbitrator, (ii) consider only those matters as to which there is a dispute between the parties and (iii) be instructed to reach its conclusions regarding any such dispute within thirty (30) days after its appointment and provide a written explanation of its decision.  In the event that Parent and Buyer shall submit any dispute to the Independent Auditor, each such party may submit a “position paper” to the Independent Auditor setting forth the position of such party with respect to such dispute, to be considered by such Independent Auditor as it deems fit.  All fees and expenses relating to the engagement of the Independent Auditor shall be paid in equal proportions by Parent and Buyer or in such other proportions as the Independent Auditor determines to be appropriate having regard to the respective merits of the parties’ positions.

 

(vii)                            If Parent does not deliver a Net Asset Dispute Notice in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 1.9(b)(iv) above ( i.e ., within the thirty (30) day period specified therein), the Closing Net Asset Statement (together with Buyer’s calculation of the Cash Payment Amount) shall be deemed to have been accepted by all of the parties to this Agreement.  In the event that Parent delivers a Net Asset Dispute Notice in accordance with the provisions above and Parent and Buyer are able to resolve such dispute by mutual agreement, the Closing Net Asset Statement, together with the calculation of the Cash Payment Amount, to the extent modified by the mutual agreement of such parties, shall be deemed to have been accepted by all of the parties to this Agreement.  In the event that Parent delivers a Net Asset Dispute Notice in accordance with the provisions set forth above and Parent and Buyer are unable to resolve such dispute by mutual agreement, the determination of the Independent Auditor shall be final and binding on the parties to this Agreement, together with the calculation of the Cash Payment Amount, to the extent modified by the Independent Auditor, shall be deemed to have been accepted by all of the parties to this Agreement.

 

(viii)                         In the event that it is determined that the Cash Payment Amount paid at Closing shall have been too little, Parent shall pay an amount equal to the difference between the Cash Payment Amount paid at Closing and the amount determined pursuant to the foregoing process should have been paid.  In the event that it is determined that the Cash Payment Amount paid at Closing shall have been too much, the Company shall pay to the account designated by Parent an amount equal to the difference between the Cash Payment Amount paid at Closing and the amount determined pursuant to the foregoing process should have been paid.

 

1.10                         Closing .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the sale and

 

9



 

purchase of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement shall take place at a closing (the “ Closing ”) to be held at the offices of Parent at 9:00 a.m. China time, on the third Business Day following the satisfaction or written waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the parties set forth in Article VIII (other than those conditions that by their nature cannot be satisfied until the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction of those conditions at the Closing) or at such other place or at such other time or on such other date as Company and Buyer may mutually agree upon in writing (the date on which the Closing actually occurs, the “ Closing Date ”).

 

1.11                         Further Assurances .  If at any time after the Closing, Buyer or Parent considers or is advised that any deeds, bills of sale, stock powers, assignments or assurances or any other acts or things are necessary, desirable or proper to (a) vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise, in Buyer or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, or Parent or any of its Affiliates, its right, title or interest in, to or under the assets transferred pursuant to this Agreement, or (b) to otherwise carry out the purposes of this Agreement, and Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, and Buyer shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cooperate with respect to the foregoing, provided, that no party shall not be obligated to assume any liability, pay any amount or otherwise act in a manner it reasonably believes is not necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

1.12                         Transfer Taxes .  All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration, value added, goods and services and other similar Taxes, fees and duties (“ Transfer Taxes ”) under applicable Law incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be borne and paid by Parent, and Parent shall, at its own expense, file any necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to such Transfer Taxes.  If required by applicable Law, Buyer or any appropriate Subsidiary of Buyer shall join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation.  Parent shall promptly reimburse Buyer and its Subsidiaries for any such Transfer Tax that either of them is required to pay under applicable Law.  The parties shall cooperate with each other to the extent reasonably requested and legally permitted to minimize any such Transfer Taxes.

 

ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT

 

In order to induce Buyer to enter into this Agreement, Parent makes the following representations and warranties to Buyer as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, subject to such exceptions as are set forth in the schedules attached hereof referencing to the corresponding subsections of Article II of this Agreement (collectively, “ Disclosure Schedule ”).  Each of the applicable disclosures listed in the Disclosure Schedule shall reference the appropriate section and, if applicable, subsection of this Article II hereof to which it relates and each of which disclosures shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into the representations and warranties made in this Article II ; provided , that any information disclosed under any paragraph of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed disclosed and incorporated into any other section, subsection, paragraph and clause of Article II hereof, but only to the extent it is reasonably apparent that such disclosure is relevant to such other section, subsection, paragraph or clause of Article II hereof.

 

2.1                                Authority .  Parent has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to

 

10



 

perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the sale of the Shares and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (collectively, the “ Contemplated Transactions ”).  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party by Parent and the consummation by Parent of the Contemplated Transactions have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Parent are necessary to authorize this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or to consummate the Contemplated Transactions.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no vote or approval of the shareholders of Parent is required under the organizational documents of Parent or any applicable Law in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or to consummate the Contemplated Transactions.  This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by Parent and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Parent, enforceable against Parent in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the General Enforceability Exceptions.

 

2.2                                Ownership of Shares .  Parent is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good and valid title to, all of the Shares, free and clear of any and all Encumbrances, and there are no limitations or restrictions on Parent’s right to transfer such Shares to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, other than those that may be imposed by applicable securities Laws.  None of the Shares are subject to (i) any option, warrant, purchase right or other contract (other than this Agreement and the Convertible Bond) that could require Parent or, after the Closing, Buyer, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Shares or (ii) any voting trust, proxy or other contract or understanding with respect to the voting, dividend rights, preferences, sale, acquisition or other disposition of any of the Shares.  Assuming Buyer has the requisite power and authority to be the lawful owner of the Shares, upon delivery to Buyer at the Closing of the certificates representing all of the Shares, duly endorsed by Parent for transfer to Buyer or accompanied by a duly completed and executed stock power, good and valid title to all such Shares will pass to Buyer, free and clear of any and all Encumbrances (other than those that may be imposed by applicable securities Laws), effective as of the Closing Date.

 

2.3                                PRC Subsidiaries .

 

(a)          Registration and Existence.  Each PRC Subsidiary is a limited liability company duly established in accordance with PRC l aw and validly existing since its establishment.

 

(b)          Binding Agreement.  Each obligation of the PRC Subsidiaries under this Agreement and other Transaction Documents is valid and binding on each of them, and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the General Enforceability Exceptions.  Each of the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document by PRC Subsidiaries will not:

 

(i)              conflict with or result in a breach of their respective articles of association or other constitutional documents ;

 

11



 

(ii)           conflict with any provision or constitute a breach, non-performance or an inability to perform under the provisions of, any agreement or other instrument to which any of them is bound; or

 

other than in the case of clause (ii) as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

(c)           Shareholding of the PRC Subsidiaries.  Company is the sole shareholder of UTSC before the Closing Date.  As of the Closing UTSC will have obtained the renewed Approval Certificate and Business License issued by competent Governmental Authorities which indicate that Company is the sole shareholder of UTSC.  Parent, Company and UTSC have been in compliance with all applicable laws with respect to the transfer of 100% Equity Interest of UTSC from UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd., a Hong Kong company, to Company.

 

(d)          Employees.  The Company has not and will not employ any employees on or before the Closing.

 

(e)           Litigation.  Except otherwise disclosed to Buyer, PRC Subsidiaries are not involved in, nor is any person for whose acts or defaults PRC Subsidiaries may be vicariously liable involved in, whether as claimant or defendant or other party, any legal proceeding (including any claim, investigation or enquiry), and no such proceeding is pending or to the Knowledge of Parent threatened by or against PRC Subsidiaries (or any person for whose acts or defaults PRC Subsidiaries may be vicariously liable).  Neither PRC Subsidiaries nor any of the properties, assets or operations which they own, is subject to any continuing injunction, judgment or order of any court, arbitrator, governmental agency or regulatory body, nor in default under any order, license, regulation or demand of any governmental agency or regulatory body or with respect to any order, suit, injunction or decree of any court.

 

(f)             Environment.  There is no ongoing legal, regulatory or administrative action, claim, investigation or other proceeding or suit against or involving PRC Subsidiaries relating to the various provisions regarding public health, pollution and environmental protection under applicable laws or environmental permits, nor have any such proceedings taken place or been settled and there are no such proceedings pending or threatened.

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY

 

In order to induce Buyer to enter into this Agreement, Company makes the following representations and warranties to Buyer, subject to such exceptions as are set forth in the schedules referencing to the corresponding subsections of the Disclosure Schedule.  Each of the applicable disclosures listed in the Disclosure Schedule shall reference the appropriate section and, if applicable, subsection of this Article III hereof to which it relates and each of which disclosures shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into the representations and warranties made in this Article III ; provided , that any information disclosed under any paragraph of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed disclosed and incorporated into any other section, subsection, paragraph and clause of Article II and Article III hereof, but only to the extent it is

 

12



 

reasonably apparent that such disclosure is relevant to such other section, subsection, paragraph or clause of Article II and Article III hereof.

 

3.1                                Authorization and Non-Contravention .  This Agreement and all agreements, documents and instruments executed and delivered by Company pursuant hereto are valid and binding obligations of Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the General Enforceability Exceptions.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all agreements, documents and instruments executed and delivered by Company pursuant hereto have been duly authorized by all necessary action of Company.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and all agreements, documents and instruments executed and delivered by Company pursuant hereto and the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such other agreements, documents and instruments, do not and will not: (i) violate or result in a violation of or result in the breach of any provision of the organizational documents of Company (ii) violate or result in a violation of, conflict with or constitute or result in a violation of or default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) or loss of benefit under any contract or obligation to which Company is a party or by which its assets are bound, or cause the creation of any claim upon any of the assets of Company; (iii) violate or conflict with in any way, or result in a violation of, or constitute a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) under, any provision of any Law, regulation or rule, or any order of, or any restriction imposed by, any court or governmental agency applicable to Company; (iv) require from Company any notice to, declaration or filing with, or consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or other third party; or (v) violate or result in a violation of, or constitute a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) under, accelerate any obligation under, or give rise to a right of termination of, any agreement, permit, license or authorization to which Company is a party or by which Company is bound, except in the case of clauses (ii) through (v) as would not (1) materially and adversely affect the ability of Company to carry out its obligations under, and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (2) otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.2                                Capitalization .

 

(a)          The Shares owned by Parent immediately prior to the Closing Date represent one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding equity interest in Company.  All of the issued and outstanding equity interest in Company have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.  There are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, commitments, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any kind for or relating to the issuance, or sale, registration or voting of, or outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable for, any equity interests of any class or other equity interests of Company (collectively “ Equity Interests ”).  Company has no obligation to purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire any of its Shares or any interests therein.

 

(b)          Immediately prior to the Closing, Parent is the sole record and beneficial owner of all of the Shares, free and clear of any Encumbrances.

 

3.3                                Financial Statements .  Company has delivered to Buyer the unaudited balance sheet of Company estimated as of the Closing Date (the “ Balance Sheet ”), prepared in

 

13



 

accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with its application to the balance sheet of Parent.  The Balance Sheet represents good faith estimates of the performance of Company for the period stated therein based upon assumptions which were believed in good faith to be reasonable when made and continue to be reasonable as of the date of this Agreement.

 

3.4                                Assets .  Company has good and valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of the tangible properties and assets, including all Purchased Assets, free and clear of Encumbrances other than as set forth in Section 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

In order to induce Parent and Company to enter into this Agreement, Buyer hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Parent and Company as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, subject to such exceptions as are set forth in the schedules attached hereof referencing to the corresponding subsections of Article IV of this Agreement (the “ Buyer Disclosure Schedule ”).  Each of the applicable disclosures listed in the Buyer Disclosure Schedule shall reference the appropriate section and, if applicable, subsection of this Article IV hereof to which it relates and each of which disclosures shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into the representations and warranties made in this Article IV ; provided , that any information disclosed under any paragraph of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed disclosed and incorporated into any other section, subsection, paragraph and clause of Article IV hereof, but only to the extent it is reasonably apparent that such disclosure is relevant to such other section, subsection, paragraph or clause of Article IV hereof.

 

4.1                                Organization and Corporate Power .  Prior to assignment to a corporate entity, Buyer is an natural person with full mental facilities and capacity to enter into binding contractual arrangements.  If a corporate entity, Buyer is a corporation, limited liability company or other legal entity, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation or organization.  If a corporate entity, Buyer is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Buyer has all requisite corporate or other power and authority to own or lease its properties, to carry on its business as presently conducted, to enter into and perform this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

4.2                                Authorization .  The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and all other agreements, documents and instruments to be executed and delivered by Buyer as contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and other action of Buyer.  This Agreement and all documents executed by Buyer pursuant hereto are valid and binding obligations of Buyer enforceable in accordance with their terms subject to the General Enforceability Exceptions.

 

14



 

4.3                                Non-Contravention .  The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments to be executed and delivered by Buyer contemplated hereby, do not and will not: (A) violate, conflict with, or result in a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) or loss of benefit under, any contract or obligation to which Buyer is a party or by which any of its assets are bound, or, if a corporate entity, any provision of the governing documents of Buyer; (B) accelerate any obligation under or give rise to a right of termination of or result in a loss of benefit under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other material agreement, contract, instrument, mortgage, lien, lease, permit, authorization, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or arbitration award to which Buyer is a party or by which the property of Buyer or is bound or affected, or result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance on any of the assets or properties of Buyer.

 

4.4                                Unregistered Securities .

 

(a)          Buyer acknowledges that this Agreement is made by Parent and Company with Buyer, who is a Non-U.S. person (defined below) in reliance upon Buyer’s representations, warranties and covenants made in this Section 4.4.  Buyer has been advised and acknowledges that:

 

(i)                        the Shares have not been, and will not be registered under the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state of the United States or the securities laws of any other country;

 

(ii)                     in selling the Shares to Buyer pursuant hereto, Parent is relying upon the “safe harbor” provided by Regulation S and/or on Section 4(2) under the Securities Act;

 

(iii)                  it is a condition to the availability of the Regulation S “safe harbor” that the Shares not be offered or sold in the United States or to a U.S. person until the expiration of a one-year “distribution compliance period” (or a six-month “distribution compliance period,” if the issuer is a “reporting issuer,” as defined in Regulation S) following the Closing Date; and

 

(iv)                 notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the expiration of the one-year “distribution compliance period” (or six-month “distribution compliance period,” if the issuer is a “reporting issuer,” as defined in Regulation S) after the Closing (the “ Restricted Period ”), the Shares may be offered and sold by the holder thereof only if such offer and sale is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and either: (A) if the offer or sale is within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person (as such terms are defined in Regulation S), the securities are offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or (B) the offer and sale is outside the United States and to other than a U.S. person.

 

(b)          Buyer agrees that with respect to the Shares, until the expiration of the Restricted Period:

 

15



 

(i)                        Buyer, its agents or its representatives have not and will not solicit offers to buy, offer for sale or sell any of the Shares or any beneficial interest therein in the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person; and

 

(ii)                     notwithstanding the foregoing, the Shares may be offered and sold by the holder thereof only if such offer and sale is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and either: (A) if the offer or sale is within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person (as such terms are defined in Regulation S), the securities are offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or (B) the offer and sale is outside the United States and to other than a U.S. person; and

 

(iii)                  Buyer shall not engage in hedging transactions with regard to the Shares unless in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

The foregoing restrictions are binding upon subsequent transferees of the Shares, except for transferees pursuant to an effective registration statement. Buyer agrees that after the Restricted Period, the Shares may be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person only pursuant to applicable securities laws.

 

(c)           Buyer has not engaged, nor is it aware that any party has engaged, and such Buyer will not engage or cause any third party to engage, in any directed selling efforts (as such term is defined in Regulation S) in the United States with respect to the Shares.

 

(d)          Buyer: (i) is domiciled and has its principal place of business outside the United States; (ii) certifies it is not a U.S. person and is not acquiring the Shares for the account or benefit of any U.S. person; and (iii) at the time of the Closing Date, the Buyer or persons acting on Buyer’s behalf in connection therewith will be located outside the United States.

 

(e)           At the time of offering to such Buyer and communication of such Buyer’s order to purchase the Shares and at the time of such Buyer’s execution of this Agreement, the Buyer or persons acting on Buyer’s behalf in connection therewith were located outside the United States.

 

(f)            Buyer is not a “distributor” (as defined in Regulation S) or a “dealer” (as defined in the Securities Act).

 

(g)           Buyer acknowledges that Company shall make a notation in its stock books regarding the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 4.4 and shall transfer such shares on the books of Company only to the extent consistent therewith.

 

In particular, Buyer acknowledges that Company shall refuse to register any transfer of the Shares not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an available exemption from registration.

 

(h)          Buyer understands and agrees that each certificate held by such Buyer representing the Shares, or any other securities issued in respect of the Shares upon

 

16



 

conversion thereof upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall bear the following legend (in addition to any legend required by this Agreement or under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR ANY OTHER TRANSFER OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.

 

(i)              Buyer hereby represents that Buyer is satisfied as to the full observance of the laws of the Buyer’s jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to purchase the Shares or any use of the Agreements, including (i) the legal requirements within the Buyer’s jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale or transfer of such securities.  Buyer’s purchase and the continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Buyer’s jurisdiction.

 

4.5                                Brokers .  No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Buyer.

 

ARTICLE V
COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

 

5.1                                Conduct of Business Prior to Closing .  From the date hereof and until the Closing Date, Parent will cause the Company, UTSC and its Subsidiaries to operate in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and except as otherwise expressly required by this Agreement or as set forth on Schedule 5.1 , from the date hereof until the Closing Date, without the prior approval of the

 

17



 

Buyer (provided that approval by Buyer as an executive of the Parent shall be deemed approval for purposes of this Section 5.1), Company, UTSC and its Subsidiaries will not (and Parent will cause Company, UTSC and its Subsidiaries not to):

 

(a)          authorize for issuance, issue or sell or agree or commit to issue or sell (whether through the issuance or granting of options, warrants, commitments, subscriptions, rights to purchase or otherwise) any Equity Interests;

 

(b)          make any change to the organizational documents of Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or change the authorized capital stock or Equity Interests of Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case other than as specifically contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)           merge or consolidate Company or any of its Subsidiaries with any Person or consummate any other business combination transaction;

 

(d)          borrow any amount or incur or become subject to any Indebtedness, other than the issuance of the Bond to Parent;

 

(e)           change accounting policies or procedures, except as required by Law or by GAAP;

 

(f)            (i)  make or grant or promise any bonus or any wage, salary or compensation increase to any director, officer or employee of Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or in accordance with the existing terms of contracts entered into prior to the date of this Agreement, make or grant or promise any increase in other benefits to be made available under any employee benefit plan or arrangement, or (iii) amend or terminate any existing employee benefit plan or arrangement or adopt any new employee benefit plan or arrangement;

 

(g)           make any acquisitions or commit to make any capital expenditures (except as specifically authorized by Buyer in writing);

 

(h)          settle or compromise any material dispute affecting Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(i)              redeem or repurchase, directly or indirectly, any Equity Interests or declare, set aside or pay any dividends or make any other distributions (whether in cash or in kind) with respect to any Equity Interests;

 

(j)             subject any portion of its properties or assets to any Encumbrance;

 

(k)          sell, lease, license, assign or transfer any portion of its assets or properties, except for sales of inventory or product in the ordinary course of business to unaffiliated third Persons on an arm’s length basis or as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, or cancel without fair consideration any material debts or claims owing to or held by it;

 

(l)              incur any intercompany charges or conduct its cash management customs

 

18



 

and practices, in each case other than in the ordinary course of business (including with respect to maintenance of working capital balances and inventory levels, making of capital expenditures, collection of accounts receivable and payment of accounts payable);

 

(m)      make any loans or advances to, or guarantees for the benefit of, any Persons (other than advances of expenses to employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice);

 

(n)          grant any performance guarantee to its customers other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the policies and practices disclosed to Parent;

 

(o)          abandon or fail to maintain in effect any registrations or issuances with respect to the Business Intellectual Property Assets; or

 

(p)          enter into any executory agreement, commitment or undertaking to do any of the activities prohibited by the foregoing provisions.

 

5.2                                Use of Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  Parent acknowledges that from and after the Closing Date, the Business Intellectual Property shall be or is intended to be owned, directly or indirectly by Company, that neither Parent nor any of its Affiliates shall have any rights in the Business Intellectual Property. Buyer acknowledges that from and after the Closing Date, the Intellectual Property Rights transferred from UTSC to an Affiliate of Parent shall be owned or are intended to be owned, directly or indirectly by Parent, that neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates shall have any rights in such Intellectual Property Rights.  After the Closing, Parent will cease to use the Marks included in the Business Intellectual Property (the “ Business Trademarks ”) and any stylized logo derived from each such Business Trademark, and shall destroy or transfer to Company as soon as practicable any displays, signage, postings, stationery, packaging materials, supplies or inventory on hand upon which the Business Trademarks or such stylized logos appear.

 

(b)                                  After the Closing, neither Company nor its Subsidiaries shall use any Marks or other Intellectual Property of Parent and its Subsidiaries that is not included in the Business Intellectual Property or any stylized logo derived from each such Trademark, except, in each case, pursuant to licenses granted by Parent, and shall destroy or transfer to Parent any displays, signage, postings, stationery, packaging materials, supplies or inventory on hand upon which such Marks or such stylized logos appear.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the above, subject to the terms and conditions of the License Agreement, the Buyer is permitted to use the trademarks and trade names using the term “UTStarcom” or variations thereof owned by the Parent or its Subsidiaries other than the Company free of charge for ten (10) years following the Closing Date (i) for IPTV Products all over the world and (ii) for Wireless products and service within PRC, such as WiFi solutions, LTE/4G terminals and handsets, etc., and (iii) for Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Buyer organized under the laws of the PRC or Hong Kong SAR, within the PRC and Hong Kong SAR. Notwithstanding the forgoing, NewCo acknowledges that NewCo’s products and services by use of UTStarcom trademarks shall not compete with UTStarcom’s products and services.

 

19


 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the License Agreement, in the event the Parent ceases to use the trademarks or trade names relating to “UTStarcom”, the Parent agrees that the Buyer shall be entitled to the ownership of such trademarks or trade names free of charge.

 

5.3                                Reasonable Best Efforts .

 

(a)          Company shall use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to issue a convertible bond to Parent on the terms and conditions described in the Convertible Bond, including by (i) negotiating and entering into definitive agreements with respect to the Convertible Bond on the terms and conditions set forth in the Convertible Bond or on other terms agreed by Parent and Company, (ii) satisfying on a timely basis all conditions applicable to Company in such definitive agreements that are within its control, and (iii) consummating the Convertible Bond issuance at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(b)          Company, Buyer and Parent agrees to use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including to (i) negotiate and enter into definitive Transaction Documents; (ii) satisfying on a timely basis all conditions applicable to the parties in such definitive Transaction Documents that are within their respective control, and (iii) execute any additional customary instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

(c)           Parent shall complete the transfer of the equity interests of UTSC to the Company and obtain the renewed Approval Certificate and Business License of UTSC which indicate the Company is the sole shareholder of UTSC on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(d)          Parent and Company shall use their reasonable best efforts to obtain Required Consents from the counter-parties to the agreements set forth on Schedule 5.3(d) necessary for the novation, legal transfer, assignment and/or assumption thereof to Company or one of its Subsidiaries and such other third party Required Consents as Buyer may reasonably request; provided, that neither Parent, Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, without the prior written consent of Buyer, relinquish any material economic right or amend any such agreement in a manner adverse to Company to obtain such consent.

 

(e)           Until all applicable Legal Impediments are removed and all applicable Required Consents are obtained as to each Delayed Transfer Asset and Delayed Transfer Liability, Company and Parent shall continue to use their reasonable best efforts to remove all such Legal Impediments and obtain all such Required Consents.

 

(f)            Parent and Buyer each agree to make, or cause to be made, as soon as practicable (and such parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect such filing within five (5) Business Days) after the date of this Agreement, any required filing or report with the appropriate Governmental Authority under any applicable Laws and to supply promptly any additional information and documentary material that may be requested pursuant to any applicable Laws. Parent and Buyer shall each pay one half of the costs of any

 

20



 

required filing fees in connection with the foregoing.

 

5.4                                Employees .

 

(a)          As of the Closing Date, Company or its Subsidiaries shall have offered employment to each of the Transferred Employees.  At or before the Closing Date, Company or its Subsidiaries shall hire all employees who accept such offer of employment.

 

(b)          As of the Closing Date, Parent or its Affiliates (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) shall have offered employment to each of the Retained Employees At or before the Closing Date, Parent or its Affiliates (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) shall hire all employees who accept such offer of employment.

 

(c)           As of the Closing Date, Parent or its Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have terminated the employment of the Terminated Employees.

 

(d)          Offers of employment shall provide for credit for all prior periods of service with Company or Parent, or their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, for purposes of participation in and calculation of potential severance, compensation and employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements of Buyer, Parent or their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable; provided , however , that such crediting of service shall not operate to duplicate any benefit or the funding of any such benefit.

 

(e)           In addition, Buyer agrees to (i) credit each of the Transferred Employees with a number of paid vacation, sick leave and personal days immediately following the date of the Closing Date equal to the number of such days each such Transferred Employee has accrued but not used as of the date of the Closing Date under the applicable policies of Parent as in effect immediately prior to the date of the Closing Date, and (ii) allow each of the Transferred Employees to use such days following the date of the Closing Date in accordance with the applicable policies of Buyer and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, as are in effect from time to time (the “ Transferred Employee Credits ”).  Buyer and Company and Parent shall undertake in good faith to consider the preparation and filing of employment tax reports with respect to the Parent Transferred Employees and Company Transferred Employees, respectively.

 

(f)            At the Closing, Parent shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the cash value of the restricted stock units of Parent held by the employees set forth on Schedule 5.4(f) that are not vested as of the end of the Closing Date.

 

(g)           Parent shall pay all severance costs arising out of the termination of employment of the Terminated Employees.

 

5.5                                Confidentiality .

 

(a)                                  From and after the Closing, Company and Parent (and its Subsidiaries) (as such, each, together with its Representatives, as defined below, a “ Receiving Party ”) shall hold in strict confidence from any Person and shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose, divulge or make any use of, and shall cause its directors, officers, employees, stockholders, affiliates, representatives and agents (collectively, “ Representatives ”) to hold in strict confidence from any

 

21



 

Person and to not, directly or indirectly, disclose, divulge or make any use of, any Confidential Information.  As used herein, the term “ Confidential Information ” shall mean and include any and all non-public information regarding Buyer, Parent and its Subsidiaries (as such, each, together with its Representatives, a “ Disclosing Party ”) held by the Receiving Party as of the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall restrict the Receiving Party or its Representatives from using or disclosing any Confidential Information to the extent that such Confidential Information (i) is or becomes generally available to the public after the Closing other than as a result of a disclosure by the Receiving Party or its Representatives in breach hereof, (ii) became available to the Receiving Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Disclosing Party, provided that such source is not known by the Receiving Party to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to, the Disclosing Party with respect to such information, (iii) was independently developed by the Receiving Party, (iv) is generally made available to third parties by the Disclosing Party without restriction on disclosure, or (v) such disclosure is required by Governmental Orders, provided that the Receiving Party promptly notifies the Disclosing Party of such requirement in order that the Disclosing Party may seek an appropriate protective or similar order.

 

(c)                                   The parties, on behalf of themselves and their respective Representatives, acknowledge that in view of the nature of the Confidential Information and the objectives of each party in entering into this Agreement, the restrictions contained in this Section 5.5 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the parties after the Closing, and that money damages may not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of the restrictions in Section 5.5 and that the Disclosing Party shall be entitled (without necessity of posting a bond) to equitable relief, including, without limitation, injunction and specific performance, as a remedy for any such breach. Such remedies shall not be deemed to be the exclusive remedies for a breach by the Receiving Party of the restrictions in Section 5.5 but shall be in addition to all other remedies available at law or equity to the Disclosing Party.

 

5.6                                Non-Competition and Non solicitation .

 

(a)                                  Buyer, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, hereby covenants and agrees that Buyer and its Affiliates shall not, directly or indirectly, for a period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is ten (10) years following the Closing Date, anywhere in the world, own, manage, operate, control, invest or participate in (either as an owner or shareholder or in any other similar capacity) with any business, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity (other than Parent) which is engaged, wholly or partly, in the same or substantially similar business as that conducted by Parent and its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing) as of the Closing Date (the “ Parent Business ”); provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or restrict Buyer, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from any of the following: (i) continuing to conduct, operate, or otherwise invest in the Business; (ii) owning as a passive investment of less than three percent (3%) of the outstanding capital stock of a Person (whether public or private) that is engaged in the Parent Business; or (iii) owning a passive equity interest in private debt or equity investment fund in

 

22



 

which Buyer or its Subsidiaries have no involvement with such entity or its business other than exercising voting and investment rights of an equity holder.

 

(b)                                  Parent, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, hereby covenants and agrees that Parent and its Subsidiaries shall not, directly or indirectly, for a period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is ten (10) years following the Closing Date, anywhere in the world, own, manage, operate, control, invest or participate in (either as an owner or shareholder or in any other similar capacity) with any business, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity (other than the Company) which is engaged, wholly or partly, in the same or substantially similar business as the Business; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or restrict Parent or any of its Subsidiaries from any of the following: (i) continuing to conduct, operate, or otherwise invest in Parent’s Broadband Business; (ii) owning as a passive investment of less than three percent (3%) of the outstanding capital stock of a Person (whether public or private) that is engaged in the Business; or (iii) owning a passive equity interest in private debt or equity investment fund in which Buyer or its Subsidiaries have no involvement with such entity or its business other than exercising voting and investment rights of an equity holder.

 

(c)                                   From the date hereof through the date of the first anniversary of the Closing Date, neither the Buyer or any of its Affiliates shall, directly or indirectly, solicit, recruit or hire (whether as an employee or a consultant) any of the Terminated Employees other than solicitations pursuant to general solicitations for employees through trade.

 

(d)                                  Buyer and Parent recognize that the Governmental Rules and public policies of various jurisdictions may differ as to the validity and enforceability of covenants similar to those set forth in this Section 5.6.  It is the intention of the parties that the provisions of this Section 5.6 be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the Governmental Rules and policies of each jurisdiction in which enforcement may be sought, and that the unenforceability (or the modification to conform to such Governmental Rules or policies) of any provisions of this Section 5.6 shall not render unenforceable, or impair, the remainder of the provisions of this Section 5.6.  Accordingly, if any provision of this Section 5.6 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall be deemed to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision in the particular jurisdiction in which such determination is made and not with respect to any other provision or jurisdiction.  Each of Buyer and Parent hereby acknowledges and agrees that the covenants set forth in this Section 5.6 are reasonable and necessary in terms of time, geographic scope and line of business to protect the legitimate business interests of Buyer and Parent, which include the interests of Buyer and Parent in protecting valuable confidential business information associated with their respective business.  Each of Buyer and Parent expressly authorizes the enforcement of the covenants set forth in this Section 5.6 by the other party’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

(e)                                   The Parties, on behalf of themselves and their applicable Affiliates and representatives, acknowledge that in view of the foregoing, any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Section 5.6 by one Party will cause irreparable injury to the other Party for which an adequate monetary remedy does not exist.  Accordingly, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach of this Section 5.6, each Party shall be entitled, in addition to the exercise of other remedies, to injunctive relief, without necessity of posting a bond, restraining the other Party or any of its Affiliates or representatives, as applicable, from committing such breach or threatened breach.

 

23



 

5.7                                Sale of Shares .  During the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date that is six (6) months following the Closing Date, if Buyer sells, assigns, transfers, conveys or delivers, or cause to be sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered, to a third party, directly or indirectly, the Shares, Buyer shall pay Parent fifty percent (50%) of the total purchase price of the Shares paid by such third party.  During the period beginning on the date following the date that is six (6) months following the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, if Buyer sells, assigns, transfers, conveys or delivers, or cause to be sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered, to a third party, the Shares, directly or indirectly, Buyer shall pay Parent twenty percent (20%) of the total purchase price of the Shares paid by such third party.

 

ARTICLE VI
COOPERATION

 

6.1                                Cooperation on Tax Matters .  Buyer, Parent, Company, and its Subsidiaries shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause their respective Affiliates, officers, employees, agents, auditors and other representatives to reasonably cooperate, in preparing and filing all Tax Returns, including providing powers of attorney, maintaining and making available to each other all records necessary in connection with such Tax Returns, and with respect to any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes of or with respect to Company and its Subsidiaries.  Each of Buyer and Parent agree to retain (and, in the case of Buyer, to cause Company and its Subsidiaries to retain) all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to Company and its Subsidiaries relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until ninety (90) days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations and to give the other party reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if the other party so requests, Buyer or Parent, as the case may be, shall allow the other party to take possession of such books and records.

 

6.2                                Cooperation on Litigation Matters .  Buyer, Parent, Company and their respective Subsidiaries shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause their respective Affiliates, officers, employees, agents, auditors and other representatives to reasonably cooperate, in connection with Actions by third parties against any of Buyer, Parent, Company and their respective Subsidiaries that relate to or arise from the operation of their respective businesses prior to the Closing and that are not otherwise the subject of an indemnification claim pursuant to Article 11.  Each of Buyer and Parent agree to retain, and to cause their respective subsidiaries to retain appropriate books and records with respect to operation of their respective businesses for at least eight (8) years following the Closing and to give the other party reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if the other party so requests, Buyer or Parent, as the case may be, shall allow the other party to take possession of such books and records.

 

ARTICLE VII
CLOSING CONDITIONS OF BUYER

 

The obligation of Buyer to consummate the Closing shall be subject to the fulfillment to the satisfaction or the waiver by Buyer on or at the Closing of the following conditions.

 

24



 

7.1                                Representations and Warranties of Company and Parent .  Each of the representations and warranties of Company and Parent set forth in this Agreement that contain any Materiality Qualifiers shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to a specific earlier date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such date), and each of the other representations and warranties of Company and Parent set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to a specific earlier date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date).

 

7.2                                Performance of Obligations of Company and Parent .  Company and Parent shall have performed or complied with in all material respects all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

7.3                                No Injunctions, Orders or Restraints; Illegality .  No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction nor any Law promulgated or enacted by any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall be in effect which would have the effect of (i) making the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or (ii) otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

7.4                                Delivery of Closing Documents .  Company and Parent shall have delivered, or shall have caused to be delivered, to Buyer, all in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, the following:

 

(a)          a receipt for the Purchase Price;

 

(b)          a share certificate for the Shares issued in Buyer’s name;

 

(c)           a certificate executed by an authorized officer of Company and Parent, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying as the satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Sections 7.1 , 7.2 and 7.3 ;

 

(d)          a true and complete copy, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Company, of the resolutions duly and validly adopted by the Board of Directors of Company evidencing its authorization of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the consummation by Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and the delivery of the fairness opinion of American Appraisers, dated as of July 25, 2012, to Parent’s board of directors reasonably acceptable to Parent’s board of directors;

 

(e)           the Approval Certificate and the Business License of UTSC which indicate that the Company is the sole shareholder of UTSC;

 

(f)            all corporate documentation and instruments of UTSC and Shenzhen which are related to the control and operation of UTSC and Shenzhen, including but not

 

25



 

limited to the current articles of association and all amendments, common seal, financial seal and all other seals, security devices of bank accounts, VAT printer, checks, financial books, human resources documents and all certificates and licenses;

 

(g)           the unaudited balance sheet of Company estimated as of the Closing Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with the application to the balance sheet of Parent, and corresponding bank statements reflecting the receipt of the proceeds of the Bond in an amount equal to USD$20,000,000;

 

(h)          the register of members of Company reflecting Buyer’s purchase of the Shares;

 

(i)              the Employee Payment;

 

(j)             the Cash Payment Amount reflected in and calculated in accordance with the Estimated Net Asset Amount; and

 

(k)          such other supporting documents and certificates as Buyer may reasonably request and as may be required pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.5                                Convertible Bond Issuance .  Company shall have issued to UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd. the Convertible Bond.

 

7.6                                Employees .

 

(a)          The Company or its Subsidiaries shall have hired all Transferred Employees.

 

(b)          The Company or its Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have terminated all Terminated Employees.

 

(c)           Parent or one of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) shall have hired the Retained Employees.

 

7.7                                Fairness Opinion .  American Appraisers China Limited shall have delivered to the board of directors of Parent a fairness opinion relating to the Acquisition, dated July 25, 2012, that is reasonably acceptable to the board of directors of Parent and which fairness opinion shall not have been withdrawn or adversely amended, modified or supplemented.

 

7.8                                Consents and Waivers .  Company shall have furnished Buyer with evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer, of all authorizations, waivers, consents and permits, identified on Schedule 5.3(d) .

 

7.9                                Schedules .  The schedules to this Agreement shall have been agreed by Parent and Buyer.

 

7.10                         Transaction Documents .  The Transaction Documents shall have been duly executed and delivered by Parent and its Subsidiaries, as applicable.

 

26



 

ARTICLE VIII
CLOSING CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS
OF COMPANY AND PARENT

 

The obligation of Company and Parent to consummate the Closing shall be subject to the fulfillment to the satisfaction of, or the waiver by, Company and/or Parent, as applicable, on or at the Closing of the following conditions.

 

8.1                                Representations and Warranties of Buyer .  Each of the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in this Agreement that contain any Materiality Qualifiers shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to a specific earlier date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such date), and each of the other representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to a specific earlier date in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date).

 

8.2                                Performance of Obligations of Buyer .  Buyer shall have performed or complied with in all material respects all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

8.3                                No Injunctions, Orders or Restraints; Illegality .  No preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court or other Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction nor any Law promulgated or enacted by any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall be in effect which would have the effect of (a) making the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or (b) otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

8.4                                Closing Deliveries .  Buyer shall have delivered, or shall have caused to be delivered, to Parent, all in form and substance satisfactory to Parent, the following:

 

(a)          Buyer shall have delivered a certificate of an authorized officer of Buyer, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying as to (i) the incumbency of officers of Buyer executing documents executed and delivered in connection herewith and (ii) the satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 , 8.2 , 8.3 , and 8.4 ; and

 

(b)          such other supporting documents and certificates as Parent may reasonably request and as may be required pursuant to this Agreement.

 

8.5                                Schedules .  The schedules to this Agreement shall have been agreed by Parent and Buyer.

 

8.6                                Transaction Documents .  The Transaction Documents shall have been duly executed and delivered by Buyer, the Company and its Subsidiaries, as applicable.

 

27



 

ARTICLE IX
SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

 

9.1                                Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants .

 

(a)          All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties of Company, Parent and Buyer made herein and in the certificates, exhibits and schedules delivered or furnished to Parent or Buyer in connection herewith are material and (i) shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the party or parties to whom they are made and shall survive the Closing regardless of any investigation or pre-Closing Knowledge on the part of such party or its representatives and (ii) shall bind the parties’ successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not, and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all such covenants, agreements, representations and warranties shall inure to the benefit of Company’s, Parent’s and Buyer’s respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

(b)          The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall expire and terminate and be of no further force and effect on the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

9.2                                Transaction Related Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Subject to this Article IX, Parent shall, from and after the Closing Date, indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, its Affiliates, officers, directors, agents and employees, and each Person who controls or may control Buyer (each of the foregoing, a “ Buyer Indemnified Person ”) from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, suits, settlements, reduction in value, costs and expenses, including reasonable costs of investigation, settlement, and defense and reasonable legal fees, court costs, and any interest costs or penalties (collectively, “ Losses ”), arising out of, related to or otherwise by virtue of:

 

(i)                                      any failure of any representation or warranty made by Parent or Company in Article II or Article III to be true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (as though such representation or warranty were made as of the Closing Date) ;

 

(ii)                                   any breach of any of the covenants or agreements made by Parent or Company in this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                any Tax Liability imposed on the Company arising from Tax benefits granted to the Company by an PRC Governmental Authority; provided none of Buyer, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates have taken any action or failed to take any action (other than satisfying such Liability) as shall have proximately caused such Governmental Authority to impose such Liability;

 

(iv)                               any guaranty, letter of credit or similar credit support issued or provided by UTSC for or in respect of any liability of Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent other than the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

28



 

(v)                                  any Excluded Liabilities;

 

(vi)                               any Contract relating to the Business the execution or performance of which was not in compliance with applicable laws at the time at which it was executed or performed;

 

(vii)                            any Actions by any Governmental Authority relating to activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing.

 

(b)                                  Buyer shall not have any right of contribution, right of indemnity or other right or remedy against Parent, Company, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any employees in connection with any indemnification obligation or any other liability to which Buyer may become subject under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Subject to this Article IX, Buyer shall, from and after the Closing Date, indemnify and hold harmless Parent, its Affiliates, officers, directors, agents and employees, and each Person who controls or may control the Parent or Company (each of the foregoing, a “ Parent Indemnified Person ” and together with Buyer Indemnified Person, the “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any and all Losses arising out of, related to or otherwise by virtue of:

 

(i)                                      any failure of any representation or warranty made by Buyer in Article IV to be true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (as though such representation or warranty were made as of the Closing Date)

 

(ii)                                   any breach of any of the covenants or agreements made by Buyer in this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                any Assumed Liability;

 

(iv)                               the operation of the Purchased Assets by the Buyer and its Subsidiaries after the Closing;

 

(v)                                  conduct of the Business following the Closing; or

 

(vi)                               any claim by any Transferred Employee for severance or separation payments.

 

(d)                                  Following the Closing, Parent shall not have any right of contribution, right of indemnity or other right or remedy against Buyer, Company, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any employees in connection with any indemnification obligation or any other liability to which Parent may become subject under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   No Indemnified Person’s rights under this Article IX shall be adversely affected by any investigation conducted, or any knowledge acquired or capable of being acquired, by such Indemnified Person at any time, whether before or after the execution or delivery of this Agreement or the Closing, or by the waiver of any condition to the Closing.

 

29



 

(f)                                    The amount of any Losses payable under this Article IX shall be net of any amounts actually recovered under applicable insurance policies or from any other persons alleged to be responsible therefor.

 

(g)                                   The Indemnified Person shall mitigate, to the extent required by applicable law, any Losses for which such Indemnified Persons seek indemnification under this Article IX and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to seek any amounts available under insurance coverage or from any other person alleged to be responsible for any Losses payable under this Article IX; it being understood that making a written request for payment from any such insurer or other party shall constitute compliance with this Section 9.2 and that no further efforts, including, without limitation, litigation against such insurer or other party, shall be necessary.

 

(h)                                  Except for the remedies set forth in this Agreement, this Article IX will provide the sole and exclusive remedy for any misrepresentation, breach of warranty, covenant or other agreement or other claim arising out of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated hereby except for claims resulting from fraud.

 

9.3                                Claims for Indemnification .  At any time that an Indemnified Person has a claim that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Loss (a “ Liability Claim ”) that is indemnifiable under Section 9.2, such Indemnified Person shall promptly deliver a notice of such Liability Claim (a “ Claims Notice ”) to Company or Parent (in the case of a claim by a Buyer Indemnified Person) or to Buyer (in the case of a claim by a Parent Indemnified Person) (either, as such, “ Indemnifying Person ”).  A Claims Notice shall (a) be signed by an officer of Parent, Company or Buyer, as applicable, (b) describe the Liability Claim in reasonable detail (based upon the information then possessed by the Parent, Company or Buyer, as applicable) and (c) indicate the amount (or a good faith estimate of the amount, if necessary) of the Loss that has been or is reasonably likely to be suffered by the Indemnified Persons.  No delay in or failure to give a Claims Notice by any Indemnified Person to Parent, Company or Buyer, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 9.3 shall adversely affect any of the other rights or remedies that the Indemnified Person has under this Agreement or alter or relieve Parent, Company or Buyer, as applicable, of its obligations to indemnify the Indemnified Person pursuant to this Article IX, except and to the extent that such delay or failure has adversely prejudiced such parties.

 

9.4                                Objections to and Payment of Claims.

 

(a)                                  An Indemnifying Person may object to any Liability Claim set forth in such Claims Notice by delivering written notice to the Indemnified Person (an “ Objection Notice ”).  Such Objection Notice must describe the grounds for such objection in reasonable detail.

 

(b)                                  If an Objection Notice is not delivered to an Indemnified Person within 30 days after delivery of the Claims Notice, such failure to so object shall be an irrevocable acknowledgment by each party to this Agreement that the Indemnified Persons are entitled to indemnification under Section 9.2 for the Losses set forth in such Claims Notice in accordance with this Article IX.

 

30



 

(c)                                   If a Claims Notice was delivered to an Indemnifying Person and no Objection Notice was delivered to Indemnified Person within 30 days after delivery of the Claims Notice, or an Objection Notice was delivered to Indemnified Person within 30 days of the delivery of the Claims Notice, but such Objection Notice was only with respect to a portion of the Losses claimed in the Claims Notice, then the Indemnifying Person shall wire transfer to the Indemnified Party, as soon as practicable, (i) the amount of such Losses set forth in the Claims Notice, if no Objection Notice was delivered to the Indemnified Person, or (ii) the amount of the portion of the Losses set forth in such Claims Notice to which no objection was made, if an Objection Notice was delivered to the Indemnified Person.

 

9.5                                Resolution of Objections to Claims.

 

(a)                                  If an Indemnified Person objects in writing to any Liability Claim made in any Claims Notice within 30 days after delivery of such Claims Notice, the Indemnified Person and Indemnifying Person shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of the respective parties with respect to each of such claims.  If the Indemnified Person and Indemnifying Person should so agree, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and signed by both parties and, with respect to a Loss suffered by any Indemnified Person, within 10 days of entering into such memorandum, the Indemnifying Person shall wire transfer to the Indemnified Person the amount agreed to be delivered to the Indemnified Person in the memorandum.

 

(b)                                  If no such agreement can be reached after good-faith negotiation, within 30 days after delivery of an Objection Notice either the Indemnified Person or the Indemnifying Person may institute binding arbitration against the other to resolve the dispute in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6.  Upon the final decision by the arbiter, a memorandum setting forth such decision shall be prepared and signed by both parties and within 30 days of such decision, (i) if any Losses were determined to be suffered by a Buyer Indemnified Person, Buyer shall indemnify such Indemnified Person for the determined amount of Losses in accordance with Section 9.2 and (ii) if any Losses were determined to be suffered by a Parent Indemnified Person, Parent shall indemnify Company for the determined amount of Losses in accordance with Section 9.2.

 

(c)                                   During the period from the giving of any Claims Notice through the institution of binding arbitration in accordance with Section 9.4(b), each party will be entitled to the timely production by the other party of relevant, non-privileged and non-confidential documents or copies thereof.

 

9.6                                Third-Party Claims.

 

(a)          In the case of a claim asserted by a party other than a Buyer Indemnified Party or a Parent Indemnified Party (a “ Third Party Claim ”), within thirty (30) days after receiving notice of a claim for indemnification or reimbursement, such party shall, by written notice to the other party, advise that the matters set forth in the notice are, or will be, subject to contest or legal proceedings not yet finally resolved.

 

31


 

(b)          The Indemnifying Person shall be entitled to assume and control the defense of any Third Party Claim through counsel of its choice (such counsel to be reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party) if it gives notice of its intention to do so to the Indemnified Party; provided, however , that if an Indemnifying Person provides such notice or otherwise assumes the defense of any Third Party Claim, such Indemnifying Person shall be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that (i) it shall be fully responsible for all Losses relating to such Third Party Claim, (ii) the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification hereunder for such Third Party Claim and (iii) (x) the Indemnifying Person shall vigorously defend against such Third Party Claim at its own cost and expense and (y) such indemnification shall be paid fully and promptly if required and that such Indemnifying Person shall not permit the Indemnified Party to incur or suffer any cost or expense during any proceeding related to such Third Party Claim; provided further, however , that the Indemnifying Person shall not have the right to assume such defense, and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel retained by the Indemnified Party, if the claim which the Indemnifying Person seeks to assume control (A) seeks non-monetary relief, (B) involves criminal or quasi-criminal allegations, or (C) involves a claim which the Indemnified Party reasonably determines the Indemnifying Person failed or is failing to vigorously prosecute or defend.  The Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Person in such defense and make available to the Indemnifying Person, at the Indemnifying Person’s expense, all witnesses, pertinent records, materials and information in the Indemnified Party’s possession or under the Indemnified Party’s control relating thereto as is reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Person.  If the Indemnifying Person does not assume control of such defense, the Indemnified Party shall control such defense.  The party not controlling such defense may participate therein at its own expense; provided, that if the Indemnifying Person assumes control of such defense and the Indemnified Party reasonably concludes that the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Party have actual or potential conflicting interests with respect to such action, suit, proceeding or claim, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Party solely in connection therewith shall be paid on a current basis; provided, however , that in no event shall the Indemnifying Person be responsible for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all Indemnified Parties (in addition to any local counsel).  The party controlling such defense shall keep the other party advised of the status of such action, suit, proceeding or claim and the defense thereof and shall consider recommendations made by the other party with respect thereto.  Except with the written consent of the Indemnified Party (not to be unreasonably withheld), the Indemnifying Person will not, in the defense of a Third Party Claim, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement (i) that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving to the Indemnified Party by the third party of a release from all liability with respect to such suit, claim, action, or proceeding; (ii) that does not include a complete release of the Indemnified Party from all liability with respect thereto; (iii) that imposes any liability or obligation on the Indemnified Party (other than monetary damages with respect to which the Indemnifying Person shall fully indemnify the Indemnified Person); or (iv) unless there is no finding or admission of (A) any violation of Law by the Indemnified Party (or any affiliate thereof), (B) any liability on the part of the Indemnified Party (or any affiliate thereof), or (C) any violation of the rights of any person and no effect on any other claims of a similar nature that may be made by the same third party against the Indemnified Party (or any affiliate thereof).

 

32



 

ARTICLE X
TERMINATION

 

10.1                         Termination of Agreement .  This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date as follows:

 

(a)          by Parent, if the Acquisition shall not have then occurred on or prior to December 31, 2012 (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 10.1(a) shall not be available to any party hereto whose breach of this Agreement shall have been the primary cause of the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date;

 

(b)          by Buyer, if the Acquisition shall not have then occurred on or prior to the Termination Date, unless the failure to consummate the Acquisition is the result of a breach by Buyer of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements under this Agreement;

 

(c)           by mutual written consent of Parent and Buyer;

 

(d)          by either Buyer or Parent if any Governmental Authority shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the Acquisition and such order, decree or ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; provided , that the party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10.1(d) shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to remove such order, decree, ruling, judgment or injunction;

 

(e)           by Buyer in the event of a breach by Company or Parent of any (1) representation or warranty or (2) covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement, in the case of clause (1) and (2) which (i) would give rise to the failure of any condition set forth in Article VII hereof and (ii) cannot be or has not been cured within thirty (30) Business Days after the giving of written notice thereof to Parent by Buyer; or

 

(f)            by Parent in the event of a breach by Buyer of any (1) representation or warranty or (2) covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement, in the case of clause (1) and (2), which (i) would give rise to the failure of a condition set forth in Article VIII hereof and (ii) cannot be or has not been cured within thirty (30) Business Days after the giving of written notice thereof to Buyer by Parent.

 

10.2                         Procedure Upon Termination .  In the event of termination of this Agreement by Parent or Buyer, or both, pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other party, and this Agreement shall terminate, and the Acquisition and related transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be abandoned, without further action by Buyer, Parent or Company.

 

10.3                         Effect of Termination .  In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void, and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Buyer, Parent or Company or, to the extent applicable, their respective officers, directors or equityholders, other than (a) the provisions of Article IX , Article XI and this

 

33



 

Article X , (b) any liability of any party for any willful or intentional breach of this Agreement prior to such termination, (c) in the event of a termination by Buyer pursuant to Section 10.1(e)(2), provided Parent is not entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant Section 10.1(f)(2), Parent shall (i) if Mr. Lu is then serving as Chief Executive Officer of Parent, terminate Mr. Lu’s employment with Parent without cause (as set forth in the Involuntary Termination Severance Agreement, dated February 1, 2010, by and between Parent and Mr. Lu, as amended (the “ Severance Agreement ”)), and in accordance with the terms of the Severance Agreement, pay all amounts due thereunder and (ii) shall pay as liquidated damages an additional amount equal to two million dollars ($2,000,000.00) and (d) in the event of a termination by Parent pursuant to 10.1(f)(2), provided Buyer is not entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1(e)(2), Mr. Lu shall forfeit all rights to any severance or other separation payments or benefits payable pursuant to the Severance Agreement, if not already paid, and if paid shall return the amount of all cash payments, net of any and all Taxes paid or payable on the payment by Parent of such amount, and return any ordinary shares of Parent issued or the proceeds of any sales of such shares, net of any and all Taxes paid or payable in connection with the issuance.

 

ARTICLE XI
GENERAL

 

11.1                         Amendments, Waivers and Consents .  For the purposes of this Agreement and all agreements executed pursuant hereto, no course of dealing between or among any of the parties hereto and no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder or thereunder shall operate as a waiver of the rights hereof and thereof.  No provision hereof may be waived otherwise than by a written instrument signed by the party or parties so waiving such covenant or other provision.  No amendment to this Agreement may be made without the written consent of Company, Parent, and Buyer.

 

11.2                         Construction .  The descriptive headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the construction of any provision thereof or hereof.  The use in this Agreement of the masculine pronoun in reference to a party hereto shall be deemed to include the feminine or neuter, and vice versa, as the context may require.  Any reference to the singular in this Agreement shall also include the plural and vice versa, as the context may require.  The word “including” shall be deemed to mean “including, without limitation.”  As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision hereof.  All references to dollar amounts shall be to lawful currency of the United States.  Accounting terms used herein shall have the meanings given to them by GAAP by the Person to which such terms relate.  References to any Law shall be construed as a reference to the same as in effect on the date of this Agreement and shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

11.3                         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, in each case including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf), each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together

 

34



 

constitute but one and the same document.

 

11.4                         Fees and Expenses .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, whether or not the Acquisition is consummated, each of Company, Parent and Buyer will bear its own expenses in connection with the negotiation and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the agreements entered into in connection herewith, including the fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants.

 

11.5                         Notices and Demands .  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(a)          if to Parent, to:

UTStarcom Holdings Corp.

52-2 Building, BDA International Enterprise Avenue

No. 2 Jingyuan North Center

Daxing District, Beijing, P.R. China

Attn: General Counsel
Facsimile: +86 (10) 8520-5599

 

with copy to:

 

Covington & Burling LLP

333 Twin Dolphin Drive, Suite 700

Redwood Shores, CA 94065
Attn:
                    Carmen Chang, Esq. and Scott Anthony, Esq.
Facsimile: (650) 632-4800

 

(b)          if to Buyer or Mr. Lu, to:

Eagle Field Holding Limited

52-2 Building, BDA International Enterprise Avenue

No. 2 Jingyuan North Center

Daxing District, Beijing, P.R. China

Attn: Mr. Ying (Jack) Lu
Facsimile: +86 (10) 8520-5599

 

With a copy to:

Jun He Law Offices

China Resources Building, 20th Floor

8 Jianguomenbei Avenue, Beijing 100005, P. R. China

Attn: Lixin Cui, Esq. and Jiao Jiao Esq.

Facsimile: +86(10) 8519-1350

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) when delivered, if delivered personally; (ii) at the earlier of its receipt or five (5) days after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained

 

35



 

receptacle for the deposit of the mail, if sent by first-class registered or certified mail; (iii) on the next business day after deposit with an recognized courier service, if sent by overnight courier service for next day delivery; (iv) three (3) business days after deposit with an internationally-recognized courier service, if sent by international overnight courier service; or (v) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer.  In each instance, all postage and delivery fees and expenses shall be pre-paid by the sender

 

11.6                         Dispute Resolution; Governing Law .

 

(a)          Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity hereof, shall be resolved through consultation.  Such consultation shall begin immediately after one party to a dispute has delivered to the other party or parties to such dispute a written request for such consultation.  If within 30 days following the date on which such notice is given the dispute cannot be resolved, the dispute shall be submitted to arbitration upon the request of either party with notice to the other.

 

(b)          The arbitration shall be conducted in Hong Kong under the auspices of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “ Centre ”).  There shall be one arbitrator.  The arbitrator shall be jointly appointed by the disputing parties or, failing which the Secretary-General of the Centre shall appoint the arbitrator.

 

(c)           The arbitration tribunal shall apply the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules as administered by the Centre at the time of the arbitration.

 

(d)          The arbitrator shall decide any dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive laws of Hong Kong, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws, and shall not apply the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

(e)           Each party to a dispute shall cooperate with the other party or parties to such dispute in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to such information and documents requested by the other party or parties to such dispute that are reasonably related to the subject matter of the arbitration proceedings; provided, however, that the disputing parties shall be required to enter into appropriate confidentiality agreements with regard thereto.

 

(f)            In the course of arbitration, the disputing parties shall continue to implement the terms of this Agreement except (as between the disputing parties) for the matters under arbitration.

 

(g)           The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the disputing parties, and any prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

 

(h)          Any disputing party shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

 

36



 

11.7                         Remedies; Severability .  It is specifically understood and agreed that any breach of the provisions of this Agreement by any Person subject hereto will result in irreparable injury to the other parties hereto, that the remedy at law alone will be an inadequate remedy for such breach, and that, in addition to any other remedies which they may have, such other parties may enforce their respective rights by actions for specific performance (to the extent permitted by Law).  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision (or part thereof) of this Agreement shall be deemed prohibited or invalid under such applicable Law, such provision (or part thereof) shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, and such prohibition or invalidity shall not invalidate the remainder of such provision or the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.8                         Integration .  This Agreement, including the exhibits, schedules, documents and instruments referred to herein or therein, constitute the entire agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.  All schedules and exhibits hereto are expressly made a part of this Agreement.

 

11.9                         No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall confer any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any Persons (including employees of Company or any of its Subsidiaries) other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  This Agreement is not intended and shall not give any third Persons any right of subrogation or action over or against any of the parties hereto.

 

11.10                  Joint Drafting .  The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.11                  Confidentiality .  The parties hereto will, and will cause each of their Affiliates and representatives to, maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement and will not, and will cause each of their Affiliates not to, issue or cause the publication of any press release or public announcement with respect to this Agreement, the terms and or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however , that a party may, without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, issue or cause publication of any such press release or public announcement to the extent that such party reasonably determines, after consultation with outside legal counsel, such action to be required by Law or by the rules of any applicable self-regulatory organization, in which event such party will use its commercially reasonable efforts to allow the other parties hereto reasonable time to comment on such press release or public announcement in advance of its issuance.

 

11.12                  Entire Agreement; Assignment .  This Agreement, the exhibits and schedules hereto, the Disclosure Schedule, the Transaction Agreements and the documents and instruments and other agreements among the parties hereto referenced herein: (a) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior

 

37



 

agreements and understandings both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, (b) are not intended to confer upon any other Person any rights or remedies hereunder, and (c) shall not be assigned by operation of Law or otherwise, except that prior to Closing (i) Parent may assign its rights and delegate its obligations hereunder to its Affiliates as long as Parent remains ultimately liable for all of Parent’s obligations hereunder and (ii) Buyer may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to a newly formed corporate entity as long as, Buyer remains ultimately liable for all of Buyer’s obligations hereunder other than those set forth in Article 9.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

12.1                         Certain Defined Terms .  For purposes of this Agreement, the term:

 

Action ” means any legal action, investigation, inquiry, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding or hearing, (including any civil, criminal, administrative or appellate proceeding) by or before any Governmental Authority or duly appointed arbitration authority.

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means another Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person, and in the case of a natural Person shall include any individual related by marriage or adoption to any such individual (including such natural Person’s immediate family members) or any entity in which any such natural Person owns any beneficial interest (excluding the ownership of less than 1% of the capital stock of any publicly-traded corporation).

 

Broadband Business ” means the development, distribution and manufacturing and outsourcing the manufacturing of broadband Internet Protocol-based telecommunications infrastructure product solutions that enable high-speed voice, video and data transmissions over broadband IP-based networks; Broadband infrastructure solutions include digital subscriber line products, multi-service access node products and fiber optics products as well as corresponding service offerings, including technical support services;  Broadband infrastructure solutions contain software and hardware products that enable end users to access high-speed, cost-effective wireline data, voice and media communication.

 

Business ” means, collectively, the IPTV Business and PHS Business.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a day on which banks and financial institutions in Hong Kong SAR are authorized to be closed for business.

 

Business Intellectual Property Assets ” means all Intellectual Property Assets and Technology (i) owned or purported to be owned by UTSC or Shenzhen, (ii) licensed to UTSC and used exclusively in the Business by, (iii) owned or purported to be owned by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and used exclusively in the Business or Products and (iv) to be set forth on Schedule 12(i), which shall be assigned to UTSC or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Cash ” means the total of the unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of Company and its Subsidiaries on hand or in bank, brokerage or other accounts or on

 

38



 

deposit with any financial institution.

 

Cash Payment Amount ” means the amount of cash equal to the absolute value of the Net Assets of the Company, up to thirty million dollars ($30,000,000.00).

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Company Software ”  means all Software and Source Code used exclusively in the Business.

 

Contract ” means any agreement, contract, note, loan, evidence of indebtedness, Lease, purchase order, letter of credit, indenture, security or pledge agreement, covenant not to compete, employment agreement, severance agreement, license, instrument, obligation or commitment, whether written or oral, which is legally binding upon the party against which enforcement is sought.

 

control ” (including the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly or as trustee or executor, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of stock, as trustee or executor, by contract or credit arrangement or otherwise.

 

Documents ” or “ Documentation ” means (a) all administration, technical, support and other manuals and all other written, printed, electronic or other format materials, relating to a Technology; and (b) all Source Code specifications including, without limitation, all available reference manuals, user and operating guides and manuals, design specifications, functional specifications, flow charts, internal use listings or manuals relating to error corrections, fixes and workarounds, file and program cross-reference information (whether in manual, guide or other format), whether in human-readable, electronic or machine-readable form in the current version of such Documents.

 

Encumbrance ” means any liens, claims, options, charges, pledges, security interests, deeds of trust, voting agreements, voting trusts, encumbrances, rights or restrictions of any nature.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles of the United States, consistently applied.

 

General Enforceability Exceptions ” means (i) applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies generally from time to time in effect and (ii) the application of equitable principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

Governmental Authority ” means any government or political subdivision, whether federal, state, local or foreign, or any agency or instrumentality of any such government or political subdivision, or any federal, state, local or foreign court or arbitrator.

 

39



 

Governmental Order ” means any legally binding order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, award, subpoena or determination of any Governmental Authority or duly appointed arbitrator.

 

Indebtedness ” means (i) all indebtedness or other obligation of Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries for borrowed money, whether current, short-term or long-term, secured or unsecured, and all accrued interest, premiums, penalties and other obligations relating thereto, (ii) all indebtedness of Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries evidenced by any note, bond, debenture or other security, (iii) all indebtedness of Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries for the deferred purchase price for purchases of property which is not evidenced by trade accounts payables, (iv) all existing lease obligations of Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries under leases which are capital leases in accordance with GAAP, (v) any liability of Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries under deferred compensation plans, phantom stock plans, severance or bonus plans (in the case of any such bonus plan, solely in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) and any Change in Control Payments, (vi) any off-balance sheet financing of Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries, (vii) any payment of obligations of Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of banker’s acceptances or letters of credit, (viii) any liability of Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to interest rate swaps, collars, caps and similar hedging obligations, (ix) any indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (ix) above of any Person which is either guaranteed by, or secured by an Encumbrance upon any property or asset owned by, Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries and (x) accrued and unpaid interest of, and prepayment premiums, breakage costs, penalties or similar contractual charges arising as result of the discharge at the Closing of, any such foregoing obligations.

 

“Independent Auditor” means PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC (or an affiliate thereof), or another internationally recognized firm of independent auditors that has not performed work for, and is otherwise independent of, each of Parent and Buyer.

 

Intellectual Property Assets ” means the legal rights associated with any of the following:

 

(a)          patents and patent applications of any kind (collectively, “ Patents ”);

 

(b)          rights in trade names, trade dress, logos, packaging design, slogans, Internet domain names, registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks and registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing (collectively, “ Marks ”);

 

(c)           copyrights in both published and unpublished works, including all compilations, databases and computer programs, manuals and other documentation and all copyright registrations and applications, (collectively, “ Copyrights ”); and

 

(d)          rights in know-how, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary information, research in progress, algorithms, data, designs, processes, formulae, drawings, schematics, blueprints, flow charts, models, strategies, prototypes, techniques, inventions, discoveries and invention disclosures (whether or not patented) (collectively, “ Trade Secrets ”).

 

Inventories ” means all inventory, merchandise, goods, works in progress and raw

 

40



 

materials related to the Business, maintained, held or stored by or for Parent or its Subsidiaries, including the items to be set forth on Schedule 12(ii).

 

IPTV Business ” means the delivery of broadcast television and on-demand video services over carrier networks to residential and commercial premises using Company’s Internet Protocol Television system, RollingStream™.

 

IPTV Contracts ” means Contracts with customers, vendors and other third parties that relate to the IPTV Business to be set forth on Schedule 12(iii).

 

Knowledge ” means knowledge, after due inquiry, of a fact or circumstance or an awareness of a reasonable probability of such fact’s or circumstance’s existence or future occurrence; provided, however , that such knowledge or awareness shall be inferred from evidence of a conscious disregard or avoidance of the facts and circumstances, provided further , that “due inquiry” shall not require inquiry with employees (regarding future employment plans), suppliers or customers with respect to any matter and the phrases “ to Company’s Knowledge ,” “ to the Knowledge of Company ” and/or similar uses of Knowledge coupled with Company shall mean to the Knowledge of any of the persons listed on Schedule 12(iv) .

 

Law ” means any law, statute, code, ordinance, regulation or rule of any Governmental Authority.

 

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any property, any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, claim, charge or other encumbrance.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means any effect, change, event, occurrence, circumstance or development (each a “ Change ”, and collectively, “ Change ”) that is or could reasonably be likely to be materially adverse to the assets, liabilities, condition (financial or other), business, results of operations or prospects of Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided , however , that no Change (by itself or when aggregated or taken together with any and all other Changes) resulting from, arising out of, attributable to, or related to any of the following shall be deemed to be or constitute a “Material Adverse Effect,” and no Change (by itself or when aggregated or taken together with any and all other such Changes) resulting from, arising out of, attributable to, or related to any of the following shall be taken into account when determining whether a “Material Adverse Effect” has occurred or could reasonably be likely to occur, other than any such Change disproportionately affecting Company or its Subsidiaries or that could reasonably be likely to disproportionately affect Company and its Subsidiaries:

 

(e)           general economic conditions (or changes in such conditions) in the United States or any other country or region in the world, or conditions in the global economy generally;

 

(f)            conditions (or changes in such conditions) in the financial markets, credit markets or capital markets in the United States or any other country or region in the world, including (i) changes in interest rates in the United States or any other country and changes in exchange rates for the currencies of any countries and (ii) any suspension of trading in securities (whether equity, debt, derivative or hybrid securities) generally on any securities exchange or over-the-counter market operating in the United States or any other country or

 

41



 

region in the world;

 

(g)           conditions (or changes in such conditions) in the industries in which Company conducts business;

 

(h)          political conditions (or changes in such conditions) in the United States or any other country or region in the world;

 

(i)              acts of war, sabotage or terrorism (including any escalation or general worsening of any such acts of war, sabotage or terrorism) in the United States or any other country or region in the world;

 

(j)             earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, tornadoes, floods, mudslides, wild fires or other natural disasters, weather conditions and other force majeure events in the United States or any other country or region in the world;

 

(k)          any actions taken by Parent or Company, or their failure to take action, in each case, which Buyer has, in writing and in advance thereof, approved, consented to or requested;

 

(l)              changes in Law or other legal or regulatory conditions (or the interpretation thereof); and

 

(m)      changes in GAAP or other accounting standards (or the interpretation thereof).

 

Net Assets ” means an amount equal to, as of the Closing, (i) the aggregate of all current assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, less (ii) the aggregate of all current Liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with the financial statements of Parent.  Calculation of Net Assets shall be based on the methodology set forth in Schedule 1.9.

 

Non-U.S. person ” means any person who is not a U.S. person or is deemed not to be a U.S. person under Rule 902(k)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Object Code ” means Software and code substantially or entirely in binary form, which is intended to be directly executable by a computer after suitable processing and linking but without the intervening steps of compilation or assembly or from which semiconductor mask works can be derived.

 

Permitted Liens ” shall mean (a) Liens for taxes not yet delinquent or Liens for taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established; (b) Liens in respect of property or assets imposed by law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; (c) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social

 

42



 

security, and other Liens to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, contract bids, government contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations, incurred in the ordinary course of business, whether pursuant to statutory requirements, common law or consensual arrangements; (d) Liens in favor of Parent or its Subsidiaries; (e) Liens upon any equipment acquired or held by Company or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment, so long as such Lien extends only to the equipment financed, and any accessions, replacements, substitutions and proceeds (including insurance proceeds) thereof or thereto; (f) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments; (g) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, (h) Liens which constitute rights of setoff of a customary nature or banker’s liens, whether arising by law or by contract; (i) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as security for financed premiums; and (j) leases or subleases and licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Company’s business.

 

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust or any unincorporated organization.

 

PHS Business ” means the sale of the Personal Handy-phone System.

 

PRC ” means the People’s Republic of China, including Hong Kong and Macau.

 

PRC Subsidiary ” means any of the subsidiaries of Company, including UTSC and Shenzhen.

 

“Products” means a product, component, software or technology, excluding Third Party Products, that is or was designed, developed, and/or made by, or for, the Business and is or was sold, resold, distributed, licensed or otherwise made commercially available by the Business.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Software means any and all computer programs and all related source code and object code, program files , field and data definitions and relationships, data definition specifications, data models, program and system logic, APIs, interfaces, program modules, routines, subroutines, algorithms, program architecture, design concepts, system design, program structure, sequence and organization, screen displays and report layouts, and all other material related to such Software, and all documentation related thereto, and all embodiments of any of the foregoing.

 

Source Code ” means Software and code, other than Object Code form, including related comments and annotations, help text, data and data structures, instructions and procedural, object oriented and other code, or other Documentation, which may be printed out or displayed in human readable form or from which Object Code can be derived by compilation or otherwise.

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation more than 50% of whose outstanding securities, or any partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity more than 50% of whose total equity interest, is directly or indirectly owned by Company.

 

43


 

Tax ” means any (i) federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes, including income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental (including taxes under Section 59A of the Code), customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, unclaimed property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated or other tax, charge, custom, duty, fee, impost, levy or assessment imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, penalty or addition thereto, whether disputed or not, (ii) liability for the payment of any amount of the type described in clause (i) above arising as a result of being (or having been) a member of any consolidated, combined or unitary group or being (or having been) included or required to be included in any Tax Return related thereto and (iii) liability for the payment of any amount of the type described in clause (i) or clause (ii) above as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the liability of any other Person.

 

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, estimate, information return and statement (including any attachment, amendment or schedule thereto) required to be filed with any Governmental Authority in respect of any Tax.

 

Technology ” means any or all of the following (i) works of authorship, (ii) hardware or Software, (iii) data bases, test streams, test data, technical data, Documentation, designs, files, records, and data, (iv) computer programs and code whether embodied in Software, firmware or otherwise whether in Source Code or Object Code format, (v) inventions, proprietary and confidential information, trade secrets and know how, (vi) domain names, web addresses and sites, (vii) tools, methods and processes, (viii) devices, prototypes, schematics, breadboards, test methodologies, compilers, and development tools, and (ix) any and all instantiations or embodiments of the foregoing or of any Intellectual Property Rights, in any form and embodied in any media.

 

“Third Party Product” means any product, component, software or technology supplied to Company or any of its Subsidiaries by a third party which is sold, resold, licensed, distributed or otherwise made commercially available by Company or any of its Subsidiaries substantially in the form supplied or as a component of a product, or that is sold by Company under the Mark of a third party.

 

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the License Agreement, the Broadband Reseller Agreement, the IPTV Reseller Agreement, Assignment Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Master Services Agreement, the Convertible Bond and any all agreements, certificates and statements delivered in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

United States ” means the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any State of the United States, and the District of Columbia.

 

U.S. person ” (as defined in Regulation S) means:

 

(i)                                      a natural person resident in the United States;

 

(ii)                                   any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States;

 

44



 

(iii)                                any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. person;

 

(iv)                               any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. person;

 

(v)                                  any agency or branch of a foreign entity located in the United States;

 

(vi)                               any nondiscretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. person;

 

(vii)                            any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated and (if an individual) resident in the United States; and

 

(viii)                         a corporation or partnership organized under the laws of any foreign jurisdiction and formed by a U.S. person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Securities Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts.

 

12.2                         Additional Defined Terms .  The following terms shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Article or Section of this Agreement set forth below:

 

Term

 

Article/Section

“Acquisition”

 

Recitals

“Assignment Agreement”

 

Recitals

“Agreement”

 

Recitals

“Assumed Liabilities”

 

1.7

“Balance Sheet”

 

3.3

“Books and Records”

 

1.2(a)(ix)

“Broadband Reseller Agreement”

 

Recitals

“Business Acquisition

 

Recitals

“Business Trademarks”

 

5.2(a)

“Buyer”

 

Recitals

“Buyer Disclosure Schedule”

 

Article IV

“Buyer Indemnified Person”

 

9.2(a)

“Centre”

 

11.6(b)

“Claims Notice”

 

9.3

“Closing”

 

1.10

“Closing Net Asset Statement

 

1.9(b)(ii)

“Company”

 

Recitals

“Confidential Information”

 

5.5(a)

“Confirmation Certificate”

 

1.9(b)(iv)

“Contemplated Transactions”

 

2.1

“Convertible Bond”

 

Recitals

“Delayed Transfer Assets”

 

1.4

“Delayed Transfer Liabilities”

 

1.4

 

45



 

 

Term

 

Article/Section

“Disclosing Party”

 

5.5(a)

“Disclosure Schedule”

 

Article II

“Employees”

 

Recitals

“Employee Payment”

 

1.9(a)

“Employee Plans”

 

1.2(a)(xiii)

“Equity Interests”

 

3.2(a)

“Estimated Net Asset Statement”

 

1.9(b)(i)

“Excluded Assets”

 

1.2(b)

“Excluded Liabilities”

 

1.8

“Expiration Date”

 

9.1(a)

“Indemnified Person”

 

9.2(c)

“Indemnifying Person”

 

9.3

“IPTV Reseller Agreement”

 

Recitals

“Legal Impediment”

 

1.4

“Liability Claim”

 

9.3

“Liabilities”

 

1.7

“License Agreement”

 

Recitals

“Losses”

 

9.2(a)

“Master Services Agreement”

 

Recitals

“Net Asset Dispute Notice”

 

1.9(b)(iv)

“Objection Notice”

 

9.4(a)

“Parent Business”

 

5.6(a)

“Parent Indemnified Person”

 

9.2(c)

“Pre-Closing Tax Liabilities”

 

1.8(a)

“Purchase Price”

 

1.6

“Purchased Assets”

 

1.2(a)

“Real Property”

 

1.7(h)

“Receiving Party”

 

5.5(a)

“Representatives”

 

5.5(a)

“Required Consent”

 

1.4

“Restricted Period”

 

4.4(a)(iv)

“Retained Employees”

 

Recitals

“Severance Agreement”

 

10.3

“Share Purchase”

 

Recitals

“Shares”

 

Recitals

“Shenzhen”

 

Recitals

“Terminated Employees”

 

Recitals

“Termination Date”

 

10.1(a)

“Third Party Claim”

 

9.6(a)

“Transfer Taxes”

 

1.12

“Transferred Employees”

 

Recitals

“Transferred Employee Credits”

 

5.4(e)

“Transition Services Agreement”

 

Recitals

“UTSC”

 

Recitals

 

46



 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

47



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY :

 

 

 

UTSTARCOM HONG KONG HOLDING LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Jack Lu

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

PARENT :

 

 

 

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Xiaoping Li

 

Title:

Director

 



 

 

BUYER :

 

 

 

EAGLE FIELD HOLDING LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Jack Lu

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

MR. LU :

 

 

 

Ying (Jack) Lu

 

 

 

 

 



 

Schedule 1.9

 

Calculation of the Net Assets shall be done in accordance with the following principles:

 

1.                                       The aggregate of the Liability that would be incurred for the severance of all of the Transferred Employees shall be a current liability.

 

2.                                       Twenty million dollars ($20,000,000.00) in cash shall not be considered as a current asset and the Bond shall not be considered as a current liability.

 

3.                                       Other than as set forth in this schedule, current assets and current liabilities shall have the meanings ascribed to them by GAAP as applied consistent with the financial statements of Parent.

 

a.                                       Current Assets shall include but not be limited to the following balance sheet line items:

Accounts Receivable

Inventories

Deferred Costs

Fixed Assets

Other Assets

 

b.                                       Current Liabilities shall include but not be limited to the following balance sheet line items:

Accounts Payable

Accrued Liabilities

Customer Advances

Deferred Revenue Short-Term

Deferred Revenue Long-Term

Other Liabilities Short-Term

Other Liabilities Long-Term

 

4.                                       All amounts shall be as of the end of the Closing Date.

 

5.                                       Amounts paid to Buyer pursuant to Section 5.4(f) shall not be considered as a current asset.

 



 

Schedule A Letter of Undertaking

 

August     , 2012

 

To:                              UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited

 

UTStarcom Holdings Corp.

 

Eagle Field Holding Limited

 

Mr. Ying (Jack) Lu

 

UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd. (“HUTS”) is fully aware of and agrees with the Master Reorganization Agreement Share and Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Master Agreement”) entered into by and among UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited, UTStarcom Holdings Corp. Eagle Field Holding Limited and Mr. Ying (Jack) Lu on August     , 2012.  HUTS hereby acknowledges and agrees with the rights of HUTS and the obligations to be fulfilled by HUTS under the Master Agreement.  The obligations to be fulfilled by HUTS under the Master Agreement are valid and binding against HUTS.

 

 

UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Position:

 

 

 



 

Schedule B Letter of Undertaking

 

August     , 2012

 

To:                              UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited

 

UTStarcom Holdings Corp.

 

Eagle Field Holding Limited

 

Mr. Ying (Jack) Lu

 

UTStarcom China Co., Ltd. (“UTSC”) is fully aware of and agrees with the Master Reorganization Agreement Share and Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Master Agreement”) entered into by and among UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited, UTStarcom Holdings Corp. Eagle Field Holding Limited and Mr. Ying (Jack) Lu on August     , 2012.  UTSC hereby acknowledges and agrees with the rights of UTSC and the obligations to be fulfilled by HUTS under the Master Agreement.  The obligations to be fulfilled by UTSC under the Master Agreement are valid and binding against UTSC.

 

 

UTStarcom China Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Position:

 

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Convertible Bond

 




Exhibit 4.52

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

Dated the 31 st day o f August, 2012

 

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

(as the “Transferor”)

 

and

 

EAGLE FIELD HOLDINGS LIMITED

(as the “ Transferee ”)

 

and

 

UTSTARCOM HONG KONG HOLDINGS LIMITED

(as the “Company”)

 


 

SHARE TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 


 

1



 

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 31 st day of August, 20 12

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1)                                  UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CO RP., a Cayman Islands company ( the Transfer o r ”);

 

(2)                                  EAGLE FIELD HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company ( the Transferee ”); and

 

(3)                                  UTSTARCOM HONG KONG HOLDINGS LIMITED ( the Company ”) , a Hong Kong company .

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A)                                The Transferor is the registered and beneficial owner of the entire issued share capital of the Company .  Particulars of the Company are set out in Schedule 1.

 

(B)                                T he Transferor ha s agreed to transfer to the Transferee the entire issued share capital of the Company in exchange of cash .

 

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS

 

1.1.                            In this Agreement (including the Recitals), the following expressions have the following meanings: -

 

“Completion”

means completion of the events set out in Clause 4 (“Closing Date”) ;

 

 

“HK$”

means Hong Kong dollars;

 

 

“Hong Kong”

means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC;

 

 

“Shares”

means the 1 ordinary share of HK$ 1.00 each in the share capital of the Company , representing the entire issued share capital of the Company t o be transferred to the Transferee pursuant to Clause 2.1;

 

 

“US$”

means United States dollars.

 

1.2.                            Clause headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

 

2



 

1.3.                            The expression “Transferor” , “Transferee” and “Company” shall, where the context provides, include their respective successors, personal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

1.4.                            References herein to Clauses, Recitals and Schedules are to clauses of and recitals and schedules to this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise and references to this Agreement include the Schedules.

 

1.5.                            References herein to this Agreement are to this agreement for the acquisition of the entire issued share capital of the Company as amended, varied and modified from time to time.

 

1.6.                            Unless the context requires otherwise, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing a gender include every gender.

 

1.7.                            All warranties, representation, indemnities, covenants, agreements and obligations given or entered into by more than one person are given or entered into jointly and severally.

 

2.                                      Consideration

 

2.1.                            Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Transferor shall as registered and beneficial owner sell and transfer to the Transferee and the Transferee shall purchase and accept transfer of all Shares free from all claims, liens, charges, encumbrances, equities and other third party rights whatsoever and together with all rights now or hereafter attaching thereto.

 

2.2.                            In consideration of the aforesaid sales and transfer, the consideration payable hereunder shall be US$1.00. (the “Purchase Price”) Payment shall be made either in the form of cashiers order or other customary means as may be agreed between the Transferor and the Transferee .

 

2.3.                            Transferor and Transferee confirm that the Purchase Price is intended to be the fair market value of the Company as of the Closing date. If any taxing authority having jurisdiction asserts, by assessment or reassessment, proposed assessment or reassessment or otherwise, that the fair market value of the Company differs from the Purchase Price, including an assessment or reassessment of tax on the basis that any gift, benefit or advantage is or has been conferred on any person by reason of the sale and purchase of the Company provided for herein (a “proceeding”), then the Purchase Price will be increased or decreased, as the case may be, to an amount equal to the fair market value of the Company that:

 

(i)                                      is agreed upon by such taxing authority, the Transferor and Transferee in settlement of such proceeding;

(ii)                                   servers as the basis for such proceeding against which no defense or appeal is taken; or

(iii)                                is established by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction on the defense of a n appeal from such proceeding after all rights of appeal have been exhausted

 

3



 

or after all times for appeal have expired without appeals having been taken by any of the Parties hereto or such taxing authority.

 

The Purchase Price as so adjusted will be deemed to be and always to have been the amount so determined.

 

To avoid any doubt, the Purchase Price provided under this Agreement is the basis for the Transferee and the Company to enter into this Agreement, the Master Reorganization Agreement Share and Asset Purchase Agreement dated July 27, 2012 (“Master Agreement”), the Convertible Bond and other ancillary documents of the Master Agreements dated August 31, 2012.  The parties acknowledge that the sole obligation of the Transferee with respect to the Purchase Price is to pay US$1.00 , regardless any adjustment required by tax authority or occurred due to any reasons.  In the event that the adjustment results in the increase of the Purchase Price, the Transferor shall be solely responsible for the increased part.  In the event that the Transferee makes the payment of the increased part, the Transferee has the right to offset the increased part by other obligations payable by the Transferee (or the Company) to the Transfer, including but not limit to the repayment obligation of the Company under the Convertible Bond.

 

3.                                      WARRANTIES OF THE TRANSFEROR

 

3.1.                            The Transferor warrants and represents to the Transferee that:

 

(a)          it is the registered and the beneficial owner of the Shares and is entitled to sell and/or transfer the Shares and pass the full legal and beneficial ownership thereof with all rights thereto to the Transferee on the terms of this Agreement.  Each of the Shares is fully paid up and constitutes the entire issued share capital of the Company .  Save as disclosed herein there is no option, pre-emption right to acquire, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other form of security or encumbrance on, over or affecting, any shares of the Company beyond the present issued share capital nor have any claims been made by any company or persons entitled to or claiming to be entitled to any of the foregoing, and there is no agreement or commitment to give or create any of the foregoing;

 

(b)          it has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and that it has corporate capacity to enter into and comply with its obligations hereunder;

 

(c)           the execution and delivery of, and the performance by it of its obligations under, this Agreement will not result in a breach of its memorandum or articles of association or of applicable laws or regulations;

 

(d)          the Company was incorporated and validly existing under its law of incorporation;

 

(e)           to the reasonable knowledge and belief of the Transferor , there is no order, decree, decision or judgment of, any court, tribunal, arbitrator, governmental agency or regulatory body outstanding against the Company;

 

(f)            to the reasonable knowledge and belief of the Transferor , there is no claim for damages made against the Company; and

 

4



 

(g)           to the reasonable knowledge and belief of the Seller, there is no receiver (including an administrative receiver), liquidator, trustee, administrator, or custodian appointed in respect of the assets of the Company.

 

3.2.                            The Transferor shall promptly notify the Transferee in writing of any matter or thing of which the Transferor become s aware which is or may in his reasonable opinion be or lead to a breach of or be inconsistent with any of the representations warranties and undertakings herein contained.

 

3.3.                            T he Transferor undertakes, in relation to any warranty which refers to the knowledge, information and belief of the Transferor, that he has made full enquiry into the subject matter of that warranty and that he does not have the knowledge, information or belief that the subject matter of that warranty may not be correct, complete or accurate.

 

4.                                      COMPLETION

 

4.1.                            Completion shall take place immediately following the execution of this Agreement at such place or other place and time as may be agreed between the Transferor and the Transferee .

 

4.2.                            At Completion, the Transferor shall:

 

(a)                                       d eliver or cause to be delivered to the Transferee :

 

(i)                                           duly executed instruments of transfer and sold note (where necessary) in respect of the Share s together with definitive share certificate(s) for them in the name of the transferor;

 

(ii)                                        any waivers, consents or other documents required to vest in the Transferee the full beneficial ownership of the Share s and enable the Transferee to procure it to be registered in the name of the Transferee or its nominee; and

 

(iii)                                     such other documentation, including without limitation, board resolutions of the Transferor approving the sale of S hare s , as the Transferee may reasonably require so as to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                       the Transferor shall procure that the director(s) of the Company shall approve the transfer of the Share s for registration and the entry of the T ransferee in the register of members of the Company, and for this approval to be transacted at meetings of the director(s) of the Company .

 

5.                                       FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

The Transferor and the Transferee shall do and execute or procure to be done and executed all such further acts, deeds, things and documents as may be necessary to vest in the Transferee full and absolute title in the Shares and give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.

 

5



 

6.                                      STAMP DUTY, TAX AND COSTS

 

All stamp duty, adjudication fee, tax duties and other impositions in relation to the transfer of the Shares shall be borne by the Transferor solely.

 

7.                                      COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterpart and by fax or other electronic means , each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same document .

 

8.                                      ASSIGNMENT

 

This Agreement shall be binding on and shall enure for the benefit of the successors and assignees of the parties hereto but shall not be capable of assignment by any party without the written consent of the other party.

 

9.                                      GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of Hong Kong, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws . Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be submitted to the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“ HKIAC ”) for arbitration in Hong Kong. There shall be one arbitrator.  The arbitrator shall be jointly appointed by the disputing parties or, failing which the Secretary-General of the Centre shall appoint the arbitrator. The arbitration tribunal shall apply the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules as administered by HKIAC at the time of the arbitration.

 

6



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

PARTICULARS OF THE COMPANY

 

1.

Name of the Company

:

UTSTARCOM HONG KONG HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

2.

Registered office

:

Suite A, 7/F HK Diamond Exchange BLDG 8-10, Duddell St., Central, Hong Kong

 

 

 

 

3.

Certificate of Incorporation No.

:

60017087-000-06-12-5

 

 

 

 

4.

Date of incorporation

:

27 June  20 12

 

 

 

 

5.

Place of incorporation

:

Hong Kong

 

 

 

 

6.

Director

:

Ying (Jack) Lu

 

 

 

 

7.

Share capital

:

Authorized share capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HK$ 1 0,000 divided into 1 0,000 ordinary shares of HK$1.00 each

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued share capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HK$ 1 .00 divided into 1 ordinary share of HK$1.00 each

 

 

 

 

8.

Shareholder

:

 

UTStarcom Holdings Corp. 1 share

 

7



 

Execution Page

 

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto the day and year first above written.

 

Transferor

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

SIGNED by

)

UTStarcom Holdings Corp

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

)

 

 

)

 

 

 

Authorized Signature(s)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

T ransferee

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

SIGNED by

)

Eagle Field Holdings Limited

 

)

 

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

EAGLE FIELD HOLDINGS LIMITED

)

 

 

)

 

 

 

Authorized Signature(s)

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

SIGNED by

)

UTStarcom Hong Kong Holdings

 

)

Limited

 

)

 

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

UTSTARCOM HONG KONG HOLDINGS

)

 

LIMITED

)

 

 

)

 

 

 

Authorized Signature(s)

 




Exhibit 4.53

 

License Agreement

 

The License Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “ the Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between the following parties on August 31, 2012:

 

(1) UTStarcom Holdings Corp., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Cayman Islands law (hereinafter referred to as “ UT Holdings ”);

 

(2) UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd a Limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of the Agreement, “China” herein does not include Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (hereinafter referred to as “Hong Kong”), Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan) (hereinafter referred to as “ HUTS ”);

 

UT Holdings and HUTS are hereinafter individually and separately referred to as “ UT ”.

 

(3)UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited., a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Hong Kong (hereinafter referred to as “ UT Hong Kong ”); and

 

(4)UTStarcom (China) Co., Ltd., a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of China (hereinafter referred to as “ UTSC ”).

 

UT Hong Kong and UTSC are hereinafter individually and separately referred to as “ New Company ”.

 

Unless otherwise specified herein, UT and new company are collectively referred to as “ the Parties ” and individually as “ the party

 

Whereas:

 

A. HUTS was founded in 1993 and UTSC was founded in 1996. Before the execution of the Agreement, HUTS and UTSC are the exclusively foreign-funded enterprises wholly owned by UT Holdings in China.

 

B. UT Holdings, UT Hong Kong and other interested parties have signed Master Reorganization Agreement Share and Asset Purchase Agreement (hereinafter referred

 

1



 

to as “ Master Agreement ”) on July 27, 2012. Based on the Master Agreement, UT Holdings transfers all the stock rights of UT Hong Kong and UTSC to the management specified by UT Holdings. After the delivery of Master Agreement, UT Holdings will not hold the shares of UTSC and UT Hong Kong will become the sole shareholder of UTSC. In addition, UT Holdings, HUTS and its affiliates around the globe will not involve in relevant products and solutions business of IPTV and such business will be operated and managed continuously by UT Hong Kong and UTSC.

 

C. After the delivery of Master Agreement, UT agrees that New Company may continue to use the name of its original company in accordance with the Agreement and UT trademark.

 

D. After the delivery of Master Agreement, UT agrees to grant New Company with permission to use some technical secrets held by UT and New Company agrees to grant UT with permission to use come technical secrets held by New Company.

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1. Company Name

 

1.1 The Parties agree and acknowledge that company name with words of “UT”, “UTStarcom” or “UT 斯达康 (including simplified character and complex Chinese character)” (hereinafter referred to as “ Company Name ” ) is the name legally owned by UT. After the effective date of the Agreement, UT and New Company have the right to use Company Name and authorize its subsidiaries and affiliates to use Company Name. Either party will not pay expenses to the other party due to usage of Company Name. For the purpose of the Agreement, “Subsidiaries” and “Affiliates” of New Company are only limited to the subsidiaries or affiliates which are (i) established in China or Hong Kong; or (ii) involved in the related business (see Master Agreement for the definition).

 

1.2 The Parties further acknowledge that only New Company itself and its subsidiaries and affiliates established by New Company in China and Hong Kong have the right to use Company Name. New Company and such subsidiaries or affiliates have the right to use Company Name in China and Hong Kong within the field of all the lawful operation businesses in accordance with laws and regulations, namely subsidiaries and affiliates established by New Company outside China and Hong Kong have no right to use Company Name.

 

1.3 Where either party using Company Name requires the other party to provide supporting documents or authorization documents, such party shall issue such supporting documents or authorization documents in a timely manner.

 

2



 

1.4 The Parties agree and acknowledge that usage of Company Name by either party and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall not constitute an infringement of trade name of other parties.

 

1.5 Said New Company shall have the right to use Company Name within ten (10) years after the effective date of the Agreement. Should UT modify its company name at any time after the execution of the Agreement, New Company shall be the exclusive entity having right to continue to use Company Name.

 

2. Trademark License

 

2.1 UT agrees to authorize New Company to use trademark related to “UT”, “UTStarcom” or “UT 斯达康 (including simplified character and complex Chinese character)” which are held and registered by UT or which are not registered but used as trademark (hereinafter referred to as “ Trademark ”) in accordance with terms and conditions of the Agreement, regardless that such trademark is reflected by words, graphics or the combination of words and graphics. New Company agrees to obtain the right to use UT trademark in accordance with terms and conditions of the Agreement.

 

2.2 The Parties further acknowledge that business scope of trademark license hereunder is limited to (1) “business” defined in the Master Agreement; for products and services in which such business is involved, New Company may use the Trademark around the globe; and (2) products and services in relation to wireless service conducted by New Company at the time of delivery and after delivery (including WiFi products, LTE/4G terminal equipment, mobile phones, etc.); with respect to such products and services, New Company may use the Trademark in China region. Notwithstanding the foregoing, New Company undertakes that it will not use Trademark in the products and services competing with UT products and services.

 

2.3 The period of trademark license hereunder shall be ten (10) years since the effective date of the Agreement. Before the expiry of trademark license, the Parties may conduct consultation as to extension of trademark license.

 

2.4 UT will not charge license fee for trademark license under the Agreement and it is unnecessary for New Company to pay consideration for trademark license under the Agreement.

 

2.5 Should UT waive the ownership of trademark at any time after the execution of the Agreement (no matter whether trademark license period is expired or not), New

 

3



 

Company shall be deemed as the exclusive entity having the right to continue to use the Trademark. For the purpose of this article, “Waive” means that UT Board of Directors definitely decide not to claim ownership of the Trademark and pay relevant expenses required for maintaining such ownership of trademark. Under such circumstance, UT shall give assistance in going through all the registration procedures for transfer of Trademark to New Company, including signing all the application documents. Under such circumstance, New Company shall not pay any consideration for the transfer of Trademark to New Company by UT.

 

3. Usage of Company Name and Trademark

 

3.1 When New Company uses Company Name and Trademark, it may use name, pattern, identification and abbreviation that contain words of “UTStarcom”,  “UTStarcom”, “UT”, “UT 中国 ” in Chinese or English or in other languages and are expressed by any form or color. Notwithstanding the foregoing, New Company shall keep consistent with manifestation form (including but not limited to font and color) of Company Name and Trademark used by UI when using Company Name and Trademark for avoiding unnecessary confusion in the market.

 

3.2 New Company may use Company Name by any means in China and Hong Kong and use the Trademark in the products and services covered by “business” defined in Master Agreement by any means at any place around the globe and may also use the Trademark in the products and services in relation to wireless business defined in the above by any means in China region, including but not limited to its office location, exhibition, website, E-mail system, publicity materials, business card, media report, product and product packaging, bidding document and contract.

 

3.3 Either party shall use Company Name and Trademark legally and use all the reasonable commercial efforts to maintain business reputation in relation to Company Name and Trademark.

 

3.4 The Parties agree and acknowledge that unless otherwise specified by the Parties, either party has the right to continue to use publicity materials that such party has the right to use before the delivery of Master Agreement and relates to business operation within its own business scope specified by Master Agreement after the delivery of Master Agreement, including but not limited to picture, video, advertising copy, business and product description and company history description with the exception of usage of Company Name and Trademark specified herein.

 

4. Technology License

 

4.1 UT agrees to grant New Company with permission to use some technical secrets

 

4



 

(hereinafter referred to as “UT licensed technology” ) that are held by UT and required by New Company for business operation. The scope of licensed technology shall be determined by the Parties, which is shown in the Attachment 1 of the Agreement.

 

4.2 New Company has the right to allow its subsidiaries and affiliates to use UT Licensed Technology. However, New Company shall not allow any other third party to use UT Licensed Technology without the prior written consent of UT.

 

4.3 UT technology license under the Agreement shall remain effective after all the stock rights, assets or businesses of New Company have been transferred to a third party, provided that such third party shall sign the Agreement and undertake New Company’s obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should UT determine in good faith that such third party accepting the transfer of all the stock rights, assets or businesses of New Company (hereinafter referred to as “UT Competitor”) has business competition with UT, rights and obligations hereunder shall not be effective for UT Competitor because of such transfer and the Agreement shall be terminated automatically when such transfer becomes effective.

 

4.4 New Company agrees to grant UT with permission to use some technical secrets (hereinafter referred to as “Licensed Technology of New Company” ) that are held by New Company and required by UT for its business operation. The Parties shall determine the scope of licensed technology, which is shown in the Attachment 2 of the Agreement.

 

4.5 UT has the right to allow its subsidiaries and affiliates to use Licensed Technology of New Company. However, UT shall not allow any other third party to use Licensed Technology of New Company without the prior written consent of New Company.

 

4.6 Technology license of New Company under the Agreement shall remain effective when all the stock rights, assets or businesses of UT are transferred to a third party, provided that such third party shall sign the Agreement and undertake UT’s obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should New Company determine in good faith that such third party accepting the transfer of all the stock rights, assets or businesses of UT (hereinafter referred to as “New Company’s Competitor”) has business competition with New Company, rights and obligations hereunder shall not be effective for New Company’s Competitor because of such transfer and the Agreement shall be terminated automatically when such transfer becomes effective.

 

4.7 The Parties agree and acknowledge that intellectual property rights in relation to said licensed technology shall be exclusively owned by the party licensing such technology (hereinafter referred to as “Licensor”) no matter whether such licensed

 

5



 

technology has patentability or is protected by copyright or not. Other proprietary technology or intellectual property rights that are developed by the Licensor after the execution of the Agreement and relate to licensed technology shall not belong to licensed technology and licensee shall not use such proprietary technology or intellectual property rights without the prior written consent of licensor.

 

4.8 Technology license granted to New Company by UT and granted to UT by New Company shall be permanent license.

 

4.9 Either party will not charge license fee for technology license hereunder.

 

4.10 The Parties agree and acknowledge that should the licensee improve and update the licensed technology, improved and updated technology shall be exclusively owned by the licensee no matter whether such improved and updated technology has patentability or is protected by copyright or not.

 

5. Representations and Warranties of the Parties

 

The party shall make the following representations and warranties jointly and severally to the other party:

 

5.1 It is a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its registration place and has the sufficient qualification, rights and power to sign the Agreement and perform the obligations hereunder;

 

5.2 It has obtained necessary and effective company authorization and approval required for signing the Agreement and performing the obligations hereunder;

 

5.3 Execution of the Agreement or performance of obligations hereunder will not violate its company organization documents or laws, regulations, rules, authorization or approval of government agencies or departments, nor in violation of or conflict with any provisions of contract or agreement signed by it; and

 

5.4 Its execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement shall be legal and effective and belong to legitimate behavior and has constituted the legal and effective obligations binding upon other parties. It shall have enforceability in accordance with terms and conditions of the Agreement.

 

6



 

6. Confidentiality

 

6.1        Parties hereto shall keep confidential, the Confidential Information of other party (as defined hereinafter), which is known or become available to such parties in performance of the Agreement, and shall neither use the Confidential Information other than for the purpose of the Agreement nor disclose it to any third party.

 

6.2        For the purpose of the Agreement, “Confidential Information” refers to all or any nondisclosure information in the possession of or controlled by the Information Owner, regardless of whether such information is in relation to the Disclosing Party’s management, business, personnel, finance or any other matter, or whether such information is of commercial value or identified as confidential. For the purpose of this Agreement, licensed technology or all information in connection therewith shall be confidential. Confidential Information may be recorded on papers or saved, protected or recorded digitally on computer disk, compact disc reader, compact disc, hard disk drive, software.

 

6.3        Any party shall not copy, disclose or disseminate by visible or written form or electronically any Confidential Information receipted for any reason (including those disclosed by other parties), from other parties.

 

6.4        The Parties hereto shall ensure that its employees undertake confidentiality obligations hereunder. In case of any breach of confidentiality obligations hereunder by employees of any party receiving Confidentiality Information, such party receiving Confidentiality Information shall assume compensation liability for any losses thereby incurred.

 

6.5        Confidentiality obligation of the Parties shall survive expiry of transitional period of confidentiality obligation for a period of ten (10) years from the expiry date of such transitional period.

 

7. Breach of the Agreement

 

7.1        Any direct or indirect breach of any articles herein, or nonperformance or delay in performance or insufficient performance of obligations hereunder by any party shall constitute breach of the Agreement. In such case, non-beaching party has the right to notify the breaching party in writing to remedy such breach and take sufficient, effective, timely measures within a period specified so as to minimize the impact of the breach.

 

7



 

7.2        The breaching party shall indemnify the non-breaching party for all direct economic losses and any expected indirect loss and additional cost thereby incurred, including but not limited to counsel fee, legal cost, arbitration expense, financial cost, traveling expense and otherwise.

 

8. Effectiveness and Term of the Agreement

 

8.1        The Agreement shall come into effect upon the date of signature by Authorized Representatives of the Parties hereto (“ Effective Date ”), and except as otherwise specified herein, terminate upon the expiry of term of licensing.

 

8.2        Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-breaching parties hereto have the right to terminate the Agreement immediately, if any party: (i) is in breach of the Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within the period specified in written requirement by non-breaching party; (ii) goes into voluntary bankruptcy or insolvency; (iii) has a receiving or administration order made against him; (iv) applies for, agrees on or acquiesces in appointment of bankruptcy trustee, liquidator or receiver; (v) takes any corporate action that results in any of the foregoing, whether subject to conditions or not.

 

9. Governing Laws and Settlement of Disputes

 

9.1        The formation, performance and interpretation of the Agreement shall be governed and construed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

9.2        Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with the Agreement, including the interpretation, breach, validity and termination of the Agreement shall be settled through consultation between the Parties. Such consultation shall commence immediately after one party has delivered to other parties a written requirement for such consultation. If the Parties fail to settle the dispute within thirty (30) days after the giving of such requirement, any party may submit the dispute for arbitration and notifies other parties.

 

9.3        The dispute shall be submitted to Hong Kong International Arbitration Center (“ HKIAC” ) for arbitration by one arbitrator. The Parties involved in the dispute shall designate such arbitrator or if such parties fail to do so, HKIAC secretary general shall make the designation.

 

9.4        The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with HKIAC Administered Arbitration Rules  then in force.

 

8



 

9.5        During arbitration, the Parties hereto shall in all other aspects continue their implementation of the Agreement.

 

9.6        The award shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

 

10. Miscellaneous

 

10.1     The Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties, successors and permitted assignees thereof. Without prior written consent of other parties, any party shall not assign any right and obligation hereunder to third party, except as otherwise specified herein.

 

10.2     Any amendment and supplementation may be made by the Parties through written agreement in writing. Any amendment agreement and supplementary agreement duly signed by the Parties, in connection the Agreement, are the integral part of the Agreement and have the same effect as the Agreement.

 

10.3     In case any article is wholly or partially unenforceable due to its violation of laws or regulations stipulated by the Government or otherwise, deletion of such article or part thereof will not affect the validity of remaining parts of such article or other articles hereof. The Parties shall cease from performance of such unenforceable article and amend such article based on actual event and circumstances so that such article is valid and enforceable regarding the same.

 

10.4 Except as otherwise specified herein, any failure to or delay in exercise by any party of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall not be deemed as a waiver of such right, power or privilege. Single or partial exercise of the same shall not affect the exercise of other rights, powers or privileges.

 

10.5     The Agreement is made in Chinese and signed in four (4) originals with each of equally binding force and each party shall keep one original.

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Agreement has been signed and delivered as of the day and year first above wrote by duly Authorized Representatives of the Parties.

 

UTStarcom Holdings Corp.

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Name: Xiaoping Li

 

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Name: Xiaoping Li

 

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited.

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Name: Jack Lu

 

 

 

Title: CEO

 

 

 

 

 

UTStarcom (China) Co., Ltd.

 

 

10



 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Name: Jack Lu

 

 

 

Title: CEO

 

 

11




Exhibit 4.54

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

AGREEMENT

 

By and Among

 

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

(“Parent”)

 

UTSTARCOM TELECOM CO., LTD.
(“HUTS”)

 

UTSTARCOM INDIA TELECOM PVT. LTD.

 

(“UITPL”)

 

UTSTARCOM HONG KONG HOLDING LIMITED

(“Company )

 

UTSTARCOM CHINA CO., LTD.

(“ UTSC ”)

 

And

 

EAGLE FIELD HOLDINGS LIMITED

(the “Buyer”)

 

August 31, 2012

 



 

Table of Contents

 

ARTICLE 1

ASSIGNED CONTRACTS

2

ARTICLE 2

ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS

2

ARTICLE 3

OBLIGATIONS OF PARTIES

6

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARTIES

7

ARTICLE 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ASSIGNOR

7

ARTICLE 6

EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION

8

ARTICLE 7

FORCE MAJEURE

8

ARTICLE 8

GOVERNING LAW

9

ARTICLE 9

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

9

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

10

 



 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into on August   , 2012 by and among UTStarcom Holdings Corp., a Cayman Islands company (“ Parent ”), UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in China (“ HUTS ”), UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited, a Hong Kong company (“ Company ”), UTStarcom China Co., Ltd. a company incorporated in China (“ UTSC ”), UTStarcom India Telecom Pvt. Ltd. (“ UITPL ”), a company organized under the laws of India, and Eagle Field Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (the “ Buyer ”).

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used but not defined under this Agreement shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Master Agreement.

 

Whereas , the Parent, the Company and the Buyer entered into the Master Reorganization Agreement Share and Asset Purchase Agreement on August 31, 2012 (the “ Master Agreement ”).

 

Whereas , HUTS is a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent in the People’s Republic of China (“ China ” or “ PRC ”).

 

Whereas , upon the Closing, the Buyer will be the sole shareholder of the Company and the Company will be the sole shareholder of UTSC in accordance with the Master Agreement.

 

Whereas , upon the Closing, the Company, UTSC and other subsidiaries of the Company will continue to conduct the Business and the Parent (and all of its subsidiaries) will cease to engage in the Business.

 

Whereas , upon the Closing, the Parent and its subsidiaries will continue to conduct the business which is conducted by the Parent and its subsidiaries before the Closing except for the Business (“ Excluded Business ”) and the Company (and all of its subsidiaries) will cease to engage in the Excluded Business.

 

Whereas , the parties agree that certain Business-related contracts which were entered into by the Parent, HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent shall be assigned to the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company.

 

Whereas , the parties agree that certain Excluded Business-related contracts which were entered into by the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of Company shall be assigned to the Parent, HUTS or other subsidiaries of the Parent.

 

Therefore , in consideration of the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1



 

ARTICLE 1        ASSIGNED CONTRACTS

 

1.1          Assignment of Contracts by HUTS or Other Subsidiaries of Parent .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, hereby assigns to the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, certain contracts which were entered into by HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, and the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, hereby assumes from HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, all the rights and obligations under such contracts as provided under this Agreement (the “ Assigned Business Contracts ”).

 

1.2          Assignment of Contracts by Company, UTSC or Other Subsidiaries of Company .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, hereby assigns to HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, certain contracts which were entered into by the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, and HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, hereby assumes from the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, all the rights and obligations under such contracts as provided under this Agreement (together with the Assigned Business Contracts, the “ Assigned Contracts ”).

 

1.3          The party assigning the rights and obligations under an Assigned Contract shall be referred to herein as the “ Assignor ” and the party assuming the rights and obligations under an Assigned Contract shall be referred to here as the “ Assignee .”

 

ARTICLE 2        ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS

 

2.1      Assignment of Customer Contracts

 

(a)                Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, hereby assigns to the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, and the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, hereby assumes from HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, all rights and obligations of HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, under the contracts related to the Business (including all sales contracts, purchase orders, amendments, modifications and supplements thereto, collectively, the “ Business Customer Contracts ”) that are listed in Exhibit A-1 , Exhibit A-2 and Exhibit A-3 to this Agreement.

 

(b)                Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, hereby assigns to HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, and HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, hereby assumes from the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, all rights and obligations of the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, under the contracts related to the Excluded Business (including all sales contracts, purchase orders, amendments, modifications and supplements thereto, collectively, the “ Excluded Business Customer Contracts ”) that are listed in Exhibit B to this

 



 

Agreement.

 

(c)                If the assignment and assumption of the Business Customer Contracts requires the consent of third parties in connection therewith, HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, shall, for a period of three (3) months after the date hereof, use its best efforts to obtain such consent of third parties as soon as practicable, to the extent reasonably necessary, provided, under no circumstances shall Parent or any subsidiary of Parent be obligated to pay any amounts to such third parties in order to obtain such consent.

 

(d)                If the assignment and assumption of the Excluded Business Customer Contracts requires the consent of third parties in connection therewith, the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, shall, for a period of three (3) months after the date hereof, use its best efforts to obtain such consent of third parties as soon as practicable, to the extent reasonably necessary, provided, under no circumstances shall the Buyer or any subsidiary of the Buyer be obligated to pay any amounts to such third parties in order to obtain such consent.

 

(e)                The rights and obligations under the Business Customer Contracts and the Excluded Business Customer Contracts, other than the rights and obligations under contracts which cannot be assigned due to the failure to obtain third parties’ consent on or prior to the date hereof, if such consent is required, or any other reason, shall be assigned from the applicable Assignor to the applicable Assignee as of the date of this Agreement.  Any Business Customer Contract and Excluded Business Customer Contract that is not assigned as of the date of this Agreement due to the failure to obtain third parties’ consent shall be deemed assigned upon the receipt of such third parties’ written consent by the applicable Assignor.

 

(f)                Parent or HUTS agrees to reimburse the Buyer or its subsidiaries, as applicable, for significant costs and liabilities incurred by the Buyer or its subsidiaries, as applicable, to fulfill their respective obligations under the Business Customer Contracts that exceed the value of the applicable contract and that are not caused by the action or inaction of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(g)                To avoid any doubt, in the event there are contracts which are not specified under Exhibit A or Exhibit B and that are related to Excluded Business or PHS Business, such contracts shall be assigned to Parent or a subsidiary of Parent, and Parent or such subsidiary of Parent, as applicable, shall be responsible for the liabilities relating to such contracts no matter whether such contracts were entered into by UTSC or its subsidiary and Parent or a subsidiary of Parent, as applicable, hereby assumes all such liabilities.

 

2.2      Assignment of Lease Contracts

 

(a)                The parties hereby acknowledge that UTSC has assigned all of its rights and obligations under the lease contract for the office located at E-Town, Daxing District, Beijing, PRC to UTStarcom (Beijing) Technology Company Limited, a subsidiary of Parent on August 31, 2012.  To avoid any doubt, the Buyer or a subsidiary of the Buyer may continue to use two floors of the office subject to and in

 



 

accordance with the Transition Services Agreement separately entered into by the parties.

 

(b)                HUTS hereby assigns to UTSC, and UTSC hereby assumes from HUTS, the rights and obligations under the lease contracts (including all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto, the “ Lease Contracts ”) listed under Exhibit C .

 

(c)                If the assignment and assumption of Lease Contracts requires the consent of third parties in connection therewith, HUTS shall, for a period of three (3) months after the date hereof, use its best efforts to obtain such consent of third parties as soon as practicable, provided Parent or any subsidiary of Parent shall not be obligated to pay any amounts in order to obtain such consent.

 

(d)                The rights and obligations under the Lease Contracts, other than rights and obligations under such contracts which cannot be assigned due to the failure to obtain third parties’ consent on or prior to the date hereof, if such consent is required, or any other reason, shall be assigned from HUTS to UTSC as of the date of this Agreement.  Any Lease Contract that is not assigned as of the date of this Agreement due to the failure to obtain third parties’ consent shall be deemed assigned upon the receipt of such third parties’ written consent by HUTS.

 

2.3      Assignment of Third Party Licenses

 

(a)                Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as of the date of this Agreement, HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, hereby assigns to the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, and the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, hereby assumes from HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, all rights and obligations of HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, under the licenses granted by third parties (the “ Third Party Licenses” ) corresponding to the software and technology listed in Exhibit D-1 , Exhibit D-2 , Exhibit D-3 and Exhibit D-4 to this Agreement.  The quantity of each of the The Third Party Licenses shall be up to the unit number and employee number which are specified in Exhibit D-1, Exhibit D-2, Exhibit D-3 and Exhibit D-4 and may be revised by UTSC.

 

(b)                If the assignment and assumption of Third Party Licenses requires the consent of third parties in connection therewith, HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, shall, for a period of three (3) months after the date hereof, use its best efforts to obtain such consent of third parties as soon as practicable, provided Parent or any subsidiary of Parent shall not be obligated to pay any amounts in order to obtain such consent.

 

(c)                The rights and obligations under the Third Party Licenses, other than rights and obligations under such contracts which cannot be assigned due to the failure to obtain third parties’ consent on or prior to the date hereof, if such consent is required, or any other reason, shall be assigned from the applicable Assignor to the applicable Assignee as of the date of this Agreement.  Any Third Party License that is not assigned as of the date of this Agreement due to the failure to obtain third

 



 

parties’ consent shall be deemed assigned upon the receipt of such third parties’ written consent by the applicable Assignor.

 

2.4      Assignment of Vendor Agreements.

 

(a)                Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as of the date of this Agreement, HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable,  hereby assigns to the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, and the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company, as applicable, hereby assumes from HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, all rights and obligations of HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, as applicable, under the vendor agreements (including all purchase orders, amendments, modifications and supplements thereto, the “ Vendor Contracts ”) listed in Exhibit E to this Agreement.

 

(b)                If the assignment and assumption of Vendor Contracts requires the consent of third parties in connection therewith, Assignor shall, for a period of three (3) months after the date hereof, use its best efforts to obtain such consent of third parties as soon as practicable, provided Assignor or any subsidiary of Assignor shall not be obligated to pay any amounts in order to obtain such consent.

 

(c)                The rights and obligations under the Vendor Contracts, other than rights and obligations under such contracts which cannot be assigned due to the failure to obtain third parties’ consent on or prior to the date hereof, if such consent is required, or any other reason, shall be assigned from the applicable Assignor to the applicable Assignee as of the date of this Agreement.  Any Vendor Contract that is not assigned as of the date of this Agreement due to the failure to obtain third parties’ consent shall be deemed assigned upon the receipt of such third parties’ written consent by the applicable Assignor.

 

2.5               Remaining Contracts .  If any Business Customer Contract, Excluded Business Customer Contract, Lease Contract, Third Party License or Vendor Contract cannot be assigned by Assignor to Assignee (the “ Remaining Contracts ”) due to the failure to obtain third parties’ consent on or prior to the date hereof or any other reason, the parties shall, for a period of three (3) months after the date hereof, cooperate with each other and make arrangements as may be reasonably necessary to enable the assignment and assumption of such Remaining Contracts, provided that neither party shall be obligated to pay any amounts in order to enable such assignment and assumption and, take actions reasonably necessary to ensure the Assignee is able to receive all of the rights, benefits, interests or titles available to Assignor under such Remaining Contracts (the “ Benefits ”).  Such the arrangements may include, without limitation:

 

(i)    The Assignor agrees to obtain a new license from such third parties, provided (a) neither party shall be obligated to pay any amounts in order to support obtaining such a license and (b) Assignee shall be responsible for any license fee due under such new license.

 

(ii)   The Assignee agrees to pay the applicable Assignor any license fees due under such Third Party License.

 



 

(iii)  The Assignor agrees to sub-contract its rights and obligations under such Remaining Contracts to the Assignee.  Each party agrees that Assignor shall cease to receive and enjoy any Benefits or perform any of its obligations under the Remaining Contracts and Assignee shall receive and enjoy all the Benefits and assume the obligations for such Remaining Contracts.

 

(iv)  To the extent that sub-contracting is not permitted under applicable laws or the provisions specified in the Remaining Contracts, the Assignor agrees to discuss in good faith with Assignee and agrees to enter into other arrangements through which Assignee may receive all of the Benefits under such Remaining Contracts.

 

(v)   If the Assignor receives any request, claim or notice from third parties relating to the Remaining Contracts or from a counter party to a Remaining Contract with respect to the performance of the relevant Remaining Contract, it shall promptly inform the Assignee in writing so that the Assignee is able to deal with the matters raised by such third parties or counter parties.

 

(vi)  Assignor shall use its best commercial efforts to collect any payment due under the Remaining Contracts.  Assignor shall establish a bank account jointly with Assignee, and shall inform each counter party to the Remaining Contracts that any payment to Assignor under such Remaining Contracts shall be made to such bank account.  Assignee shall have full rights to use and distribute any and all funds in such bank account; provided, however, that Assignor shall (A) have the right to retain an amount equal to the value added tax payable by Assignor in connection with each payment made by the counter party to a Remaining Contract and (B) have the right to know the information regarding payment to and from such bank account.

 

(vii) Without the prior written consent of Assignee, Assignor shall not revise, modify, amend, terminate or otherwise change any terms and conditions of the Remaining Contracts.

 

After the three-month period, Assignor shall have the right to terminate any Remaining Contract that has not been assigned due to the failure to obtain third parties’ consent or any other reason.

 

ARTICLE 3        OBLIGATIONS OF PARTIES

 

3.1          Cooperation on Assignment of Contracts.   For a period of three (3) months after the date hereof, each party shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause their respective Affiliates, officers, employees, agents, auditors and other representatives to reasonably cooperate, in any and all matters and procedures which are necessary for the assignment of the Assigned Contracts.

 

3.2          Confidentiality .  Assignor agrees to continue to perform its confidentiality obligations under each Assigned Contract.  All the information related to the Assigned Contracts shall be confidential information (“ Confidential Information ”).  The Assignor shall hold the Confidential Information in strict

 



 

confidence.

 

3.3          Prior Obligations of Assignor .  The Assignor shall continue to fulfill its obligations under each Assigned Contract which are due to be fulfilled on or prior to the date of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the obligation of the Assignor to pay for the technology licenses under Assigned Third Party License, the rental under the lease contracts referenced in Section 2.2 hereof and the purchasing under the Vendor Contracts.

 

ARTICLE 4        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARTIES

 

In order to induce the other parties to enter into this Agreement, each party hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the other parties as of the date hereof:

 

4.1          Organization and Corporate Power. It is a corporation, limited liability company or other legal entity, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation or organization.

 

4.2          Authorization.   Its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements, documents and instruments to be executed and delivered as contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and other actions.  This Agreement and all documents to be executed pursuant hereto are its valid and binding obligations and enforceable in accordance with their terms subject to the General Enforceability Exceptions.

 

4.3          Non-Contravention .  Its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments to be executed and delivered contemplated hereby, do not and will not: (a) violate, conflict with, or result in a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) or loss of benefit under, any contract or obligation to which it is a party or by which any of its assets are bound, or, any provision of the governing documents; (b) accelerate any obligation under or give rise to a right of termination of or result in a loss of benefit under any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other material agreement, contract, instrument, mortgage, lien, lease, permit, authorization, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or arbitration award to which it is a party or by which its property is bound or affected, or result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance on any of its assets or properties.

 

ARTICLE 5        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ASSIGNOR

 

In order to induce the Assignee to enter into this Agreement, the Assignor hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Assignee as of the date hereof:

 



 

5.1          Prior Performance of the Assigned Contracts.   Prior to the date of this Agreement, (a) each material term, covenant and condition of each of the Assigned Contracts is being performed by the respective Assignor; (b) no default or any event which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default on the part of Assignor, exists under any of the Assigned Contracts; (c) each of the Assigned Contracts is in full force and effect, unimpaired by any acts or omissions of Assignor, and constitutes the valid and binding legal obligation of Assignor, enforceable against Assignor in accordance with its terms; and (d) none of the contract parties to the Assigned Contracts has given notice of termination and, to the knowledge of Assignor, none of the contract parties intends to terminate any of the Assigned Contracts.

 

5.2          No Litigation.   As of the date hereof, no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding is currently taking place or pending or, to the best knowledge of Assignor, threatened against Assignor which would have a material adverse effect on Assignor or on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Furthermore, Assignor is not in material violation of any law, regulation, government directive whether having force of law or not, or in default under any judgment, order, authorization, agreement or obligation applicable to the business of Assignor which would have a material adverse effect on Assignor or transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 6        EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION

 

6.1          Effectiveness.   This Agreement shall come into effect upon execution on the date first set forth above.

 

6.2          Termination.   Upon occurrence of the following events, this Agreement may be terminated:

 

(a)       by mutual written consent of the parties; and

 

(b)       by each party in case of the termination of the Master Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7        FORCE MAJEURE

 

7.1          Performance of Obligations.   The failure or delay by either party hereto to perform any obligation under this Agreement solely by reason of acts of God, acts of any government entity, changes in law, riots, wars, embargoes, strikes, lockouts, accidents in transportation, port congestion or other causes beyond its control (“ Event of Force Majeure ”) shall not be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement; provided, however, that the party so prevented from complying herewith shall not have procured such Event of Force Majeure, shall have used reasonable diligence to avoid such Event of Force Majeure and mitigate its effects, and shall continue to take all actions within its power to comply as fully as possible with the terms of this Agreement.

 

7.2          Notice .   Except where the nature of the event shall prevent it from doing so, the party suffering such Event of Force Majeure shall notify the other parties in writing within 14 days after the occurrence of such Event of Force Majeure and shall

 



 

in every instance, to the extent reasonable and lawful under the circumstances, use its best efforts to remove or remedy such cause.

 

ARTICLE 8       GOVERNING LAW

 

8.1          Governing Law.   This Agreement and all actions contemplated herein shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Hong Kong Laws.

 

ARTICLE 9        DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

9.1          Arbitration.

 

(a)   Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity hereof, shall be resolved through consultation.  Such consultation shall begin immediately after one party to a dispute has delivered to the other party or parties to such dispute a written request for such consultation.  If within 30 days following the date on which such notice is given the dispute cannot be resolved, the dispute shall be submitted to arbitration upon the request of either party with notice to the other.

 

(b)   The arbitration shall be conducted in Hong Kong under the auspices of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “ Centre ”).  There shall be one arbitrator.  The arbitrator shall be jointly appointed by the disputing parties or, failing which the Secretary-General of the Centre shall appoint the arbitrator.

 

(c)   The arbitration tribunal shall apply the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules as administered by the Centre at the time of the arbitration.

 

(d)   The arbitrator shall decide any dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive laws of Hong Kong, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws, and shall not apply the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

(e)   Each party to a dispute shall cooperate with the other party or parties to such dispute in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to such information and documents requested by the other party or parties to such dispute that are reasonably related to the subject matter of the arbitration proceedings; provided, however, that the disputing parties shall be required to enter into appropriate confidentiality agreements with regard thereto.

 

(f)    In the course of arbitration, the disputing parties shall continue to implement the terms of this Agreement except (as between the disputing parties) for the matters under arbitration.

 

(g)   The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the disputing parties, and any prevailing party may apply to a court of competent

 



 

jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

 

(h)   Any disputing party shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

 

ARTICLE 10                     MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1        Language .   This Agreement is written and executed in English only.

 

10.2        Amendment .  Amendment to this Agreement may be made only by a written agreement in English signed by duly authorized representatives of each of the parties hereto.

 

10.3        Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

if to Parent, HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, to:

UTStarcom Holdings Corp.

52-2 Building, BDA International Enterprise Avenue

No. 2 Jingyuan North Center

Daxing District, Beijing, P.R. China

Attn: General Counsel
Facsimile: +86 (10) 8520-5599

 

with copy to:

Covington & Burling LLP

333 Twin Dolphin Drive, Suite 700

Redwood Shores, CA 94065
Attn:       Carmen Chang, Esq. and Scott Anthony, Esq.
Facsimile: (650) 632-4800

 

if to the Company, UTSC, other subsidiaries of the Company or the Buyer, to:

Mr. Ying (Jack) Lu

52-2 Building, BDA International Enterprise Avenue

No. 2 Jingyuan North Center

Daxing District, Beijing, P.R. China

Attn: Mr. Ying (Jack) Lu
Facsimile: +86 (10) 8520-5599

 

With a copy to:

Jun He Law Offices

China Resources Building, 20th Floor

8 Jianguomenbei Avenue, Beijing 100005, P. R. China

 



 

Attn: Lixin Cui, Esq. and Jiao Jiao Esq.

Facsimile: +86(10) 8519-1350

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) when delivered, if delivered personally; (ii) at the earlier of its receipt or five (5) days after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the mail, if sent by first-class registered or certified mail; (iii) on the next business day after deposit with an recognized courier service, if sent by overnight courier service for next day delivery; (iv) three (3) business days after deposit with an internationally-recognized courier service, if sent by international overnight courier service; or (v) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer.  In each instance, all postage and delivery fees and expenses shall be pre-paid by the sender.

 

10.4        Severability .  Each article, subsection (or paragraph), and lesser section of this Agreement constitutes a separate and distinct undertaking, covenant and/or provision hereof. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined finally to be unlawful, all such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Agreement, but every other provision of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and in substitution for any provision held unlawful, there shall be substituted a provision of similar import reflecting the original intent of the parties hereto to the extent permissible under applicable laws.

 

10.5        Non Waiver.   No failure or delay on the part of any party to this Agreement to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, term or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon breach thereof or afforded to such party hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof or of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy preclude the further exercise thereof or of any other remedy, right, power or privilege.

 

10.6        Disclaimer of Agency .  Parent, HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent is not the agent of the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company and the Company, UTSC or other subsidiaries of the Company is not the agent of Parent, HUTS or other subsidiaries of Parent, nor does a party have any power to bind the other party or to assume or to create any obligation or responsibility, express or implied, on behalf of the other party in the other party’ name. This Agreement shall not be construed as creating any form of legal association between the parties which would impose liability upon one party for the act or failure to act of the other party.

 

10.7        Construction .  The descriptive headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the construction of any provision thereof or hereof.  The use in this Agreement of the masculine pronoun in reference to a party hereto shall be deemed to include the feminine or neuter, and vice versa, as the context may require.  Any reference to the singular in this Agreement shall also include the plural and vice versa, as the context may require.  The word “including” shall be deemed to mean “including, without limitation.”  As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, the words

 



 

“hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision hereof.  References to any Law shall be construed as a reference to the same as in effect on the date of this Agreement and shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

10.8        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, in each case including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf), each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same document.

 

10.9        Fees and Expenses .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, whether or not the Acquisition is consummated, each of Company, Parent and Buyer will bear its own expenses in connection with the negotiation and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the agreements entered into in connection herewith, including the fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants.

 

10.10      Entire Agreement; Assignment .  This Agreement and the Master Agreement, including any exhibits, schedules, documents and instruments referred to herein or therein: (a) constitute the entire agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, (b) are not intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder, and (c) shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

PARENT :

 

UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Xiaoping Li

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

HUTS:

 

UTSTARCOM TELECOM CO., LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Xiaoping Li

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

UITPL:

 

UTSTARCOM INDIA TELECOM PVT. LTD.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Xiaoping Li

 

Title:

Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY :

 

UTSTARCOM HONG KONG HOLDING LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Xiaoping Li

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

UTSC :

 

UTSTARCOM CHINA CO., LTD.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Jack Lu

 

Title:

CEO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BUYER :

 

EAGLE FIELD HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Jack Lu

 

Title:

CEO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 



 

Exhibit A-1

 

List of IPTV Contracts assigned by HUTS to UTSC

 



 

Exhibit A-2

 

List of PHS Contracts assigned by HUTS to UTSC

 



 

Exhibit A-3

 

List of IPTV Contracts assigned by UITPL to UTSC

 



 

Exhibit B

 

List of Excluded Business Customer Contracts assigned by UTSC to HUTS

 



 

Exhibit C

 

List of Lease Contracts assigned by HUTS to UTSC

 



 

Exhibit D

 

List of Third Party Licenses assigned by HUTS to UTSC

 



 

Exhibit E

 

List of Vendor Contracts assigned by HUTS to UTSC

 




Exhibit 4.55

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

PATENT, SOFTWARE COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK AND DOMAIN NAME ASSIGNMENT

 

This PATENT, SOFTWARE COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK AND DOMAIN NAME ASSIGNMENT (this “ Assignment ”) is made and entered into this  31 st  day of  August  , 2012 by and among UTSTARCOM TELECOMMUNICATION COMPANY LIMITED, a company duly incorporated and lawfully existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China with its principle place of business at Building 3, No. 1576 Chun Bo Road, Bin Jiang District, Hangzhou, P. R. China (“ HUTS ”), UTSTARCOM (CHINA) CO., LTD., a company duly incorporated and lawfully existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China with its principle place of business at 52-2 Building, No. 2 Jing Yuan North Street, Da Xing District, Beijing, P. R. China (“ UTSC ”), and UTSTARCOM, INC., a corporation duly incorporated and lawfully existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with its registered office in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware, United States of America (“ UTSI ”) (each a “ Party ”, and collectively, the “ Parties ”).

 

WHEREAS, HUTS is the owner of patents, software copyrights and trademarks set forth on Schedule A1 to Schedule A3 hereto (“ Assigned IP A ”);

 

WHEREAS, UTSC is the owner of patents, trademarks and domain names set forth on Schedule B1 to Schedule B3 hereto (“ Assigned IP B ”);

 

WHEREAS, UTSI is the owner of the domain names set forth on Schedule C (“ Assigned IP C ”);

 

WHEREAS, UTSTARCOM HONG KONG HOLDING LIMITED, a Hong Kong company, UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP., a Cayman Islands company, and Mr. YING (JACK) LU, a resident of the People’s Republic of China have entered into a MASTER REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT SHARE AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated July 27, 2012 (the “ Master Agreement ”), pursuant to which HUTS has acknowledged and agreed with the rights of HUTS and the obligations to be fulfilled by HUTS under the Master Agreement, UTSC has acknowledged and agreed with the rights of UTSC and the obligations to be fulfilled by UTSC under the Master Agreement, and UTSI hereof acknowledges and agrees the obligations to be fulfilled by UTSI in accordance with the Master Agreement on assignment of certain intellectual property.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for the consideration set forth in the Master Agreement, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.   Assignment . Effective upon the Closing, HUTS hereby assigns to UTSC all of the right, title and interest in and to Assigned IP A, and all rights to sue and recover damages for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, unlawful imitation

 



 

or breach thereof; UTSC hereby assigns to HUTS all of the right, title and interest in and to Assigned IP B, and all rights to sue and recover damages for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, unlawful imitation or breach thereof; UTSI hereby assigns to UTSC all of the right, title and interest in and to Assigned IP C, and all rights to sue and recover damages for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, violation, unlawful imitation or breach thereof.

 

2.   Further Assurances . HUTS, UTSC and UTSI shall take all actions and execute all documents necessary or desirable to record and perfect the interest of respective assignee in and to Assigned IP A, Assigned IP B and Assigned IP C.

 

3.   Assignment Formalities . HUTS,UTSC and UTSI shall use their best efforts to obtain all applicable governmental or other regulatory consents required for the assignment of Assigned IP A, Assigned IP B and Assigned IP C and to complete all required assignment formalities on or before Closing (as defined in Master Agreement). HUTS and UTSI acknowledges, covenants and undertakes that it shall continue to obtain all applicable governmental or other regulatory consents required and to complete all required assignment formalities after Closing if any of such is not obtained or completed upon Closing until HUTS is registered at competent authorities as the owner of Assigned IP B and issued with registration certificates of Assigned IP B, and UTSC is registered at competent authorities as the owner of Assigned IP A and Assigned IPC and issued with registration certificates of Assigned IP A and Assigned IPC.

 

4.   Fees, Costs and Expenses . All the fees, costs and expenses relating to assignment of Assigned IP A, Assigned IP B and Assigned IPC should be paid on or before Closing. If any fees, costs or expenses relating to assignment of Assigned IP A, Assigned IP B and Assigned IPC are left unpaid upon Closing, HUTS or UTSI shall assume the payment after Closing.

 

5.   Post-Closing Assignment .

 

If at any time after Closing any Party becomes aware of any patent, software copyright, trademark or domain name relating to Business (as defined in Master Agreement) which is owned by UTSI, HUTS or any of their respective Affiliates (as defined in Master Agreement) and is not included in Assigned IP A and/or Assigned IP C, or of any patent, software copyright, trademark or domain name relating to Broadband Business (as defined in Master Agreement) which is owned by UTSC or any of its Affiliates and is not included in Assigned IP B, it shall promptly inform the other Party for assignment. Assignee shall pay all the fees, costs and expenses hereby incurred for such transfer.

 

The terms and conditions of this Assignment shall inure to the benefit of HUTS, UTSC and UTSI, their respective successors, assigns and other legal representatives, and shall be binding upon HUTS, UTSC and UTSI, their respective successors, assigns and other legal representatives.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, HUTS and UTSC have caused this Assignment to be signed in their respective names by their duly authorized officer and affixed with their respective company seals to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

UTSTARCOM TELECOMMUNICATION COMPANY LIMITED

 

(Company Seal)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Xiaoping Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

UTSTARCOM (CHINA) CO., LTD.

 

(Company Seal)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Ying Lu

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

UTSTARCOM, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Xiaoping Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 

3



 

SCHEDULE A1

 

Patents assigned by HUTS to UTSC

 

Patent No.

 

Country

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

200410058810.9

 

PRC

 

用于流媒体服务的负载模拟器以及负载模拟系统

 

 

 

 

 

200480043934.8

 

PRC

 

IMS 系统中多媒体业务的动态速率控制系统及方法

 

 

 

 

 

200510074057.7

 

PRC

 

数字版权管理的系统和网络电视运营系统

 

 

 

 

 

200510076560.6

 

PRC

 

网络互动电视漫游用户的可控组播管理方法

 

 

 

 

 

200510084690.4

 

PRC

 

用于同步数字系列 / 同步光纤网系统的带内前向纠错解码器

 

 

 

 

 

200610084929.2

 

PRC

 

一种支持时移电视业务的状态控制系统及方法

 

 

 

 

 

200610094435.2

 

PRC

 

利用下行共享信道在 UTRA TDD HCR 系统中实现组播的系统和方法

 

 

 

 

 

200610106637.4

 

PRC

 

一种基于 DHCP 扩展属性的 IP 地址分配方法

 

 

 

 

 

200610115862.4

 

PRC

 

一种交互式电视的操作方法

 

 

 

 

 

200610162660.5

 

PRC

 

一种电视导航界面的定位系统和方法

 

 

 

 

 

200710096229.X

 

PRC

 

分布式流媒体分发系统及流媒体内存缓冲及调度分发方法

 

 

 

 

 

200710095954.5

 

PRC

 

一种在 IPTV 网络中动态自适应前向差错控制的系统及方法

 

 

 

 

 

200710140536.3

 

PRC

 

一种标识媒体资产对象的方法

 

 

 

 

 

200710161212.8

 

PRC

 

流媒体应用中的硬盘错误检测与容错方法

 

 

 

 

 

200710173417.8

 

PRC

 

一种实现网络设备自动配置安装的方法

 

 

 

 

 

200810032238.7

 

PRC

 

IPTV 机顶盒快速平滑切换频道的方法

 

4



 

SCHEDULE A2

 

Software Copyrights assigned by HUTS to UTSC

 

Registration No.

 

Country

 

Title

 

First Release Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13554

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流媒体分发管理软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13549

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流机顶盒管理系统软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13547

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流媒体分发客户端软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13542

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流下载服务器软件

 

April 28, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13548

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流可视电话设备网络管理系统软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13539

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流元数据复制应用软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13571

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流通用话单处理工具软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13558

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流事务处理系统软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13565

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流设备安全管理软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13556

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流网络管理系统软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13546

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流 DRM 许可服务软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13566

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流 EPG 辅助软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13559

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流客户自助服务系统软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

5



 

SCHEDULE A2—Cont’d

 

Software Copyrights assigned by HUTS to UTSC

 

Registration No.

 

Country

 

Title

 

First Release Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13567

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流可视电话业务软件

 

April 28, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13561

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流直播频道监控软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13550

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流 DHCP+ 服务软件

 

February 28, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13545

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流 DRM 许可证管理软件

 

June 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13540

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流组播中继软件

 

June 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13553

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流 DRM 客户端应用软件

 

June 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13563

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流 MediaSmart 应用软件

 

May 17, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13555

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流消息业务软件

 

January 20, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13570

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流媒体上载客户端软件

 

February 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13552

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流离线编码软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13562

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流内容管理系统软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13557

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流媒体上载服务器软件

 

February 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13541

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流虚拟频道控制软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

6



 

SCHEDULE A2—Cont’d

 

Software Copyrights assigned by HUTS to UTSC

 

Registration No.

 

Country

 

Title

 

First Release Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13560

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流运营支撑系统软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13544

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流媒体流服务调度软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13543

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流媒体流服务引擎软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13551

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流 EPG 服务软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13538

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流业务接入授权软件

 

April 28, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13568

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流频道处理软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13569

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流元数据管理中心应用软件

 

April 28, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006SR13564

 

PRC

 

UT 斯达康奔流频道控制软件

 

June 30, 2005

 

7


 

SCHEDULE A3

 

Trademarks assigned by HUTS to UTSC

 

Registration No.

 

Country

 

Mark

 

Registration Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1066096

 

PRC

 

Allstar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3349299

 

PRC

 

@1 站式

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3349301

 

PRC

 

@1 站式

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5269648

 

PRC

 

奔流

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5269649

 

PRC

 

奔流

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5839135

 

PRC

 

Usync 超级小灵簿

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5998807

 

PRC

 

娱乐魔方 Mo-Fun

 

 

 

8



 

SCHEDULE B1

 

Patents assigned by UTSC to HUTS

 

Patent No.

 

Country

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

2000107064.9

 

PRC

 

对手机进行定位及提供应急服务的方法及定位业务系统

 

 

 

 

 

2002143501.4

 

PRC

 

一种基于误码率测量的自适应外环功率控制方法和系统

 

 

 

 

 

2002829724.5

 

PRC

 

IP 架构网络中使用动态归属代理技术处理话音通话的方法

 

 

 

 

 

2002829725.3

 

PRC

 

多业务复用情况下的外环功率控制方法

 

 

 

 

 

2003826200.2

 

PRC

 

单板自动配置的方法

 

 

 

 

 

2003826201.0

 

PRC

 

软切换情况下下行功率平衡技术中参考功率的确定方法

 

 

 

 

 

2003826146.4

 

PRC

 

一种 UE 切换过程中数据传送管理的方法

 

 

 

 

 

2003243295.x

 

PRC

 

移动通信基站的电磁屏蔽装置

 

 

 

 

 

2003826215.0

 

PRC

 

一种利用智能 VBS 实现宏分集管理的方法

 

 

 

 

 

2003142590.9

 

PRC

 

通过 SDH 设备的外时钟接口传送 ECC 信息的方法

 

 

 

 

 

2003142591.7

 

PRC

 

对多个可编程逻辑器件进行在线加载的方法和装置

 

 

 

 

 

2003836475.7

 

PRC

 

无线链路控制协议确认模式中服务数据单元的丢弃方法及其装置

 

 

 

 

 

2003826595.8

 

PRC

 

在通用移动通信系统无线接入网中实现区分服务的方法

 

 

 

 

 

2003145112.8

 

PRC

 

通过 JTAG 对单板进行测试的方法以及设备

 

 

 

 

 

2003149186.3

 

PRC

 

光传输设备

 

 

 

 

 

2003141097.9

 

PRC

 

一种性能统计方法及数字芯片

 

9



 

SCHEDULE B1—Cont’d

 

Patents assigned by UTSC to HUTS

 

Patent No.

 

Country

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

2003272627.9

 

PRC

 

盒式结构件

 

 

 

 

 

2003826698.9

 

PRC

 

用于确定下行公共信道功率控制的目标信干比的方法和系统

 

 

 

 

 

2003826642.3

 

PRC

 

一种基于 IP 交换的分布式的无线网络控制器

 

 

 

 

 

2003826695.4

 

PRC

 

在通用移动通信系统无线接入网中改进服务质量的方法

 

 

 

 

 

2003826923.6

 

PRC

 

移动通信系统中实现互联网协议组播业务的方法及装置

 

 

 

 

 

2003826949.x

 

PRC

 

由媒体网关检测媒体网关控制器状态的方法

 

 

 

 

 

2003826696.2

 

PRC

 

UMTS 中基于多业务优先级的无线接入控制方法

 

 

 

 

 

2003826922.8

 

PRC

 

设计脉冲成形滤波器的方法

 

 

 

 

 

2003826948.1

 

PRC

 

UMTS 网络中 IP 多媒体会话无线接入承载的方法

 

 

 

 

 

200380110487.9

 

PRC

 

在软交换系统中进行全网全程呼叫跟踪的方法

 

 

 

 

 

200380110503.4

 

PRC

 

采用头压缩技术的实时 IP 分组的无线传输装置和方法

 

 

 

 

 

200380110549.6

 

PRC

 

码分多址通信系统中无线信道资源分配与速率控制方法

 

 

 

 

 

200480023651.7

 

PRC

 

一种适合代码自动生成的结构化数据的二进制编码方法

 

 

 

 

 

200480039850.7

 

PRC

 

双引擎共享内存通信方法及系统

 

 

 

 

 

200410018550.2

 

PRC

 

PDX-WAP 内容转换方法和系统

 

 

 

 

 

200410052652.6

 

PRC

 

利用数字号码收发电子邮件的方法及其邮件系统

 

10



 

SCHEDULE B1—Cont’d

 

Patents assigned by UTSC to HUTS

 

Patent No.

 

Country

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

200510076025.0

 

PRC

 

准正交空时分组码的发射与接收方法及其发射机与接收机和通信系统

 

 

 

 

 

2003147841.7

 

PRC

 

平滑的时钟切换方法及时钟系统

 

 

 

 

 

200610126677.5

 

PRC

 

在个人便携电话系统中实现半速率业务的空中接口方法

 

 

 

 

 

200610159731.6

 

PRC

 

一种在 PHS 系统中实现同步的方法

 

11



 

SCHEDULE B2

 

Trademarks assigned by UTSC to HUTS

 

Registration No.

 

Country

 

Mark

 

Registration Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1686295

 

PRC

 

UTOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1710062

 

PRC

 

Wacos pas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1722316

 

PRC

 

小灵猫

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1730021

 

PRC

 

IMSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1730022

 

PRC

 

IGET

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1730137

 

PRC

 

KEYSRV

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1730141

 

PRC

 

KEYGET

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1730142

 

PRC

 

KEYSWX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1730145

 

PRC

 

KEYPAS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1734312

 

PRC

 

IWAVE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1734313

 

PRC

 

ICORE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1738386

 

PRC

 

IPAS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1757646

 

PRC

 

CMODE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1757647

 

PRC

 

C-MODE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1772990

 

PRC

 

IPATH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1774421

 

PRC

 

掌上书童

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1774440

 

PRC

 

小书童

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1909963

 

PRC

 

Volution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1962820

 

PRC

 

Volution

 

 

 

12



 

SCHEDULE B2—Cont’d

 

Trademarks assigned by UTSC to HUTS

 

Registration No.

 

Country

 

Mark

 

Registration Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017732

 

PRC

 

NETMAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3014941

 

PRC

 

mSwitch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3014942

 

PRC

 

mSwitch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3083349

 

PRC

 

N-2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3141074

 

PRC

 

WIWI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3141075

 

PRC

 

WIWI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3157819

 

PRC

 

Hi-Vas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3157925

 

PRC

 

MiMi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3511540

 

PRC

 

Happy Little Smart

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3360094

 

PRC

 

Nettcore

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3360095

 

PRC

 

Nettedge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3367073

 

PRC

 

灵动网

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3451863

 

PRC

 

pas wireless start talking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3458124

 

PRC

 

Handiwireless

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3503016

 

PRC

 

Cityphone starttalking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3697757

 

PRC

 

Nettring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3698195

 

PRC

 

Nettring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4180422

 

PRC

 

小灵通灵动网

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3933057

 

PRC

 

Utsmart

 

 

 

13



 

SCHEDULE B3

 

Domain Names assigned by UTSC to HUTS

 

Domain Name

 

Expiration Date

 

Registration Date

 

 

 

 

 

utstar.net.cn

 

September 29, 2012

 

September 29,2006

 

 

 

 

 

ut 斯达康 . 公司

 

December 19, 2012

 

December 19, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

ut 斯达康 . 网络

 

December 19, 2012

 

December 19, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

utstarcom

 

August 18, 2013

 

August 18,2005

 

 

 

 

 

ut 斯达康中国 ( 简繁体 )

 

August 12, 2013

 

August 12,2005

 

 

 

 

 

中国 ut 斯达康 ( 简繁体 )

 

August 12, 2013

 

August 12,2005

 

 

 

 

 

utcloud.biz

 

July 15, 2013

 

July 15, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

utcloud.mobi

 

July 15, 2013

 

July 15, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

utcloud.net.cn

 

July 15, 2013

 

July 15, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

utcloud.tel

 

July 15, 2013

 

July 15, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

utcloud.tv

 

July 15, 2013

 

July 15, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

utcloud.cc

 

July 15, 2013

 

July 15, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

utcloud.cn

 

July 15, 2013

 

July 15, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

utcloud.co

 

July 15, 2013

 

July 15, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

utcloud.info

 

July 15, 2013

 

July 15, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

utcloud.net

 

July 15, 2013

 

July 15, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

utcloud.so

 

July 15, 2013

 

July 15, 2011

 

14



 

SCHEDULE B3—Cont’d

 

Domain Names assigned by UTSC to HUTS

 

Domain Name

 

Expiration Date

 

Registration Date

 

 

 

 

 

悠云 .com

 

July 12, 2013

 

July 12, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

悠云 .net

 

July 12, 2013

 

July 12, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

悠云 .biz

 

July 13, 2013

 

July 13, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

悠云 .tv

 

July 13, 2013

 

July 13, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

悠云 .cc

 

July 13, 2013

 

July 13, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

悠云网

 

January 30, 2013

 

January 30, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

ut 斯达康 . 中国 (ut 斯達康 . 中国 ut 斯达康 .cn ut 斯達康 .cn)

 

July 22, 2013

 

November 6, 2000

 

 

 

 

 

netman.cn

 

March 29, 2012

 

March 29, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

ut 斯达康 .net

 

March 26, 2013

 

March 26, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

ut 斯达康 .com

 

March 26, 2013

 

March 26, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

ut

 

March 17, 2013

 

March 2, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

斯达康 ( 斯達康 )

 

March 2, 2013

 

March 2, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

ut 斯达康中国有限公司 ut 斯達康中國有限公司)

 

March 2, 2013

 

March 2, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

ut 斯达康 (ut 斯達康 )

 

January 28, 2013

 

January 28, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

utstar.com.cn

 

March 3, 2017

 

March 3,1998

 

 

 

 

 

UT 斯达康

 

February 22, 2013

 

February 22, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

wacos.com.cn

 

August 23, 2012

 

August 23, 2000

 

15



 

SCHEDULE B3—Cont’d

 

Domain Names assigned by UTSC to HUTS

 

Domain Name

 

Expiration Date

 

Registration Date

 

 

 

 

 

smartcatv.net

 

March 8, 2013

 

March 8,2012

 

 

 

 

 

smartcabletv.com.cn

 

March 9, 2013

 

March 9, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

smartcabletv.net

 

March 10, 2013

 

March 10, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

xdrop.net

 

July 12, 2013

 

July 12, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

xdrop.mobi

 

July 12, 2013

 

July 12, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

xdrop.com.cn

 

July 12, 2013

 

July 12, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

xdrop.cn

 

July 12, 2013

 

July 12, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

smartcatv.com

 

March 6, 2013

 

March 6, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

smartcatv.com.cn

 

March 7, 2013

 

March 7, 2012

 

16



 

SCHEDULE C

 

Domain Names assigned by UTSI to UTSC

 

Domain Name

 

Expiration Date

 

Registration Date

 

 

 

 

 

utstar.tv

 

April 13, 2007

 

April 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

utstarcom.tv

 

April 13, 2007

 

April 13, 2013

 

17




Exhibit 4.56

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

UTSTARCOM HONG KONG HOLDING LIMITED

 

CONVERTIBLE BOND

 

$20,000,000

August 31, 2012

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited, a Hong Kong company (the “ Company ”) promises to pay to UTStarcom Hong Kong L imi t e d, a Hong Kong company (“ Investor ”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America the principal sum of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, together with interest from the date of this Convertible Bond (this “ Bond ”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to 6.5% per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days.  All unpaid principal, together with any then unpaid and accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i)  August 31 , 2017 (the “ Maturity Date ”), (ii) when, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such amounts are declared due and payable by Investor or made automatically due and payable, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Investor and the conditions to which this Bond is subject, and to which Investor, by the acceptance of this Bond, agrees:

 

1.             Payments .

 

(a)           Interest.  Accrued interest on this Bond shall be payable on each anniversary of the date hereof, except that Investor grants Company a two-year grace period for each of the interest payments of the first two years.

 

(b)           Voluntary Prepayment .  Upon five (5) business days prior written notice to Investor, the Company may prepay this Bond in whole or in part upon mutual agreement by Company and Investor, provided that any such prepayment will be applied first to the payment of expenses due under this Bond, second to interest accrued on this Bond and third, if the amount of prepayment exceeds the amount of all such expenses and accrued interest, to the payment of principal of this Bond.

 



 

(c)           Taxes and Fees .  Company and Investor shall be separately responsible for its taxes as required by applicable laws.

 

Investor shall be responsible for all fees charged by Investor’s bank.  Company shall be responsible for all fees charged by Company’s bank.

 

(d)           Investor’s Records .  All sums owed under this Bond shall be evidenced by entries in records maintained by Investor for such purpose.  Each payment on and any other credits with respect to outstanding principal or accrued interest shall be evidenced by entries in such records.  Absent manifest error, Investor’s records shall be prima facie evidence thereof.  Investor shall make such records available to the Company upon the Company’s reasonable request.

 

2.             Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Bond:

 

(a)           Failure to Pay .  The Company shall fail to pay (i) when due any principal payment on the due date hereunder or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Bond on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within five (5) business days of the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure to pay; or

 

(b)           Breaches of Covenants. The Company shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Bond (other than those specified in Section 2(a) ) and such failure shall continue for ten (10) business days after the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such failure; or

 

(c)           Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certificate, or other statement (financial or otherwise) made or furnished by or on behalf of the Company to Investor in writing in connection with this Bond, or as an inducement to Investor to enter into this Bond, shall be false, incorrect, incomplete or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished; or

 

(d)           Other Payment Obligations. Defaults shall exist under any agreements of the Company with any third party or parties which consists of the failure to pay any indebtedness for borrowed money at maturity or which results in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company, in each case, in an aggregate amount in excess of Ten Million Dollars (US$10,000,000); or

 

(e)           Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment

 

2



 

of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(f)            Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company, or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 45 days of commencement;

 

(g)           Judgments .  A final judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000) (exclusive of amounts covered by insurance) shall be rendered against the Company and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any judgment, writ, assessment, warrant of attachment, or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against a substantial part of the property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if any and such judgment, writ, or similar process shall not be released, stayed, vacated or otherwise dismissed within 30 days after issue or levy;

 

(h)           Governmental Action .  Any governmental or regulatory authority shall take any judicial or administrative action, or any defined benefit pension plan maintained by the Company shall have any unfunded liabilities, any of which, in the reasonable judgment of Investor, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(i)            Sale of Assets .  Any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or a substantial part of the assets of the Company, including without limitation to any trust or similar entity, shall occur, except as otherwise permitted by Investor.

 

3.             Rights of Investor upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 2(e)  or 2(f) ) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Investor may, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding.  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 2(e)  and 2(f) , immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding.  In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Investor may exercise any other right power or remedy otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4.             Conversion .

 

(a)           Automatic Conversion upon Achievement of Milestones .  If Investor determines in good faith that the Company has achieved or satisfied, on or prior to the Maturity

 

3



 

Date, the milestones set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Milestones ”), then five million dollars ($5,000,000) of the outstanding principal amount of this Bond shall be automatically converted into fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of the Company equal to 8% of the outstanding shares of the Company on a fully-diluted basis.

 

(b)           Voluntary Conversion at Maturity Date.  At the Maturity Date, the Investor may convert the outstanding principal amount of this Bond and all accrued and unpaid interest on this Bond into fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of the Company equal to 25% (if 8% of the shares specified in Section 4(a) are issued) or 33% (if 8% of the shares specified in Section 4(a) are not issued) of the outstanding shares of the Company on a fully-diluted basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company gives written notice to Investor to prepay this Bond in whole or in part pursuant to Section 1(b)  and such prepayment has been agreed to by Investor , Investor shall not be entitled to convert such outstanding principal amount of this Bond or any accrued and unpaid interest on this Bond the Company proposes to prepay, provided that the Company makes such prepayment no later than five (5) days after the date of the written notice to Investor to prepay this Bond.

 

(c)           Voluntary Conversion After Maturity Date.  If any principal amount of this Bond or any accrued interest on this Bond remains outstanding sixty (60) days after the Maturity Date, then such outstanding principal amount and such accrued and unpaid interest may, at the sole option of Investor, convert into fully paid and nonassessable ordinary shares of the Company equal to 25% (if 8% of the shares specified in Section 4(a) are issued) or 33% (if 8% of the shares specified in Section 4(a) are not issued) of the outstanding shares of the Company on a fully-diluted basis. .

 

(d)           Conversion Procedure.

 

(i)            Conversion Pursuant to Sections 4(a) .  Upon achieving or satisfying the Milestones (or the Company’s belief that such Milestones have been achieved or satisfied), the Company shall give written notice to Investor of such achievement or satisfaction at Investor’s address provided on the signature pages hereto or at such other address as Investor shall have provided to the Company.  If Investor determines in good faith that the Company has achieved the Milestones, within five (5) days of receiving such notice, Investor shall give written notice to the Company of such determination and surrender this Bond (or a notice to the effect that the original Bond has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Bond) to the Company at its principal corporate office.  Upon conversion, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Bond reflecting the outstanding principal amount of this Bond that remains subject to this Bond.  Any conversion of this Bond pursuant to Section 4(a)  shall be deemed to have been made upon the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4(d)(i)  and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(ii)           Conversion Pursuant to Sections 4(b) .  Before Investor shall be entitled to convert this Bond into ordinary shares of the Company, it shall, on or prior to the

 

4



 

Maturity Date, surrender this Bond (or a notice to the effect that the original Bond has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Bond) and give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 4(b) , and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal amount of this Bond and any accrued interest on this Bond, if applicable, to be converted.  Any conversion of this Bond pursuant to Section 4(b)  shall be deemed to have been made upon the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4(d)(ii)  and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iii)         Conversion Pursuant to Sections 4(c) .  Before Investor shall be entitled to convert this Bond into ordinary shares of the Company, it shall give written notice to the Company stating its determination to convert all or a portion of the outstanding principal and interest and the amounts thereof and surrendering this Bond (or a notice to the effect that the original Bond has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement acceptable to the Company whereby the holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Bond) to the Company at its principal corporate office.  If Investor converts a portion of the outstanding principal and interest, upon such conversion, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Bond reflecting the outstanding principal amount of this Bond that remains subject to this Bond.  Any conversion of this Bond pursuant to Section 4(c)  shall be deemed to have been made upon the satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Section 4(d)(iii)  and on and after such date the Persons entitled to receive the shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares.

 

(iv)          Share Certificates; Execution of Documents .  Upon conversion of this Bond, Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company a purchase agreement and other ancillary agreements, with customary representations and warranties and transfer restrictions (including, without limitation, a 180-day lock-up agreement in connection with an initial public offering).  The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such Investor a certificate or certificates for the number of shares to which Investor shall be entitled upon such conversion, including a check payable to Investor for any cash amounts payable as described in this Section 4(d)(v) .

 

(v)           Fractional Shares; Interest; Effect of Conversion . No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Bond.  In lieu of the Company issuing any fractional shares to Investor upon the conversion of this Bond, the Company shall pay to Investor an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the applicable conversion price by the fraction of a share not issued pursuant to the previous sentence.  In addition, to the extent not converted into share capital, the Company shall pay to Investor any interest accrued on the amount converted and on the amount to be paid by the Company pursuant to the previous sentence.

 

(vi)          Upon conversion of this Bond in full and the payment of the amounts specified in this paragraph 4, the Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Bond and this Bond shall be deemed of no further force or

 

5



 

effect, whether or not the original of this Bond has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

(e)           Notices of Record Date . In the event of:

 

(i)            Any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities of the Company for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right; or

 

(ii)           Any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the share capital of the Company or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any other Person or any consolidation or merger involving the Company; or

 

(iii)         Any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company,

 

The Company will mail to the holder of this Bond at least ten (10) days prior to the earliest date specified therein, a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right; and (B) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective and the record date for determining shareholders entitled to vote thereon.

 

(f)            Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion .  Within five (5) days of the Company’s receipt of written notice of Investor’s election to convert this Bond pursuant to Section 4 , the Company shall take such corporate action as necessary to increase its authorized but unissued ordinary shares of the Company to such number of shares as shall be sufficient to effect the conversion of this Bond.

 

5.             Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to Investor that:

 

(a)           Authority .  All corporate action on the part of the Company and its directors, officers and shareholder necessary for the authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of this Bond, the ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of this Bond, and the performance of all of the Company’s obligations under this Bond has been taken or will be taken prior to the date hereof.

 

(b)           Enforceability .  This Bond has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

6



 

(c)           Non-Contravention .  The execution and delivery by the Company of this Bond does not and will not (i) violate or result in a violation of or result in the breach of any provision of the organizational documents of the Company; (ii) violate any provision of, or result in the breach or the acceleration of, or entitle any other Person to accelerate (whether after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both), any material mortgage, indenture, agreement, instrument or contract to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; or (iii)  result in the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations, or any of its assets or properties.  The ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of this Bond, when issued in compliance with the provisions of this Bond and applicable law, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  The ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of this Bond will be free of any liens or encumbrances, other than any liens or encumbrances created by or imposed upon Investor.

 

6.             Representations and Warranties of Investor .  Investor represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

(a)           Binding Obligation .  All corporate action on the part of the Investor and its directors, officers and shareholder necessary for the authorization , sale, issuance and delivery of this Bond, and the performance of all of the Investor’s obligations under this Bond has been taken or will be taken prior to the date hereof. Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Bond and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Bond constitute valid and binding obligations of Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

(b)           Unregistered Securities.  Investor acknowledges that this Bond is issued to Investor, who is a Non-U.S. person (defined below) in reliance upon Investor’s representations, warranties and covenants made in this Section 6(b) .  Investor has been advised and acknowledges that:

 

(i)            this Bond and the underlying securities have not been, and will not be registered under the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state of the United States or the securities laws of any other country;

 

(ii)           in selling this Bond and the underlying securities to Investor pursuant hereto, the Company is relying upon the “safe harbor” provided by Regulation S and/or on Section 4(2) under the Securities Act;

 

(iii)         it is a condition to the availability of the Regulation S “safe harbor” that this Bond and the underlying securities not be offered or sold in the United States or to a U.S. person until the expiration of a one-year “distribution compliance period” (or a six-month “distribution compliance period,” if the issuer is a “reporting issuer,” as defined in Regulation S) following the date such securities are issued; and

 

(iv)          notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the expiration of the one-year “distribution compliance period” (or six-month “distribution compliance period,” if the issuer is a “reporting issuer,” as defined in Regulation S) after the issuance

 

7



 

date (the “ Restricted Period ”), this Bond or the underlying securities, as applicable, may be offered and sold by the holder thereof only if such offer and sale is made in compliance with the terms of this Bond and either: (A) if the offer or sale is within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person (as such terms are defined in Regulation S), the securities are offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or (B) the offer and sale is outside the United States and to other than a U.S. person.

 

(c)           Investor agrees that with respect to this Bond and the underlying securities, until the expiration of the Restricted Period:

 

(i)            Investor, its agents or its representatives have not and will not solicit offers to buy, offer for sale or sell any of this Bond or the underlying securities or any beneficial interest therein in the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person; and

 

(ii)           notwithstanding the foregoing, this Bond and the underlying securities may be offered and sold by the holder thereof only if such offer and sale is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and either: (A) if the offer or sale is within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person (as such terms are defined in Regulation S), the securities are offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; or (B) the offer and sale is outside the United States and to other than a U.S. person; and

 

(iii)         Investor shall not engage in hedging transactions with regard to this Bond and the underlying securities unless in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

The foregoing restrictions are binding upon subsequent transferees of this Bond and the underlying securities, except for transferees pursuant to an effective registration statement. Investor agrees that after the Restricted Period, this Bond and the underlying securities may be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the account of a U.S. person only pursuant to applicable securities laws.

 

(d)           Investor has not engaged, nor is it aware that any party has engaged, and such Investor will not engage or cause any third party to engage, in any directed selling efforts (as such term is defined in Regulation S) in the United States with respect to the Shares.

 

(e)           The Invesstor: (i) is domiciled and has its principal place of business outside the United States; (ii) certifies it is not a U.S. person and is not acquiring this Bond or the underlying securities for the account or benefit of any U.S. person; and (iii) at the time of this Bond or the underlying securities are issued, as applicable, Investor or persons acting on Investor’s behalf in connection therewith will be located outside the United States.

 

(f)            At the time of offering to such Investor and communication of such Investor’s order to purchase this Bond and the underlying securities, Investor or persons acting on Investor’s behalf in connection therewith were located outside the United States.

 

8



 

(g)           Investor is not a “distributor” (as defined in Regulation S) or a “dealer” (as defined in the Securities Act).

 

(h)           Investor acknowledges that the Company shall make a notation in its share books regarding the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 6(b)  and shall transfer this Bond and the underlying securities on the books of the Company only to the extent consistent therewith.

 

In particular, Investor acknowledges that the Company shall refuse to register any transfer of the Shares not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an available exemption from registration.

 

(i)            Investor understands and agrees that each certificate held by such Investor representing the securities underlying this Bond, or any other securities issued in respect of such securities upon conversion thereof upon any share split, share dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall bear the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT. THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR ANY OTHER TRANSFER OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.

 

(j)            Investor hereby represents that Investor is satisfied as to the full observance of the laws of Investor’s jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to purchase this Bond, including (i) the legal requirements within Investor’s jurisdiction for the purchase of this Bond, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale or transfer of such securities.  Investor’s purchase and the continued beneficial ownership of this Bond will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of Investor’s jurisdiction.

 

(k)           Brokers .  No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Bond based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Investor.

 

9



 

(l)            Non-Contravention .  The execution and delivery by the Investor of this Bond does not and will not violate or result in a violation of or result in the breach of any provision of the organizational documents of the Investor.

 

7.             Protective Provisions .  The Company shall not, without first obtaining the written approval of Investor:

 

(a)           increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of the Company or change the capitalization structure of the Company existing as of the date hereof;

 

(b)           authorize or create (by reclassification, merger or otherwise) or issue or obligate itself to issue any new equity security (including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security).

 

(c)           enter into any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company;

 

(d)           voluntarily liquidate or dissolve;

 

(e)           incur any Indebtedness exceeding Fifteen Million Dollars (US$15,000,000), except pursuant to trade facilities obtained from banks or other financial institutions in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)            encumber or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and/or its subsidiaries in connection with any Indebtedness for other companies;

 

(g)           acquire a material amount of assets through a merger or purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or share capital of another entity;

 

(h)           declare or pay any Distribution with respect to any securities of the Company in excess of 30% of the Company’s net profit;

 

(i)            directly or indirectly enter into any transaction with or for the benefit of a Related Person on terms more favorable to the Related Person than would have been obtainable in an “arms’ length” dealing; and

 

(j)            amend this Section 7 .

 

For the purposes of this Section 7 , a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any share acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of shares for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of related transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions retain, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction or series of related transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company or such other surviving or resulting

 

10



 

entity (or if the Company or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); or (ii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary.

 

The Investor shall respond to t he request of the Company on the matters under this Section 7 within five (5) business days of receipt of the Company’s request.  Otherwise, it is deemed that the Investor agrees on the request of the Company on the matters under this Section 7.  The request of the Company on the matters under this Section 7 shall be delivered to the CEO and CFO of UTStarcom Holding Corp.

 

8.             Covenants .  During the term of this Bond and until the performance of all Obligations is complete, the Company will:

 

(a)           Financial Statements.   Deliver to Investor or cause to be delivered to Investor, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Investor the following financial and other information, which the Company warrants shall be accurate and complete in all material respects:

 

(i)            Quarterly Financial Statements .  As soon as available but no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each quarter, the Company’s consolidated unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such period, and the Company’s consolidated unaudited income statement for such period and for that portion of the Company’s financial reporting year ending with such period prepared in accordance with general accepted accounting principles selected by the Company, (except that such unaudited financial information shall not be required to include certain non-cash expenses or balance sheet items such as stock compensation expense and any amounts related to any beneficial conversion features of any debt, convertible debt or convertible securities), and attested by a responsible financial officer of the Company as being complete and correct and fairly presenting in all material respects the Company’s financial condition and the results of Parent’s operations.

 

(ii)           Year-End Financial Statements .  As soon as available but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after and as of the end of each financial reporting year, a complete copy of the Company’s audit report, which shall include a consolidated balance sheet, income statement, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for such year, prepared in accordance with general accepted accounting principles selected by the Company and certified by a qualified independent accounting firm (the “Accountant”).  With the exception of a qualification for a going concern, the Accountant’s certification shall not be qualified or limited due to a restricted or limited examination by the Accountant of any material portion of the Company’s records or otherwise.

 

(b)           Compliance Certificates .  Simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial statements referred to in Sections 8(a)(i)  and 8(a)(ii)  above, a certificate of the Company, which shall certify, among other things, whether any Event of Default exists on the date of such certificate, and if so, setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

11



 

(c)           Other Information.   Such other information as Investor may reasonably request, including but not limited to statements, budgets (as updated), sales projections, forecasts, and information relating to equity and debt financings consummated after the date hereof.

 

Investor agrees that the financial statements delivered to it pursuant to Sections 8(a) and 8(b)  above and the materials delivered pursuant to this Section 8(c) , and any information related to such financial statements and materials set forth on a compliance certificate delivered to it pursuant to this Section 8(c) , shall be considered Confidential Information and subject to the obligations and restrictions set forth in Section 10(i) .

 

(d)           Existence .  Maintain and preserve the Company’s existence, present form of business, and all rights and privileges necessary or desirable in the normal course of its business; and keep all the Company’s property in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

(e)           Accounting Records .  Maintain adequate books, accounts and records, and prepare all financial statements in accordance with the general accepted accounting principles selected by the Company to the extent applicable (except for certain non-cash adjustments by year-end and certain adjustments that may be made as a result of an audit), and in compliance with the regulations of any governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any the Company’s business; and upon reasonable prior notice, permit employees or agents of Investor at such reasonable times during normal business hours as Investor may request, at Investor’s expense (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, in such case, at the Company’s expense), to inspect the Company’s properties, and to examine the Company’s books, accounts and records and make copies upon the Company’s prior consent that will not be unreasonably withheld subject to any confidentiality and nondisclosure requirements that the Company may reasonably request.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Investor shall limit such inspections to no more than once every twelve (12) months.

 

(f)            Compliance With Laws .  Comply with all laws, rules, regulations applicable to, and all orders and directives of any governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over, the Company or the Company’s business, except when the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and with all material agreements to which the Company is a party, except where the failure to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.             Definitions . As used in this Bond, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” shall mean a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person, and in the case of a natural Person shall include any individual related by marriage or adoption to any such individual (including such natural Person’s immediate family members) or any entity in which any such natural Person owns any beneficial interest (excluding the ownership of less than 1% of the capital stock of any publicly-traded corporation).

 

Bond ” shall mean the convertible bond issued as of the date hereof, by the Company in the original aggregate principal amount of US$20,000,000.

 

12


 

Centre ” shall mean the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre.

 

control ” (including the term “ c ontrolled by ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly or as trustee or executor, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of stock, as trustee or executor, by contract or credit arrangement or otherwise.

 

Distribution ” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on ordinary shares payable in ordinary shares, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Company by the Company or its subsidiaries for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of ordinary shares issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of ordinary shares issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, and (iii) repurchase of share capital of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any shareholder.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning given in Section 2 hereof.

 

Investor ” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Bond or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Bond.

 

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to any property, any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, claim, charge or other encumbrance.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means, with respect to the Company individually or on a consolidated basis with all its Subsidiaries, if any, (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company; (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Company to perform under this Bond; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Company of this Bond.

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean August 31, 2017 or another date as mutually agreed by the Investor and the Company.

 

Obligations ” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Company to Investor of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Bond, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Company hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding.

 

Permitted Liens ” shall mean (a) Liens for taxes not yet delinquent or Liens for taxes being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have

 

13



 

been established; (b) Liens in respect of property or assets imposed by law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; (c) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, and other Liens to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, contract bids, government contracts, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations, incurred in the ordinary course of business, whether pursuant to statutory requirements, common law or consensual arrangements; (d) Liens in favor of the Investor; (e) Liens upon any equipment acquired or held by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment, so long as such Lien extends only to the equipment financed, and any accessions, replacements, substitutions and proceeds (including insurance proceeds) thereof or thereto; (f) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under this Bond; (g) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, (h) Liens which constitute rights of setoff of a customary nature or banker’s liens, whether arising by law or by contract; (i) Liens on insurance proceeds in favor of insurance companies granted solely as security for financed premiums; and (j) leases or subleases and licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.

 

Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Related Person ” means any Affiliate of the Company, or any officer, employee, director or equity security holder of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Subsidiary ” means any Person a majority of the equity ownership or voting stock of which is now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or in which the Company now holds or hereafter acquires any interest.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Bond or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof .

 

(i)                                     Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in this Section 10(a) , the rights and obligations of the Company and Investor shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(ii)                                 With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Bond or securities into which such Bond may be converted, Investor will give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof. Upon receiving such

 

14



 

written notice, the Company may confirm such disposition will not violate the provisions of the Securities Act, and the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Investor that Investor may sell or otherwise dispose of this Bond or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company.  If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 10(a)  that the disposition is inconsistent with the requirements of the Securities Act, the Company shall so notify Investor promptly after such determination has been made.  Each Bond thus transferred and each certificate representing the securities thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act.  The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions.  Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Bond shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company.  Prior to presentation of this Bond for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Bond for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Bond shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(iii)                             Neither this Bond nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of Investor.

 

(b)                                  Waiver and Amendment.   Any provision of this Bond may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company and Investor.

 

(c)                                   Notices.   All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or otherwise delivered to each party as follows:

 

(i)                                     if to Investor, at Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address or facsimile number as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing in accordance with the provisions hereof, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Carmen Chang and Scott Anthony, Covington & Burling LLP, 333 Twin Dolphin Drive, Suite 700, Redwood Shores, CA 94065; or

 

(ii)                                 if to any other holder of any shares issuable upon conversion this Bond, to such address or facsimile number as shown in the Company’s records, or at such other address or facsimile number as such holder shall have furnished the Company in writing in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

 

(iii)                             if to the Company, at the Company’s address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors in writing.

 

15



 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Bond be treated as effective or having been given (i) when delivered, if delivered personally; (ii) at the earlier of its receipt or five (5) days after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of the mail; (iii) three (3) business days after deposit with an internationally-recognized courier service, if sent by international overnight courier service; or (v) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer. In each instance, all postage and delivery fees and expenses shall be pre-paid by the sender.

 

(d)                                  Payment.   Unless converted into the Company’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(e)                                   Default Rate; Usury. During any period in which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall pay interest on the unpaid principal balance hereof at a rate per annum equal to the rate otherwise applicable hereunder.  In the event any dispute of the parties relating to the Event of Default and payment of principal balance is submitted to the Centre for arbitration and the Company shall pay the unpaid principal balance in accordance with the arbitration award, the Company shall pay an additional interest at the rate of 3% on the unpaid principal balance since the effectiveness of the arbitration award. In the event any interest is paid on this Bond which is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Bond.

 

(f)                                     Expenses; Waivers.   Each party shall be separately responsible for its own costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred in connection with this Bond except as otherwise agreed by the parties.

 

(g)                                  Dispute Resolution; Governing Law .

 

(i)                                     Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Bond, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity hereof, shall be resolved through consultation.  Such consultation shall begin immediately after one party to a dispute has delivered to the other party or parties to such dispute a written request for such consultation.  If within thirty (30) days following the date on which such notice is given the dispute cannot be resolved, the dispute shall be submitted to arbitration upon the request of either party with notice to the other.

 

(ii)                                 The arbitration shall be conducted in Hong Kong under the auspices of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “ Centre ”).  There shall be one arbitrator.  The arbitrator shall be jointly appointed by the disputing parties or, failing which the Secretary-General of the Centre shall appoint the arbitrator.

 

(iii)                             The arbitration tribunal shall apply the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules as administered by the Centre at the time of the arbitration.

 

(iv)                              The arbitrator shall decide any dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive laws of Hong Kong, without

 

16



 

regard to principles of conflicts of laws, and shall not apply the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

(v)                                  Each party to a dispute shall cooperate with the other party or parties to such dispute in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to such information and documents requested by the other party or parties to such dispute that are reasonably related to the subject matter of the arbitration proceedings; provided, however, that the disputing parties shall be required to enter into appropriate confidentiality agreements with regard thereto.

 

(vi)                              In the course of arbitration, the disputing parties shall continue to implement the terms of this Bond except (as between the disputing parties) for the matters under arbitration.

 

(vii)                          The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the disputing parties, and any prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

 

(viii)                      The losing party of the arbitration shall be responsible for the costs and expenses of both parties incurred for the arbitration, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

(ix)                              Any disputing party shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

 

(h)                                                                                  Indemnification; Exculpation .  The Company shall pay and protect, defend and indemnify Investor and Investor’s employees, officers, directors, shareholders, affiliates, correspondents, agents and representatives (other than Investor, collectively “ Investor Agents ”) against, and hold Investor and each such Investor Agent harmless from, all claims, actions, proceedings, liabilities, damages, losses, expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs) and other amounts incurred by Investor and each such Investor Agent, arising from (i) the matters contemplated by this Bond or, (ii) any dispute between the Company and a third party other than Investor, or (iii) any contention that the Company has failed to comply with any law, rule, regulation, order or directive applicable to the Company’s business; provided , however , that this indemnification shall not apply to any of the foregoing incurred solely as the result of Investor’s or any Investor Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  This indemnification shall survive the payment and satisfaction of all of the Obligations to Investor.

 

The Investor shall pay and protect, defend and indemnify Company and Company’s employees, officers, directors, shareholders, affiliates, correspondents, agents and representatives  (other than Company, collectively “ Company Agents ”)  against, and hold Investor and each such Company Agent harmless from, all claims, actions, proceedings, liabilities, damages, losses, expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs) and other amounts incurred by Company and each such Company Agent, arising from the Investor’s breach of any of its representations and warranties under this Bond.

 

17



 

(i)                                     Confidentiality .  Investor agrees to hold in confidence all Confidential Information that it receives from the Company pursuant to Section 8(a) , except for disclosure as shall be reasonably required: (a) to legal counsel and accountants for Investor; (b) to other professional advisors to Investor; (c) to regulatory officials having jurisdiction over Investor to the extent required by law; (d) to Investor’s investors and prospective investors, and in Investors’ filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (e) as required by law or legal process or in connection with any legal proceeding to which Investor and the Company are adverse parties; (f) in connection with a disposition or proposed disposition of any or all of Investor’s rights hereunder; (g) to Investor’s subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with their business with the Company (subject to the same confidentiality obligation set forth herein); (h) as required by valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction, administrative agency or governmental body, or by any applicable law, rule, regulation, subpoena, or any other administrative or legal process, or by applicable regulatory or professional standards,  including in connection with any judicial or other proceeding involving Investor relating to this Bond and the transactions contemplated hereby; and (i) as required in connection with Investor’s examination or audit.  For purposes of this section, Investor and the Company agree that “ Confidential Information ” shall mean any information regarding or relating to the Company other than: (i) information which is or becomes generally available to the public other than as Investor of a disclosure by Investor in violation of this section, (ii) information which becomes available to Investor from any other source (other than the Company) which Investor does not know is bound by a confidentiality agreement with respect to the information made available, and (iii) information that Investor knows on a non-confidential basis prior to the Company disclosing it to Investor.

 

(j)                                     Counterparts.   This Bond may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Bond.

 

( Signature Page Follows )

 

18



 

The Company has caused this Bond to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

 

UTStarcom Hong Kong Holding Limited

 

a Hong Kong company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: Jack Lu

 

Title: CEO

 

Address:

 

Suite A 7/F HK Diamond Exchange BLDG

 

8-10 Duddel ST

 

Central

 

Hong Kong

 

 

 

Facsimile number:

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged and accepted:

 

 

 

UTStarcom Hong Kong L imited

 

a Hong Kong company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: Xiaoping Li

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

Address:

 

52-2 Building, BDA International Enterprise Avenue

 

NO.2 Jingyuan North Street

 

Beijing 100176

 

People’s Republic of China

 

 

 

Facsimile number: +86 (10) 8520-5599

 

 

Signature Page to Convertible Bond

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Milestones

 

On or prior to the Maturity Date, the Company shall have reached P&L run-rate breakeven.

 




Exhibit 8.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF UTSTARCOM HOLDINGS CORP.

 

Name

 

Place of Incorporation
or Organization

 

Proportion of
Ownership Interest

 

UTStarcom, Inc.(1)

 

U.S.A

 

100

%

UTStarcom International Products, Inc. 

 

U.S.A

 

100

%

UTStarcom International Services, Inc. 

 

U.S.A

 

100

%

IssanniCommnications, Inc. 

 

U.S.A

 

100

%

UTStarcom Telecom Co., Ltd(1)

 

China

 

100

%

UTStarcom (Chongqing) Telecom Co., Ltd. 

 

China

 

90

%

Baide Wei Information Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 

 

China

 

100

%

UTStarcom Hong Kong Ltd(1)

 

Hong Kong SAR

 

100

%

UTStarcom Japan KK(1)

 

Japan

 

100

%

UTStarcom, S.A. de C.V. 

 

Mexico

 

100

%

UTStarcom Ireland Limited(1)

 

Ireland

 

100

%

UTStarcom Taiwan Ltd(1)

 

Taiwan

 

100

%

UTStarcom Network Solutions—Redes de Nova Geraçăo Ltda. 

 

Brazil

 

100

%

UTStarcom Korea Limited. 

 

Korea

 

100

%

UTStarcom Argentina S.R.L. 

 

Argentina

 

100

%

UTStarcom India Telecom Pvt(1)

 

India

 

100

%

UTStarcom (Thailand) Limited

 

Thailand

 

100

%

MyTV Corporation

 

Cayman Island

 

100

%

UTStarcom (Philippines), Inc. 

 

Philippines

 

100

%

UTStarcom Hong Kong Investment Holding ltd

 

Hong Kong

 

100

%

UTStarcom (Beijing) Technologies Co., Ltd. 

 

China

 

100

%

 


(1)  Significant subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 201 2 as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.

 




Exhibit 12.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, William Wong, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of UTStarcom Holdings Corp.;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

a.                                       Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.                                       Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.                                        Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.                                       Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report  that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.                                       All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the  company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.                                       Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 26 , 2013

 

 

 

/s/ William Wong

 

William Wong

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 




Exhibit 12.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Tianruo Pu, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of UTStarcom Holdings Corp.;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

a.                                       Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.                                       Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.                                        Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.                                       Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report  that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.                                       All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.                                       Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 26 , 2013

 

 

 

/s/ Tianruo Pu

 

Tianruo Pu

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 




Exhibit 13.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES OXLEY ACT 2002

 

This certification is not to be deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and does not constitute a part of the Annual Report of UTStarcom Holdings Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”).

 

In connection with the Report, I, William Wong, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)                                  The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)                                  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: April 26 , 2013

 

By:

/s/ William Wong

 

 

Name: William Wong

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 




Exhibit 13.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES OXLEY ACT 2002

 

This certification is not to be deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and does not constitute a part of the Annual Report of UTStarcom Holdings Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”).

 

In connection with the Report, I, Tianruo Pu, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)                                  The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)                                  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: April 26 , 2013

 

By:

/s/ Tianruo Pu

 

 

Name: Tianruo Pu

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 




Exhibit 15.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-108817, 333-84710, 333-44548, 333-60150, 333-120564, 333-127850, 333-136551 and 333-161639) of UTStarcom Holdings Corp. of our report dated April 26, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedules and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 20-F.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian CPAs Limited Company

 

 

Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China

April 26, 2013